Upload
others
View
6
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
1
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
CHIEF ENGINEER (S.P.) W.R.D. PUNE
KRISHNA KOYNA LIFT IRRIGATION PROJECT CIRCLE, SANGLI.
For 2011 -2012
(Govt. of Maharashtra Undertaking)
MHAISAL PUMP HOUSE DIVISION No.2, SANGLI.
TENDER PAPER VOLUME - I
Construction of Earthwork & Structures & C.C. Lining in Km No. 1 to 8 of Mangalwedha Dy-2 of Mhaisal Part of Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation Scheme Dist Sangli.
412.07
2
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
INDEX Sr. No.
Particulars Page No.
From To
Press Notice 8 9
Tender Notice 10 12
SECTION - 1 13 13
DETAILED TENDER NOTICE, INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR TENDERS
1 Invitation 14 16
2 Eligibility 16 17
3 Details of work 17 17
4 Blank tender forms Changes for downloading 17 17
5 Pre-tender conference 17 18
6 Revision or amendments of tender documents 18 18
7 Manner of submission of tender and its accompaniments 18 20
8 Opening of tenders 20 20
9 Instruction for submission of envelope No.1 20 24
10 Instruction for submission of envelope No.2 24 26
11 Tender Units 26 26
12 Corrections 26 26
13 Signing of tender documents 26 27
14 Acceptance of tender 27 27
15 Validity for 90 days 27 27
16 Completion of tender documents 27 28
17 Language 28 28
18 License under Contract Labour 28 28
19 VAT Clearance Certificate 28 28
20 Insurance Policy 28 29
Annex ‘A’
Description of project, Status of Project 30 30
Climatic conditions, Scope of work 30 31
1 Details of Works 32 32
2 Information for obtaining tender papers and its submission 33 33
3
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Sr. No.
Particulars Page No.
From To
3 Work and site conditions 34 34
4 Period of completion and programme of works 34 34
5 Updated estimated cost of work - -
6 Earnest money / Security deposit 35 35
7 Price variation information 36 36
SECTION II 37 37
1 B-1 tender form and Tender for works 38 44
2 Schedule ‘A’ 45 45
3 Schedule ‘B’ 46 63
4 Monthwise Work Programme 64 64
5 Schedule showing items of work and applicable
specifications
65 71
SECTION III 72 72
Forms
Appendix ‘F’ Declaration of the contractor 73 73
Appendix ‘G’ Guarantee Bond 74 76
Appendix ‘H’ Professional tax clearance certificate 77 77
Appendix ‘I’ Agreement 78 79
Appendix ‘J’ Undertaking 80 80
Appendix ‘K’ Undertaking 81 81
Appendix ‘L’ Format for Maintaining Records 82 82
Forms 83 87
SECTION IV 88 88
Conditions of contract (B-1 Form) 89 126
SECTION V 127 127
Special conditions of contract
1 Contractor to inform himself fully 128 128
2 Contract drawings and specifications 128 129
3 Data and Drawings to be furnished by the Contractor 129 129
4 Errors, Omissions, Discrepancies 129 130
4
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Sr. No.
Particulars Page No.
From To
5 Use of site 130 131
6 Contractor not to dispose off soil etc. 131 131
7 Gold / Silver, Minerals, Oils, Relics etc. found on the site 131 131
8 Access to site and work and co-operation with other contractors 131 132
9 Cleaning up 132 132
10 Layout of construction roads 132 133
11 Period and hours of work 133 133
12 Signing fields books, longitudinal section, cross sections
and measurement books
133 134
13 Programme of construction 134 135
14 Procurement, storage and maintaining cement store account
135 136
15 Quality Assurance and Testing 137 137
16 Hire of construction equipments 137 139
17 No interest on money due to the contractor 139 140
18 Other contractor for the work 140 140
19 Contract documents and matters to be treated as confidential 140 140
20 Access to the Contractor’s Books 140 141
21 Breach on part of Corporation Not to Annual Contract 141 141
22 Local Laws and Taxes etc. 141 142
23 Personnel of the Contractor 142 142
24 Death, Bankruptcy etc. 142 143
25 Notices, How to be given 143 144
26 Passing of Foundation etc. 144 144
27 Reference to Standard Specifications 144 144
28 Communication and Notices by Contractors 144 144
29 Non-Compliance of Contract Conditions 144 145
30 Extra Items 145 145
31 Price Variation 145 151
32 Compensation for delay in completion of work on
corporation account (this clause is applicable only if the
estimated cost put to tender is more than Rs.100 Lakhs)
151 152
5
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Sr. No.
Particulars Page No.
From To
33 Digital Photographic Record 152 152
34 Co-ordination with other contractors 152 152
35 Undertaking under Contract Labour Act 152 152
36 Photographs of the Works 152 153
37 Fencing, Lighting and Ventilation 153 153
38 Liability for accidents to persons 153 154
39 The contractor to supply and be responsible for the
sufficiency of the means employed
154 154
40 Covering of work 154 155
41 Accuracy of lines, levels and Grades Setting Out 155 156
42 Excavated Material 156 156
43 Safety Measures 156 157
44 Maintenance during defect liability period 157 157
45 Sundays and Holidays 157 158
46 Bank Guarantee, Renewal & Encashment 158 158
47 Handing over of work 158 158
48 Instrumentation 159 159
49 Inspection of Works 159 159
50 Opening out works for Inspection 160 160
51 Removal of imperfect work and / or payment at reduced rates 160 160
52 Jurisdiction of court for disputes 160 160
53 Mode of payment of excavation quantities in running bill
and final bill
160 161
54 Value Added Tax 161 161
55 Deduction of Income Tax 161 161
56 Supply of fuel for domestic use 161 161
57 Additional conditions regarding payment of royalty charges
as per Bombay Minor Mineral Rules
161 162
6
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Sr. No.
Particulars Page No.
From To
58 Excavation by Controlled Blasting and Chiseling 162 163
59 Shifting of electric line 163 163
60 Land Acquisition 163 164
61 Insurance Charges 164 164
62 No Claim for delay in payment 164 165
63 Equipment Facility 165 165
64 Quality Assurance and Testing 165 166
65 Labour Welfare Cess 166 166
7
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
PRESS NOTICE,
TENDER NOTICE
8
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Maharashtra Krishna Valley Development Corporation
(Government of Maharashtra Undertaking)
E- Tender Notice No. 2 for 2011-12 Main Portal: http://maharashtra.etenders.in
WRD Portal : http://mkvdc.maharashtra.etenders.in Online application for Pre-Qualification of below mentioned work are invited by Maharashtra Krishna Valley Development Corporation from contractors registered in appropriate class with Public Works Department of Government of Maharashtra. The Pre-Qualification Documents are available on website from 06/07/2011 to 30/07/2011 Sr.No. Name of Work Estimated Cost
(Rs. Lakhs)
Class of Contractor
Period of Completion
1 Construction of Earthwork & Structures & C.C. Lining of Bagewadi Birnal Distributary, Minor and Sub Minor on Jath Canal of Mhaisal Part of Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation Scheme Dist Sangli.
577.64 Class II & Above
24 Months
2 Construction of Earthwork & Structures & C.C. Lining of Revnal Minor and Sub Minor on Jath Canal of Mhaisal Part of Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation Scheme Dist Sangli.
301.32 Class II & Above
24 Months
3. Construction of Earthwork & Structures & C.C. Lining of Banali Shegaon Dy & its Minor, Wayfal Direct Minor No. 1 & 2 & its Sub-Minor on Jath Canal of Mhaisal Part of Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation Scheme Dist Sangli.
498.49 Class II & Above
24 Months
4. Construction of Earthwork & Structures & C.C. Lining in Km No. 1 to 13 of Mangalwedha Dy-1 of Mhaisal Part of Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation Scheme Dist Sangli.
632.45 Class II & Above
24 Months
5. Construction of Earthwork & Structures & C.C. Lining in Km No. 1 to 8 of Mangalwedha Dy-2 of Mhaisal Part of Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation Scheme Dist Sangli.
412.07 Class II & Above
24 Months
6. Construction of Earthwork & Structures & C.C. Lining of Km No. 1 to 9 of Hivare Walekhidi Dy of Jath Canal of Mhaisal Part of Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation Scheme Dist Sangli.
379.78 Class II & Above
24 Months
7. Construction of Pump House Stage VI (A) Rising Main, Delivery Chamber and Approach Road to Pump House VI (A) of Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation Scheme
644.95 Class II & Above
18 Months
The Contractors participating first time in eTendering Bids will have to procure Digital Signature Certificate, Username & Password from competent authorities as per guideline mentioned on homepage of the website. All requisite information required for the submission of Pre-Qualification documents is available in the above said website. If any assistance is required regarding e-Tendering (upload / download) please contact Mr.Nikhil Kulkarni System Integrator (Mob.No. 9819658559, Phone No. 020-41466666, email‐[email protected]) & Mr. Manoj (Mob.No. 9769621811)
Executive Engineer, Mhaisal Pump House Division No.2,
Warnali, Vishrambag, Sangli
9
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
<Ç-ÊxÉÊ´ÉnùÉ ºÉÚSÉxÉÉ Gò.2 ºÉxÉ 2011-12 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ EÞò¹hÉÉ JÉÉä®äú Ê´ÉEòÉºÉ ¨É½þɨÉÆb÷³ý, {ÉÖhÉä.
(¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉÉSÉÉ +ÆMÉÒEÞòiÉ ´ªÉ´ÉºÉɪÉ) Main Portal: http://maharashtra.etenders.in
WRD Portal : http://mkvdc.maharashtra.etenders.in ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ EÞò¹hÉÉ JÉÉä®äú Ê´ÉEòÉºÉ ¨É½þɨÉÆb÷³ý, {ÉÖhÉä JÉɱÉÒ±É nù¶ÉÇʴɱÉ䱪ÉÉ EòɨÉɺÉÉ`öÒ ºÉÉ´ÉÇVÉÊxÉEò ¤ÉÉÆvÉEòÉ¨É Ê´É¦ÉÉMÉÉEòb÷Ò±É =ÊSÉiÉ ´ÉMÉÉÇiÉ xÉÉånùhÉÒEÞòiÉ +ºÉ±É䱪ÉÉ äöEäònùÉ®úÉEòbÚ÷xÉ <Ç-ÊxÉÊ´ÉnùÉ {ÉÚ ÉÇ +½ÇþiÉÉ ºÉÆSÉ ¨ÉÉMÉÊ´ÉiÉ +ɽäþiÉ. ÊxÉÊ´ÉnùÉ {ÉÚ´ÉÇ +½ÇþiÉÉ ºÉÆSÉ ´É®úÒ±É ºÉÆEäòiɺlɳýÉ´É®ú ÊnùxÉÉÆEò – 06/07/2011 iÉä 30/07/2011 {ɪÉÈiÉ ¨ÉÉMÉÊ´ÉiÉ +ɽäþiÉ. +. Gò.
EòɨÉÉSÉä xÉÉÆ É ÊxÉÊ´ÉnùÉ ®úCEò¨É
¯û{ɪÉä ±ÉIÉ
EÆòjÉÉ]õnùÉ®úÉÆSÉÉ xÉÉånùhÉÒ ´ÉMÉÇ
EòÉ¨É {ÉÚhÉÇ Eò®úhªÉÉSÉÉ EòɱÉÉ´ÉvÉÒ
1. EÞò¹hÉÉ EòÉäªÉxÉÉ ={ɺÉÉ ËºÉSÉxÉ |ÉEò±{ÉÉiÉÆMÉÇiÉ ¨½þèºÉɳ ¦ÉÉMÉÉiÉÒ±É VÉiÉ EòɱɴªÉÉ´É®úÒ±É ¤ÉÉMÉä ÉÉb÷Ò Ê¤É®úxÉɳý Ê´ÉiÉ®úÒEòÉ, ±ÉPÉÖ Ê´ÉiÉ®úÒEòÉ ´É ={ɱÉPÉÖ Ê´ÉiÉ®úÒEäòSÉä ¨ÉÉiÉÒEòÉ¨É ¤ÉÉÆvÉEòÉ¨É ´É +ºiÉ®úÒEò®úhÉÉSÉä EòɨÉ
577.64 ´ÉMÉÇ 2 ´É iªÉÉ´É®úÒ±É
24 ¨ÉʽþxÉä
2. EÞò¹hÉÉ EòÉäªÉxÉÉ ={ɺÉÉ ËºÉSÉxÉ |ÉEò±{ÉÉiÉÆMÉÇiÉ ¨½þèºÉɳ ¦ÉÉMÉÉiÉÒ±É VÉiÉ EòɱɴªÉÉ´É®úÒ±É ®äú ÉxÉɳý ±ÉPÉÖ Ê´ÉiÉ®úÒEòÉ ´É ={ɱÉPÉÖ Ê´ÉiÉ®úÒEäòSÉä ¨ÉÉiÉÒEòɨÉ, ¤ÉÉvÉEòÉ¨É ´É +ºiÉ®úÒEò®úhÉÉSÉä EòɨÉ.
301.32 ´ÉMÉÇ 2 ´É iªÉÉ´É®úÒ±É
24 ¨ÉʽþxÉä
3. EÞò¹hÉÉ EòÉäªÉxÉÉ ={ɺÉÉ ËºÉSÉxÉ |ÉEò±{ÉÉiÉÆMÉÇiÉ ¨½þèºÉɳ ¦ÉÉMÉÉiÉÒ±É VÉiÉ EòɱɴªÉÉ´É®úÒ±É ¤ÉxÉɱÉÒ ¶ÉåMÉÉÆ É Ê´ÉiÉ®úÒEòÉ ´É ±ÉPÉÖ Ê´ÉiÉ®úÒEòÉ ´É ´Éɪɢò³ý lÉä]õ ±ÉPÉÖ Ê´ÉiÉ®úÒEòÉ Gò.1 ´É 2 ´É ={ɱÉPÉÖ Ê´ÉiÉ®úÒEäòSÉä ¨ÉÉiÉÒEòɨÉ, ¤ÉÉvÉEòÉ¨É ´É +ºiÉ®úÒEò®úhÉÉSÉä EòɨÉ.
498.49 ´ÉMÉÇ 2 ´É iªÉÉ´É®úÒ±É
24 ¨ÉʽþxÉä
4. EÞò¹hÉÉ EòÉäªÉxÉÉ ={ɺÉÉ ËºÉSÉxÉ |ÉEò±{ÉÉiÉÆMÉÇiÉ ¨½þèºÉɳ ¦ÉÉMÉÉiÉÒ±É VÉiÉ EòɱɴªÉÉ´É®úÒ±É ¨ÉÆMɳý´ÉäføÉ Ê´ÉiÉ®úÒEòÉ Gò.1 ÊEò¨ÉÒ Gò. 1 iÉä 13 ¨ÉvÉÒ±É ¨ÉÉiÉÒEòɨÉ, ¤ÉÉvÉEòÉ¨É ´É +ºiÉ®úÒEò®úhÉÉSÉä EòɨÉ.
632.45 ´ÉMÉÇ 2 ´É iªÉÉ´É®úÒ±É
24 ¨ÉʽþxÉä
5. EÞò¹hÉÉ EòÉäªÉxÉÉ ={ɺÉÉ ËºÉSÉxÉ |ÉEò±{ÉÉiÉÆMÉÇiÉ ¨½þèºÉɳ ¦ÉÉMÉÉiÉÒ±É VÉiÉ EòɱɴªÉÉ´É®úÒ±É ¨ÉÆMɳý´ÉäføÉ Ê´ÉiÉ®úÒEòÉ Gò.2 ÊEò¨ÉÒ Gò. 1 iÉä 8 ¨ÉvÉÒ±É ¨ÉÉiÉÒEòɨÉ, ¤ÉÉvÉEòÉ¨É ´É +ºiÉ®úÒEò®úhÉÉSÉä EòɨÉ.
412.07 ´ÉMÉÇ 2 ´É iªÉÉ´É®úÒ±É
24 ¨ÉʽþxÉä
6. EÞò¹hÉÉ EòÉäªÉxÉÉ ={ɺÉÉ ËºÉSÉxÉ |ÉEò±{ÉÉiÉÆMÉÇiÉ ¨½þèºÉɳ ¦ÉÉMÉÉiÉÒ±É VÉiÉ EòɱɴªÉÉ´É®úÒ±É Ê½þ´É®äú ´ÉɳäýËJÉb÷Ò Ê´ÉiÉ®úÒEäòSªÉÉ ÊEò¨ÉÒ 1 iÉä 9 SÉä ¨ÉÉiÉÒEòɨÉ, ¤ÉÉvÉEòÉ¨É ´É +ºiÉ®úÒEò®úhÉÉSÉä EòɨÉ.
379.78 ´ÉMÉÇ 2 ´É iªÉÉ´É®úÒ±É
24 ¨ÉʽþxÉä
7
EÞò¹hÉÉ EòÉäªÉxÉÉ ={ɺÉÉ ËºÉSÉxÉ |ÉEò±{ÉÉiÉÆMÉÇiÉ ¨½þèºÉɳý {ÉÆ{ÉMÉÞ½þ ]õ{{ÉÉ Gò. 6 (+), =v´ÉÇMÉɨÉÒ xɱÉÒEòÉ, Ê´ÉiÉ®úhÉ ½þÉènù ´É {ÉÆ{ÉMÉÞ½þÉEòbä÷ VÉÉhÉÉ-ªÉÉ {ÉÉä½þÉäSÉ ®úºiªÉÉSÉä ¤ÉÉÆvÉEòÉ¨É Eò®úhÉä.
644.95 ´ÉMÉÇ 2 ´É iªÉÉ´É®úÒ±É
18 ¨ÉʽþxÉä
VÉä äöEäònùÉ®ú {Éʽþ±ªÉÉnùÉSÉ <Ç-ÊxÉÊ´ÉnùÉ |ÉÊGòªÉäiÉ ¦ÉÉMÉ PÉäiÉ +ɽäþiÉ iªÉÉÆxÉÉ ´É®úÒ±É ºÉÆEäòiÉ ºlɳýÉ´É®ú Ênù±É䱪ÉÉ ¨ÉÉMÉÇnù¶ÉÇEò iÉi´ÉÉxÉÖºÉÉ®ú |ÉlÉ¨É Êb÷VÉÒ]õ±É ˺ÉMÉÊxÉSÉ®ú ªÉÖZÉ®ú +ɪÉb÷Ò ´É {ÉɺɴÉbÇ÷ |ÉÉ{iÉ Eò¯ûxÉ PÉähÉä +ɴɶªÉEò +ɽäþ. <Ç-ÊxÉÊ´ÉnùÉ ºÉƤÉÆvÉÒ EòɽþÒ ºÉ½þªªÉiÉÉ +ɴɶªÉEò +ºÉ±ªÉÉºÉ (b÷É>ðxÉ ±ÉÉäb÷ / +{É ±ÉÉäb÷) iÉ®ú ¸ÉÒ. ÊxÉÊJÉ±É EÖò±ÉE hÉÔ ÊºÉκ]õ¨É <Æ]õÒOÉä]õ®ú (¨ÉÉä¤ÉÉ<Ç±É xÉƤɮú 9819658559, ¢òÉäxÉ xÉÆ. - 020-41466666, [email protected]) +ÉÊhÉ ¸ÉÒ. ¨ÉxÉÉäVÉ, ( ¨ÉÉä¤ÉÉ<Ç±É xÉƤɮú 9769621811) ªÉÉÆSªÉɶÉÒ ºÉÆ{ÉEÇò ºÉÉvÉÉ´Éä . <Ç-ÊxÉÊ´ÉnùÉ |ÉÊGòªÉÉ EòɨÉɺÉÆnù¦ÉÉÇiÉ ºÉ´ÉÇ ¨ÉÉʽþiÉÒ ´É®úÒ±É ºÉÆEäòiÉ ºlɳýÉ´É®ú ={ɱɤvÉ +ɽäþ.
EòɪÉÇEòÉ®úÒ +ʦɪÉÆiÉÉ, ¨½èþºÉɳý {ÉÆ{ÉMÉÞ½þ ʴɦÉÉMÉ Gò.2,
ºÉÉÆMɱÉÒ.
10
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
MAHARASHTRA KRISHNA VALLEY DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION, PUNE
DETAILED TENDER NOTICE NO. 02 FOR 2011-12
CIRCLE :- Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation Project Circle, Sangli DIVISION :- Mhaisal Pump House Division No.2, Sangli.
1. Online digitally signed application for Pre-Qualification / Tender for the following works are invited by the Executive Engineer, Mhaisal Pump House Division No.2, Sangli, from the contractors registered with Public Works Department, Govt. of Maharashtra in appropriate class.
Sr, No.
Name of work Estimated cost put to tender (Rs. Lakh)
Earnest Money Deposit (Rs. Lakh
Time limit for
completion
Cost of blank tender
form (Rs.)
Class of Registration
1. Construction of Earthwork & Structures & C.C. Lining of Bagewadi Birnal Distributary, Minor and Sub Minor on Jath Canal of Mhaisal Part of Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation Scheme Dist Sangli.
577.64 5.78 24 Months 15000/- Class II & Above
2. Construction of Earthwork & Structures & C.C. Lining of Revnal Minor and Sub Minor on Jath Canal of Mhaisal Part of Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation Scheme Dist Sangli.
301.32 3.02 24 Months 10000/- Class II & Above
3. Construction of Earthwork & Structures & C.C. Lining of Banali Shegaon Dy & its Minor, Wayfal Direct Minor No. 1 & 2 & its Sub-Minor on Jath Canal of Mhaisal Part of Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation Scheme Dist Sangli.
498.49 4.99 24 Months 10000/- Class II & Above
4. Construction of Earthwork & Structures & C.C. Lining in Km No. 1 to 13 of Mangalwedha Dy-1 of Mhaisal Part of Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation Scheme Dist Sangli.
632.56 6.33 24 Months 15000/- Class II & Above
5. Construction of Earthwork & Structures & C.C. Lining in Km No. 1 to 8 of Mangalwedha Dy-2 of Mhaisal Part of Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation Scheme Dist Sangli.
412.07 4.12 24 Months 10000/- Class II & Above
11
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Sr, No.
Name of work Estimated cost put to tender (Rs. Lakh)
Earnest Money Deposit (Rs. Lakh
Time limit for
completion
Cost of blank tender
form (Rs.)
Class of Registration
6. Construction of Earthwork & Structures & C.C. Lining of Km No. 1 to 9 of Hivare Walekhnidi Dy of Jath Canal of Mhaisal Part of Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation Scheme Dist Sangli.
379.78 3.80 24 Months 10000/- Class II & Above
7. Construction of Pump House Stage VI (A) Rising Main, Delivery Chamber and Approach Road to Pump House VI (A) of Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation Scheme
644.95 6.45 18 Months 15000/- Class II & Above
2. The forms of Pre-qualification documents are available on the eTendering website of Govt.
of Maharashtra http://mkvdc.maharashtra.etenders.in. The aspiring Bidders will have to download Pre-qualification form, from the website mentioned above. While submitting the dully filled Pre-qualification Documents the Bidder are required to Deposit Rs.5000/- (Rs.Five Thousand only) in any form in the name of Executive Engineer, Mhaisal Pump House Division No-2, Sangli on account No. 1003712010000506 in the I.D.B.I Bank at Sangli Branch. The Scanned copy of Proof of Deposit of such amount should be uploaded. Those contractors whose Pre-qualification Form Fee amount is not reflected in the I.D.B.I. Bank at Sangli Branch account No 1003712010000506 will not be evaluated further. The bidder has to fill in online format and upload information regarding Bid Capacity online. Also he has to download the Pre-qualification application form from website, fill it and upload the scanned copy of duly filled form, alongwith required documents. The results of Pre-qualification will be available on website and also will be communicated to the successful bidders by email.
3. The blank tender forms will have to be downloaded by the Pre-qualified contractor only from the website of Govt. of Maharashtra http://mkvdc.maharashtra.etenders.in “Tender Purchase. While submitting the dully filled Tender Documents the Bidder are required to Deposit Tender fee amount in any form in the name of Executive Engineer, Mhaisal Pump House Division No. 2, Sangli on account No. 1003712010000506 in the I.D.B.I Bank at Sangli Branch. The Scanned copy of Proof of Deposit such amount should be uploaded. Those contractor whose Blank Tender Document Form Fee amount is not reflected in the I.D.B.I Bank at Sangli Branch account No 1003712010000506 there envelop No.2 will not be opened.
4. The contractor has to prepare & submit Pre-qualification Document online on or before as per schedule.
5. The date of Pre-Tender conference will be communicated to qualified bidders.
6 The contractor should upload the documents in readable form, He should take trial of uploads by taking printout. The unreadable documents will be treated as null & void. The remaining documents will be evaluated. The decision of opening Authority regarding this will be binding to all contractors.
12
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
7 All rights are reserved to reject any or all Pre-qualification documents without assigning any reason by the competent authority.
8 If any assistance is required regarding e-Tendering (upload / download) please contact Mr.Nikhil Kulkarni System Integrator (Mob.No. 9819658559, Phone No. 020-41466666, email‐[email protected] and Manoj M.No. 9769621811)
Executive Engineer Mhaisal Pump House Dn. No.2,
Warnali, Vishrambag, Sangli
13
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION - I
DETAILED TENDER NOTICE, INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS
FOR TENDERERS
14
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
DETAILED TENDER NOTICE
Maharashtra Krishna Valley Development Corporation, Pune.
1.0 INVITATION: 1.1 Sealed tenders in B-1 form are invited from the contractors enrolled with the
P.W.Department, Government of Maharashtra in appropriate class for the work
as stated in Annex ‘A’. The pre-qualified contractors are eligible to participate in final bid. 1.2 Definitions and interpretations:
In this tender document the following terms shall have the meanings hereby
assigned to them except where the context otherwise requires.
(a) “Corporation” shall mean the Maharashtra Krishna Valley Development
Corporation, Pune acting through its Executive Director, as defined in
Maharashtra Act Maharashtra Act XV of 1996 Maharashtra Krishna Valley
Development Corporation, Pune is a body corporate constituted under the
Maharashtra Act XV of 1996 and has been established by the notification
published in the Gazette Irrigation Department dated 4-4-96. The head quarters
of the the Maharashtra Krishna Valley Development Corporation, Pune (MKVDC.
Pune or MKVDC for short, and hereinafter referred to only as Corporation) is
Pune. The official postal address for correspondence is
The Office Of The Executive Director,
Maharashtra Krishna Valley Development Corporation,
Sinchan Bhavan, Barne Road, Mangalwar Peth,
PUNE-411011.
General Information of Maharashtra Krishna Valley Development Corporation. The functions and powers of the Corporation have been listed in the
Maharashtra Act XV of 1996. In general, it has been entrusted with the work of
Investigation, Planning, Designing of Projects, Maintenance of Completed
Projects, Construction of Projects and Irrigation Management of the Major,
Medium and Minor Projects (command area more than 250 Ha.) in the Krishna
15
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
River Basin. The projects comprise irrigation, hydroelectric projects alongwith
the command area development, and multipurpose schemes. The projects are
to be completed so as to utilise water in Krishna basin allotted to Maharashtra
State by Krishna Water Dispute Tribunal.
(b) “Chief Engineer” shall mean Chief Engineer Maharashtra Krishna Valley
Development Corporation, Pune / the Chief Engineer, Water Resources
Department, Pune / Chief Engineer (Specified Project) Water Resources
Department, Pune.
(c) “Engineer / Engineer-in-charge” shall mean the Executive Engineer in charge of
the works and shall also include the superior Officers of the Engineering
Departments of the Corporation, i.e. the Superintending Engineer of respective
Circle or the Chief Engineer.
(d) “Engineer’s representative” shall mean the Sub-Divisional Engineer / Assistant
Executive Engineer / Sub-Divisional Officer / Assistant Engineer (Grade I), who
is in direct charge of the works and shall include any Civil Engineer of the
Corporation.
(e) Contractor shall mean the person, firm or company who enters into contract,
with the Corporation and shall include their executors, administrators,
successors and submitted assignees.
(f) “Contract” shall mean and include agreement having three volumes as below
Volume I Tender Documents
Volume II Specifications
Volume Ill Drawings
(g) “Work” shall mean the work to be executed in accordance with contract.
(h) “Specifications” shall mean the specifications for material and works as specified
in Volume-Il of the contract.
(I) “Drawing” shall mean prints of the maps, drawings, plans in Volume-Ill of the
contract and shall include any modifications of such drawings and any further
drawings as may be issued by the Engineer-in-charge from time to time.
(j) “Site” shall mean the land and the other places on, under, in or through which
the works are carried out and any other lands or places provided by the
Corporation.
(k) “Defect(s) liability period” shall mean period of 36 months from the date of issue
of completion certificate by the Engineer-in-charge.
16
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
(l) “Website” means website http://wrd.maharashtra.etenders.in
Singular and Plural: Works imparting the singular number shall also include the plural and vice versa
where the context requires.
Headings and marginal headings: The headings and the marginal headings in the contract are solely for the
purpose of facilitating references and shall not be deemed to be part thereof or
taken into consideration in the interpretation of construction thereof or of the
contract.
2. ELIGIBILITY (1) For works costing less than Rs.100 lakhs
Blank tender forms shall be available on the website to those contractors who
are registered on eTendering Portal.
(2) For Works costing between Rs.100 lakhs to Rs.300 lakhs The eligibility of work shall be decided on the basis of bid capacity of the
contractor. The document of assessing the BID capacity is available to the
contractor registered in appropriate class with public works department of Govt.
of Maharashtra
Contractors registered in appropriate class in P.W.D. of Govt. of Maharashtra &
who have adequate BID Capacity for the works as certified by the competent
Corporation authority shall only be eligible for bidding.
(3) For Works costing more than Rs.300 lakhs The eligibility of work shall be decided on the basis of pre qualification of the
contractors. The document for assessing the pre qualification will be available to
the contractor registered in appropriate class with public works department of
Govt. of Maharashtra
Contractors registered in appropriate class in P.W.D. of Govt. of Maharashtra
can submit duly filled in pre qualifications document. The competent Corporation
authority will examined, enquire & display the names of pre qualified bidders on
basis of document submitted. Pre-qualified contractor can download the tender
document from the web site.
17
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Only pre qualified Contractors are allowed to bid for this work.
3. DETAILS OF WORK: The estimated cost, earnest money deposit, class of contractor, period of
completion of work and other information is given in Annex ‘A’ of this Section.
4. CHARGES FOR DOWNLOADING THE TENDER DOCUMENTS: Information regarding the work for which the tenders are invited as well as blank
tender forms can be obtained from website.
The blank tender forms can be downloaded free of cost from web site however
at the time of submission of tender. The Contractor who are eligible for
submission of main tender document will have to pay tender form fee (as
specified in Annex A) in any form in the name of Executive Engineer, Mhaisal Pump House Division No.2, Sangli on Operation Account No.
1003712010000506 in the I.D.B.I. Bank at Sangli Branch. The Scanned copy of
Proof of Deposit such amount should be uploaded. Those contractor whose
Blank Tender Document Form Fee amount is not reflected in the I.D.B.I Bank at
Sangli Branch account No 1003712010000506 there envelop No.2 will not be
opened.
5. PRE-BID CONFERENCE : (Applicable for the work costing above Rs. 50 lakhs)
(1) Pre-Bid Conference open to all prospective tenderers will be held in the office
as stated in Annex A of this Section, wherein the prospective tenderers will have
an opportunity to obtain clarifications regarding the work and the tender
conditions.
(2) The prospective tenderers are free to ask for any additional clarification either in
writing or orally and the reply to the same will be given by the Chief Engineer, (S.P.) Water Resources Department in writing and these clarifications referred
to as common set of conditions, shall form part of tender documents and which
will also be common and applicable to all tenderers.
(3) The tender submitted by the tenderer shall be based on the clarifications,
additional facility issued (if any) by the Corporation and this tender shall be
unconditional. Conditional tenders will be summarily rejected as non-responsive.
18
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
(4) All tenderers are cautioned that the tenders containing any deviation from the
contractual terms and conditions, specifications or other requirements and
conditional tenders will be rejected as non-responsive.
(5) All tenderers need to download minutes of Pre – Bid Conference from Press
Notices / Corrigendum Section of eTendering Site. Same should be downloaded
& digitally signed by tenderers. Digitally Signed copy of Pre- Bid Meeting needs
to be uploaded by Tenderer with online bid.
6. REVISION OR AMENDMENT OF TENDER DOCUMENTS: Right is reserved to revise or amend the tender documents prior to last date
notified for the issue of tenders and such revisions or amendments or extensions
shall be communicated to all concerned by e-mail and as may be considered
suitable including display on website wrd.maharashtra.etender.in and
communicated to all concerned by post and by notice in the press as may be
considered suitable.
Tenderer shall be presumed to have carefully examined all documents, forms,
statements, special conditions, schedules, drawings and specifications of
contract and to have fully acquainted himself with all details of the site, his own
quarries for rubble, sand, earthwork etc. locations of material, river and weather
characteristics and labour conditions in general and with all the necessary
information and data etc. pertaining to and needed for the work prior to
tendering of the work.
7. MANNER OF SUBMISSION OF TENDER AND ITS ACCOMPANIMENTS: Tender is to be prepared & submitted online on the website.
(a) ENVELOPE NO. 1: Filter Criterion The contractor has to upload following documents along with tender form.
(i) Certified copy of Registration Certificate as an approved registered contractor
with the P.W.D., Govt. of Maharashtra, even though submitted earlier while
issuing tender form.
(ii) The registration certificate as provided in the MVAT Act 2005 under Rule 8 & 9
from Sales Tax Department & PAN NO. allotted by Income Tax Department with
his signature(s).
(iii) VAT Registration Certificate as provided by Maharashtra State VAT Act 2005
from Sales Tax Department.
19
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
(iv) Deed of Partnership or Article of Association and Memorandum of Association
for limited Company.
(v) Power of Attorney.
(vi) The certificate of Registration under sub-section (1) of Section 5 of Maharashtra
State Tax on Professions, Trades, Callings and Employment Act, 1975 [see
Rule 3(2)] from the Professional Tax Officer of the concerned district.
Information regarding proof of payment of Professional Tax and clearance
certificate in the format vide Appendix-H. The list of all the employees shall also
be enclosed in the same format as prescribed in Appendix ‘A’ which shall
include office and the field staff and those operating machinery and equipment.
(vii) The tenderer shall upload scanned copy of an agreement in form of Appendix “J”
on non judicial stamp paper of Rs. 100/- an agreement in the form of Appendix J’
for due and fulfillment of the contract. The tenders will not be accepted in
absence of such agreement. This original stamp paper should be submitted
physically at time of acceptance of tender.
(viii) Information regarding proof of payment of employee provident fund, as
certificate from competent authority valid on the date fixed for submission of
tender.
(ix) Copy of latter of pre-qualification issued by competent authority .
(x) Scanned copy of D.D. and Bank scroll for the fee of tender document non
refundable.
(xi) Scanned copy of D.D., Bank Guarantee and Bank scroll for EMD
(xii) Joint Venture copy (if and)
(b) ENVELOPE NO.2 – Financial Bid: The tenderer should quote his offer in the form of percentage below or above of
estimated cost given in Schedule ‘B’ at appropriate place in B-1 form. The
contractor shall quote for the work as per details given in the main tender and
also based on the common set of conditions issued / additional stipulations
made by the Corporation as informed to him by a letter from the Superintending
Engineer of the office as given in Annex ‘A’ of this Section, after pre-tender
conference. This tender shall be unconditional. Documents as required in
Clause 10(iv) of this Detailed Tender Notice, if applicable, shall also be included.
20
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
(c) SUBMISSION OF TENDER: The Data in the forms in two Envelopes No.1 and 2 shall be prepared and
submitted online on or before prescribed date. All Bid Data should be digitally
signed by Contractor.
The date and time for submission of online tender shall strictly apply in all cases.
The tenderers should ensure that their tender is prepared & submitted online,
before the expiry of the date and time. No delay on account of any cause will be
entertained for the late receipt of the tender.
8. OPENING OF TENDERS: On the date specified in the tender notice; following procedure will be adopted
for opening of the tender.
8.1 ENVELOPE NO. 1: First of all Envelope No.1 of the tenderer will be opened online to verify its
contents as per requirements. The tenderer shall meet the requirement. If the
various documents mentioned at Sr.No.7(a) above of this Section are not
uploaded or verification of the same do not meet the requirements, a note will be
recorded accordingly by the tender opening authority and the said tenderer’s
Envelope No.2 will not be considered for further action but the same will be
recorded unopened. The decision of online tender opening authority is final in
this regard.
8.2 ENVELOPE NO. 2: This envelope shall be opened online immediately after opening of Envelope
No.1 only if the contents of Envelope No.1 are found to be acceptable to the
tender opening Authority. Comparative Statement of the tendered percentage
above or below shall then generated by system and will be displayed. THE RIGHT
TO ACCEPT ANY TENDER OR REJECT ALL TENDERS IS RESERVED.
9. INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBMISSION OF ENVELOPE NO.1: Documents to be submitted in Envelope No. 1 shall conform to the instructions
given below-
21
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
(i) (a). EARNEST MONEY: All tenderers shall pay entire E.M.D. as below : The account of EMD in any form in the name of Executive Engineer, Mhaisal Pump
House Division No-2, Sangli on account No. 1003712010000507 in the I.D.B.I @ Sangli
Branch. The Scanned copy of Proof of Deposit such amount should be uploaded.
Those contractor whose EMD amount is not reflected in the I.D.B.I @ Sangli Branch
account No 1003712010000507 there envelope No 2 will not be opened.
Amount in Bank Guarantee / Demand Draft as stated in Para 6.1 of Annexure
“A” as non interest bearing deposit with the Corporation in the form of Bank
Guarantee / Demand Draft obtained from any Nationalised or Scheduled Bank’s
Branch situated in the State of Maharashtra. Scanned copy of Demand Draft &
Bank Scroll should be uploaded.
(b) ADDITIONAL EARNEST MONEY In case contractor’s offer is less than 90% of the amount put to tender, additional
earnest money in the form of Bank Guarantee / Demand Draft of any
Nationalised or Scheduled Bank, for an amount equal to the difference of the
contractor’s offer and 90% of the amount put to tender as stated above shall be
enclosed in envelope No.2. Demand Draft shall be drawn in the name of the
Executive Engineer, Mhaisal Pump House Division No.2, Sangli. and
payable at Sangli. Non submission of Bank Guarantee / Demand Draft of
required amount shall make the offer invalid and shall stand rejected. Scanned
copy of Demand Draft & Bank Scroll should be uploaded.
(c) REFUND / CONVERSION OF EARNEST MONEY / ADDITIONAL EMD: This earnest money amount shall not carry any interest whatsoever. The earnest
money will be refunded in case of tenderer(s) whose tenders are not accepted,
only on expiry of validity of offer, when specially withdrawn by the tenderer, or if
demanded specifically before expiry of offer but not earlier than 30 days from
opening of tender.
In the case of successful tenderer, the earnest money will be refunded after
completion of contract documents and payment of security deposit as per the
22
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
provisions made in Para (ii) Security Deposit, or converted into Security Deposit,
if required.
(ii) (a) SECURITY DEPOSIT : A sum as mentioned in printed B-1 tender form at Para (e)(i) of Memorandum
will have to be deposited in the form of or Demand Draft of Nationalised or
Scheduled Bank, by the Contractor at the time of completing the contract
documents, if his tender is accepted by the Corporation.
OR
The Initial security deposit may be paid by Demand Draft of Rs.6.00 lakhs and
by Bank Guarantee Rs. 4.30 lakhs from any Nationalised or Scheduled Bank’s
branch situated in the State of Maharashtra for a period equal to the time limit
plus the period of defect liability. (mentioned at Clause 20 of B-1 Tender form)
OR
The earnest money deposited by the contractor with his tender will be retained
by the Corporation as part of security deposit if tenderer requests in writing to
that effect. The balance to make up this security deposit may, unless otherwise
specified in the special conditions, be deposited by the contractor in the form of
Demand Draft or irrevocable Bank Guarantee from any Nationalised or
Scheduled Bank’s branch situated in the State of Maharashtra for a period equal
to the time limit plus the period of defect liability. (mentioned at clause 20 of B-1
Tender form)
The security deposit will be retained by the Corporation for the due and faithful
fulfillment of the contract by the contractor. In addition to the sum as above,
sums as Security Deposit will be deducted from running account bills at the rate
shown at Memorandum Para (g). The sum of Security Deposit thus deducted
from the running account bills, will remain in the form of cash for a period as
stated in Clause 20 of B-1 Tender.
(b) ADDITIONAL SECURITY DEPOSIT: In case, contractor’s offer is less than 90% of the updated estimated cost
Additional Security Deposit in the form of Bank Guarantee / Demand Draft from
a Nationalised or Scheduled Bank’s branch situated in the State of Maharashtra
for a period equal to period of contract, and for an amount equal to the
23
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
difference of the contractor’s offer and 90% of the updated estimated cost as
stated above shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-charge at the time of
completion of tender documents. Non submission of the above Additional
Security Deposit will result into forfeiture of the EMD and Additional EMD.
Security Deposit will be refunded after expiry of the defect(s) liability
(maintenance) period as stipulated at (i) in Memorandum.
(iii) INCOME TAX CERTIFICATE: Income Tax is to be deducted from the sums to be paid to the contractor for the
works carried out at 2% of the gross amount, or at the rate revised from time to
time, and surcharge on Income Tax as per prevailing Government orders.
(iv) VALUE ADDED TAX: The tender rates are inclusive of all taxes, rates, cesses, and are also inclusive
of the leviable tax in respect of sale by transfer of property in goods involved in
the execution of work contract under the provision of Rule 58 of Maharashtra
Value Added Tax 2005, for the purpose of levy of Tax.
As per Govt. of Maharashtra VAT is to be deducted from the sums to be paid to
the contractors for the works carried out at the rate of 2% of the gross amount or
at the rates revised from time to time by Government.
(v) PROFESSIONAL TAX: A valid Certificate of registration under section 5(1) & 5(2) of Maharashtra State
Tax on Professions, Trades, Callings & Employment Act, 1975, in the form as
below..
PROFESSIONAL TAX CLEARANCE CERTIFICATE This is to certify that M/s. ................................................................. ................. of
(address of registered dealer under the Maharashtra State Tax on Professions, Trades,
Callings and Employments Act No. XVI of 1975, holding Registration Certificate
No................................. and w.e.f. .................................. and under section 5(1) and
5(2) respectively.
The said dealer has paid all tax dues upto 31st March, ................... (previous
year) under the Act. The dealer has paid the professional tax dues for the employees
mentioned below:-
24
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
No. Name of the Employee Designation
No. Name of owner carrying on profession status Designation
There is no Professional Tax dues outstanding against the dealer under the Act.
This certificate is valid for ONE year from the date of issue.
Signature:.................................... Place : Professional Tax Officer Date : District
It should also be made clear that the employees shall be all those who receive
the wages / salaries from the tenderer and shall include the office & field staff and
those operating the machinery / equipment. It should also be insured that the
machinery said to be deployable for the subject work is really in the ownership of the
tenderer on which the contractor’s staff is working.
(vi) JOINT VENTURE: 1) If the tenderer has entered into joint venture, the joint Venture deed duly
registered with the Registrar of Firms should be enclosed. In absence of which
the tender (envelope No. 2) shall not be opened.
2) Bidder may be pre-qualified independently or in joint venture but they would be
allowed to submit only one bid.
3) Sales Tax / Vat Certificate in the name of joint venture firm is essential,
otherwise Sales Tax / Vat will be deducted at the rate of 4% of the amount of
work executed.
(vii) PROVIDENT FUND: Certificate for making payment towards Workers Provident Fund from
Competent Authority should be produced.
Note: All documents required to be submitted in Envelope No.1 shall be
attested by a Gazetted Officer and if required, original copies shall be kept ready
at the time of opening the tender.
25
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
10. INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBMISSIONS OF ENVELOPE NO.2: Documents to be submitted in Envelope No. 2 shall conform to the instruction
given below-
(i) CONTRACTOR TO INFORM HIMSELF FULLY: The tenderer shall be deemed to have fully acquainted himself with the work and
site conditions and carefully examined the special conditions, the specifications,
schedules and drawings and shall be deemed to have fully informed himself
regarding the local conditions. The tenderer shall also be deemed to have fully
acquainted with the various leads and lifts involved in the works and materials of
construction as well as shall be deemed to have fully acquainted with his own
various quarries for construction materials, their availability and adequacy etc.
(ii) CONDITIONAL TENDER: Conditional tenders will be summarily rejected. The tenders which do not fulfill
any of the conditions of the notified requirements laid down in this detailed
tender notice, the general rules and directions for the guidance of the tenderers
as mentioned in the B-1 form or are incomplete in any respect are likely to be
rejected without assigning reasons therefor.
(iii) TENDERED RATE: The tenderer should quote his offer in the form of percentage above or below
the rates entered in Schedule ‘B’ in Online B-1 form, in figures and system will
convert same in appropriate words in English.
(iv) QUANTITIES PUT TO TENDER: The quantities given in Schedule ‘B’ as put to tender by the Corporation for
various items therein are approximate as some of the items of works put to
tender are likely to be executed departmentally, till the contract agency is fixed.
Such quantities which would be executed till the fixation of contract agency will
stand deducted from the quantities entered in the Schedule ‘B’ at the time of
completing the tender documents by the contractor. The contractor should take
cognizance of this fact and no claims will be tenable on account of such
reduction in quantity, there may also be variation in quantities on account of
26
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
change or modifications in design and no claims will be tenable on account of
such reduction / increase in quantity.
The quantities of items on which the Corporation has carried out the work, as
measured on the date of work order shall stand deducted from the quantities
stipulated in Schedule ‘B’ as put to tender by the Corporation for the purpose of
application of stipulation of Clause 38 of Conditions of Contract of the tender.
11. TENDER UNITS: The tender has been invited under the Metric System of measurements. The
tenderer should particularly note the units mentioned in Schedule ‘B’ on which
rates are to be based.
12. CORRECTIONS: No corrections should ordinarily be made in the tender documents.
13.1 SIGNING OF TENDER DOCUMENTS: The tender shall contain the Public Key of Digital Signature Certificate of
Contractor. Individual Bid should be hashed & same must be signed by
Contractors Digital Signature Certificate.
The tender by partnership firm shall upload the full names of all the partners in
the forwarding letter. The letter shall be digitally signed by the partner or by an
authorised representative followed by the name and designation of the person
signing.
Scanned image of an attested copy of the partnership deed shall be uploaded.
Tender by Company shall be digitally signed by the person authorised to sign in
the matter.
Whenever whether in the submission of the tender or later, in other matters the
signatures are made by one person on behalf of the company the tenderer shall
supply a scanned image of an attested copy of the power of attorney.
Witnesses shall be persons of status and probity and their names, occupations
and addresses shall be stated below their signatures. All signatures shall be
dated.
27
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
13.2 The successful tenderer will be called for negotiation. The successful tenderer
will downloaded three copies of the uploaded tender with original quote. The
negotiation % above and below will be part of the tender agreement after this
both the party sign agreement physically.
The tender is also liable to be rejected outright if while submitting - i) The tenderer proposes any alteration in the work specified in the tender or in
the time allowed for carrying out the work / in any other conditions.
ii) Any of the pages of tender are removed and / or replaced.
iii) Tender in case of firm, each partner or the person holding the power of
attorney authorising him to do so thereof does not sign digitally.
vii) Tenderer has not signed declaration at Appendix ‘F’. (Pg.No 73 vide para 35
of Sp.Cond.)
14. ACCEPTANCE OF TENDER: Acceptance of tender will rest with the authority, as indicated in Annex ‘A’ of this
Section, who reserves the right to reject any or all tenders without assigning any
reasons. The acceptance of tender may be intimated to the contractor by email.
Such intimation shall be deemed to be an intimation of acceptance of tender.
The tenderer whose tender is accepted will have to complete the contract form
within 15 days of being notified to do so and shall abide by all the rules and
regulations and special conditions enumerated therein or attached herewith. In
the event of failure of the tenderer to sign the agreement within the stipulated
time, the earnest money including additional earnest money if any, within the
stipulated time, paid by him shall be liable to be forfeited to Corporation and the
acceptance of the tender shall be liable to be considered as withdrawn. In that
event the work will be awarded to next or any other contractor to whom the
Corporation considers suitable.
15. VALIDITY FOR 90 DAYS: The offer shall remain valid for a period of 90 (ninety) days from the date of the
opening of tender and thereafter until it is withdrawn by notice in writing by the
tenderer, duly addressed to the authority as stated at Sr.No.2.10 of Annex ‘A’ of
this section, and sent by Registered Post Acknowledgment Due (RPAD). If the
28
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
acceptance of tender is not communicated within 90 days or before and if the
offer is withdrawn by the contractor as afforsaid, earnest money paid in cash
shall be refunded in full.
16. COMPLETION OF TENDER DOCUMENT: While completing tender documents, the contractor must invariably complete
appendices included in the tender documents giving correct information.
However this information shall have to be submitted by the contractor in the
prescribed formats separately in Envelope No.1 as per provisions of paragraph 7
of the Detailed Tender Notice.
17. LANGUAGE: The language of all correspondence regarding this work shall be English only.
18. LICENSE UNDER CONTRACT LABOUR (REGULATION AND ABOLITION) ACT, 1970:
18.1 The successful tenderer should produce to the satisfaction of the competent
authority accepting the tender a valid and current license issued in his favour
under the provisions of contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970 and
the Maharashtra Contract Labour (R & A) Rules, 1971, before signing the
contract. On failure to do so acceptance of the tenderer will be withdrawn and
also the earnest money and additional earnest money deposit, if any, will be
forfeited to Corporation. The contractor shall submit the certified copy of
registration certificate under ESIS and P.F. Act before payment of first Running
Account bill is made. Attested copy of certificate obtained from competent
Authority that remittances have been made under E.P.Fund Act should also be
produced.
18.2 Changes in the tender document by the contractor are not permitted. If any
changes in the tender documents are noticed the tender will rejected out right of
necessary action against contractor will be taken. The tender document on Govt.
web site shall be treated as certified documents in case of any complaints.
29
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
19. VAT CLEARANCE CERTIFICATE The successful tenderer should produce to the satisfaction of the competent
authority accepting the tender a valid and current VAT Clearance Certificate as
required under the Maharashtra Value Added Act, 2005 from the Sales Tax
Department before signing the contract. On failure to do so the acceptance of
the tender will be withdrawn and the earnest money deposit and additional
earnest money deposit if any will be forfeited to the Corporation.
20. Insurance Policy: Contractor shall take out necessary insurance policy / policies viz. Contractor’s
All Risk Insurance Policy, Erection All risk Insurance Policy etc. as decided by
the Directorate of Insurance so as to provide adequate insurance cover for
execution of the awarded contract work for total contract value and complete
contract period COMPULSARILY from the ‘Director of Insurance, Maharashtra
State, Mumbai 400 051’ only. Its postal address for correspondance is “264,
MHADA, Opp. Kalanagar, Bandra (E), Mumbai 400 051. (Tel. No. 022-26590403
/ 26590690) & Fax 022-26592461 I 26590403)”. Similarly all workmens
appointed to complete the contract work are required to insure under Workmen’s
Compensation Insurance Policy. Insurance policy / policies taken out from any
other company will not be accepted. The amount of premium calculated by the
Government Insurance Fund will be recovered directly from the amount payable
to the contractor for the executed contract work and paid to the Directorate of
Insurance Fund, Maharashtra State, Mumbai. The Director of Insurance
reserves the right to distribute the risks of insurance among the other insurers.
30
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
ANNEX – A
TO SECTION I - DETAILED TENDER NOTICE, INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS
A) DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT :
Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation Project is administratively approved by MKVDC under letter No.MKVDC/Third Revised/201/(488-2001) /RAP/MP-6/720 dated 22 Jan. 2004. for Rs. 1982.81 Crores.
The project consists of two parts namely Mhaisal Part and Takari Part. In this project work includes Construction of Earthwork & Structures & C.C. Lining in Km No. 1 to 8 of Mangalwedha Dy-2 of Mhaisal Part of Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation Scheme Dist Sangli..It covers of irrigation in Jath Taluka. After completion of this canal 2507 Ha. Area (I.C.A.) will be under irrigation.
B) STATUS OF THE PROJECT : The present work starts from at Ch. 0/0 of Mangalvedha Dy-II
This is major ongoing project namely Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation Scheme having two parts viz. Takari and Mhaisal Part. There are six stages of pump houses under Mhaisal part, out of which the work of stages 1 to 5 are in progress. The link canal namely Arag, Bedag, Salagare, Kavathemahankal are completed. The branch canals namely Kalambi, Khanderajuri, Salagare are in progress. The excavation work of Jath Main Canal is already started. The tender process of Jath Branch Canal is under progress.
C) CLIMATIC CONDITIONS : The worksite is situated at an elevation ranging from R.L.600 to 650M.
above M.S.L. The average rainfall in this area is 500 mm. of erratic nature. The rainy season normally commences in June and lasts up to October. A few periodic pre-mansoon showers and post monsoon showers with high velocity winds however cannot be ruled out and some of these can be quite heavy. Atmosphere in other seasons normally remains dry. The temperature varies from minimum 32oC in winter to maximum 42oC in summer.
31
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
D) SCOPE OF THE WORK :
The work consist construction of entirely in Tal. Jath, Dist. Sangli. The work involves execution of Construction of Earthwork & Structures & C.C. Lining in Km No. 1 to 8 of Mangalwedha Dy-2 of Mhaisal Part of Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation Scheme Dist Sangli.
1) Excavation 53.95 Tcm 2) Embankment 47.29 Tcm 3) Concrete (all grade) 2.10 Tcm 4) C.C. lining 53.22 Tsqm 5) Steel (all types) 36.80 MT 6) Masonry 0.81 T.cm
The work under this contract includes following principle features
E) INFORMATION ABOUT WORK SITE: The information on following points is given in this Annex.
1) Location of work : Padlakarwadi Village
2) Nearest Railway Station : Walekhindi which is 40 kms away.
3) Roads : Approachable by all weather roads.
4) Telephone & Telegram facility : At Jadarboblad which is 5 Km away.
5) Petrol & Diesel pumps : Jath which is 40 kms away.
6) Land Acquisition: Under Progress.
The work under this contract includes following principle features
32
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
1. DETAILS OF WORK: 1.1 Name of work
Construction of Earthwork & Structures & C.C. Lining in Km No. 1 to 8 of Mangalwedha Dy-2 of Mhaisal Part of Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation Scheme Dist Sangli.
1.2 Estimated Cost Rs. 412.07 lakhs 1.3 Earnest Money (EMD)
Rs. 4.12 Lakhs The Bidder are required to Deposit in any form in the name of Executive Engineer, Mhaisal Pump House Division No-2, Sangli on account No. 1003712010000506 in the I.D.B.I Bank at Sangli Branch. The Scanned copy of Proof of Deposit such amount should be uploaded. Those contractor whose EMD amount is not reflected in the I.D.B.I Bank at Sangli Branch account No 1003712010000506 their tender document envelope No 2 will not be opened. OR 1) The Bidder are required to Deposit Rs. 1.50 lakh on
account of EMD in any form in the name of Executive Engineer, Mhaisal Pump House Division No-2, Sangli on account No. 1003712010000506 in the I.D.B.I Bank at Sangli Branch. The Scanned copy of Proof of Deposit such amount should be uploaded. Those contractor whose EMD amount is not reflected in the I.D.B.I Bank at Sangli Branch account No 1003712010000506 their tender document envelope No 2 will not be opened.
2) Rs.2.62 lakhs in form of irrevocable Bank Guarantee of any Nationalized Bank or Scheduled Bank Branch situated in State of Maharashtra and valid for minimum 90 days The Scanned copy of Bank Guarantee should be upload with tender form.
1.3.1 Additional E.M.D. As per 9(i)b of Detailed Tender Notice
1.4 Security Deposit a) Initial 2.5 %
Rs. 20.60 Lakhs. Rs. 10.30 Lakhs in the form of DD or (a) Rs. 6.00 Lakhs in form of D.D. and (b) Balance Amount of Rs.4.30 Lakhs in form of irrevocable
Bank Guarantee (BG), Any Scheduled / Nationalized Bank Branch situated in State of Maharashtra.
b) R.A. bills 2.5%
(at the rate of 5%) Rs. 10.30 Lakhs
1.4.1 Additional Security Deposit As per 9(ii)b of Detailed Tender Notice
1.5 Date, Time and Place of Pre-bid conference
Will be communicated separately
1.6 Class of contractor Class II and above 1.7 Period of completion of work 24 Calendar months ( including monsoon )
33
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
2.0 INFORMATION FOR OBTAINING P.Q. DOCUMENTS, TENDER PAPERS AND ITS SUBMISSION.
2.1 Name and address of the Executive Engineer in-charge of the work issuing tender papers / pre-qualification documents and in whose name Earnest Money and Security Deposit is to be pledged.
Executive Engineer, Mhaisal Pump House Division No.2, Warnali, Vishrambag, Sangli-416 415
2.2 Period of availability of application forms for Pre-qualification document on web site.
As per time schedule
2.3 Cost of application form of pre-qualification document.
Rs. 5000/-
2.4 Time and Date of online submission of pre-qualification documents.
As per time schedule
2.5 Name and address of the officer opening pre-qualification documents.
Superintending Engineer, Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation Project Circle, Warnali, Vishrambag, Sangli-416 415.
2.6 Time and Date of opening of pre-qualification documents.
As per time schedule
2.7 Period of availability of blank tender form on web site (only for Prequalified Bidders)
As per time schedule
2.8 Cost of blank tender forms. Rs. 15000/-
2.9 Date, Time & Place of Pre-tender conference
Will be communicated separately
2.10 Time and last date of online submission tender document.
As per time schedule
2.11 Name and address of the officer opening the tender documents.
Superintending Engineer, Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation Project Circle,Warnali,Vishrambag,Sangli-416415
2.12 Time and date of opening of tender. As per time schedule .
2.13 The name of authority for accepting the tender.
Chief Engineer (S.P.), Water Resources Department, Sinchan Bhavan, Pune-11.
34
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
3 WORK AND SITE CONDITIONS:
3.1 Location About 120 Km. from District place Sangli. About 40 Km. from Taluka Place Jath About 5 Km. from nearest village Padalkarwadi
3.2 Nearest railway Station. Walekhindi 40 Km.
3.3 Nearest Airport. Kolhapur 180 Kms. Away.
3.4 Roads. Approachable by all weather roads.
3.5 Nearest Telephone and Telegraph facility.
At Jadarboblad which is 5 Kms. Away from the site.
3.6 Nearest Petrol and Diesel pump.
At Jath which is 40 Kms. Away from the site.
3.7 Position of land acquisition. Land acquisition proposals are yet to be done.
3.8 Position of funds. Funds are available with MKVDC
4 PERIOD OF COMPLETION AND CONSTRUCTION PROGRAMME OF WORK: 4.1 Period of completion 24 months including monsoon.
4.2 The construction programme is enclosed at
the end of Schedule ‘B’ of tender document
based on which the physical programme is
prepared. If the tenderer does not agree with
this programme, he shall submit his own
programme without changing total period of
tender alongwith tender documents inclusive
of the physical programme subject to the
provision that 50% of the work shall be
completed in 50% of the contract period.
35
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
6 Earnest money / Security Deposit (Para 9(i) and (ii) of detailed Tender
Notice) 6.1 E.M.D. Rs. 4.12 Lakhs The Bidder are required to
Deposit in any form in the name of Executive Engineer, Mhaisal Pump House Division No-2, Sangli on account No. 1003712010000506 in the I.D.B.I Bank at Sangli Branch. The Scanned copy of Proof of Deposit such amount should be uploaded. Those contractor whose EMD amount is not reflected in the I.D.B.I Bank at Sangli Branch account No 1003712010000506 their tender document envelope No 2 will not be opened. OR 1) The Bidder are required to Deposit Rs. 1.50
lakh on account of EMD in any form in the name of Executive Engineer, Mhaisal Pump House Division No-2, Sangli on account No. 1003712010000506 in the I.D.B.I Bank at Sangli Branch. The Scanned copy of Proof of Deposit such amount should be uploaded. Those contractor whose EMD amount is not reflected in the I.D.B.I Bank at Sangli Branch account No 1003712010000506 their tender document envelope No 2 will not be opened.
2) Rs.2.62 lakhs in form of irrevocable Bank Guarantee of any Nationalized Bank or Scheduled Bank Branch situated in State of Maharashtra and valid for minimum 90 days The Scanned copy of Bank Guarantee should be upload with tender form.
6.2 Initial Security Deposit. Rs. 10.30 Lakhs in the form of D.D. or
(a) Rs. 6.00 Lakhs in (b) Balance Amount of Rs. 4.30 Lakhs in
form of irrevocable Bank Guarantee (BG), Any Scheduled / Nationalized Bank Branch situated in State of Maharashtra.
6.3 If EMD / Security Deposit is in the
form of Demand Draft it should be
drawn on
Nationalized or Scheduled Bank
Branch situated in State of
Maharashtra.
6.4 Name of Executive Engineer-in-
charge of the work in whose name
Demand Draft is to be drawn.
Executive Engineer, Mhaisal Pump House Division No.2, Warnali, Vishrambag,
36
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
7 Price variation information
(vide Para 31 of special conditions of contract)
Sr. No. Component Center / Place Percentage.
1. Labour Component (KL) Solapur 41 % 2. Cement (KC) All India Average Actual 3. Steel (KS) All India Average Actual 4. Other materials (KM) All India Average 38 % 5. POL Component (KF) Sangli 11 %
7-A Cost of cement for mix variation.
i. If the cement is procured by the
contractor-
ii. If the cement is supplied on Schedule ‘A’
Rs. 240/ per bag for lining work
Not Applicable.
7-C 1. Chainages where controlled Blasting is to
be carried out.
-------- Nil --------------
2. Chainages where chiseling is to be
carried out.
-------- Nil --------------
37
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION –II
B-1 TENDER FORM
MEMORANDUM
SCHEDULE - ‘A’
SCHEDULE - ‘B’
MONTHWISE WORKS PROGRAMME
SCHEDULE SHOWING ITEMS OF WORKS AND
APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS
38
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
B-1 TENDER FORM PERCENTAGE RATE TENDER & CONTRACT FOR WORKS
MAHARASHTRA KRISHNA VALLEY DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION
CIRCLE : Superintending Engineer, Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation Project Circle, Sangli
DIVISION : The Executive Engineer, Mhaisal Pump House Division No.2, Sangli
General Rules and Directions for the Guidance of Contractors
1. All works proposed to be executed by contract shall be notified in a form of
invitation to tender pasted on a board hung up in the office of the Executive
Engineer and signed by the Executive Engineer.
This form will state the work to be carried out as well as the date for submitting
and opening tenders and the time allowed for carrying out the work, also the
amount of the earnest money and additional earnest money if required to be
deposited with the tender, and the amount of the security deposit and additional
security deposit if required to be deposited by the successful tenderer and the
percentage if any, to be deducted from bills. Copies of the specifications,
designs and drawings, estimated rates, scheduled rates and any other
documents required in connection with the work shall be signed by the Executive
Engineer for the purpose of identification and shall also be open for inspection
by contractors at the office of the Executive Engineer, during office hours.
Where the works are proposed to be executed according to the specifications
recommended by a contractor and approved by a competent authority on behalf
of the corporation such specifications with designs and drawings shall form part
of the accepted tender.
2. In the event of the tender being submitted by a firm, it must be signed by each
partner thereof, and in the event of the absence of any partner, it shall be signed
on his behalf by a person holding a power of attorney authorising him to do so
as mentioned in detailed tender notice.
2A) i) The contractor shall pay along with the tender the sum as stipulated in Annex ‘A’
to Section I as and by way of earnest money. The contractor may pay the said
amount by forwarding alongwith the tender, Corporation cash receipt or demand
draft drawn on bank and in favour of the Executive Engineer as indicated in
Annex A of Detailed Tender Notice.
39
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
ii) The contractor shall also enclose irrevocable bank guarantee of sum as
stipulated in Annex A Sr. No. 1.3.1 if his offer is less than 90% of the
updated estimated cost as stated at Sr. No. 5 of Annex A. The said amount
of earnest money shall not carry any interest whatsoever.
iii) If, after submitting the tender, the contractor withdraws his offer or modifies
the same or, if after the acceptance of his tender the contractor fails or
neglects to furnish the balance of security deposit without prejudice to any
other rights and powers of the Corporation hereunder or in law, Corporation
shall be entitled to forfeit the full amount of the earnest money and the
additional earnest money deposited by him.
iv) In the event of his tender not being accepted the amount of earnest money
deposited by the contractor shall unless it is prior thereto forfeited under the
provision of sub-clause (iii) above, be refunded to him on his passing receipt
theretor.
3. Receipts for payments made on account of any work, when executed by a firm
should also be signed by all the partners except where the contractors are
described in their tender as firm, in which case the receipt shall be signed in the
name of the firm by one of the partners or by some other person having authority
to give effectual receipts of the firm.
4. Any person who submits a tender shall fill up online form stating at what
percentage above or below the rates specified in schedule-B (memorandum
showing items of work to be carried out) he is willing to undertake the work. The
person who submits the tender shall also fill up online form of schedule-B Part-Il.
Only one percentage on all the estimated rates shall be named. Tenderers who
propose any alternation. Anticipated additional items as foreseen by the
tenderer in the works specified in the said form of invitation to the tender or in
the time allowed or carrying out the work or which contain any other conditions
of any sort other than those specified in this tender documents will be liable to
rejection.
5. The officer indicated in Annex ‘A’ to section I - Detailed Tender Notice or his duly
authorised assistant shall open tender online. The system will generate
comparative statement in a suitable form. In the event of tender being accepted,
the contractor shall for the purpose of identification, sign copies of the
specifications and other documents mentioned in Rule 1. In event of tender
40
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
being rejected the competent officer shall refund the amount of the earnest
money deposited by the contractor, on his giving a receipt for the return of
money.
6. The officer competent to dispose of the tenders shall have the right of rejecting
all or any of the tenders.
7. No receipt for any payment alleged to have been made by a contractor in regard
to any matter relating to this tender or the contract shall be valid and binding on
Corporation unless it is signed by the Executive Engineer.
8. No materials of any type required for the work shall be supplied by the
Corporation. All the work shall be executed by the tenderer with contractor’s own
material(s). The memorandum of work to be tendered for shall be filled in and
completed by the office of the Executive Engineer, before the tender form is
issued. If a form issued to an intending tenderer has not been so filled in and
completed he shall request the said office to have this done before he completes
and delivers his tender.
9. All work shall be measured net by standard measure and according to the rules
and customs of the Corporation and without reference to any local custom.
10. Under no circumstances shall any contractor be entitled to claim enhanced rates
for items in this contract.
11. The measurements of work shall be recorded by Engineer of the Corporation as
per the provisions in the MPW manual & MPW accounts code.
12. In view of the difficult position regarding the availability of foreign exchange no
foreign exchange would be released by the Corporation for the purchase of plant
and machinery required for the execution of the work contracted for.
13. The contractor will have to construct shed for storing controlled and valuable
materials at work site, having double locking arrangement. The materials will be
taken for use in the presence of the Corporation person. No materials will be
allowed to be removed from the site of works without prior permission of
Engineer-in-charge.
14. Successful tenderer will have to produce to the satisfaction of the accepting
authority a valid and current license issued in his favour under the provision of
Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970 before starting work, failing
which acceptance of the tender will be liable for withdrawal and earnest money
will be forfeited to corporation.
41
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
B-1 TENDER FORM
PERCENTAGE RATE TENDER & CONTRACT FOR WORKS
1. I/We hereby tender for the execution for the Maharashtra
Krishna Valley Development Corporation (here-in-before and
here- in-after referred to as Corporation) of the work specified
in memorandum as enclosed within the time specified in such
memorandum at *...........% ..................................................
percent below/above the estimated rates entered in Schedule
B (memorandum showing items of work to be carried out) and
in accordance in all respects with the specifications, designs,
drawings and instructions in writing referred in in Rule 1
hereof.
* in figure as well
as in words.
2. l / We agree that the offer shall remain open for
acceptance for a minimum period of 90 days from the date
fixed for opening the same & thereafter until it is withdrawn by
me/us by notice in writing duly addressed to the authority
opening the tenders and sent by registered post AD or
otherwise delivered at the office of such authority. Demand
Draft on ...................................a scheduled Bank in respect to
the sum of Rs.*........................ in words Rupees
*.....................................................representing the earnest
money is herewith forwarded. Additional earnest money in the
form of Bank Guarantee as required in view of offer being
lower than 10 % below the updated estimated cost as stated
at Sr. No. 5 of Annex ‘A’ is also enclosed. The amount of
earnest money shall not bear interest and shall be liable to be
forfeited to the Corporation should I/We fail to (I) abide by the
stipulation to keep the offer open for the period mentioned
above or (2) sign and complete the contract documents as
required by the Engineer and furnish the security deposit and
additional security deposit if any as specified in item (e) and
(f) of the memorandum enclosed within the time limit laid
* Amount to be
specified inwords
and in figures.
42
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
down in clause (1) of conditions of Contract. The amount of
earnest money may be adjusted towards the security deposit
or refunded to me/us if so desired by me/us in writing, unless
the same or any part thereof has been forfeited as aforesaid.
MEMORANDUM
a. General description Construction of Earthwork & Structures & C.C. Lining in Km No. 1 to 8 of Mangalwedha Dy-2 of Mhaisal Part of Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation Scheme Dist Sangli.
b. Estimated cost Rs. 412.07 Lakhs
c. Earnest money (EM) Rs. 4.12 Lakhs The Bidder are required to Deposit in any form in the name of Executive Engineer, Mhaisal Pump House Division No-2, Sangli on account No. 1003712010000506 in the I.D.B.I Bank at Sangli Branch. The Scanned copy of Proof of Deposit such amount should be uploaded. Those contractor whose EMD amount is not reflected in the I.D.B.I Bank at Sangli Branch account No 1003712010000506 their tender document envelope No 2 will not be opened. OR 1) The Bidder are required to Deposit Rs.
1.50 lakh on account of EMD in any form in the name of Executive Engineer, Mhaisal Pump House Division No-2, Sangli on account No. 1003712010000506 in the I.D.B.I Bank at Sangli Branch. The Scanned copy of Proof of Deposit such amount should be uploaded. Those contractor whose EMD amount is not reflected in the I.D.B.I Bank at Sangli Branch account No 1003712010000506 their tender document envelope No 2 will not be opened.
2) Rs.2.62 lakhs in form of irrevocable Bank Guarantee of any Nationalized Bank or Scheduled Bank Branch situated in State of Maharashtra and valid for minimum 90 days The Scanned copy of Bank Guarantee should be upload with tender form.
d. Additional EM (if required as
specified in Para 9(i)(b) in the Form
---------------
43
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
of Bank Guarantee / Demand Draft.
e. Security Deposit (SD) (i) Initial (By Bank Guarantee / Demand Draft) 2.5%
Rs. 20.60 Lakhs Rs.10.30 Lakhs in the form of D.D or
(a) Rs 6.00 Lakhs in form of D.D. &
(b) Balance Amount of Rs.4.30 Lakhs
in form of irrevocable Bank
Guarantee (BG), Any Scheduled /
Nationalized Bank Branch situated
in State of Maharashtra and valid
for minimum 90 days.
(ii) To be deducted from bills
2.5%
Rs.10.30 Lakhs
(iii) 5% of amount by which contract cost increases due to stipulations of Clause 14, 38 and extra Items.
Total =
- Rs. 20.60 Lakhs
f. Additional SD (If required as
specified in Para 9(ii)(b) in the form
of Bank Guarantee / Demand Draft.
----------------
g. Percentage, if any, to be deducted
from bills so as to make up the total
amount required as security deposit
(by the time, half the work as
measured by the cost of work done is
completed).
5%
h. Time allowed for completion of work
from date of written work order.
24 Calendar months
( including monsoon )
i. Defect liability period.
36 Months from the date of issue of completion certificate by the Engineer in charge.
44
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Signature of Contractor Signature of Witness
Address___________________ Address___________________
____________________ ____________________
Dated the ______ day of _____________20____
The above tender is hereby accepted by me for and on behalf of the
Corporation.
Dated the ______ day of _____________20____
Signature of the officer by whom accepted.
45
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SCHEDULE - 'A'
APPLICABLE FOR WORKS COSTING LESS THAN RS. 100 LAKHS. Schedule showing (approximately) the material to be supplied from the store for the work contracted to be executed and the rates which they are to be charged for Sr. No.
Particulars Quantity Rates at which the material will be charged
to the contractor
Place of delivery
Unit Rate
NIL
46
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SCHEDULE - ‘B’
47
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SCHEDULE - ‘B’
SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES AND BID RATES FOR ITEMS AS ESTIMATED BY CORPORATION
Name of Work : Construction of Earthwork & Structures & C.C. Lining in Km No. 1 to 8 of Mangalwedha Dy-2 of Mhaisal Part of Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation Scheme Dist Sangli.
Quantity Description of the items. Unit Rate In
Figure In words.
Total amount In
Figure
1 2 3 4 5 CANAL EARTH WORK & LINING
40277.00 ITEM NO. 1 : Excavation in soft strata including depositing the excavated stuff, spoil banks as and where directed with all leads and lifts including dewatering and dressing of bed and sides to the required slopes and grade as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification.
Cum 38.60 Rs. Thirty eight and Ps. sixty
only.
1554692
ITEM NO. 2 :- Excavation in hard strata including depositing the excavated stuff, spoil banks as and where directed with all leads and lifts including dewatering and dressing of bed and sides to the required slopes and grade as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete.
10522.00 a) With Ordinary blasting Cum 201.60 Rs. Two
hundred one and Ps. sixty
only.
2121235
48
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Quantity Description of the items. Unit Rate In
Figure In words.
Total amount In Figure
1 2 3 4 5 24987.00 Item No. 3 :- Construction of
embankment for casing zone and back filling behind lining with selected material including conveying the material, laying In layer, levelling & dressing, watering and consolidation including royalty of material with all leads and lifts & as directed by Engineer In-charge as per specification with contractor own material etc complete.
Cum 129.15 Rs. One hundred
twenty nine and Ps.
fifteen only.
3227071
17607.00 Item No. 4 :- Construction of embankment for hearting zone with selected material including conveying . laying in layers, levelling the bank work, breaking clods including watering and consolidation and including royalty of material with all leads and lifts. & as directed by Engineer In-charge as per specification with contractor own material etc complete.
Cum 156.15 Rs. One
hundred fifty six and Ps. fifteen only.
2749333
- Item No. 5 :- Providing and fixing mild steel sign board “T” of 3 m. length of size 50 mm. x 50 mm. x 6 mm. and plate 5 mm. thick of size 60 x 40 cm. including painting of two coats, Excavation for fixing “T” in C.C. 1:2:4 (M-15) (20 MSA) block of 50 x 50 x 60 Cm. with all lead and lifts as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete.
Number Deleted -
49
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Quantity Description of the items. Unit Rate In
Figure In words.
Total amount In Figure
1 2 3 4 5 8.00 Item No. 6 :- Providing and fixing trap
K.M. stone flat top size 40 x 40 x 60 cm. including dressing and fixing in block of size 50 x 50 x 60 cm. in C.C. 1:3:6 (M-10) (80 MSA) including painting of two coats, lettering etc. complete height of stone above GL is 40 c.m. with all lead and lifts as directed with royalty of material by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification.
Number
898.90 Rs. Eight hundred
ninety eight and Ps.
ninety only.
7191
424.00 Item No. 7 :- Providing and fixing boundary stone/ bench mark/ apex/indicator stone flat top of 20 x 20 x 75 Cm. size and shape including dressing & fixing in bock 45 x 45 x 60 cm. of C.C. 1:3:6 (M-10) (80 MSA) with stone height 30 cm. above ground including oil painting of two coats, lettering with all lead and lifts as directed with royalty of material by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification.
umber 587.05 Rs. Five hundred
eighty seven and Ps. five
only.
248909
810.40 Item No. 8 :- Providing and constructing chip masonry in cement mortar 1:8 proportion for back filling over breaks in rock cutting with Contractor's own material including scaffolding, curing, royalty of material with all lead and lifts etc. complete. as per specification.
Cum. 1601.50 Rs. One
thousand six hundred one and Ps. fifty
only.
1297856
50
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Quantity Description of the items. Unit Rate In
Figure In words.
Total amount In Figure
1 2 3 4 5 Item No.9:- Providing and laying M-15
grade (20 MSA) proportion cement concrete of thicknees specified below for canal lining with all slope of canal including scaffolding, formwork, compaction, curing (by using compound for side) laying PVC expansion joints and construction joints including royalty of material etc. complete with all leads and lifts as per specification.(Manual lining with slope 1.5:1)
43495.00 a) 8 Cm. for side lining. Sqm. 287.85 Rs. Two hundred
eighty seven and Ps.
eighty five only.
12520036
9724.50 b) 10 Cm. for bed lining Sqm 340.15 Rs. Three
hundred forty and Ps.
fifteen only.
3307789
2666.00 Item No. 10 :- Providing and laying 100 mm. Dia. Porous concrete plugs for sand less concrete in proper line and level including necessary excavation, with all lead and lifts as directed with royalty of material by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification.
No 42.35 Rs. Forty two and Ps. thirty
five only.
112905
51
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Quantity Description of the items. Unit Rate In Figure In words.
Total amount In
Figure 1 2 3 4 5
23954.00 Item No.11:- Providing and laying PVC expansion joints and construction joints for canal lining work considering 3 mtr. C/C interval at slant length and bottom width of canal one longitudinal and one Traverse joints with all lead and lifts as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification.
Rmt 34.90 Rs. Thirty
four and Ps. ninety only.
835995
STRUCTERS 1651.00
Item No. 12 :- Excavation in soft strata including depositing the excavated stuff, spoil banks as and where directed with all leads and lifts including dewatering and dressing of bed and sides to the required slopes and grade as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification.
Cum 140.85 Rs. One
hundred forty and Ps.
eighty five only.
232543
Item No.13 :- Excavation in hard strata including depositing the excavated stuff, spoil banks as and where directed with all leads and lifts including dewatering and dressing of bed and sides to the required slopes and grade as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification.
1508.50 a) Ordinary Blasting. Cum 360.00 Rs. Three
hundred sixty and Ps. nile
only.
543060
52
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Quantity Description of the items. Unit Rate In Figure In words.
Total amount In
Figure 1 2 3 4 5 ITEM NO.14 :- Providing and laying
cement concrete of various grades for different components of structure as indicated below with contractor’s own material including form work, centering, vibrating, curing, casting in line and level including royalty of material with all lead and lifts as directed with royalty of material by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification.
44.50 a) M- 10 (40MSA) for profile Wall & bed
Cum 2802.15 Rs. Two thousand
eight hundred two and Ps. fifteen only.
124696
-
673.32 b) M-15 ( 20 MSA) for Piers & Abutments
Cum 3806.55 Rs. Three thousand
eight hundred six and Ps.
fifty five only.
2563026
229.00 c) M-15 Wearing coat. Cum 3414.35 Rs. Three thousand
four hundred fourteen and Ps. thirty five
only.
781886
171.80 d) M-15 for Approach Slab Cum 3462.95 Rs. Three thousand
four hundred sixty two and
Ps. ninety five only.
594935
53
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Quantity Description of the items. Unit Rate In Figure In words.
Total amount In
Figure 1 2 3 4 5
560.70 e) M-20 (20 MSA) R.C.C. Cap Cum 4148.65 Rs. Four thousand
one hundred forty eight
and Ps. sixty five only.
2326148
163.40 f) M-20 for R.C.C. Parapet. Rmt 879.90 Rs. Eight hundred
seventy nine and Ps.
ninety only.
143776
18.40 g) M-25 R.C.C. walls Kerbs Cum 4868.20 Rs. Four thousand
eight hundred
sixty eight and Ps.
twenty only.
89575
241.20 h) M-25 for C.C. solid deck / Slab. Cum 5255.55 Rs. Five thousand
two hundred fifty five and Ps. fifty five
only.
1267639
113.40 Item No.15 : Providing Tar paper bearing pad including fixing etc. complete with all leads and lifts etc complete as per specification.
Sqm 80.40 Rs. Eighty
and Ps. forty only.
9117
54
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Quantity Description of the items. Unit Rate In Figure In words.
Total amount In
Figure 1 2 3 4 5
36.80 Item No. 16 :- Providing and fixing in position Tor steel reinforcement bars / HYSD (deformed cold threaded steel) as per design and drawing, with contractor's own material including cutting, bending, hooking where necessary binding with G.I. wires with all lead and lifts as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification..
M.T. 48179.00 Rs. Forty
eight thousand one
hundred seventy nine and Ps. nil
only.
1772987
ITEM NO. 17 :- Providing, laying and jointing in position NP-2 class pipe with R.C.C. collars including water tight joints with cement mortar 1:2 prop. etc. complete with contractor’s own material with all lead and lifts as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification.. complete.
-
80.00 a) 450 mm dia Rmt 709.55 Rs. Seven
hundred nine and Ps. fifty
five only.
56764
108.75 b) 300 mm dia Rmt 454.80 Rs. Four
hundred fifty four and
eighty only.
49460
55
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Quantity Description of the items. Unit Rate In Figure In words.
Total amount In
Figure 1 2 3 4 5
97.00 ITEM NO. 18 : - Providing expansion joints with 25 mm. thick bituminous pad as per detailed drawing, with all lead and lifts as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification
Sqm. 1658.25 Rs. One
thousand six hundred fifty
eighty and Ps. twenty five
only.
160850
- ITEM NO. 19: - Providing Construction joints as per detailed drawing, with all lead and lifts as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification
Sqm Deleted -
- Item No. 20 :- Providing weep holes 100 mm dia. P.V.C. pipe in the slab and wearing course with iron grill at the top and galvenised iron pipe at bottom as per drawing etc. complete with all leads and lifts as directed by Engineer-in-charge. as per specification.
Rmt
Deleted -
62.00 Item No.21 :- Providing Vent holes 100 mm. dia. G.I. pipe in the slab and wearing course with iron grill at top and galvenised pipe at bottom with all lead and lifts etc. complete. as per specification.
Rmt 351.80 Rs. Three
hundred fifty one and Ps. eighty only.
21812
1406 ITEM NO.22 :- Providing selected murum filling including laying in layers of 15 cm. to 20 cm. watering and compaction including royalty of material with all lead and lifts and as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification.
Cum 226.45 Rs. Two hundred
twenty six and Ps. forty
five only.
318389
56
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Quantity Description of the items. Unit Rate In
Figure In words.
Total amount In
Figure 1 2 3 4 5
616.00 ITEM NO :- 23 Providing and laying trap/granite/quartzite/gneiss rubble filling behind the abutment, return or wings including royalty of material with all lead and lifts and as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification.
cum 301.50 Rs. Three
hundred one and Ps. fifty
only.
185724
2673.00 ITEM NO.24 : - Providing earthwork in embankment with approved material for Road Embankment including all leads and lifts laying in layers of 20 to 30 cm. thickness breaking cods, dressing to the required lines curves, grades, section, watering and compacting with power roller including royalty of material & as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification.
cum 125.20 Rs. One hundred
twenty five and Ps.
twenty only.
334660
- ITEM NO.25:- :- Providing and laying Dry stone pitching 30 Cm. thick to side slopes of embankment including dressing to the bank (Rubble 30 to 45 Kg.) excluding pointing, including quarry spauls etc. complete including royalty of material with all leads and lifts etc complete as per specification.
Cum Deleted -
- ITEM NO.26 :- Providing and fixing 100 mm. dia G.I. Pipe with screws sockets for S.W.F. and necessary galvanized fitting with all lead and lifts as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification.
Rmt. Deleted -
57
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Quantity Description of the items. Unit Rate In Figure In words.
Total amount In
Figure 1 2 3 4 5 ITEM NO.27:- Providing & fixing
M.S. gates of Head regulator / outlets screw type and standard type in plump concreting, anchoring etc. with contractors own with all leads and lifts etc. complete as directed & as per specification.
23.00 a) 300 x 300 mm size No. 5289.25 Rs. Five thousand
two hundred eighty nine
and Ps. twenty five
only.
121653
16.00 b) 450 x 450 mm size No. 8066.20 Rs. Eight thousand
sixty six and Ps. twenty
only.
129059
58
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Quantity Description of the items. Unit Rate In
Figure In words.
Total amount In
Figure 1 2 3 4 5 -
Item No.28:- Providing & erecting pipe railing etc. complete as detailed as per specification.
Rmt Deleted -
708.90 ITEM NO.29 :- Supplying 60 mm. trap/granite/quartzite/ gneiss stone over size metal at the road side including conveying and stacking with all lead and lifts with royalty of material etc complete. As directed and as per specifications.
Cum 201.35 Rs. Two
hundred one and Ps. thirty
five only.
142737
714.00 ITEM NO.30: - Supplying 40 mm. trap/granite/quartzite/ gneiss stone over size metal at the road side including royalty of materials, conveying and stacking etc. complete. As directed and as per specifications.
Cum 211.40 Rs. Two hundred
eleven and Ps. forty
only.
150940
1260.60 ITEM NO. 31: - Supplying hard murum/kankar at the road side including royalty of materials conveying and stacking etc. complete. As directed and as per specifications.
Cum 108.90 Rs. One hundred
eight and Ps. ninety only.
137279
427.15 ITEM NO.32 :- Supplying soft murum/kankar at the road side including royalty of material conveying and stacking etc. complete. As directed and as per specifications.
Cum 106.10 Rs. One
hundred six and Ps. ten
only.
45321
59
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Quantity Description of the items. Unit Rate In Figure In words.
Total amount In
Figure 1 2 3 4 5
965.00 ITEM NO.33:- Spreading 60/ 40 mm trap/granite/quartzite/ gneiss stone over size metal at the road side including royalty of materials, conveying and stacking etc. complete. As directed and as per specifications.
Cum 18.10 Rs. Eighteen and Ps. ten
only.
17467
1188.15 ITEM NO.34: - Spreading /soft murum/hard murum including royalty of materials, conveying and stacking etc. complete. As directed and as per specifications.
Cum 11.05 Rs. Eleven and Ps five
only.
13129
3581.70 ITEM NO.35:- Compacting sub grade/gravel/over size metal (200 mm. loose) layer with power roller including necessary labours and artificial watering etc. complete. As directed and as per specifications.
Sqm 7.55 Rs. Seven
and Ps. fifty five only.
27042
- ITEM NO.36:- Compacting sub grade/gravel/over size metal (100 mm. loose) layer with power roller including necessary labours and artificial watering etc. complete. As directed and as per specifications.
Sqm Deleted -
3581.70 ITEM NO.37:- Compacting hard murum laying in layer on each side with power roller including artificial watering etc. complete. As directed and as per specifications.
Sqm 1.85 Rs. One and
Ps. eighty five only.
6626
1007.00 ITEM NO.38:- Compacting hard murum side widths laying in layer on each side with power roller including artificial watering etc. complete. As directed and as per specifications.
Sqm 2.40 Rs. Two and
Ps. forty only.
2417
60
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Quantity Description of the items. Unit Rate In Figure In words.
Total amount In
Figure 1 2 3 4 5 - ITEM NO.39:- Providing and laying
bituminous bound macadam surface 75 mm thick including supplying II materials spreading trap metal layers and key aggregate heating and spraying bitumen at the rate of 20 Kg/100 Sqm and compaction with power roller including applying tack coat at 50 Kg per 100 Sq.mtr etc. complete (without seal coat) excluding 20 mm metal.
Sqm Deleted -
- Item NO.40 - Open graded premix surfacing, (Providing, laying and rolling of open graded premix surfacing of 20mm thickness composed of 13.2mm to 5.6 mm aggregates either using penetration grade bitumen or cutback or emulsion to required line, grade and level to serve as wearing course on a previously prepared base, including mixing in a suitable plant, laying and rolling with a smooth wheeled roller 8-10 tonne capacity finished to required level and grades on B.T surface excluding coat of primer/ tack coat.
Sqm Deleted -
61
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Quantity Description of the items. Unit Rate In Figure In words.
Total amount In
Figure 1 2 3 4 5 - Item No.41:- Providing and laying
bituminous liquid seal coat to black tipped surface including supplying all materials with all leads & lifts, preparing and cleaning the existing road surface, heating and applying bitumen by mechanical sprayer attached to Bauzer, spreading chips and compacting with power i roller including use of tools and plants and diversion of traffic etc. complete ( by use of Bulk asphalt, using 60/70 grade asphalt)
Sqm Deleted -
Item No.42:- Quality Control charges.
39.00 Cement Test No. 2457.00 Rs. Two
thousand four hundred fifty
seven and Ps nil only.
95823
8.00 Sand Test No. 2550.00 Rs. Two
thousand five hundred fifty and Ps. nil
only.
20400
16.00 Mix design No. 5000.00 Rs. Five
thousand and Ps. nil only
80000
11.00 Morter Test No. 260.00 Rs. Two
hundred sixty and Ps. nil
only.
2860
62
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Quantity Description of the items. Unit Rate In Figure In words.
Total amount In
Figure 1 2 3 4 5
154.00 Cub, Slump Test No. 1089.00 Rs. One thousand
eighty nine and Ps. nil
only.
167706
33.00 Compaction Test No. 500.00 Rs.
Five hundred and Ps. nil
only.
16500
Field Density Test 4.00 A. Hearting test No. 200.00
Rs. Two hundred and Ps. nil only.
800
146.00 B. Casing test No. 300.00 Rs. Three
hundred and Ps. nil only.
43800
147.00 Natural moisture test No. 150.00 Rs. One
hundred fifty and Ps. nil
only.
22050
1.00 ITEM NO.43:- Taking out necessary insurance policy as directed by the Directorate of insurance so as to provide adequate insurance cover for execution of awarded contract work for total contract value & complete contract period.
Lump Sum 403712
Total Rs. 41207380 Rs. 412.07 Lakhs
(Rs. Four crore twelve lakh seven thousand three hundred eighty only)
63
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Note 1 : All work shall be carried out with contractor’s own materials and as per the
Specifications - Vol. II.
Note 2 : Rates quoted include clearance of site (prior to commencement of work and
at its close) in all respects and hold good for work under all conditions of site,
moisture, weather, etc.
Note 3 : The tender % as quoted by the tenderer in the space provided for in the
Memorandum of Work shall be applicable for the items, rates and quantities
stipulated in Schedule ‘B’ as put to tender by Corporation.
64
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
MONTHWISE WORKS PROGRAMME (For the works costing more than Rs.100 Lakhs) QtyAmt 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Qty Amount
6.745 8 8 8 8 10 4 4 3.96 53.96 44.525.565 7 7 7 7 8 3 3 2.524.527 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4.27 45.27 63.116.311 7 7 7 7 7 6 6 6 6 4.110.162 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.08 1.96 77.486.457 6 6 6 6 6 6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 2.280.068 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.04 0.81 12.981.082 1.11 1.11 1.11 1.11 1.11 1.11 1.11 1.11 1.11 1.11 1.11 0.774.435 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 3.72 53.22 158.28
13.190 13.38 13.38 13.38 13.38 13.38 13.38 13.38 13.38 13.38 13.38 13.38 11.100.00 55.70
6 5 4 4 4 4 6 6 4 4 4 4.70 55.70 0.00412.07
412.07 13 12 18 14 15 14 14 12.52 12 12 16 14.11 20.49 20.49 20.49 24.49 20.09 20.09 20.09 20.09 20.09 20.09 20.09 18.85 412.07
53.96 Tcum
ESTIMATED AMT IN Lakhs
MONTHS TotalSr. NO ITEM ESTIMATED
QTY. IN T.CUM UNIT
1.94 Tcum
44.52
2 Embankment 45.27 Tcum 63.11
1 Excavation
53.22 Tsqm
77.48
4 Chip Masonary 0.81 Tcum 12.98
3 Concrete
158.28
Total
6 Others Lump Lump 55.70
Total
5 C. Lining, Side & Bed
Note :
1. Quantity wise physical and financial monthly programme for the principal items costing 80% of the work cost shall be given and for
the balance items costing 20% of the work cost financial monthwise programme be given.
2. For financial programme amount may be shown in Rs. lakhs upto two decimals only.
3. The contractor shall submit his monthwise requirement of funds within 15 days of signing of contract.
4. The contractor shall submit his requirement of detailed construction drawings alongwith the dates on which these are required by
him within 15 days of signing of contract.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
65
SCHEDULE SHOWING ITEM OF WORK AND APPICABLE SPECIFICATIONS
Item of Work Applicable Specification
1 2 ITEM NO. 1 : Excavation in soft strata including depositing the excavated stuff, spoil banks as and where directed with all leads and lifts including dewatering and dressing of bed and sides to the required slopes and grade as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification.
1) Section No.1 2) Section No.2
ITEM NO. 2 :- Excavation in hard strata including depositing the excavated stuff, spoil banks as and where directed with all leads and lifts including dewatering and dressing of bed and sides to the required slopes and grade as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete. a) With Ordinary blasting
1) Section No.1 2) Section No.2
Item No. 3 :- Construction of embankment for casing zone and back filling behind lining with selected material including conveying the material, laying In layer, levelling & dressing, watering and consolidation including royalty of material with all leads and lifts & as directed by Engineer In-charge as per specification with contractor own material etc complete.
1) Section No.1 2) Section No.3,
46, 47, 48
Item No. 4 :- Construction of embankment for hearting zone with selected material including conveying . laying in layers, levelling the bank work, breaking clods including watering and consolidation and including royalty of material with all leads and lifts. & as directed by Engineer In-charge as per specification with contractor own material etc complete.
1) Section No.1 2) Section No.3,
46, 47, 48
Item No. 5 :- Providing and fixing mild steel sign board “T” of 3 m. length of size 50 mm. x 50 mm. x 6 mm. and plate 5 mm. thick of size 60 x 40 cm. including painting of two coats, Excavation for fixing “T” in C.C. 1:2:4 (M-15) (20 MSA) block of 50 x 50 x 60 Cm. with all lead and lifts as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete.
Deleted
Item No. 6 :- Providing and fixing trap K.M. stone flat top size 40 x 40 x 60 cm. including dressing and fixing in block of size 50 x 50 x 60 cm. in C.C. 1:3:6 (M-10) (80 MSA) including painting of two coats, lettering etc. complete height of stone above GL is 40 c.m. with all lead and lifts as directed with royalty of material by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification.
1) Section No.1 2) Section No.4 &
25, 46, 47, 48
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
66Item of Work Applicable
Specification
1 2 Item No. 7 :- Providing and fixing boundary stone/ bench mark/ apex/indicator stone flat top of 20 x 20 x 75 Cm. size and shape including dressing & fixing in bock 45 x 45 x 60 cm. of C.C. 1:3:6 (M-10) (80 MSA) with stone height 30 cm. above ground including oil painting of two coats, lettering with all lead and lifts as directed with royalty of material by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification.
1) Section No.1 2) Section No.4 &
25, 48
Item No. 8 :- Providing and constructing chip masonry in cement mortar 1:8 proportion for back filling over breaks in rock cutting with Contractor's own material including scaffolding, curing, royalty of material with all lead and lifts etc. complete. as per specification.
1) Section No.1 2) Section No.8,
46, 47, 48
Item No.9:- Providing and laying M-15 grade (20 MSA) proportion cement concrete of thicknees specified below for canal lining with all slope of canal with including scaffolding, formwork, compaction, curing (by using compound for side) laying PVC expansion joints and construction joints including royalty of material etc. complete with all leads and lifts as per specification.(Manual lining with slope 1.5:1) a) 8 Cm. for side lining. b) 10 Cm. for bed lining
1) Section No.1 2) Section No. 4
5, 6, , 46, 47, 48
Item No. 10 :- Providing and laying 100 mm. Dia. Porous concrete plugs for sand less concrete in proper line and level including necessary excavation, with all lead and lifts as directed with royalty of material by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification.
1) Section No.1 2) Section No.51
Item No.11:- Providing and laying PVC expansion joints and construction joints for canal lining work considering 3 mtr. C/C interval at slant length and bottom width of canal one longitudinal and one Traverse joints with all lead and lifts as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification.
1) Section No.1 2) Section No.38,52
STRUCTERS Item No. 12 :- Excavation in soft strata including depositing the excavated stuff, spoil banks as and where directed with all leads and lifts including dewatering and dressing of bed and sides to the required slopes and grade as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification.
1) Section No.1 2) Section No.2
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
67Item of Work Applicable
Specification
1 2 Item No.13 :- Excavation in hard strata including depositing the excavated stuff, spoil banks as and where directed with all leads and lifts including dewatering and dressing of bed and sides to the required slopes and grade as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification. a) Ordinary Blasting.
1) Section No.1 2) Section No.2
ITEM NO.14 :- Providing and laying cement concrete of various grades for different components of structure as indicated below with contractor’s own material including form work, centering, vibrating, curing, casting in line and level including royalty of material with all lead and lifts as directed with royalty of material by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification.
a. M – 10 ( 40 MSA ) For profile Wall & bed b. M-15 (20 MSA) for foundation. c. M-15 ( 20 MSA) for Piers & Abutments
d. M-15 Wearing coat e. M-15 for Approach Slab f. M-20 (20 MSA) R.C.C. Cap g. M-20 for R.C.C. Parapet. h. M-25 R.C.C. walls Kerbs i. M-25 for C.C. solid deck / Slab.
1) Section No.1 2) Section No.4, 46,
47, 48
Item No.15 : Providing Tar paper bearing pad including fixing etc. complete with all leads and lifts etc complete as per specification.
1) Section No.1 2) Section No.12
Item No. 16 :- Providing and fixing in position Tor steel reinforcement bars / HYSD (deformed cold threaded steel) as per design and drawing, with contractor's own material including cutting, bending, hooking where necessary binding with G.I. wires with all lead and lifts as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification..
1) Section No.1 3) Section No.14,
24, 46, 47, 48
ITEM NO. 17 :- Providing, laying and jointing in position NP-2 class pipe with R.C.C. collars including water tight joints with cement mortar 1:2 prop. etc. complete with contractor’s own material with all lead and lifts as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification.. complete.
a) 1200 mm dia b) 900 mm dia c) 600 mm dia d) 450 mm dia e) 300 mm dia
1) Section No.1 2) Section No.19,
46, 47, 48
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
68Item of Work Applicable
Specification
1 2 ITEM NO. 18 : - Providing expansion joints with 25 mm. thick bituminous pad as per detailed drawing, with all lead and lifts as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification
1) Section No.1 2) Section No.38
ITEM NO. 19: - Providing Construction joints as per detailed drawing, with all lead and lifts as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification
Deleted
Item No. 20 :- Providing weep holes 100 mm dia. P.V.C. pipe in the slab and wearing course with iron grill at the top and galvenised iron pipe at bottom as per drawing etc. complete with all leads and lifts as directed by Engineer-in-charge. as per specification.
Deleted
Item No.21 :- Providing Vent holes 100 mm. dia. G.I. pipe in the slab and wearing course with iron grill at top and galvenised pipe at bottom with all lead and lifts etc. complete. as per specification.
1) Section No.1 2) Section No.28
ITEM NO.22 :- Providing selected murum filling including laying in layers of 15 cm. to 20 cm. watering and compaction including royalty of material with all lead and lifts and as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification.
1) Section No.1 2) Section No.43,48
ITEM NO :- 23 Providing and laying trap/granite/quartzite /gneiss rubble filling behind the abutment, return or wings including royalty of material with all lead and lifts and as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification.
1) Section No.1 2) Section No.20,
48
ITEM NO.24 : - Providing earthwork in embankment with approved material for Road Embankment including all leads and lifts laying in layers of 20 to 30 cm. thickness breaking cods, dressing to the required lines curves, grades, section, watering and compacting with power roller including royalty of material & as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification.
1) Section No.1 2) Section No.3, 46,
47, 48
ITEM NO.25:- :- Providing and laying Dry stone pitching 30 Cm. thick to side slopes of embankment including dressing to the bank (Rubble 30 to 45 Kg.) excluding pointing, including quarry spauls etc. complete including royalty of material with all leads and lifts etc complete as per specification.
Deleted
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
69Item of Work Applicable
Specification
1 2 ITEM NO.26 :- Providing and fixing 100 mm. dia G.I. Pipe with screws sockets for S.W.F. and necessary galvanized fitting with all lead and lifts as directed by Engineer In-charge etc. complete as per specification.
Deleted
ITEM NO.27:- Providing & fixing M.S. gates of Head regulator / outlets screw type and standard type in plump concreting, anchoring etc. with contractors own with all leads and lifts etc. complete as directed & as per specification.
a. 300 x 300 mm size b. 450 x 450 mm size c. 600 x 600 mm size d. Gate for cross regulator and excape
1) Section No.1 2) Section No.29
Item No.28:- Providing & erecting pipe railing etc. complete as detailed as per specification.
Deleted
ITEM NO.29 :- Supplying 60 mm. trap/granite/quartzite/ gneiss stone over size metal at the road side including conveying and stacking with all lead and lifts with royalty of material etc complete. As directed and as per specifications.
Section No.1, 55
ITEM NO.30: - Supplying 40 mm. trap/granite/quartzite/ gneiss stone over size metal at the road side including royalty of materials, conveying and stacking etc. complete. As directed and as per specifications.
Section No.1, 56
ITEM NO. 31: - Supplying hard murum/kankar at the road side including royalty of materials conveying and stacking etc. complete. As directed and as per specifications.
Section No.1, 57
ITEM NO.32 :- Supplying soft murum/kankar at the road side including royalty of material conveying and stacking etc. complete. As directed and as per specifications.
Section No.1, 58
ITEM NO.33:- Spreading 60/ 40 mm trap/granite/quartzite/ gneiss stone over size metal at the road side including royalty of materials, conveying and stacking etc. complete. As directed and as per specifications.
Section No.1, 59
ITEM NO.34: - Spreading /soft murum/hard murum including royalty of materials, conveying and stacking etc. complete. As directed and as per specifications.
Section No.1, 60
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
70Item of Work Applicable
Specification
1 2 ITEM NO.35:- Compacting sub grade/gravel/over size metal (200 mm. loose) layer with power roller including necessary labours and artificial watering etc. complete. As directed and as per specifications.
Section No.1, 61
ITEM NO.36:- Compacting sub grade/gravel/over size metal (100 mm. loose) layer with power roller including necessary labours and artificial watering etc. complete. As directed and as per specifications.
Deleted
ITEM NO.37:- Compacting hard murum laying in layer on each side with power roller including artificial watering etc. complete. As directed and as per specifications.
Section No.1, 62
ITEM NO.38:- Compacting hard murum side widths laying in layer on each side with power roller including artificial watering etc. complete. As directed and as per specifications.
Section No.1, 62
ITEM NO.39:- Providing and laying bituminous bound macadam surface 75 mm thick including supplying II materials spreading trap metal layers and key aggregate heating and spraying bitumen at the rate of 20 Kg/100 Sqm and compaction with power roller including applying tack coat at 50 Kg per 100 Sq.mtr etc. complete (without seal coat) excluding 20 mm metal.
Deleted
Item NO.40 - Open graded premix surfacing, (Providing, laying and rolling of open graded premix surfacing of 20mm thickness composed of 13.2mm to 5.6 mm aggregates either using penetration grade bitumen or cutback or emulsion to required line, grade and level to serve as wearing course on a previously prepared base, including mixing in a suitable plant, laying and rolling with a smooth wheeled roller 8-10 tonne capacity finished to required level and grades on B.T surface excluding coat of primer/ tack coat.
Deleted
Item No.41:- Providing and laying bituminous liquid seal coat to black tipped surface including supplying all materials with all leads & lifts, preparing and cleaning the existing road surface, heating and applying bitumen by mechanical sprayer attached to Bauzer, spreading chips and compacting with power i roller including use of tools and plants and diversion of traffic etc. complete ( by use of Bulk asphalt, using 60/70 grade asphalt)
Deleted
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
71Item of Work Applicable
Specification
1 2 Item No.42:- Quality Control charges. 1) Section No.1
2) Section No.3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 13, 28, 46, 47
Cement Test
Sand Test
Mix design
Morter Test
Cub, Slump Test
Compaction Test
Field Density Test
a) Hearting
b) Casing
Natural Mouthier Test
ITEM NO.43:- Taking out necessary insurance policy as directed by the Directorate of insurance so as to provide adequate insurance cover for execution of awarded contract work for total contract value & complete contract period.
1) Section No.1 Section No.63
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
72
SECTION– III
APPENDIX / FORMS
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
73
APPENDIX ‘F’
(vide para 35 of Special Conditions of Contract)
DECLARATION OF THE CONTRACTOR
1. l / We ................................... Contractor(s), hereby undertake that I / We shall
pay the labourers engaged on the work as indicated in Annexure ‘A’ to Section
I - Detailed Tender Notice, wages as per Minimum Wages Act, 1948 and
amendments thereto applicable to the zone in which work lies and act
accordingly. I/We also undertake to abide by the various laws in force and
extend necessary facilities and amenities to the staff and workers employed by
me / us.
2. I / We hereby declare that I / We have made myself / ourselves thoroughly
conversant with the local conditions regarding all materials and labour on
which I /We have bidded my / our rates for this work. The specifications of this
work have been carefully studied and understood by me/us before submitting
this tender.
..............................................
Signature of the Contractor
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
74
APPENDIX ‘G’ (vide para 9 (ii) of Detailed Tender Notice)
MODEL FORM OF BANK GUARANTEE BOND
GUARANTEE BOND.
1. This deed of Guarantee is made on the ................................... .................... by
......................................................................................having his head office at
.................................................(hereinafter called the ‘said Contractor(s)’) from
the demand under the terms and conditions of Agreement dated
.............................made between ......................................................... and
................................................. for ................................................. (hereinafter
called ‘the Agreement’) of additional security deposit for the due fulfilment by
the said Contractor of the terms and conditions contained in the said
Agreement on production of a Bank Guarantee for Rs.
................................................. (Rs ................................................. only). We,
................................................. (hereinafter referred to as‘the Bank’) at the
request of ................................................. (contractor) do hereby undertake to
pay to the .................................................Development Corporation,
hereinafter referred to as Corporation, an amount not exceeding
Rs................................................. against any loss or damage caused to or
suffered by the Corporation by reasons of any breach by the said Contractor of
any of the terms or conditions contained in the said Agreement.
2. We ................................................. (indicate the name of bank) do hereby
undertake to pay the amount due and payable under this guarantee without
any demur, merely on a demand from the Corporation stating that the amount
claimed is due by way of loss or damage caused to or would be caused to or
suffered by the Corporation by reason of breach by the said Contractor(s) of
any of the terms of conditions contained in the said Agreement or any reason
of the contractor’(s) failure to perform the said agreement. Any such demand
made on the bank shall be conclusive as regards the amount due and payable
under this guarantee shall be restricted to an amount exceeding
Rs. .................................................
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
75
3. We undertake to pay to the Corporation any money so demanded
notwithstanding any dispute or dispute raised by the Contractor(s) / Supplier(s)
in any suit or proceeding pending before any court or tribunal relating thereto,
our liability under this present being absolute and unequivocal. The payment
so made by us under this bond shall be valid discharge of our liability for
payment thereunder and the Contractor(s)/Supplier(s) shall have no claim
against us for making such payment.
4. We, ................................................. (indicate the name of Bank) further agree
that the guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force and effect during
the period that would be taken for the performance of the said Agreement and
that it shall continue to be forceable till all the dues of the Corporation under or
by virtue of the said Agreement have been fully paid and its claims satisfied or
discharged or till ................................................ (office/Corporation) of
................................................ (indicate the name of Administrative Officer)
certifies that terms and conditions of the said Agreement have been fully and
properly carried out by the said Contractor(s) and accordingly discharges this
guarantee. Unless a demand or claim under this guarantee is made on us in
writing on or before the ................................................ we shall be discharged
from all liability under this guarantee thereafter.
5. We, ................................................ (indicate the name of Bank) further agree
with the Corporation that the Corporation shall have the fullest liberty without
our consent and without affecting in any manner our obligations hereunder to
vary any of the terms and conditions of the said Agreement or to extend time
of performance by the said Contractor from time to time or postpone for any
time or from time to time any of the powers exercisable by the Corporation
against the said Contractor(s), and to forbear or enforce any of the terms and
conditions relating the said Agreement, and we shall not to be relieved from
our liability by reason of any such variation, or extension being granted to the
said Contractor(s) or for any forbearance, act or commission on the part of the
Corporation or any indulgence by the Corporation to the said Contractor or by
any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to surety
would, but for this provision, have effect of so relieving us.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
76
6. This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of
the Bank or the change in the constitution of the Corporation/suppliers.
7. We, ................................................ (indicate the name of Bank) lastly
undertake not to revoke this guarantee during its currency except with the
previous consent of the Corporation in writing.
Dated the ...........day of ................... 20....
for.......................................... (indicate the name of Bank)
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
77
APPENDIX ‘H’
PROFESSIONAL TAX CLEARANCE CERTIFICATE
This is to certify that M/s.................................................................................. of
(address), ............................................... is a registered dealer under the
Maharashtra State Tax on Professions, Traders, Callings and Employments Act
No.XVI of 1975, holding Registration Certificate Na w.e.f. ..................................
The said dealer has paid all tax dues upto 31st March...........................
(previous year) under the act. The dealer has paid the professional tax dues for
the employees mentioned below.
Sr. No. Name of the Employee Designation
There is no Professional Tax dues outstanding against the dealer under the act.
This certificate is valid for ONE year from the date of issue.
Place:
Date:
Signature................................
Professional Tax Officer
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
78
APPENDIX ‘I’
AGREEMENT
Articles of agreement executed on this the ..................... of ..................... Two
Thousand ......................................... and..................... between the Executive
Engineer, ............................................................................ Development
Corporation, (hereinafter referred to as ...............................DC) of the one part
and Shri............................................................... (Name and address of the
tenderer) (hereinafter referred to as ‘the bounden’) of the other part.
Whereas in response to the notification No..................... dated ..................... the
bounden has submitted to the .....................DC a tender for the work
.......................................... specified therein subject to the terms and conditions
contained in the said tender.
Whereas the bounden has also deposited with .....................DC a sum of
Rs..................... as earnest money for execution of an agreement undertaking
the due fulfilment of the contract in case his tender is accepted by the
.....................DC.
Now these presents witness and it is mutually agreed as follows:
1. In case the tender submitted by the bounden is accepted by the
.....................DC and the contract for .......................................... is awarded to
the bounden, the bounden shall within ..................... days of acceptance of his
tender execute an agreement with the .....................DC incorporating all the
terms and conditions under which the .....................DC accepts his tender.
2. In case the bounden fails to execute the agreement as aforesaid incorporating
terms and conditions. governing the contract, the .....................DC shall have
power and authority to recover from the bounden any loss or any damage
caused to the .....................DC by such breach, as may be determined by the
.....................DC by appropriating the earnest money deposited by the bounden
and if the earnest money is found to be inadequate the deficit amount may be
recovered from the bounden and his properties, movable and immovable, in the
manner hereafter contained.
3. All sums found due to the .....................DC under or by the virtue of this
agreement shall be recoverable from the bounden and his properties, movable
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
79
and immovable, under the provisions of the Maharashtra Land Revenue Code
for the time being in force as though such sums are arrears of land revenue and
in such other manner as the .....................DC may deem fit.
In witness whereof Shri . .............................................................. (Name and
designation) for and of behalf of the .....................DC and
Shri.............................................................. the bounden have hereunto set their
hands the days and year shown against their respective signature.
Signed by Shri.............................................................. date...........................
In the presence of witness.
1..............................................................
2..............................................................
Signed by Shri .................................................... in the presence of witness.
1..............................................................
2..............................................................
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
80
APPENDIX - ‘J’
UNDERTAKING
Name of Work: 1. I/We........................................................................................................................
agree to accept the payments of the work done as and when the funds are
made available by Maharashtra Krishna Valley Development Corporation, Pune.
2. So also, I/We.....................................................................................................
hereby agree to complete the work on my own cost and will not demand the
payment of work done for minimum period of three years. I/We will not demand
any claim on account of the pending liabilities with Maharashtra Krishna Valley
Development Corporation, Pune.
3. I/We.....................................................................................................................
also agree that we will not claim any price escalation for the work done beyond
the stipulated time limit mentioned in the tender i.e months from the date of
issue of work order.
4. I/We.....................................................................................................................
agree that this undertaking superseeds the clause No. 10 of B-i Form and
clause No. 17 of Special Conditions of Contract and any other clauses regarding
payment of bills, !/We also agree that this undertaking shall form a part ad
partial of original tender.
5. I/We.....................................................................................................................
agree that the lead and lift charges of construction materials are incorporated in
the agreement and is accepted and no additional claims will be made on this
account.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
81
UNDER TAKING ‘K’ (a)
I have seen the drawings on web site. I have submitted the tender considering
above drawings as part of it. If my tender is accepted I will sign the drawings
before receiving work order.
Date
Place
Signature of Contractor
(Name of Contractor)
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
82
APPENDIX - ‘L’
Format for Maintaining records of idle staff, labour and machinery
To. The Superintending Engineer Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation Project Circle, Sangli.
Subject :- The report of idle staff, labour and machinery on the work .................................................................................................... Sir Due to following reasons
* Shortage of Funds * Land Acquisition * Resettlements & Rehabilitation issue * (Tick mark the appropriate reasons) Following labour, staff and machinery is idle on the work for period . .. . . . .. . . . to . . .. . .. . . .. . .. . . .
Date Name of idle staff & labour
Details of idle machinery (working) Type &
Reg. No. Make & Model
Capacity Nos.
Date Name of Signature of Contractor / representative
Acknowledgment The report of idle machinery, staff & labour for period . . .. .. . ... to . . . .. . . . . ..
is received
Seal Name & Signature of
Engineer-in-charge
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
83
Division :-. Mhaisal Pump House Division No.2, Sangli
Sub Division:-..........................................................
Cash Book Voucher No.:........................................
for.........................................................................
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name of Contractor or Supplier:-................................
Name of Work :-.......................................................
Serial No. of this bill:-................................................
No. & Date of previous bill for this work :-....................
Transactions of Road side materials Reference of Agreement :-........................................
entered in the statement or receidpts, Accepted by :-.......................................................
issues and balances of road metal. Date of written order to commence work:-...................
Date of completion as stipulat6ed in the contract:-......
Extension granted upto :-.......................................
Clerk Accountant
For ouse in Divisional Office For use in Accontant General's office.
Checked Audited Reviewed.
Accountants Clerk Divisional Accountant Auditor Superintendent/Gazetted Officer
(Referred in paragraph 10.2.11 of M.P.W.A. Code )
FORM - 1
FORM FOR RUNNING AND FINAL ACCOUNT BILL (As referred in Clause 10(A) )
FORM 47 ( P.W.410)
Running Account Bill
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
84
Toal as per previous
Bill
Since previous Bill
Total upto date Up to date Since previous Bill.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
D B Total Total value of work done to date (A)Deduct value of work shown on previous billNet value of work since previous bill(F) Figure (F) In words.
Payment on the basis of actual measurement
Remarks with
Reasons for daily in adjusting payment
Advance payment for work done not yet measured
Quantity executed up to
date as per measurement
Book
Rate Unit
Item of work Grouped under Sub Head or Sub works of estimate.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
85
Part II - Account of secured advances allowed on the security of material brought to site.Quantity
outstanding from
previous bill
Deduct quantity
utilized in work
measured since
previous bill
Quantity outstanding
including quantity
brought to site since
previous bill
Full rate as assessed by the divisional
oficer
Unit Reduced rate at
which advance is made.
Up to date amount of advance
1 2 3 4 6 7 8
Part - III - Certificates and Signature1) Entries in columns (4) to (9) of part 1 are based on measurement Total amount outstanding as per this Figure E in words.recorded by ( name & designation ) ........................................... bill (c)on ........... in M.Book No........ pages....................................... Deduct amount outstanding as per and checked % by the Sub Divisional Officer entry (c) of previous bill.on.........................
Net Amount.
* Dated signature of Officer preparing the bill Dated Signature of officer authorisisng payment.
* This signature is necessary only when the officer preparing the bill is not the officer authorising Payment
2) Certified ( I ) that in addition to and quite apart from the quantities of work actually executed as shown in column 4 of Part 1, some work has actually done in connection withseveral items and the value of such work after deducting therefrom the proportionate amount of secured advance if any. Ultimately recoverable on account of the quantities ofmaterial used therein is in case less than the advance payment as per column 3 of part - 1, made or proposed to be made for the convenience of the contractor, in anticipation ofand subject to the reasult of detailed measurements which will be made as soon as possible.
3) Certified ( I) that the plus quantities of material shown in column 3 of part II above have been actually brought by the contractor to the site of the work and the cintractor has notpreviously received any advance on their security. (ii ) that these materials are of an imerishable nature and are all required by the contractor for fault use in the work in connectionwith items for which rates for finished work have been agreed upon and (iii) that a formal agreement in form of 50 signed and executed by the contractor in accordance withparagraph 10.2.19 of the M.P.W.A. Code, is recorded in the divisional office.
Dated signature of the Contractor
5
Reference to divisional officer's written orders
suthorising the advance.
Description of materials Reason for non clearence of
advances when outstanding for more than three
months
11No Date9 10
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
86
Rs. Ps.1 Total Value of work actually measured, as per pan I, column 8, entry (A)2 Total up to date advance payments for work not yet measured as per part-I
column, entry (B)3 Total up to date secured advance on securioty of materials as per part_II
column 8, entry ©4 Total ( Items 1+2+3)
5 Deduct amounts with held.
Rs. Ps.
Rs. Ps. (a) From previous bill as per last running account bill.(b) From this bill.
6) Balance i.e. up to date payments (Items 4-5) (K)
7) Total amount of payments already made as per entry (K) of last running account bill No. Of forwarded with accounts for.
8) Payments now to be made as detailed below -Rs. Ps. Rs. Ps.
(a) By recovery of amounts creditable to other works or heads of account.Total 5 (b) + 8 (a)
(b) By recovery of amounts creditable to other works or heads of accounts. (b)
(c) By cheque.
Pay Rs. * ( ) by cheque/cash.* Here, specify the net amount payable (Item 8 (c) ) Dated initials of the disbursing officer.
Recived rs. ( ) as per above memorandum on account of this work.
Dated
Witness
Paid by me, vide cheque No. Dated
Dated Initials of the person-actually making the payments.
(This space is reserved for any remarks the disbursing officer Or the Divisional Officer may wish to record in respectof the execution of the work check of measurements or the state of contractor's accounts)
Part-V- Remarks
Figures for Work abstract.
STAMP
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
87
FORM-2
FORM FOR MEASUREMENT SHEET (as per referred in clause 10 (A))
Name of Work :-
Place of Work :-
Name of Contractor and Agreement No. :-
Date of Measurements :-
(The above four lines will be repeated before taking measurements of every work)
Description No. Length Breadth Depth Summary
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
88
SECTION – IV
CONDITION OF CONTRACT
(B-1 FORM)
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
89
CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
CLAUSE 1 –
(A) Security Deposit:- The person / persons whose Tender may be accepted (hereinafter
called the contractor, which expression shall unless excluded by or
repugnant to the context include his heirs, executors, administrators, and
assigns) shall (A) within 10 days (which may be extended by the
Superintending Engineer concerned upto 15 days if the Superintending
Engineer thinks fit to do so) of the receipt by him of the notification of the
acceptance of his tender, deposit with the Executive Engineer in the
form of Demand Draft or Irrevocable Bank Guarantee of Nationalised /
Scheduled Bank situated in the State of Maharashtra endorsed in favour
of the Executive Engineer a sum sufficient which will make up the initial
security deposit specified in the Tender Form at para (e)(i) of
memorandum. It shall be lawful for the Corporation at the time of making
any payment to the contractor for work done under contract to make up
the full amount of Security Deposit as specified in memorandum at para
(e)(ii) by deducting a sufficient sum at the rates specified at (g) of
memorandum from every such payment as last aforesaid until the full
amount of Security Deposit is made up. All compensation or other sums
of money payable by the contractor to Corporation under the terms of his
contract may be deducted from or paid by the sale of sufficient part of
his security deposit or from the interest arising there from, or from any
sums which may be due or may become due by Corporation to the
contractor under any other contract or transaction of any nature on any
account whatsoever, and in the event of his security deposit being
reduced by reason of any such deduction or sale as aforesaid, the
contractor shall, within ten days thereafter, make good in Demand Draft
or Government securities endorsed as aforesaid any sum or sums which
may have been deducted from or raised by sale of his security deposit or
any part thereof. The security deposit referred to, when paid in Demand
Draft may, at the cost of the depositor, be converted, into interest
bearing securities from any Nationalised or Scheduled bank’s branch
Security Deposit PWD. Resolution No.CAT/1087/CR-94/Bldg.2, dt.14-6-89
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
90
situated in the State of Maharashtra provided that the depositor has
expressly desired this in writing.
(B) Additional Security Deposit:- In case contractor’s offer is less than 90% of the updated cost Additional
Security Deposit in the form of irrevocable bank guarantee for a period
equal to period of contract, and for an amount equal to 10% of the
difference of the contractor’s offer and 90% of the updated estimated
cost as stated above shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-charge at the
time of completing tender documents. Non submission of the above
Additional Security Deposit will result into forfeiture of the E.M.D.
If the amount of the security deposit to be paid in a lump sum and
additional security deposit in the form of irrevocable bank guarantee is
not paid within the period specified at (A) above the tender / contract
already accepted shall be considered as cancelled and legal steps taken
against the contractor for recovery of the amounts. The amount of the
security deposit lodged by a contractor shall be refunded alongwith the
payment of the final bill, if the date upto which the contractor has agreed
to maintain the work in good order is over. If such date is not over, only
50% amount of Security Deposit shall be refunded along with the
payment of final bill. The amount of security deposit retained by the
Corporation shall be released after expiry of period upto which the
contractor has agreed to maintain the work in good order is over. In the
event of the contractor failing or neglecting to complete rectification work
within the period upto which the contractor has agreed to maintain the
work in good order, then, subject to provisions of Clauses 17 and 20
hereof the amount of Security Deposit retained by Government shall be
adjusted towards the excess cost incurred by the department on
rectification work. The Corporation shall get liberty to recover any cost
of rectification in excess of Security Deposit from any amount due to the
contractor under this work or any other work or as arrears of land
revenue.
(B) Additional Security Deposit
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
91
The Additional Security Deposit shall be refunded to the contractor on
issuing of the completion certificate by the Engineer-in-charge as
stipulated in the Clause No.7 of the contract, provided that the Engineer-
in-charge, if demanded in writing by the contractor shall, from time to
time, release the Additional Security Deposit in parts which are in
proportion to the amount of the completed work.
(C) Security deposit on account of additional work as per provision of clause 14, 38 and extra items:- During the course of execution of work if the amount of work is
increased as per the provision of clause 14, 38 and due to extra items
then additional security deposit will be deducted from the bills as
provided in memorandum at e(iii).
CLAUSE 2 –
The time allowed for caring out the work as entered in the tender shall
be strictly observed by the contractor and shall be reckoned from the
date on which the order to commence work is given to the contractor.
The work shall throughout the stipulated period of the contract be
proceeded with, with all due diligence (time being deemed to be the
essence of the contract on the part of the contractor) and the contractor
shall pay as compensation an amount equal to one percent or such
smaller amount as the Superintending Engineer (whose decision in
writing shall be final) may decide of amount of the estimated cost of the
whole work as shown by tenderer for every day that the work remains
uncommenced or unfinished after the proper dates. And further to
ensure good progress during execution of the work, the contractor shall
be bound, in all cases in which the time allowed for any work exceeds
one month to complete.
The programme for completion of work is attached herewith. The
contractor is supposed to carryout the work and keep the progress as
per programme attached herewith. The contractor should complete the
work as per phase period given below.
Compensation for delay
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
92
1/4th of the work in 1/3rd of the time
1/2 of the work in 3/5th of the time
3/4th of the work in 4/5th of the time
Full work to be completed in full time limit (including monsoon)
Reasonable progress of masonry 1/10, 4/10, 8/10 of the total value of the
work to be done.
In the event of the contractor failing to comply with this conditions he shall
be liable to pay as compensation an amount equal to one percent or such
smaller amount as the Superintending Engineer (whose decision in writing
shall be final) may decide of the said estimated cost of the whole work for
every day that the due quantity of work remains incomplete provided always
that the total amount of compensation to be paid under the provisions of
this clause shall not exceed 10 per cent of the estimated cost of the work as
shown in the tender. Superintending Engineer should be the final authority
in this respect, irrespective of the fact that the tender is accepted by Chief
Engineer / Additional Chief Engineer / Superintending Engineer / Executive
Engineer or Assistant Executive Engineer / Deputy Engineer.
CLAUSE 3 –
In any case in which under any clause of this contract the contractor shall
have rendered himself liable to pay compensation amounting to the whole
of security deposit whether paid in one sum or deducted by installments or
in the case of abandonment of the work owing to serious illness or death of
the contractor or any other cause the Executive Engineer, on behalf of the
Governor of Maharashtra, shall have power to adopt any of the following
courses, as he may deem best suited to the interest of Government.
(a) To rescind the contract (for which rescission notice in writing to
the contractor under the head of Executive Engineer shall be
conclusive evidence) and in that case the security deposit of the
contractor shall stand forfeited and be absolutely at the disposal
of Government.
(b) To carry out the work or any part of the work departmentally
debiting the contractor with the cost of the work, expenditure
Action when whole of security deposit is forfeited.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
93
incurred on tools and plant, and charges on additional supervisory
staff including the cost of work-charged establishment employed
for getting the un-executed part of the work completed and
crediting him with the value of the work done departmentally in all
respects in the same manner and at the same rates as if it had
been carried out by the contractor under the terms of his contract.
The certificate of the Executive Engineer as to the costs and other
allied expenses so incurred and as to the value of the work so
done departmentally shall be final and conclusive against the
contractor.
(c) To order that the work of the contractor be measured up and to
take such part thereof as shall be unexecuted out of his hands,
and to give it to another contractor to complete, in which case all
expenses incurred on advertisement for fixing a new contracting
agency, additional supervisory. staff including the cost of work
charged establishment and the cost of the work executed by the
new contract agency will be debited to the contractor and the
value of the work done or executed through the new contractor
shall be credited to the contractor in all respects and in the same
manner and at the same rates as if it had been carried out by the
contractor under the terms of his contract. The certificate of the
Executive Engineer as to all the cost of the work and other
expenses incurred as aforesaid for or in getting the unexecuted
work done by the new contractor and as to the value of the work
so done shall be final and conclusive against the contractor,
In case the contract shall be rescinded under clause (a) above,
the contractor shall not be entitled to recover or be paid, any sum
for any work therefore actually performed by him under this
contract unless and until the Executive Engineer shall have
certified in writing the performance of the such work and the
amount payable to him in respect thereof and he shall only be
entitled to be paid the amount so certified. In the event of either of
the courses referred to in clause (b) or (c) being adopted and the
cost of the work executed departmentally or through a new
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
94
contractor and other allied expenses exceeding the. value of such
work credited to the contractors the amount of excess shall be
deducted from any money due to the contractor, by Government
under the contract or otherwise howsoever or from his security
deposit or the sale proceeds thereof provided, however, that
contractor shall have no claim against Government even if the
certified value of the work done departmentally or through a new
contractor exceeds the certified cost of such work and allied
expenses, provided always that whichever of the three courses
mentioned in clause (a), (b) or (c) being adopted and the cost of
the work executed exceeding the value of such work credited to
the contractors the amount by Government under the. contract or
otherwise howsoever or from his security deposit or the sale
proceeds thereof provided, however, that contractor shall have no
claim against Government even if the certified value of the work
done departmentally or through a new contractor exceeds the
certified cost of such work and allied expenses, provided always
that whichever of the three courses mentioned in clause (a), (b) or
(c) is adopted by the Executive Engineer, the contractor shall
have no claim to compensation for any loss sustained by him by
reason of his having purchased or procured any materials, or
entered into any engagements, or made any advance on account
of or with a view to the execution of the work or the performance
of the contract.
CLAUSE 4- If the progress of any particular portion of the work is unsatisfactory, the
Executive Engineer shall notwithstanding that the general progress of
the work is in accordance with the conditions mentioned in clause 2, be
entitled to take action as under after giving the contractor 10 days' notice
in writing.
The Engineer-in-charge will have to order that the work of the contractor
be measured up and to take such part thereof as shall be unexecuted
out of his hands, and to give it to another contractor to complete, in that
Action when the progress of any particular portion of the work is unsatisfactory.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
95
case all expenses incurred to advertisements for fixing a new contracting
agency, additional supervisory staff including the cost of work charged
establishment and the cost of the work executed by the new contract
agency will be debited to the contractor and the value of the work done
or executed through the new contractor (including escalation due) shall
be credited to the contractor in all respects and in the same manner and
at the same rates as if it had been carried out by the contractor under
the terms of his contract. The certificate of the Executive Engineer as to
all the cost of the work and other expenses incurred as aforesaid for or
in getting the unexecuted work done by the new contractor and as to the
value of the work so done shall be final and conclusive against the
contractor.
In case the cost of the work executed through a new contractor and
other allied expenses exceeding the value of such work credited to the
contractors, the amount of excess shall be deducted from any money
due to the contractor by Government or Corporation under the contract
or otherwise howsoever or from his security deposit and Additional
security deposit or the sale proceeds thereof provided, however, that the
contractor shall have no claim against Corporation even if the certified
value of the work done through a new contractor exceeds the certified
cost of such work and allied expenses. The contractor shall have no
claims to compensation for any loss sustained by him by reason of his
having purchased, or procured any materials, or entered into any
engagements, or made any advances on account of or with a view to the
execution of the work or the performance of the contract.
The contractor of the whole work shall not be considered eligible to
tender for the execution of work so withdrawn from this contract. The
contractor will have no claim for compensation, for any loss sustained by
him owing to such action.
CLAUSE 5 –
In any case in which any of the powers conferred upon the Executive
Engineer by clause 3 and 4 hereof shall have become exercisable and
Contractor remains liable to pay compensation if action not taken under clauses 3 and 4.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
96
the same shall not have been exercised the non-exercise thereof shall
not constitute a waving of any of the conditions hereof and such powers
shall notwithstanding be exercisable in the event of any future case of
default by the contractor for which under any clauses hereof he is
declared liable to pay compensation amounting to the whole of his
security deposit and additional security deposit and the liability of the
contractor for past and future compensation shall remain unaffected.
In the event of the Executive Engineer taking action under clause - 3, he
may, if he so desires, take possession of all / any tools, plant, materials
and stores in or upon the work or the site thereof or belonging to the
contractor or procured by him and intended to be used for the execution
of the work or any part thereof paying or allowing for the same in
account at the contract rates or in the case of contract, rates not being
applicable at current market rates to be certified by the Executive
Engineer whose certificate thereof shall be final. In the alternative the
Executive Engineer may, after giving notice in writing to the contractor or
his clerk of the work foreman or other authorised agent require him to
remove such tools, plant, materials or stores from the premises within a
time to be specified in such notice and in the event of the contractor
failing to comply with any such requisition, the Executive Engineer may
remove them at the contractor's expense or sale them by auction or
private sale on account of the contractor and at his risk in all respects
and the certificate of the Executive Engineer as to the expense of any
such removal and the amount of the proceeds and expense of any such
sale shall be final and conclusive against the contractor.
CLAUSE 6- If the Contractor shall desire an extension of the time for completion of
the work on the ground of his having been unavoidably hindered in its
execution or on any other ground he shall apply in writing to the
Executive Engineer before the expiration of the period stipulated in
tender or before the expiration of 30 days from the date on which he was
hindered as aforesaid or on which the cause for asking for extension
Power to take possession of or require removal of or sale contractor’s plant
Extension of time
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
97
occurred, whichever is earlier and the Executive Engineer may, with
prior approval of the officer accepting the tender, if in his opinion, there
are reasonable grounds for granting an extension, grant such extension
as he thinks necessary or proper. The decision of the Authority
accepting the tender in this matter shall be final.
CLAUSE 7- On the completion of the work within a period of 30 days the contractor
shall be furnished with a certificate by the Executive Engineer of such
completion; but no such certificate shall be given or shall the work be
considered to be complete until the contractor shall have removed from
the premises on which the work shall have been executed all
scaffolding, surplus materials and rubbish, and shall have cleaned off
the dirt from all wood work, doors, windows, walls, floor or other parts of
any building in or upon which the work, has been executed or of which
he may have had possession for the purpose of executing the work or
until the work have been measured by the Engineer-in-charge or where
the measurement have been taken by his subordinates until they have
received approval of the Engineer-in-charge, the said measurements
being binding and conclusive against the contractor. If the contractor
shall fail to comply with the requirements of this clause as to the removal
of scaffolding, surplus material and rubbish and cleaning of dirt on or
before the date fixed for the completion of the work the Engineer-in-
charge may at the expense of the contractor, remove such scaffolding
surplus material and rubbish and dispose off the same as he thinks fit
and clean off such dirt as aforesaid and the contractor shall forthwith pay
such amount of all expenses so incurred but shall have no claim in
respect of any such scaffolding or surplus materials as aforesaid except
for any sum actually realised by the sale thereof.
CLAUSE 8 –
No payment shall be made for any work estimated to cost less than
rupees ten thousand till after the whole of work shall have been
completed and a certificate of completion given. But in the case of works
Completion Certificate
Payment on intermediate certificate to be regarded as advances.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
98
estimated to cost more than rupees ten thousand the contractor shall on
submitting a monthly bill therefore be entitled to receive payment
proportionate to the part of the work then approved and passed by the
Engineer-in-charge, whose certificate of such approval and passing of
the sum so payable shall be final and conclusive against the contractor.
All such intermediate payments shall be regarded as payments by way
of advance against the final payments only and not as payments for
work actually done and completed and shall not preclude the Engineer-
in-charge from requiring any bad, unsound, imperfect or unskillful work
to be removed or taken away and reconstructed or re-erected nor shall
any such payment be considered as an admission of the due
performance of the contract or any part thereof in any respect or the
occurring of any claim nor shall it conclude, determine or effect in any
other way the powers of the Engineer-in-charge as to the final settlement
and adjustment of the accounts or otherwise or in any other way vary or
affect the contract. The final bill shall be submitted by the contractor
within one month of the date fixed for the completion of the work,
otherwise the Engineer in-charge's certificate of the measurements and
of the total amount payable for the work shall be final and binding on all
parties.
CLAUSE 9 –
The rates for several items of work estimated to cost more than
Rs.1,000/- agreed to within, shall be valid only when the item concerned
is accepted as having been completed fully in accordance with the
sanctioned specifications. In case where the items of work are not
accepted as so completed, the Engineer-in-charge may make payment
on account of such items at such reduced rates as he may consider
reasonable in the preparation of final or on Running Account bill.
CLAUSE 10 (A)–
Before starting of the work all the initial ground levels / foundation levels
shall be taken by the authorised Engineer of the Corporation in presence
of the contractor or his authorised engineer and same shall be signed by
Payment at reduced rates on account of items of work not accepted as completed, to be at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge.
Bill to be submitted monthly.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
99
the contractor in token of his acceptance. A computerised L-Section,
Cross Sections and Plan showing levels should be prepared by
contractor and submitted to Executive Engineer based on above
measurements without which work will not be started.
Contractor shall employ a qualified Engineer as his authorised
representative to be present while taking measurements by authorised
Engineer of the Corporation.
Running Account bill shall be submitted by the contractor in each month
on or before 10th day for all work executed in the previous month on the
basis of measurements taken by him or his authorised engineer.
The format of Running Account Bills and measurement sheet is as
annexed to this documents.
The measurements for payments of Running Account Bills shall be
taken by the authorised Engineer of the Corporation in the presence of
the contractor or his authorised engineer and shall be recorded in
Measurement Book of the Corporation within 10 days after submission
of bill by contractor. Based on the above measurements by the
contractor shall have to submit his Running Account Bills in the bill
format given by the Corporation.
If the contractor does not submit the bill within the time fixed as
aforesaid, the Engineer-in-charge with a prior notice of 7 days to the
contractor may depute a subordinate to measure the said work in
presence of the contractor or his duly authorised agent whose counter
signature to / on the measurements shall be sufficient warrant and
Engineer-in-charge may prepare a bill from such measurements which
shall be binding on the contractor in all respects.
If the contractor or his representative doesn’t remain present on the date
specified for taking measurements as specified above, then the
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
100
Engineer-in-charge shall order that the measurements be taken in
absence on any day after 10 days and in this eventuality the bill
prepared by the Executive Engineer shall be binding on the contractor in
all respects.
As far as possible the payment of the bills will be made monthly to the
extent of availability of funds for the work under this contract.
(B) The Running and final bill shall be submitted by the contractor
within one month of issue of the completion certificate pursuant to
Clause 7 of this contract. The Final bill shall be paid within 6 months of
initial submission subject to the extent of availability of funds for the work
under this contract. The procedure enumerated above for the Running
account bills shall be applicable to the Running and final bill also.
CLAUSE 11 –
The contractor shall submit all bills on the printed forms in the format
approved by the Engineer-in-charge. The charges to be made in the
bills shall always be entered at the rates specified in the tender. In the
case of any extra work ordered in pursuance of these conditions, and
not mentioned or provided for in the tender at the rates hereinafter
provided for such work.
CLAUSE 12 –
If the specification or estimate of the work provides for the use of any
special description of material to be supplied from the store of the
Corporation or if it is required that the contractor shall use certain stores
to be provided by the Engineer-in-charge (Such material and stores and
the prices to be charged therefore as hereinafter mentioned being so far
as practicable for a convenience of the contractor but not so as any way
to control the meaning or effect of this contract specified in the schedule
or memorandum hereto annexed) the contractor shall be supplied with
such materials and stores as may be required from time to time to be
used by him for the purpose of the contract only, and value of the full
Bill to be on printed forms.
Stores supplied by Corporation.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
101
quantity of the materials and stores so supplied shall be set off or
deducted from any sums then due, or thereafter to become due to the
contractor under the contract, or otherwise or from the security deposit
or the proceeds of sale thereof if the security deposit is held in
Corporation Securities, the same or sufficient portion thereof shall in that
case be sold for the purpose. All materials supplied to the contractor
shall remain the absolute property of Corporation and shall on no
account be removed from the site of the work, and shall at all times be
open for inspection by the Engineer-in-charge. Any such materials
unused and in perfectly good condition at the time of completion or
termination of the contract shall be returned to the Corporation store if
the Engineer-in-charge so requires by a notice in writing given under his
hand but the contractor shall not be entitled to return any such materials
except with consent of the Engineer-in-charge and he shall have no
claim for compensation on account of any such material supplied to him
as aforesaid but remaining unused by him or for any wastage in or
damage to any such materials.
CLAUSE 12 (A) –
All stores of controlled materials supplied to the contractor by
Corporation should be kept by the contractor under lock and key and will
be accessible for inspection by Executive Engineer or his authorised
agent at all the times.
CLAUSE 13 –
The contractor shall execute the whole and every part of the work in the
most substantial and workmanlike manner, and both as regards
materials and every other respect in strict accordance with
specifications. The contractor shall also confirm exactly fully and
faithfully to the designs, drawing and instructions in writing relating to the
work signed by the Engineer-in-charge and lodged in his office and to
which the contractor shall be entitled to have access for the purpose of
inspection at such office, or on the site of the work during office hours.
The contractor will be entitled to receive three sets of contract drawings
Works to be executed in accordance with specifications, drawings, orders etc.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
102
and working drawings as well as one certified copy of the accepted
tender along with the work order free of cost. Further copies of the
contract drawings and working drawings if required by him shall be
supplied at the rate of Rs.3,000/- per set of contract drawings and
Rs.200/- per working drawing except where otherwise specified.
CLAUSE 14 –
The Engineer-in-charge shall have power to make any alteration in or
additions to the original specifications, drawings, designs and
instructions that may appear to him to be necessary or advisable during
the progress of the work and the contractor shall be bound to carry out
the work in accordance with any instructions in this connection which
may be given to him in writing signed by Engineer-in-charge and such
alteration shall not invalidate the contract, and any additional work which
the contractor may be directed to do in the manner above specified as
part of the work shall be carried out by the contractor on the same
conditions in all respects on which he agreed to do the main work, and
at the same rates as are specified in the tender for the main work. And if
the additional and altered work includes any class of work for which no
rate is specified in this contract, then such class of work shall be carried
out at the rates decided as per procedure mentioned in Clause 38(3).
Where, however, the work is to be executed according to the designs,
drawings and specifications recommended by the contractor and
accepted by the competent authority the alternations above referred to
shall be within the scope of such designs, drawings, and specifications
appended to the tender.
The time limit for the completion of the work shall be extended in the
proportion that increase in its cost occasioned by alterations or additions
bears to the cost of the original contract work, and the certificate of the
Engineer-in-charge as to such proportion shall conclusive. However
such an extension will be governed by provisions of Clause 6.
Alterations in specifications and designs not to invalidate contracts.
Rates for works not entered in estimate or schedule of rates of the district.
Extensions of time consequence of additions or alterations.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
103
CLAUSE 15 –
(1) If at any time after the execution of the contract documents the
Engineer shall for any reason what-so-ever (other than default on
the part of the contractor for which the Corporation is entitled to
rescind the contract) desires that the whole or any part of the
work specified in the tender should be suspended for any period
or that the whole or part of the work should not be carried out at
all, he shall give to the contractor a notice in writing of such desire
and upon the receipt of such notice the contractor shall forthwith
suspend or stop the work wholly or in part as required, after
having due regard to the appropriate stage at which the work
should be stopped or suspended so as not to cause any damage
or injury to the work already done or endanger the safety thereof
provided that the decision' of the Engineer as to the stage at
which the work or any part of it, could be or could have been
safety stopped or suspended shall be final and conclusive against
the contractor. The contractor shall have no claim to any payment
or compensation whatsoever by reason of or in pursuance of any
notice as aforesaid, on account of any suspension, stoppage or
curtailment except to the extent specified hereinafter.
(2) Where the total suspension of work ordered as aforesaid
continued for a continuous period exceeding 90 days the
contractor shall be at liberty to withdraw from the contractual
obligations under the contract so far as it pertains to the
unexecuted part of the work by giving a 10 days' prior notice in
writing to the Engineer, within 30 days of the expiry of the said
period of 90 days, of such intention and requiring the Engineer to
record the final measurement of the work already done and to pay
final bill. Upon giving such notice the contractor shall be deemed
to have discharged from his obligations to complete the remaining
unexecuted work under the contract. On receipt of such notice the
Engineer shall proceed to complete the measurements and make
such payment as may be finally due to the contractor within a
No claim to any payment or compensation for alteration in or restriction of work.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
104
period of 90 days from the receipt of such notice in respect of the
work already done by the contractor. Such payment shall not in
any manner prejudice the right of the contractor to any further
compensation under the remaining provisions of this clause.
(3) Where the Engineer-in-charge is required to suspend the work for
a period in excess of 30 days at any time or 60 days in the
aggregate, the contractor shall be entitled to apply to the
Engineer within 30 days of the resumption of work after such
suspension for payment of compensation to the extent of
pecuniary loss suffered by him in respect of working machinery
remained idle on the site or on the account of his having and to
pay the salary or wages of labour engaged by him during the said
period of suspension provided always that the contractor shall not
be entitled to any claim in respect of any such working machinery,
salary or wages for the first 30 days whether consecutive or in the
aggregate or such suspension or in respect or any suspension
whatsoever occasioned by unsatisfactory work or any other
default on his part. The decision of the Engineer in this regard
shall be final and conclusive against the contractor.
(4) In the event of -
(i) Any total stoppage of work on notice from Engineer under
sub-clause (1) in that behalf.
OR
(ii) Withdrawal by the contractor from the contractual obligations to
complete the remaining unexecuted work under sub-clause (2) on
account of continued suspension of work for a period exceeding
90 days.
OR
(iii) Curtailment in the quantity of item or items originally tendered on
account of any alternation, omission substitution in the
specifications, drawings, designs or instructions under clause
14(1) where such curtailment exceeds 25% in quantity and the
No claim to compensation on account of loss due to delay in supply of material by Government.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
105
value of the quantity curtailed beyond 25% of the rates for the
item specified in the tender is more than Rs. 5000/-.
It shall be open to the contractor, within 90 days from the service
of (i) the notice of stoppage of work or (ii) the notice of withdrawal
from the contractual obligations under the contract on account of
the continued suspension of work or (iii) notice under clause 14
(1) resulting in such curtailment to produce to the Engineer
satisfactory documentary evidence that he had purchased or
agreed to purchase material for use in the contracted work,
before receipt by him of the notice of stoppage, suspension or
curtailment and require the Government to take over on payment
such material at the rate determined by the Engineer, provided,
however, such rates shall in no case exceed the rates at which
the same was acquired by the contractor. The Government shall
thereafter take over the material so offered, provided the
quantities offered are not in excess of the requirements of the
unexecuted work as specified in the accepted tender and are of
quality and specifications approved by the Engineer.
CLAUSE 15 A –
The contractor shall not be entitled to claim any compensation from
Corporation for the loss suffered by him on account of delay by
Corporation in the supply of materials where such delay is caused by
(i) Difficulties relating to the supply of railway wagons.
(ii) Force - majeure.
(iii) Act of God
(iv) Act of enemies of the State or any other reasonable cause
beyond the control of Corporation.
In the case of such delay in the supply of materials, Corporation shall
grant such extension of time for the completion of the work as shall
appear to the Executive Engineer to be reasonable in accordance with
the circumstances of the case. The decision of the Executive Engineer
No claim to compensation on account of loss due to delay in supply of materials by Corporation.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
106
as to the extension of time shall be accepted as final by the contractor
and will be governed by the provision of Clause 6.
CLAUSE 16 - Under no circumstances whatever shall the contractor be entitled to any
compensation from Corporation on any account unless the contractor
shall have submitted a claim in writing to the Engineer-in-charge within
one month of the case of such claim occurring subject to provision in
Clauses 30 and 40 with all authentic documentary evidences in support
of the claim.
CLAUSE 17 –
If at any time before the security deposit or any part thereof is refunded
to the contractor it shall appear to the Engineer-in-charge or his
subordinates in charge of the work, that any work has been executed
with unsound, imperfect or unskillful workmanship or with materials of
inferior quality, or that any materials or articles provided by him for the
execution of the work are unsound, or of any quality inferior to that
contracted for or are otherwise not in accordance with the contract, it
shall be lawful for the Engineer-in-charge to intimate this fact in writing to
the contractor and notwithstanding the fact that the work, materials or
articles complained of may have been inadvertently passed, certified
and paid for, the contractor shall be bound forthwith to rectify, or remove
or reconstruct the work so specified in whole or in part, as the case may
require or if so required, shall remove the materials or articles so
specified and provide other proper and suitable materials or articles at
his own charge and cost and in the event of his failing to do so within a
period to be specified by the Engineer-in-charge in the written intimation
aforesaid, the contractor shall be liable to pay compensation at the rate
of one percent on the amount of the tender for every day not exceeding
10 days, during which the failure so continues and in the case of any
such failure the Engineer-in-charge may rectify or remove and re-
execute the work or remove, and replace the materials or articles
complained of as the case may be at the risk and expense in all respects
Time limit for unforeseen claims.
Action and compensation payable in case of bad work.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
107
of the contractor. Should the Engineer-in-charge consider that any such
inferior work or materials as described above may be accepted or made
use of it shall be within his discretion to accept the same at such
reduced rates as he may fix therefor, subject to Clause -9.
CLAUSE 18 –
All works under or in course of execution or executed in pursuance of
the contract shall at all times be open to the inspection and supervision
of the Engineer-in-charge and his subordinates and the contractor shall
at all times during the usual working hours and at all other times at which
reasonable notice of the intention of the Engineer-in-charge and his
subordinate to visit the work shall have been given to the contractor
either himself be present to receive orders and instructions or have
responsible agent duly accredited in writing present for that purpose.
Orders given to the contractor's duly authorised agent shall be
considered to have the same force and effect as if they had been given
to the contractor himself. Contractor should provide for safe
arrangement for inspection of work at his cost.
CLAUSE 19 - The contractor shall give not less than five days' notice in writing to the
Engineer-in-charge or his subordinate in charge of the work before
covering up or otherwise placing beyond the reach of measurement any
work in order that the same may be measured and correct dimensions
thereof taken before the same is so covered up or place beyond the
reach or measurements and shall not cover up any work without the
consent in writing of the Engineer-in-charge or his subordinate in charge
of the work, and if any work shall be covered up or placed beyond the
reach of measurement, without such notice having been given or
consent obtained the same shall be uncovered at the contractor's
expense and in default thereof no payment or allowance shall be made
for such work or for the materials with which the same was executed.
Work to be open to inspection.
Contractor or responsible agent to be present.
Notice to be given before work is covered up.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
108
CLAUSE 20 – If during the period specified at (i) in memorandum from the date of
completion as certified by the Engineer-in-charge pursuant to Clause-7
of the contract after commissioning the work, whichever is earlier in the
opinion of the Engineer-in-charge, the said work is defective in any
manner whatsoever, the contractor shall forthwith on receipt of notice in
that behalf from the Executive Engineer, duly commence execution and
completely carry out at his cost in every respect all the work that may be
necessary for rectifying & setting right the defects specified therein
including dismantling and reconstruction of unsafe portions strictly in
accordance with and in the manner prescribed and under the
supervision of the Executive Engineer. In the event of the contractor
failing or neglecting to commence execution of the said rectification work
within the period prescribed therefor in the said notice and / or to
complete the same as aforesaid as required by the said notice, the
Executive Engineer get the same executed and carried out
departmentally or by any other agency at the risk on account and at the
cost of the contractor. The contractor shall forthwith on demand pay to
the Govt. / Corporation the amount of such costs, charges and expenses
sustained or incurred by the Government / Corporation of which the
certificate of the Executive Engineer shall be final and binding on the
contractor. Such costs, charges and expenses shall be deemed to be
arrears of land revenue and on the event of the contractor failing or
neglecting to pay the same on demand as aforesaid without prejudice to
any other rights and remedies of the Government/ Corporation, the
same may be recovered from the contractor as arrears of land revenue.
The Government / Corporation shall also be entitled to deduct the same
from any amount which may then be payable or which may thereafter
become payable by the Government / Corporation to the contractor
either in respect of the said work or any other work whatsoever or from
the amount of security deposit retained by Government / Corporation.
Contractor liable for damage done and for imperfections.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
109
CLAUSE 21 The contractor shall supply at his own cost all material (except such
special materials, if any as may, in accordance with the contract be
supplied from the Corporation stores) plant, tools, appliances,
implements, ladders, carriage, tackle, scaffolding and temporary work
requisite for the proper execution of the work, whether in the original,
altered or substituted from, and whether included in the specification or
other documents forming part of the contract or referred to in these
conditions or not and which may be necessary for the purpose of
satisfying or complying with the requirements of the Engineer-in-charge
as to any matter as to which under these conditions he is entitled to be
satisfied, or which he is entitled to require together with the carriage
therefore to and from the work. The contractor shall also supply without
charge the requisite number of persons with the means and materials
necessary for the purpose of setting out works and counting, weighing
and assisting in the measurement or examination at any time and from
time to time of the work or the materials, failing which the same may be
provided by the Engineer-in-charge at the expense of the contractor and
the expenses may deducted from any money due to the contractor
under the contract or from his security deposit or the proceeds of sale
thereof or of a sufficient portion thereof. The contractor shall provide all
necessary fencing and lights required to protect the public from accident
and shall also be bound to bear the expenses of defense of every suit,
action or other legal proceeding that may be brought by any person for
injury sustained owing to neglect of the above precautions and to pay
any damages and cost which may be awarded in any such suit, action or
proceedings to any such person or which may with the consent of the
contractor be paid for compromising any claim by any such person. The
contractor shall indemnify the Government / Corporation against all such
claims.
Contractor to supply plant, ladders, scaffolding etc.
And is liable for damages arising from non provisions of light, fencing etc.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
110
CLAUSE 21 (A) –
The contractor shall provide suitable scaffolds and working platforms,
gangways and stairways and shall comply with the following regulations
in connections therewith.
(a) Suitable scaffolds shall be provided for workmen for all works that
can not be safely done from a ladder or by other means.
(b) A scaffold shall not be constructed, taken down or substantially
altered except -
(i) under the supervision of a competent and responsible
person
and
(ii) as far as possible by competent workers possessing
adequate experience in this kind of work.
(c) All scaffolds and appliances connected therewith and ladders shall
(i) be of sound material,
(ii) be of adequate strength having regard to the loads and
strains to which they will be subjected, and
(iii) be maintained in proper condition.
(d) Scaffolds shall be so constructed that no part thereof can be
displaced in consequence of normal use.
(e) Scaffolds shall not be overloaded and so far as practicable the
load shall be evenly distributed.
(f) Before installing lifting gear on scaffolds special precautions shall
be taken to ensure the strength and stability of the scaffold.
(g) Scaffold shall be periodically inspected by the competent person.
(h) Before allowing a scaffold to be used by his workmen the
contractor shall, whether the scaffold has been erected by his
workmen or not, take steps to ensure that it complies fully with the
regulations herein specified.
(i) Working platform, gangways, stairways shall ,
(i) be so constructed that no part thereof can sag unduly or
unequally,
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
111
(ii) be so constructed and maintained having regard to the
prevailing conditions as to reduce as far as practicable
risks of persons tripping or slipping, and
(iii) be kept free from any unnecessary obstruction.
(j) In the case of working platform, gangways, working places and
stairways at the height exceeding 3 meters.
(i) every working platform and every gangway shall be closely
boarded unless other adequate measures are taken to
ensure safety.
(ii) every working platform and gangway shall have adequate
width and
(iii) every working platform, gangway, working places and
stairways shall be suitably fenced.
(k) Every opening in the floor of a building or in a working platform
shall except for the time and to the extent required to allow the
access of persons or the transport or shifting of materials be
provided with suitable means to prevent the fall of persons or
materials.
(I) When persons are employed on roof where there is a danger of
falling from a height exceeding 3 meters suitable precautions
shall be taken to prevent the fall of persons or materials.
(m) Suitable precautions shall be taken to prevent persons being
struck by articles which might fall from scaffold or other working
places.
(n) Safe means of access shall be provided to all working platforms
and other working places.
(o) The contractor(s) will have to make payments to the labourers as
per Minimum Wages Act.
CLAUSE 21 B –
The contractor shall comply with the following regulations as regards the
Hoisting Appliances to be used by him:
(a) Hoisting machine and tackle, including their attachments,
anchorages and support shall
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
112
(i) be of good mechanical construction, sound material and
adequate strength and free from patent defect, and
(ii) be kept in good repair and in good working order.
(b) Every rope used in hoisting or lowering materials or as a means
of suspension shall be of suitable quality and adequate strength
and free from patent defect.
(c) Hoisting machine and tackle shall be examined and adequately
tested after erection on a site and before use and be reexamined
in position at intervals to be prescribed by the Corporation.
(d) Every chain, ring, hook, shackle swivel and pulley block used in
hoisting or lowering materials or as a means of suspensions shall
be periodically examined.
(e) Every crane driver or hoisting appliance operator shall be properly
qualified.
(f) No person who is below the age of 18 years shall be in control of
any hoisting machine, including any scaffold winch or give signals
to the operator.
(g) In the case of every hoisting machine and of every chain, ring,
hook, shackle, swivel pulley block used in hoisting or lowering or
as a means of suspension, the safe working load shall be
ascertained by adequate means.
(h) Every hoisting machine and all gear referred to in preceding
regulation shall be plainly marked with the safe working load.
(i) In case of hoisting machine having a variable safe working load,
each safe working load and the conditions under which it is
applicable shall be clearly indicated.
(j) No part of any hoisting machine or of any gear referred to in
regulation (g) above shall be loaded beyond the safe working load
except for the purpose of testing.
(k) Motors, gearing transmissions, electric wiring and other
dangerous part of hoisting appliances shall be provided with
efficient safeguards.
(l) Hoisting appliances shall be provided with such means as will
reduce to a minimum risk of the accidental descent of the load.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
113
(m) Adequate precaution shall be taken to reduce to a minimum risk
of any part of a suspended load becoming accidentally displaced.
CLAUSE 22 –
The contractor shall not set fire to any standing jungle, trees, brushwood
or grass without a written permit from the competent authority under the
law. When such permit is given, and also in all cases when destroying
out or dug up trees, brushwood, grass etc. by fire, the contractor shall
take the necessary measure to prevent such fire spreading to or
otherwise damaging surrounding property.
CLAUSE 23 –
Compensation for all damages done intentionally or unintentionally by
contractor's labour whether in or beyond the limits of Corporation
property including any damage caused by the spreading of fire
mentioned in Clause 22 shall be estimated by the Engineer-in-charge or
such other officer as he may appoint and the estimate of the Engineer-
in-charge subject to the decision of the Superintending Engineer on
appeal shall be final and the contractor shall be bound to pay the
amount of the assessed compensation on demand, failing which the
same will be recovered from the contractor as damages in the manner
prescribed in clause 1 or deducted by the Engineer-in-charge from any
sums that may be due or become due from Corporation to contractor
under this contract or otherwise.
The contractor shall bear the expenses of defending any action or other
legal proceeding that may be brought by any persons for injury
sustained by him owing to neglect of precautions to prevent the spread
of fire and he shall pay any damages and cost that may be awarded by
the court in consequence. The contractor shall indemnify the
Corporation against all such legal actions and consequences thereof.
Measures for prevention of fire.
Liability of contractor for any damage done in or outside work area.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
114
CLAUSE 24 - DELETED.
CLAUSE 25 - No work shall be done on weekly local holidays without the sanction in
writing of the Engineer-in-charge.
CLAUSE 26-
The contract shall not be assigned or sublet without the written approval
of the competent authority who has accepted the tender. And if the
contractor shall assign or sublet his contract, or attempt so to do, or
become insolvent or commence any proceeding to get himself
adjudicated and insolvent or make any composition with his creditors; or
attempt so to do or if bribe, gratuity, gift, loan, perquisite reward of
advantage, pecuniary or otherwise, shall either directly or indirectly be
given, promised or offered by the contractor or any of his servants or
agents to any public officer or person in the employ of Corporation In
any way relating to his office or employment or if any such officer or
person shall become in any way directly or indirectly interested in the
contract, the Engineer-in-charge may thereupon by notice in writing
rescind the contract, and the security deposit of the contractor shall
thereupon stand forfeited and be absolutely at the disposal of
Corporation and the same consequences shall ensure as if the contract
had been rescinded under Clause 3 hereof and in addition the contractor
shall not be entitled to recover or be paid for any work therefor actually
performed under the contract.
CLAUSE 27 - All sums payable by a contractor by way of compensation under any of
these conditions shall be considered as a reasonable compensation to
be applied to the use of Corporation without reference to the actual loss
or damage sustained and whether any damage has or has not been
sustained.
Employment of female labour.
No work on weekly holidays.
Sum payable by way of compensation to be considered as reasonable compensation without reference to actual loss.
Work not to sublet.
Contract may be rescinded and security deposit forfeited for subleting it without approval or for bribing a public officer or if contractor becomes insolvent.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
115
CLAUSE 28 - In the case of tender by partners, any change in the constitution of a firm
shall be forthwith notified by the contractor to the Engineer-in-charge for
his information.
CLAUSE 29 - All works to be executed under the contract shall be executed under the
direction and subject to the approval in all respects of the
Superintending Engineer of the Circle, for the time being, who shall be
entitled to direct at what point or points and in what manner they are to
be commenced, and from time to time carried on.
CLAUSE 30 (1) - Except where otherwise specified in the contract and subject to the
powers delegated to him by Corporation under the code, rules then in
force, the decision of the Superintending Engineer of the Circle for the
time being shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties of the
contract upon all question relating to the meaning of the specifications,
designs, drawings and instructions herein before mentioned and as to
the quality or workmanship or materials used on the work or as to any
other question, claim, right, matter or thing whatsoever, if any way
arising out of or relating to the contract, designs, drawings,
specifications, estimates, instructions, orders or these conditions or
otherwise concerning the works or the execution or failure to execute the
same, whether arising during the progress of the work or after the
completion or abandonment thereof.
CLAUSE 30 (2) - The contractor may within thirty days of receipt by him of any order
passed by the Superintending Engineer of the Circle as aforesaid appeal
against it to the Chief Engineer concerned with the contract work or
project provided that – (a) The accepted value of the contract exceeds Rs.10 Lakhs (Rs. Ten
Lakhs).
(b) Amount of claim is not less than Rs.1 lakh (Rupees one Lakh).
Changes in the constitution of firm to be notified.
Direction and control of the Superintending Engineer.
Direction and control of the Superintending Engineer.
Direction and control of the Superintending Engineer.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
116
CLAUSE 30 (3) - If the contractor is not satisfied with the order passed by the Chief
Engineer as aforesaid, the contractor may, within thirty days of receipt
by him of any such order, appeal against it to the Executive Director of
the Corporation who if convinced that prima-facia the contractor's claim
rejected by Superintending Engineer / Chief Engineer is not frivolous
and that there is some substance in the claim of the contractor as would
merit a detailed examination and decision by the Executive Committee
at Corporation level for suitable decision .
CLAUSE 31 - The contractor shall obtain from the Corporation stores, all stores and
articles of international manufacture which may be required for the work
or any part thereof or in making up any articles required therefor / or in
connection therewith unless he has obtained permission in writing from
the Engineer-in-charge to obtain such stores and articles elsewhere. The
value of such stores and articles as may be supplied to the contractor by
the Engineer-in-charge will be debited to the contractor in his account at
the rates shown in the schedule in Form ‘A’ attached to the contract and
if they are not entered in the said schedule, they shall be debited to him
at cost price which for the purpose of this contract shall include the cost
of carriage and other expenses whatsoever which shall have been
incurred in obtaining delivery of the same at the stores aforesaid.
CLAUSE 32 –
When the estimate on which a tender is made includes lump sums in
respect of parts of the work contractor shall be entitled to payment in
respect of the item of work involved or the part of the work in question at
the same rates as are payable under this contract for each item, or if the
part of work in question is not in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge
capable of measurement, the Engineer-in-charge may at his discretion
pay the lump sum amount entered in the estimate and the certificate in
writing of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final and conclusive against
Lumpsums in estimates.
Stores of international manufacture to be obtained from the Corporation.
Direction and control of the Executive Committee / Claims Committee
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
117
the contractor with regard to any sum or sums payable to him under the
provision of this clause.
CLAUSE 33 - In the case of any class of work for which there is no such specification
as is mentioned in rule, such work shall be carried out in accordance
with the Divisional specifications and in the event of there being no
Divisional specification, then in such case the work shall be carried out
in all respects in accordance with all instructions and requirements of the
Engineer-in-charge.
CLAUSE 34 - The expression 'work' or 'works' where used in these conditions, shall
unless there be something in the subject or context repugnant to such
construction, be construed to mean the work or works contracted to be
executed under or in virtue of the contract, whether temporary or
permanent and whether original, altered, substituted or additional.
CLAUSE 35 - The percentage referred to in the tender shall be deducted from / added
to the gross amount of the bill before deducting the value of any stock
issued.
CLAUSE 36 – All, royalties, octroi dues and ground rent for stacking materials, if any,
shall be paid by the contractor.
The tender rates are inclusive of all the liabilities under Maharashtra
Minor Minerals Extraction Rules, 1956, and amendments thereof and the
contractor shall take all steps necessary as are essential in terms of
Maharashtra Minor Minerals Extraction Rules, 1956, and amendments
thereof.
Actions where no specifications.
Definition of work.
Contractors percentage whether applied to net or gross amount of bill.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
118
The billwise royalty charges for construction material payable to the
contractor shall be calculated separately from payment made to the
contractor and amount so calculated shall be withheld in the form of
deposit by the Corporation. The withheld amount shall be returned to
the contractor on production of proof of payment of royalty charges to
the Revenue Department of Government of Maharashtra.
CLAUSE 37 - The contractor shall be responsible for and shall pay any compensation
to his workmen payable under the Workman's Compensation Act, 1923
(VIII of 1923) (hereinafter called the said Act) for injuries caused to the
workmen. If such compensation is payable and / or paid by Corporation
as principle under sub-section (1) of section 12 of the said Act on behalf
of the contractor, it shall be recoverable by Corporation from the
contractor under sub-section (2) of the said section. Such compensation
shall be recovered in the manner laid down in Clause 1 above. The
contractor shall indemnify the Government / Corporation against such
compensation.
CLAUSE 37 (A) - The contractor shall be responsible for and shall pay the expenses of
providing medical aid to any workmen who may suffer a bodily injury as
a result of an accident. If such expenses are incurred by Corporation the
same shall be recoverable from the contractor forthwith and be deducted
without prejudice to any other remedy of Corporation from any amount
due or that may become due to the contractor.
CLAUSE 37 (B) - The contractor shall provide all necessary personal safety equipment
and first aid apparatus available for the use of the persons employed on
the site and shall maintain the same in condition suitable for immediate
use at any time and shall comply with the following regulations in
connection therewith.
Compensation under Workmen’s Compensation Act.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
119
(a) The workers shall be required to use the equipment so provided
by the contractor and the contractor shall take adequate steps to
ensure proper use of the equipment by those concerned.
(b) When work is carried on in proximity to any place where there is a
risk of drowning all necessary equipment shall be provided and
kept ready for use and all necessary steps shall be taken for the
prompt rescue of any person in danger.
(c) Adequate provision shall be made for prompt first-aid treatment of
all injuries like to be sustained during the course of the work.
CLAUSE 37 (C) - The contractor shall duly comply with the provisions of The Apprentices
Act, 1961 (III of 1961), the rules made there under and the orders that
may be issued from time to time under the said Act and the said rules
and on his failure or neglect to do so, he shall be subject to all the
liabilities and penalties provided by the said Act and said Rules.
CLAUSE 38 - (1) Quantities shown in the tender are approximate and no claim
shall be entertained for quantities of work executed being either
more or less than those entered in the tender.
(2) Quantities in respect of the several items shown in the Schedule-
‘B’, of the tender are approximate and no revision in the tendered
rate shall be permitted in respect of any of items so long as
subject to any special provision contained in the specifications
prescribing a different percentage of permissible variation the
quantity of the item does not exceed the tender quantity by more
than 25% and so long as the value of the excess quantity beyond
this limit at the rate of the item specified in the tender is not more
than Rs.50,000/-.
(3) The contractor shall if ordered in writing by the Engineer to do so
also carry out any quantities in excess of the limit mentioned in
sub-clause (2) hereof on the same conditions as and in
accordance with the specifications in the tender and at the rates
Claim for quantities entered in the tender or estimates.
What about quantity upto 125% and to be compared with which cost? (for deciding revised percentage variation in relation to updated cost)
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
120
derived from the rates entered in the current schedule of rates. In
the absence of such rates, contractor will carryout the said
quantities at the rate prevailing in the market or mutually agreed
rates whichever is less. The percent rates above or below quoted
by the contractor shall not be applicable for quantities exceeding
125%.
(4) In case the quantity of any item reduces by more than 25% the
rate of such item shall be revised as per provisions of sub-clause
(3) of Clause 38. However, total payment of such item shall be
limited to 75% of estimated cost of that item put to tender.
(5) This clause is not applicable to extra items.
CLAUSE 39 –
The contractor shall employ any famine, convict or other labour of a
particular kind or class if ordered in writing to do so by the Engineer-in-
charge.
CLAUSE 40 –
No compensation shall be allowed for any delay caused in the starting of
the work on account of acquisition of land or in the case of clearance
work on any account.
CLAUSE 41 - No compensation shall be allowed for any delay in the execution of the
work on account of water standing in borrow pits or compartments. The
rates are inclusive for hard or cracked soil, excavation in mud, sub-soil,
water standing in borrow pits and no claim for an extra rate shall be
entertained unless otherwise expressly specified.
CLAUSE 42 - The contractor shall not enter upon or commence any portion of the
work except with the written authority and instructions of the Engineer-in-
charge or of his subordinate in charge of the work. Failing such authority
the contractor shall have no claim to ask for measurements of or
payment for work.
Employment of famine labour etc.
No claim for compensation for delay in starting of work.
No claim for compensation for delay in execution of work.
Entering upon or commencing any portion of work.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
121
CLAUSE 43 - (i) No contractor shall employ any person who is under the age of 18
years.
(ii) No contractor shall employ donkeys or other animals with
breeching of string or thin rope. The breeching must be at least
three inches wide and should be of tape (Newar).
(iii) The Engineer-in-charge or his Agent is authorised to remove from
the work, any person or animal found working which does not
satisfy these conditions and no responsibility shall be accepted by
the Corporation for any delay, caused in the completion of the
work by such removal.
(iv) The contractor shall pay fair and reasonable wages which will not
be below the minimum wages to the workmen employed by him in
the contract undertaken by him. In the event of any dispute
arising between the contractor and his workmen on the grounds
that the wages paid are not fair and reasonable, the dispute shall
be referred without delay to the appropriate Government Authority
concerned with labour who shall decide the same. The decision of
the said Authority shall be conclusive and binding on the
contractor but such decision shall not in any way affect the
conditions in the contract regarding the payment to be made by
the Corporation at the sanctioned tender rates.
(v) Contractor shall provide drinking water facilities to the workers.
Similar amenities shall be provided to the workers engaged on
large work in urban areas.
(vi) Contractor to take precaution against accidents which takes place
on account of labour using loose garments while working near
machinery.
(vii) All facilities provided in the contract labour (Regulation & Abolition
Act, 1970), the Maharashtra Contract Labour Regulation and
Abolition Rule, 1971, should be provided.
Minimum age of persons employed, the employment of donkeys and for other animals and the payment of fair wages.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
122
CLAUSE 44 - Payment to contractors shall be made by cheque drawn on any
Scheduled / Nationalised bank provided the amount exceeds Rs.500/-,
amounts not exceeding Rs.500 will be paid in cash.
CLAUSE 45 - Any contractor who does not accept these conditions shall not be
allowed to tender for works.
CLAUSE 46 - If Government declares a state of scarcity or famine to exist in any
village situated within 16 kilometers of the work, the contractor shall
employ upon such parts of the work, as are suitable for unskilled labour,
any person certified to him by the Executive Engineer, or by any person
to whom the Executive Engineer may have delegated this duty in writing
to be in need of relief and shall be bound to pay to such person wages
not below the minimum which the Government may have fixed in this
behalf. Any disputes which may arise in connection with the
implementation of this clause shall be decided by the Executive
Engineer whose decision shall be final and binding on the contractor.
CLAUSE 47 - The price quoted by the contractors shall not in any case exceed the
control price, if any, fixed by Government or reasonable price which it is
permissible for him to charge a private purchaser for the same class and
description, the controlled price or price permissible under Hoarding and
Profiteering Prevention Ordinances, 1948, as amended from time to
time. If the price quoted exceeds the controlled price or the price
permissible under Hording and Profiteering Prevention Ordinance, the
contractor will specifically mention this fact in his tender along with the
reasons for quoting such higher price. The purchaser at his discretion
will in such case exercise the right of revising the price at any stage so
as to conform with the controlled price as permissible under the
Hoarding and Profiteering Prevention Ordinance. This discretion will be
Method of payment.
Acceptance of conditions compulsory before tendering the work.
Employment of scarcity labour.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
123
exercised without prejudice to any other action that may be taken
against the contractor.
CLAUSE 48 - The rates to be quoted by the contractor must be inclusive of Sales Tax,
Royalty, Maharashtra Value Added Tax and other taxes. No extra
payment on this account will be made to the contractor.
CLAUSE 48 A -
The tender rates are inclusive of all taxes, rates and cesses and are also
be inclusive of the leviable tax in respect of sale by transfer of property
in goods involved in the execution of the work contract under the
provision of Rule 58 of Maharashtra Value Added Tax Act 2005, for the
purpose of levy of Tax. T.D.S. will be @ 4% of the agreemented value
for contractors who are not registered under Maharashtra V.A.T. Act
2005, and @ 2% of the agreemented value for contractors who are
registered under Maharashtra V.A.T. Act 2005, from every payments
made towards such contracts where the agreement amount payable is
more than Rs.50,000/- during the year.
CLAUSE 49 - In case of materials that may remain surplus with the contractor from
those issued for the work contracted for, the date of ascertainment of the
materials being surplus will be taken as the date of sale for the purpose
of sales tax and the sales tax will be recovered on such sale.
CLAUSE 50 - The contractor shall employ the unskilled labour to be employed by him
on the said work only from locally available labour and shall give
preference to those persons enrolled under Maharashtra Government
Employment and Self Employment Department’s Scheme.
Provided, however, that if the required unskilled labours are not
available locally, the contractor shall in the first instance employ such
number of persons as is available and thereafter may with previous
Maharashtra Act XIX of 1985, Clause regarding Turnover tax vide P.W.D. Circular No.CAT/1086/CR-330-Bldg.2 dated 20th June, 1987 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ºÉÉ.¤ÉÉ.Ê´É. ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ÊxÉhÉÇªÉ Gò.¤ÉÒ.b÷Ò.VÉÒ. 2005/|É.GÆò./324 <¨ÉÉ®úiÉÒ-2, ¨ÉÖƤÉ<Ç Ênù.3.3.2006
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
124
permission, in writing of the Executive Engineer in charge of the said
work, obtain the rest of the requirement of unskilled labour from out side
the above Scheme.
CLAUSE 51 - The contractor shall pay the labourers skilled and unskilled, according to
the wages prescribed by the Minimum Wages Act of 1948 applicable to
the area in which the work of the contractor is located.
CLAUSE 52 - All amounts whatsoever which the contractor is liable to pay to the
Corporation in connection with the execution of the work including the
amount payable in respect of (i) materials and / or stores supplied /
issued hereunder by the Corporation to the contractor (ii) hire charges in
respect of heavy plant, machinery and equipment given on hire by the
Corporation to the contractor for execution by him of the work and / or on
which advances have been given by the Corporation to the contractor
shall be deemed to be arrears of the Land Revenue and the Corporation
may without prejudice to any other rights and remedies of the
Corporation recover the same from the contractor as arrears of Land
Revenue.
CLAUSE 53 - The contractor shall duly comply with all the provisions of the Contract
Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970 (37 of 1970) and the
Maharashtra Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Rules, 1971 as
amended from time to time and all other relevant statutes and statutory
provisions concerning payment of wages particularly to workmen
employed by the contractor and working on the site of the work. In
particular the contractor shall pay wages to each worker employed by
him on the site of the work at the rates prescribed under the
Maharashtra Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Rules, 1971. If
the contractor fails or neglects to pay wages at the said rates or makes
short payment and the Corporation makes such payment of wages in full
or part thereof less paid by the contractor, as the case may be, the
P.W.Dept.No.CAT/1284(120)/Building-2 dated 14-8-85.
P.W.Dept.No.CAT/1284(120 Building – 2 date 14-8-85..
Wages to be paid to the skilled and unskilled labourers engaged by the contractor.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
125
amount so paid by the Corporation to such workers shall be deemed to
be arrears of Land Revenue and the Corporation shall be entitled to
recover the same as such from the contractor or deduct the same from
the amount payable by the Corporation to the contractor hereunder or
from any other amounts payable to him by the Corporation.
CLAUSE 54 - The contractor shall duly comply with all the provisions of the
Maharashtra State Tax on Professions and Traders, Callings and
Employment Act, 1975. (See Rule 3(2)). The contractor shall obtain
certificate of registration under this Act and shall produce to Corporation
clearance certificate as and when demanded.
CLAUSE 55 - The contract shall comply with all the provisions of Maharashtra Value
Added Tax Act, 2005, Rule 58 on the transfer of goods involved in the
execution of work contracts.
CLAUSE 56 - The Contractor shall take out necessary Insurance Policy / Policies (viz.
Contractor’s All Risks Insurance Policy, Erection All Risks Insurance
Policy, as decided by the Directorate of Insurance) so as to provide
adequate insurance cover for execution of the awarded contract work for
total contract value and complete contract period COMPULSORILY from
the “Directorate of Insurance, Maharashtra State, Mumbai” only. Its postal address for correspondence is "264, MHADA, First floor, Opp. Kalanagar, Bandra (East), Mumbai - 400051." (Telephone No. 020- 26590403 / 26590690 and Fax No.022-26592461 / 26590403) Similarly, all workmen’s appointed to complete the contract work are
required to insure under workmen’s compensation Insurance Policy /
Policies taken out from any other company will not be accepted, if any
contractor has not taken out the insurance policy from the “Directorate of Insurance, Maharashtra State, Mumbai” or has effected insurance
with any Insurance Company, the same will not be accepted and 1% of
Conditions relating to insurance
of contract work
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
126
the tender amount or such amount of premium calculated by the
Government Insurance Fund will be recovered directly from the amount
payable to the Contractor for the executed contract work and paid to the
Directorate of Insurance Fund, Maharashtra State, Mumbai. The
Director of Insurance reserves the right to distribute the risks of
insurance among the other insurers.
CLAUSE 57 - a) The anti-malaria and other health measures shall be as directed by
the Joint Director (Malaria and Filaria) of Health Services, Pune.
b) Contractor shall see that mosquitogenic conditions are not created
so as to keep vector population to minimum level.
c) Contractor shall carry out anti malaria measures in the area as per
guidelines prescribed under National Malaria Eradication
Programme and as directed by the Joint Director (Malaria and
Filaria) of Health Services, Pune.
d) In case of default in carrying out prescribed anti-malaria measures
resulting in increase in Malaria incidence, Contractor shall be liable
to pay to Government the amount spent by the Government on anti-
malaria measures to control the situation in addition to fine.
e) The contractor shall make sufficient arrangements for draining
away the sewerage water as well as water coming from the bathing
and washing places and shall dispose of this water in such a way
as not to cause any nuisance. He shall also keep the premises
clean by employing sufficient number of sweepers.
CLAUSE 58 - The contractor shall comply with all rules, regulations byelaws and
directions given from time to time by any local or public authority in
connection with this work and shall pay fees or charges which are
leviable on him without any extra cost to Government.
Condition for Malaria Eradication, Anti-Malaria and
Other Health Measures (Govt.
of Maharashtra P.W.D. Resolution No. CAT 1086/CR-243 /Bldg/2 Mumbai, dt. 11-09-1987)
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
127
SECTION-V
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
OF CONTRACT
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
128
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
1. Contractor to inform himself fully: 1.1 The contractor shall be deemed to have carefully examined the work and site
conditions, conditions of contract in B-1 form, the special conditions, the
specifications, schedules and drawings and shall be deemed to have visited
the work site, investigated his own quarries for rubble and sand and to have
fully informed himself regarding the availability of construction materials, and
leads involved local conditions, ancillary works required to be done etc. before
quoting the offer.
1.2 If he shall have any doubts as to the meaning of any portion of the special
conditions or the scope of work or the specifications or any other matter
concerning the contract, he shall in good time, set forth the particulars thereof
and submit them to the Engineer-in-charge.
1.3 The Engineer-in-charge generally means the Executive Engineer directly in
charge of the work, but also means the Superintending Engineer, Chief
Engineer of Corporation, for exercising powers under this contract.
2. Contract Drawings and Specifications: 2.1 On acceptance of the tender, three sets of contract drawings and working
drawings as well as one certified copy of the accepted tender will be supplied
to the contractor free of charge within one week. On request by the contractor,
the contractor may be supplied additional copies of contract documents to be
charged at the rate of Rs.3,000/- (Rupees Three Thousand Only) per set.
2.2 The drawings which form part of this contract show the works to be done in
such details as possible to do for the present. They will be supplemented for
superseded by such additional detailed drawings as may be necessary as the
work progresses. The contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with
these additional and / or revised drawings as the case may be at the
applicable rates as per the contract. The contractor shall be supplied a
maximum number of three copies of each of such working drawings free of
charge. Should the contractor require any additional copy for his use, the
same may be supplied and the contractor will be charged Rs.1,500/- (Rupees
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
129
One Thousand Five Hundred Only) per set of contract drawings and Rs.200/-
(Rupees Two Hundred Only) for each of such additional copy of each drawing.
2.3 The contractor shall check all drawings carefully and intimate the Engineer-in-
charge immediately any errors or omissions discovered. The contractor shall
not take advantage of any kind of errors or omissions in the drawings supplied.
3. Data and Drawings to be furnished by the Contractor: a) Prior to the commencement of the work, within one month from the date of his
receiving notice to start work, the contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-
charge for approval, computerized drawings or prints of size 1020 mm X 690
mm or 510 mm X 345 mm as may be suitable in triplicate showing the location
of major plant workshop, if any, a layout plan of construction plant and
equipment for the execution of the work which the contractor proposes to
adopt at site, roadways, temporary bridges, unloading facilities and storage
yards, etc. which he proposes to put up at the site.
b) Any changes in the approved layout will be subject to further approval by
Engineer-in-charge.
c) The approval of the drawings, however, will not relieve the contractor of his
responsibility from any errors or omissions.
4. Errors, Omissions, Discrepancies: a) In case of errors, omissions and / or disagreement between written and scaled
dimensions on the drawings or between the drawings and specifications, the
following orders of preference shall apply.
a-1) Between actual scaled and written dimensions or description on drawing and
corresponding one in the specification, the latter shall be adopted.
a-2) Between the quantities in the schedule of quantities, and those arrived at from
the drawings, the former shall apply.
a-3) Between the written description of the item in the schedule of quantities and
the detailed specifications of the same item, the latter shall be adopted.
b) The information in connection with the works and work site as well as
specifications are contained in this book of contract in general and in particular
in two parts viz. special conditions and specifications for items of work. In
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
130
case of any discrepancy or repugnancy in the clauses in these sections, the
specifications will prevail over special conditions.
c) The special conditions of contract and the specifications shall prevail over
various clauses of B-1 tender form.
d) In all cases of omissions and / or doubts or discrepancies in the dimensions or
description of any item, a reference shall be made to the Engineer-in-charge
whose elucidation, elaboration or decision shall be considered as authentic
and final subject of the Clause 30 of B-1 form. The contractor shall be held
responsible for any errors that may occur in the work through lack of reference
and precaution.
5. Use of Site: a) All land required for contractor’s own use shall be arranged by the contractor
from private land owner/ Revenue Department at his own cost and no claim on
this account shall be entertained. If, however, spare land is available with
Corporation / Government it may be handed over to contractor at the rates to
be decided by the Corporation for such contract work.
b) All areas of operation, including those of his staff and labour colonies, in case
handed over to the Contractor shall be cleared and handed over back in good
condition to the Engineer-in-charge, except the areas under works constructed
by the Engineer-in-charge, any damage or alterations made to areas which he
has to hand over back or to other property or land handed over to him for the
purpose of this work.
c) The lands shall as hereinbefore mentioned, be handed over back to the
Engineer-in-charge within three months after the completion of the work under
this contract or the termination of the contract whichever is earlier. Also no
land shall be held by the Contractor longer than the Engineer-in-charge shall
deemed necessary and the contractor shall on due notice by the engineer-in-
charge vacate and return the land which the Engineer-in-charge may certify as
no longer required by the contractor for the purpose of the works. In case the
lands are not handed over back to the Corporation within the time limit;
specified above, penal rent as may be decided by the Engineer-in-charge will
be recoverable and further legal action to vacate land will be taken by
Engineer-in-Charge.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
131
d) If the vegetation and forest is noticeable in project area, the contractor should
take utmost care for the preservation of vegetation and forest. Any damage in
this vegetation will have to be compensated by the contractor and decision
from Engineer-in-charge will be final and binding on contractor. Contractor
shall note than any damage to the forest will attract the provision of Forest
Conservation Act, 1980.
6. Contractor Not To Dispose Off Soil Etc.: The contractor shall not sell or otherwise dispose off or remove except for the
purpose of this contract, sand, stone, clay, ballast, earth, rock or other
substance or materials which may be obtained from the excavation made for
the purpose of this contract or any produce from the site. All such substances
materials and produces shall be the property of Corporation and shall be
disposed off in a manner and at the place shown in the drawings or as and
where the Engineer-in-charge may direct.
7. Gold / Silver, Minerals, Oils, Relics etc. found on the site: All gold, silver, Oil or other minerals of any description and all precious stones,
coins treasure, relics, antiquities and other similar things which shall be found
in or upon the site, shall be property of Government and the contractor shall
duly preserve the same to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge and shall
from time to time, deliver the same to such person or persons as the Engineer-
in-charge may appoint.
8. Access to site and work and co-operation with other contractors: The Engineer-in-charge may, if he considers fit, from time to time, enter on any
lands which may be in the possession of the contractor under the contract for
the purpose of executing any works not included in the contract and may
execute such works not included in this contract by agents or by other
contractors at his option and the contractor shall in accordance with the
requirements of Engineer-in-charge afford all reasonable facilities for
execution of the works, including occupation of lands by structures or
otherwise to any other contractor employed by the Corporation and his
workmen or for the workmen of the corporation who may be employed in the
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
132
execution on or near the site of work not included in the contract, or of any
contract in connection with or specially to the works and in default, the
contractor shall be liable to the Corporation for any delay or expenses incurred
by reason of such default. The contractor shall not however, on account of
any such modified, new or extra work executed by or for the sake of the
Corporation be entitled to claim relief from the obligation to execute the works.
The contractor shall also co-operate with other contractors with all fairness and
mutual understanding and use the common facilities like access roads to
quarries, water supply arrangements etc.
The contractor shall also not cause advertently or inadvertently any obstruction
or impediments in the progress of the other works being executed by
Corporation or through other agencies. In the event of dispute regarding the
claim, the responsibility, liabilities etc. in respect of such facilities, the decision
of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final.
9. Cleaning up: (a) The contractor shall at all times keep the construction areas and his colony
and storage free from accumulation of waste or rejected materials.
(b) Prior to the completion of the work, the contractor shall remove all rubbish
from and around the premises and all tools, scaffolding equipment and
materials which are not part of permanent structures except otherwise asked
for or as provided under any other clauses of this contract, the premises will be
left in a manner fully satisfactory to the Engineer-in-Charge.
10. Layout of construction roads: The contractor shall have to submit detailed plan to the Engineer-in-Charge,
showing the layout of the work site, roads and approach roads proposed by
him, before he starts the actual work. Such a road layout plan will be
scrutinized by the Engineer-in-Charge and any modifications suggested by him
will be binding on the contractor. If it is decided by the Engineer-in-Charge to
have some of the roads proposed by the contractor as common roads for
common use of Corporation and other contractors or convenient and for
compact and planned layout of work site, the contractor will be bound to
construct them and allow them to be used simultaneously by other contractors
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
133
and departments. In case of disputes, the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge
shall be final and binding on the contractor.
11. Period and hours of work: The work shall be done usually during the day time. In the interest of progress
if it is felt necessary to work during night, the contractor shall obtain specific
permission of the Engineer-in-Charge and adequate lighting arrangement shall
be made as directed by Engineer-in-Charge.
12. Signing Field Books, Longitudinal Sections, Cross Section and Measurement Books: Before starting the work, and at the end before the work is covered, levels for
plotting the longitudinal section (along the axis as decided by the Engineer-in-
Charge or his authorized representative) and cross section of the portion of the
work shall be taken by the authorized Engineer of the Corporation in the
presence of the contractor or his duly authorized representative and the same
shall be recorded in the measurement books and field books by the authorized
Engineer of the Corporation only. If the contractor fails to sign the levels and
measurements recorded by the Engineer-in-Charge or his representative in
the authorized books, the same shall be final and binding on the contractor.
For this purpose, suitable date or dates shall be fixed by the Engineer-in-
Charge and intimated to the contractor at least three days in advance. If the
contractor or his duly authorized agent fails to attend on the appointed date or
dates, the levels shall be taken in his absence and such levels and longitudinal
sections and cross sections based thereon shall be final and binding on the
contractor. The levels will be taken on such alignment and cross sections as
will be useful for reference permanently and described under specifications for
‘Excavation’. The point of locations for the level will depend upon the
roughness of the area and will also be atleast in conformity with the
requirements of specifications for ‘Excavation’ as far as possible. Based on
the above measurements and levels recorded by the Engineer of the
Corporation, the contractor shall prepare computerized drawings of plan, L-
Sections, Cross Sections etc. on A-4 size paper and submit the same to
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
134
Engineer-in-Charge. Thereafter the contractor can prepare, print and submit
the Running Bills in the standard format for the payment.
13. Programme of Construction: Work and Progress Schedules:
The construction programme is given in Annex ‘A’ to Section I - Detailed
Tender Notice / enclosed at the end of Schedule ‘B’ of tender document based
on which the physical programme is prepared. If the tenderer does not agree
with this programme, he shall submit his own programme without changing
total period of tender along with tender documents inclusive of the physical
programme as stated above, subject to the provision that 50% of the work
shall be completed in 50% of the contract period and 100% of the work shall
be completed in 100% contract period.
In case it is subsequently found necessary to alter this programme agreed in
contract document, including the changes in the sequence of the items, the
contractor shall submit in good time a revised programme incorporating
necessary modifications proposed and get the same approved from the
Engineer-in-Charge.
Additional detailed programme for each working season, beginning from
October, showing the progress to be achieved month by month for controlling
items shall also be submitted to the Engineer-in-charge not later than the 31st
August preceding the working season and got approved. The Engineer-in-
Charge is further empowered to ask for more detailed programme, say week
by week, for any items of special importance, and contractor shall supply the
same as and when asked for without delay.
The submission of the works programme and approval to it by the Engineer-in-
Charge shall not relieve the contractor of any of his duties or responsibilities
under the contract, like timely completion, the damages due to flood or other
natural calamities etc. The contractor shall not be entitled for any claims for
any damages caused, due to particular works programme. It is the entire
responsibility of the contractor to frame the programme after anticipating the
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
135
rains, floods etc. Actual work turned out shall be mainly taken into account
and not just the sum of the various payments made to the contractor. The
advance on material brought to the site of work will be accounted for while
arriving at the progress achieved by the contractor in terms of proportion of the
total work tendered for.
14. Procurement, storage and maintaining cement store account: 14.1) Only 43 grade OPC cement shall be used for this work unless otherwise
specified by Engineer-in-charge. The cement shall conform to I.S. 269-1967
and subsequent revisions for Portland Cement and I.S.1489-1976 and
subsequent revisions for Pozollana Cement.
14.2) All cement required for the work under this contract shall be procured, well in
advance by the contractor in polythene bags as received from the cement
factories.
In case, where batching plant is used, the procurement of cement through silo
will be permitted if requested by contractor to Engineer-in-charge.
14.3) The contractor shall produce proof of purchase of cement from the cement
factories. The purchase bill supported by Delivery Challan and Excise Gate
Pass which shall constitute adequate proof of purchase and shall be enclosed
with the Running Account bills of work in which said cement is consumed.
14.4) Cement shall be stored in such a way as to allow the removal and use of
cement in chronological order of receipt i.e. first received being first used.
14.5) Cement shall be kept in a store under double locking arrangement (one key be
operated by contractor and second key be operated by the authorized person
of Corporation) so that it can be taken out or fresh stock admitted with the
knowledge of supervising staff of the Corporation. The watch and ward of the
cement stores shall be the responsibility of the contractor.
14.6) The account of receipt and issue of cement from store shall be maintained by
the contractor in PWD Form No. 31 Stock Ledger and PWD Form No.____
(Bin Cards). Stock quantity shown in ledger and bin cards should match with
physical quantity in store. The stock account and physical quantity in store will
be verified by Engineer-in-charge at any time. The surplus quantity found will
be treated as less use in work and shortage quantity will be treated as less
purchase. Such excess or shortage quantity found will be recovered from next
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
136
bill of work. Further the work executed with less use of such cement quantity
will be rejected and not paid for if does not fit into the standard cement
consumption.
14.7) Daily cement consumption report: Contractor shall maintain daily cement consumption account for each item in
format as directed by Engineer-in-charge. The daily quantity executed for all
the items executed and cement consumed shall tally with the daily cement
issued from store. The report of daily cement consumed, quantity executed
shall be maintained by contractor on site and copy signed by the site engineer
of the Corporation shall be submitted to Engineer-in-charge. The abstract of
item wise daily cement consumption and quantity executed shall be enclosed
with bills by the contractor, which will form basis of payment of bills.
14.8) The empty bags shall be returned to Engineer-in-charge who will arrange to
maintain the account of empty bags.
14.9) In the event of cement in branded bags remaining surplus due to authorized
reduction in quantity of work certified by the Engineer-in-Charge and as
noticed after the issue of completion certificate, the contractor may choose any
of the following three alternatives:
(a) To transfer the cement in branded bags, with prior written permission from the
Engineer-in-Charge, to any of the contract work with the Corporation and
account for the same therein.
(b) To sell the cement with prior written permission from the Engineer-in-Charge
to any of the contractors carrying out the works on contract with the
Corporation at a price to be negotiated by both the contractors and account for
the same.
(c) To sell the cement with prior written permission from the Engineer-in-Charge,
to the Corporation at the Ex-factory price + Sales Tax + Octroi, if any +
delivery at Corporation godown as directed by the Corporation. If the
purchase price paid by the contractor plus delivery at Corporation godown is
less than the above, the lower of the two shall be considered. The Corporation
will accept the cement in branded bags only if the same is as per the
specifications and of acceptable quality.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
137
15. Quality Assurance and Testing: It is the responsibility of the contractor to assure the desired quality of work.
Whenever the testing of construction materials are required as per the detailed
specifications or otherwise required by the Engineer-in-Charge, the same shall
be carried out at the laboratory, selected by the Engineer-in-Charge at
Contractor’s cost. The other tests of mortar, concrete, colgrout etc. shall be
carried out in field laboratory set up by the contractor in presence of quality
control representative. Contractor shall through this procedure assure the
quality of work. In addition to field tests carried out by contractor in his
laboratory, surprise tests will be carried out by quality control wing as directed
by Engineer-in-charge and as per quality control directions.
The materials, mixes and any other arrangements, including labourers, shall
be supplied by the contractor to the Corporation at contractor’s cost. The
samples for testing shall be taken in the presence of Engineer-in-Charge or his
representative present on site.
The contractor or his authorized representative shall have a free access in
these laboratories, to get himself satisfied about procedures of testing etc.
Even if the contractor or his representative fails to remain present while
collecting samples or testing the results will be considered as authentic and
binding on the contractor.
16. Hire of Construction Equipments: Construction equipment owned by the Corporation, if available and can be
given on hire conveniently, will be made available on specific request, to the
contractor at rates that will be prescribed by Corporation from time to time.
Supervision charges will also be levied as prescribed by the Corporation from
time to time. The contractor shall execute the agreement bond as prescribed
by the Corporation, and shall agree to the specific rates of hire and supervision
charges in force on the day of transaction in writing before machinery is taken
out of the Corporation’s yard by him. The contractor shall pay irrevocable
bank guarantee for a value equal to 25% of the cost of the similar new
machinery; for a period equal to period of hire plus three months. Some such
items of equipment are indicated below:
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
138
Rented Equipment: i) Tankers
ii) Diesel Road Rollers
iii) Tippers
iv) Dozers
v) Loader
vi) Seismopactor
The machinery shall be entirely in the custody of the Corporation. It shall be
issued to the Contractor at the yard where they are stationed. The machinery
will not be allowed to leave the work area on any account. All machinery so
hired will be entirely operated and maintained by the Corporation in
consideration of the hire charges to be paid by the contractor.
If any equipment is to be used in excess of 8 (eight) hours per day, permission
of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be obtained in advance.
Reckoning of working hours will start from the time the machinery leaves
Corporation yard, where it has return to it daily, and in other cases, when the
machinery actually starts working. Closing time of working will be when it
returns to the Corporation yard or actually ceases working for the day,
respectively.
Log books shall be maintained by the Engineer or his authorized
representative for each piece of equipment in the form laid down by the
Engineer. The Contractor or his duly authorized agent shall verify and sign in
the log book or on the machinery duty slip in lieu thereof, daily. If the
contractor’s representative fails to sign the log book, the entries made by the
Corporation’s representative shall be binding on the contractor. Any complaint
or representation regarding the recorded working hours must be submitted in
writing within 24 (twenty four) hours of the close of the shift. The Engineer’s
decision regarding such disputes pertaining to working hours shall be final and
binding on the contractor. Complaints or representations made after lapse of
24 (twenty four) hours limit shall not be considered. The log books shall be
provided by the Corporation.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
139
All expenses in respect of all oil, fuel, grease, cotton waste etc. shall be borne
by the Corporation. Crew for operating the equipment shall be provided by the
Corporation.
All minor and major repairs shall be carried out by the Corporation, to keep the
equipment in working condition. However, in case of any breakage, damages,
slips etc. which may occur due to the negligence of contractor’s labour,
equipment or staff or by reason, for which Corporation personnel are not
responsible, the cost of such damages shall be recovered from the contractor.
The decision regarding fixing of responsibility for any damages shall rest with
the Engineer-in-Charge and decision given by him shall be binding on the
contractor.
Equipment shall be given on hire only when these can be spared. No claim on
account of sickness or non-availability of machinery shall be entertained.
In case of damage to the equipment during haulage to site of work from
Corporation stores or servicing yard, full cost of repairs shall be recovered
from the contractor when damage is due to rough handling. That damage to
trucks / tippers due to bad haulage roads will also be recovered from the
contractor. Decision of the Engineer-in-Charge regarding of repairs and cause
of damage shall be final and binding on the contractor.
A truck, tipper, tanker and any other equipment may be hired for a single day
at a time and the minimum charges to be levied will be 8 (eight) hours plus
mileage or for 8 (eight) hours when mileage is not applicable.
Compressor and concrete mixers shall not be hired for less than a day time
and minimum charges for hire will be that for four hours per day. Crusher shall
not be hired for a period less than a month, at a time, and the minimum
charges for hire will be those for 25 (twenty five) days and 8 (eight) hours per
day.
17. No interest on money due to the contractor: No omission by the Engineer to pay the amount due upon measurements or
otherwise shall vitiate or make void the contract nor shall the contractor be
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
140
entitled to interest on any guarantee bond or payment in arrears nor on any
balance which may on the final settlement of his account be found due to him.
18. Other Contractor for the work: Corporation has the right to split-up the project work detailed in the Work and
Site Conditions, into distinct items and this contract shall apply only to those
items which shall have been specified in this contract.
Should Corporation enter into agreement with other contractors for specified
items of the project work, each contractor shall co-operate with others to the
fullest extent and shall allow others every facility and cooperation for execution
of their works simultaneously and satisfactorily as intended in the designs,
specifications and drawings.
Should there be a dispute or disagreement between the contractors for any
cause whatsoever, the same shall be referred to the Engineer-in-charge
whose decision regarding the coordination, cooperation and facilities to be
provided by any of the contractors to others shall be final and binding on all
parties and such a decision or decisions shall not vitiate any contract nor
absolve the contractor of his responsibilities under the contract nor form the
grounds for any claim of compensation.
19. Contract documents and matters to be treated as confidential: All documents, correspondence, decisions and other matters concerning the
contract shall be considered as of confidential and restricted nature by the
contractor and he shall not divulge or allow access thereto to any unauthorised
person.
20. Access to the Contractor’s Books Whenever it is considered necessary by the Engineer-in-charge to ascertain
the actual cost of execution of any particular item of work or supply of plant or
material he shall direct the Contractor to produce the relevant documents,
such as pay-rolls, records of personnel, invoices off materials and any and all
other data and documents relevant to the item or necessary to determine its
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
141
cost etc. and the contractor shall when so required furnish information,
pertaining to the aforesaid items in the mode and manner that may specified.
21. Breach on part of Corporation Not to Annul Contract No breach or non-observance on the part of Corporation of any of the
conditions contained herein shall annul this contract or discharge the
Contractor from the observance and performance thereof, but on application to
the Engineer-in-charge, an extension of time may be given to the Contractor in
respect of such breach or non- observance by the Corporation, which shall be
governed by Clause 6 of B-1 form.
The Contractor shall not, however, be entitled to consideration or any
extension of time for any item of the work unless the contractor shall have
made an application in writing to the Engineer-in-charge within one month of
the arising of the cause needing such extension, but the Engineer-in-charge
may waive the condition regarding this period of one month which shall be
conclusive.
22. A. Local Laws All local laws in force at the time of entering into the contract and those
enacted thereafter shall be binding on the Contractor and he shall abide by the
same.
22. B. Taxes etc. All import and excise duties, sales tax, local panchayat tax and other taxes
shall be borne by the Contractor and they shall be deemed to have been
covered by his quoted tender rates, except that the contractor shall not be
liable to any land tax for the land handed over to him for the operation in
connection with this contract or for his colony or appurtenant works
constructed by him for the purpose of this contract.
The contractor shall also be liable to all relevant provisions of the Indian
Income Tax Act which may be applicable to him from to time.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
142
The contractor shall protect and indemnify Corporation against all claims or
liabilities arising from or based on the violation of such laws, ordinances,
regulations, bylaws by him or his employee.
23. Personnel of the Contractor: The Contractor shall, at all times, maintain on the work, a staff of duly qualified
engineers and supervisors of sufficient experience of similar other jobs, to
assure that the quality of work turned out shall be as intended in the
specifications. The Contractor shall also maintain at the work a Works
Manager of sufficient status, experience and office, and duly authorise him to
deal with all aspects of the day to day work. All communications to and
commitments by this Works Manager shall be absolutely binding on the
Contractor.
The Contractor shall supply to the Engineer-in-charge details of names,
qualifications and experience in regards to all supervisory staff employed by
the Contractor and notify changes when made, and satisfy the Engineer-in-
charge regarding the quality and sufficiency of staff thus employed.
The Engineer-in-charge will have the unquestionable right to ask for changes in
the quality and number of contractor’s staff. The contractor shall on the written
directives of the Engineer-in-charge, remove from the works any person
employed thereon who may in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge be
incompetent or has misconducted himself. Such person shall not be employed
again, on the work, without the written permission of the Engineer-in-charge.
The contractor shall have to submit information regarding proof of payment of
Professional Tax and the clearance certificates in format vide Appendix ‘1’.
24. Death, Bankruptcy etc.: If the contractor shall die or commit any act of bankruptcy or being a
corporation, commences winding up except for reconstruction purposes or
carry on its business under a receiver, the executors, successors or other
representatives in law of the estate of the contractor or any such receiver,
liquidator or any person whom the contract may become vested shall forthwith
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
143
give notice thereof in writing to the Corporation and shall for one month, during
which he shall take all reasonable steps to prevent a stoppage of work, have
the option of carrying out this contract subject to his or their providing such
guarantee as may be required by the Corporation, but not exceeding value of
the work for the time being remaining unexecuted. In the event of stoppage of
work, the period of the option under this clause shall be fourteen days only.
Should the above option be not exercised, the contract may be terminated by
Corporation, by a notice in writing to Contractor or his successor. The power
and provisions reserved to Corporation in this contract of taking of the work out
of the Contractor’s hand shall immediately become operative. Copy of such
notice shall be pasted on work site and advertised in newspaper.
25. Notices, How to be given: Where any legal or other notice or any other document or any other direction is
to be given to or served upon the Contractor, it shall be deemed to be duly
given or served, if it shall have been either delivered to him personally or to his
recognized agent or Works Manager (including in the case of Company, the
Secretary of Such Company) or delivered at or sent through the post,
addressed to the last known place of business, or abode of the Contractor, a
notice or other documents which shall be so given to or so served on any one
of the partners in such firms, shall be deemed to have been given or served on
all of them.
25.A Work Order Book: The contractor shall maintain bound work order book at work site as the
Engineer-in-charge may direct. This work order book shall have machine
numbered pages in triplicate. The contractor shall make them available to the
Engineer-in-charge or his representative, whenever called for.
Executive Engineer or his representative may record order about works, in this
book leaving the original copy in the book and removing the second and third
copy with him. The contractor or his authorised representative, shall also sign
this work order, in token of it’s acceptance.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
144
All orders recorded in these work order book, shall be deemed to have been
served on the contractor. On completion of the work all the work order books
may be handed over to the Executive Engineer.
In the event of refusal of the Contractor’s representative on the spot to sign the
work order book, Engineer-in-charge shall take the necessary further steps in
respect of further communication and control, modification or stoppage of work
as deemed fit at the entire responsibility of the contractor.
26. Passing of Foundation etc.: After the completion of the work of excavation, the same will be checked and
passed by the Engineer-in-charge as per the powers wasted in them. No
masonry or concrete or backfilling shall be laid unless the foundation is so
passed. No concreting shall commence unless the centering and the
reinforcement is checked and passed by the Engineer-in-charge.
27. Reference to Standard Specifications: The specifications of the work as enclosed with this contract document are
drawn with a specific reference to site conditions and do not everywhere
include the details of the standard tests and procedures which are already laid
down and available in the current Indian Standard Specifications. Wherever
such details are not specified in this contract, the provision under current
Indian Standard Specifications and / or the Standard Specifications (1970) of
the Government of Maharashtra shall be deemed to be applicable.
28. Communication and Notices by Contractors: All communications and / or notices pertaining to works and concerning
matters, such as passing and approving of foundations, reinforcement and
formwork, measurements, mark outs, etc. shall be addressed by the
Contractor to the Engineer-in-charge. All such notices communications, etc.
shall be addressed in good time so as not to hold up the work.
29. Non-Compliance of Contract Conditions:
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
145
If the contractor shall neglect or fail to proceed with the works, with due
diligence or he violates any of the provisions of the contracts the Engineer-in-
charge may give notice to the contractor, identifying deficiencies in
performance and demanding corrective action. The Engineer-in- charge, shall
also clearly state in the notice the nature of action, that shall be taken, if
contractor fails to fulfill by necessary corrective action.
Depending on nature of default the Engineer-in-charge at his discretion, shall
have two options, regarding action to be taken in case of default by contractor.
He shall withhold any of the payments due to the contractor or shall terminate
the contract in whole or in part. But Engineer-in-charge shall, clearly mention
in his notice, the action that shall be taken if the contractor fails to take the
corrective action. The period of 14 days shall be given to the contractor to take
such corrective action after the issue of such notice.
No claims, for compensation of any sort, from contractor will be entertained for
withholding the bills indefinitely till specified requirements are complied with by
the contractor.
After the issue of the notice about default by the contractor the contractor shall
not remove, from the site any plant, equipment and materials. The Corporation
shall have a lien on all such plants, equipments and materials, from the date of
such notice, till deficiencies have been corrected.
30. Extra Items: Extra items of work shall not vitiate the contract. The Contractor shall be
bound to execute extra items of work as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
The rates for extra items will be governed by the provisions of clause 14 and
30 of conditions of contract.
31. Price Variation: (A) If during the operative period of the Contract as defined in condition (i) below,
there is any variation in the Consumer Price Index (New Series) for industrial
workers for Solapur centre as per the Labour Gazette published by the
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
146
Commissioner of Labour, Government of Maharashtra and/or in the Whole-
sale Price Index for all commodities, prepared by the office of Economic
Adviser, Ministry of Industry, Government of India, or in the price of petrol/oil
and lubricants and major construction materials like bitumen, cement, steel,
various types of metal pipes etc., then subject to the other conditions
mentioned below, price adjustment on account of
(1) Labour Component
(2) Material Component
(3) Petrol, Oil and Lubricants (POL) components
(4) Bitumen Component
(5) H.Y.S.D. and Mild Steel Component
(6) Cement Component
(7) C.l. and D.I. Pipes Component
Calculated as per formula hereinafter appearing, shall be made. Apart from
these, no other adjustments shall be made to the contract price for any
reasons whatsoever component percentages as given below are as of the total
cost of work put to tender excluding star rate items. Total of Labour, Material &
POL components shall be 100 and other components shall be as per actual.
(1) Labour Component - K1 41 %
(2) Material Component - K2 38 %
(3) Petrol Oil and Lubricants components - K3 11 %
(4) Bitumen Component -
(5) HYSD and Mild Steel Component Rs.37000/ M.T.for HYSD (6) Cement Component Rs. 4800/ M.T. For lining & E.W
Rs. 5150/ M.T. For Structures
(7) C.I. and D.I. Pipes Component -
Note: If particular component is not relevant same shall be deleted.
1. Formula for Labour Component- V1 = 0.85 x P x [ K1 / 100] x [L1-L0 / L0]
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
147
Where, V1 = Amount of price variation in Rupees to be allowed for Labour
Component.
P = Cost of work done during the quarter under consideration minus the
cost of Cement, HYSD and Mild Steel, bitumen, C.l. & D.l. Pipes
calculated at the basic star rates as applicable for the tender,
consumed during the quarter under consideration. (Cement Rate : Rs.
4800 /- M.T. for lining & Rs 5150/MT for Structures,, Steel Rate i) Rs.. .
.37000 /- MT. for HYSD
K1 = Percentage of Labour Component as indicated above.
L0 = Basic consumer price index for Solapur centre shall be average
consumer price index for the quarter preceding the month in which the
last date prescribed for receipt of tender falls.
L1 = The average consumer price index for Solapur centre for the quarter
under consideration.
2. Formula for Material Component- V2 = 0.85 x P x [ K2 / 100] x [M1-M0 / M0] Where,
V2 = Amount of price variation in Rupees to be allowed for materials
component.
P = Same as worked out for labour component.
K2 = Percentage of Materials Component as indicated above.
M0 = The basic wholesale price index for shall be average wholesale price
index for the quarter preceding the month in which the last date
prescribed for receipt of tender, falls.
M1 = Average wholesale price index during the quarter under consideration.
3. Formula for Petrol, Oil and Lubricant Component V3 = 0.85 x P [K3 / 100] x [P1 - P0 / P0]
Where,
V3 = Amount of price variation in Rupees to be allowed for P.O.L.
Component.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
148
P = Same as worked out for labour component.
K3 = Percentage of Petrol, Oil and Lubricant Component.
P0 = Average price of H.S.D. at Jath during the quarter preceding the
month in which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender, falls.
P1 = Average price of H.S.D. at the Jath during the quarter under
consideration.
4. Formula for Bitumen Component V4 = QB (B1 - B0)
Where,
V4 = Amount of price variation in Rupees to be allowed for Bitumen
Component.
QB = Quantity of Bitumen (Grade _____) in metric tonne used in the permanent
works as approved enabling works during the quarter under
consideration.
B1 = Current, average ex-refinery price per metric tonne of bitumen (Grade
_____) under consideration including taxes (Octroi, excise, VAT) during
the quarter.
B0 = Basic rate of Bitumen in rupees per metric tonne as considered for
working out value of P or average ex-refinery price in rupees per metric
tonne including taxes (Octroi, excise, VAT) of Bitumen for the grade of
bitumen under consideration prevailing quarter preceding the month in
which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender falls whichever is
higher.
5. Formula for H.Y.S.D. and mild Steel Component: STAR RATE:
V5 = S0 (S/1 - S/0) / S/0 x T Rs. 37000 / M.T.for HYSD & Mild Steel
V5 = Amount of price variation in Rupees to be allowed for HYSD / Mild
Steel component.
S0 = Basic rate of HYSD Steel in Rupees per metric tone as considered for
working out the value of P.
S/1 = Average steel index as per RBI Bulletin during the quarter under
consideration.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
149
S/0 = Average steel index as per RBI bulletin for the quarter preceding the
month in which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender, falls.
T = Tonnage of steel used in the permanent works for the quarter under
consideration.
6. Formula for cement component : STAR RATE: Rs. 4800/ M.T. for lining Rs. 5150 / MT for Structures V6 = C0 (C/1 – C/0) / C/0 x T
Where,
V6 = Amount of price escalation in Rupees to be allowed for cement
component.
C0 = Basic rate of cement in Rupees per metric tonne as considered for
working out the value of P.
C/1 = Average cement index published in the RBI bulletin for the quarter
under consideration.
C/0 = Average of cement index published in the RBI bulletin for the quarter
preceding the month in which the last date prescribed for receipt of
tender, falls.
T = Tonnage of cement used in the permanent works for the quarter under
consideration.
7. Formula for C.l. / D.l. Pipe Component V7 = Qd (D1—D0)
Where,
V7 = Amount of price escalation in Rupees to be allowed for C.I. / D.l. pipe
components.
Qd = Tonnage of C.l. / D.l. pipes used in the works during the quarter under
consideration.
D1 = Average Pig Iron price in Rupees per tonne during the quarter under
consideration (Published by IISCO)
D0 = Pig Iron basic price in Rupees per tonne considered for working out
value of P.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
150
(B) The following conditions shall prevail: i) The Operative Period of the contract shall mean the period. Commencing from
the date of the work order issued to the Contractor and ending on the date on
which the time allowed for the completion of the work specified in the Contract
for work expires, taking into consideration the extension of time, if any, for
completion of the work granted by Engineer-in-charge under the relevant
clause of the conditions of contract in cases other than those where such
extension is necessitated on account of default of the contractor. The decision
of the Engineer-in-charge as regards the Operative Period of the contract shall
be final and binding on the contractor. Where any compensation for liquidated
damages is levied on the contractor on account of delay in completion or
inadequate progress under the relevant contract provisions, the price
adjustment amount for the balance of work from the date of levy of such
compensation shall be worked out by pegging the indices L1, M1, C1, P1, B1,
S/1, and C/1 to the levels corresponding to the date from which such
compensation is levied.
ii) This Price variation Clause shall be applicable to all contracts in B1 / B2 and C
form but shall not apply to piece works. The price variation shall be determined
during each quarter as per formula given above in this Clause.
iii) Price Variation under this Clause shall not be payable for the extra items
required to be executed during the completion of work and also on the excess
quantities of items payable under the provisions of Clause 38/37 of the
Contract, form B1 / B2 respectively. Since the rates payable for extra items or
the extra quantities under Clause 38/37 are to be fixed as per current DSR or
as mutually agreed to yearly revision till completion of such work. In other
words, when the completion / execution of extra items as well as extra
quantities under Clause 38/37 of the Contract form B1 / B2 extends beyond the
operative date of the DSR then rates payable for the same beyond the date
shall be revised with reference to the current DSR prevalent at that time on
year to year basis or revised in accordance with mutual agreement thereon, as
provided for in the Contract, whichever is less.
iv) This clause is operative both ways, i.e. if the price variation as calculated
above is on the plus side, payment on account of the price variation shall be
allowed to the Contractor and if it is on the negative side the Government shall
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
151
be entitled to recover the same from the contractor and the amount shall be
deductible from any amounts due and payable under the contract.
v) To the extent that full compensation for any rise or fall in costs to the
Contractor is not entirely covered by the provision of this or other Clauses in
the Contract, the unit rate and prices included in the Contract shall be deemed
to include amounts to cover the contingency of such other actual rise or fall in
costs.
vi) ‘Quarter under consideration’ means a period of three calendar months
starting from January i.e. January to March, April to June, July to September
and October to December.
32. Compensation for delay in completion of work on corporation account (this clause is applicable only if the estimated cost put to tender is more than Rs.100 Lakhs):
Compensation by way of relief on account of delay in completion of work due to
(i) shortage of funds (ii) land acquisition and (iii) resettlement and rehabilitation
issues, will be decided as described below.
In case of total stoppage of work, compensation for idle labour, staff
associated with this work and working machinery deployed for this work for the
period in question for which detailed record should be maintained by Engineer-
in-charge based on the daily data submitted by the contractor for which
acknowledgment will be issued by the Engineer-in-charge in confirmation after
tallying data submitted by Sub-Divisional Engineer / Officer-in-charge of the
work who will record this data in authorized measurement book as per
provisions of Appendix-42 of M.P.W. manual. Such compensation may be
granted to the contractor after careful scrutiny of the data. The rates of idle
staff, machinery, and labour will be adopted as per Corporation / Government
guidelines.
Format for maintaining the record of idle labour, staff and machinery is
enclosed for ready reference in Appendix ‘L’ enclosed in this tender
document.
The appropriate affected period for considering grant of relief shall be decided
by the Chief Engineer of the project. However, the admissibility of relief under
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
152
this Clause will be governed by provisions contained in Clause 15 of
Conditions of Contract (B-1 Form).
33. Digital Photographic Record: The contractor shall maintain digital photographic record of all components of
the work showing monthly progress of work. The digital photographic record
(C.D. / Pen Drive) shall be submitted in five sets to the Engineer-in-charge.
The photographic record should include date and time. The expenses on this
account shall be deemed to be included in contract price.
34. Co-ordination with other contractors: The contractor should note that there will be other agencies including
Corporation, working in the same area for works other than that included in
this contract. The contractor shall co-operate with these agencies to the fullest
extent and shall allow them reasonable facility and co-ordination for execution
of work, simultaneously and satisfactorily as intended in the contract
conditions, specifications and drawings.
Should there be a dispute or disagreement between the contractor and other
agencies for any cause whatsoever, the same shall be referred to the
Engineer-in-charge whose decision regarding Co-ordination and facilities to be
provided by all the contractors to others shall be final and binding on all parties
and such decision shall not vitiate any contract or absolve the contractor of his
responsibility under the contract, and shall not form ground for any claim or
compensation.
35. Undertaking under Contract Labour Act: The contractor shall furnish the undertaking towards implementation of
Contract Labour Act as given in Appendix - ‘F’.
36. Photographs of the Works: The contractor will not be allowed to take photographs showing field work or
the general location of the work. The Engineer, may however, at his discretion,
allow a few construction photographs to be taken for the purpose of the
contractor’s record. Prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge should be
obtained in such cases and also in case such photographs are to be exhibited
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
153
in public literature and calendars. etc., in all such cases, negatives of the
photos shall be submitted to the Engineer, after taking approved number of
copies and the negative will become the absolute property of the Corporation.
37. Fencing, Lighting and Ventilation: a) The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper lighting, fencing, guarding
and necessary health and safety measures while executing all works under
this contract and for proper provision of temporary roadways, guards,
footways, fences, caution notices etc., as far as the same may be rendered
necessary by reasons of the work, for the accommodation of workmen, foot
passengers or other traffic and of owners and occupiers of adjacent property
and of the public and shall remain responsible for any accidents that may
occur on account of his failure to take proper and timely precaution.
b) Maintenance of Services- After all the work under this contract is completed
and accepted as such, in case the Engineer-in-charge so directs, the
contractor shall maintain the lighting, ventilation, communication facilities etc.
upto a date determined by the Engineer-in-charge, bur not longer than for a
period of twelve months. All reasonable charges for such maintenance
otherwise not required by the Contractor for his purposes under the contract
will be borne by Corporation. As regards the reasonableness of such charges,
the decision of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final and binding on the
Contractor.
38. Liability for accidents to persons: It shall be contractor’s responsibility to protect against accidents on the work
site. He shall indemnify the Corporation against any claims for damage to the
property, injury to workers or any other persons including Corporation staff
working at the site of work, deaths etc.
On the occurrence of an accident resulting in death or which is so serious as
to be likely to result in death, the contractor shall within 24 hours, report in
writing to the Engineer-in-charge, the facts stating clearly about the
circumstances in which accident has occurred and the subsequent action
taken. Other minor accidents causing minor injuries and loss to property
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
154
should be communicated in writing, promptly to the Engineer-in- charge. In all
cases the contractor shall indemnify the corporation against all losses or a
damage resulting directly or indirectly from the contractor’s failure to report in
the manner aforesaid. This includes penalties or fines if any, payable by the
Government as a consequence of failure to give notice under the Workmen’s
Compensation Act or failure to confirm to the provisions of the said Act in
regard to such accidents.
In the event of accident in respect of which compensation may become
payable under the Workmen’s Compensation Act VIII, of 1923 including all
subsequent modifications thereof, Engineer-in-charge may retain the sums of
money as may in the opinion of Engineer-in-charge be sufficient to meet such
liability out of the amounts payable to the contractor. These sums shall be
recovered from the immediate payment due to the contractor in one
installment or in more than one installment. The decision of the Engineer-in-
charge regarding this shall be final and binding on the contractor. On receipt of
award from the Labour Commissioner, the balance amount shall be
reimbursed to or recovered from the contractor.
It should be noted that though the Corporation is a Principal employer, the
complete responsibility of compensation shall be on the contractor.
39. The contractor to supply and be responsible for the sufficiency of the means employed: The Contractor shall supply & take upon himself the entire responsibility of the
sufficiency of the scaffolding, timbering, machinery, tools, implements and
generally of all the means irrespective of whether such means may or may not
have been approved of or recommended by the Engineer-in-charge and the
Contractor must accept all risks of accidents or damages from whatever cause
they may arise, until the completion of this contract.
40. Covering of work: The Contractor shall give not less than five days notice in writing to the
Engineer-in-charge of the work which is proposed to be covered up or placed
beyond the reach of measurements so that the measurements may be taken
before the work is covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurements.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
155
No work shall be covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurements,
before ensuring that the measurements of work to be covered up are
recorded. Any work covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurements
without such notice having been given or consent obtained the same shall be
uncovered at the Contractor’s expenses and in default thereof no payment or
allowances shall be made for such work or for materials with which the same
was executed.
41. Accuracy of lines, levels and Grades Setting Out: a) The contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper setting out of the
work and for the correctness of the positions, levels, dimension, alignment of
all parts of the work and for the provisions of all necessary instruments,
appliances and labour in connection with this.
b) For the purpose of setting out, one temporary / permanent bench mark shall
be established by the Corporation near the site, the value of which shall be
given to the contractor, by the Engineer-in-charge. All the setting out shall be
with reference to this bench mark and reference line.
c) If at any time during the progress of works the error shall appear or arise in the
position, level, dimension or alignment of any part of the work, the contractor
shall rectify such error to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge without any
extra cost to the Corporation.
d) The periodical checking of these by Corporation staff shall not absolve the
contractor of his responsibility regarding accuracy as contractor is also
responsible to see that the things proceed in such a manner so as to give
desired ends product. In case of deviation, the contractor shall make good to
the discrepancy at his own cost and without any compensation for the
additional work involved. Wherever such discrepancies, if any, are found to
arise between the works of different contractors at the junction of their works
the relative liability to set right their respective discrepancies shall be fixed by
the Engineer-in-charge, whose decision shall be final and binding on the
contractors concerned. The Engineer-in-charge shall further have the
unquestioned right to rectify the discrepancies and recover the costs from the
contractor or contractors according to proportions as he may consider
reasonable.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
156
e) It is the responsibility of contractor to preserve the benchmark and the
reference points established for setting out.
42. Excavated Material: All the materials available from excavation will be the property of Corporation
and shall be disposed off only as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The
materials of approved quality available from the excavation including that
carried out by the Corporation may be used by the contractor in the items of
works included in Schedule ‘B’ or for ancillary or preparatory work free of cost.
However, the contractor has to pay Royalty charges to Revenue dept. as per
prevailing Government orders. Prior approval of Engineer-in-charge for such
use shall, however, be taken. The contractor shall make proper arrangement
for sorting out and stacking material of approved quality that he proposes to
use as aforesaid. Corporation will be free to make use other materials not
required or not likely to be required for use by the contractor as will be
determined by the Engineer-in-charge.
The excavated material not to be used by the contractor as above or stacked
for his use, but remaining unused at site after completion of works, shall be
disposed off by the contractor at his own cost in a manner and at place shown
in the drawing or as and where the Engineer-in-charge may direct.
The contractor should utilise material available from excavated stuff for
backfilling.
43. Safety Measures: The contractor shall arrange for utmost safety in his operations. In case the
contractor fails to make requisite arrangements the Engineer-in-charge shall
be entitled to cause them to be provided and to recover the cost thereof from
the contractor. The following are some of the measures listed, but the same
are not exhaustive and the contractor shall add to and suggest these
precautions on his own where necessary and should comply with the
directions issued by the Engineer-in-charge in this behalf from time to time and
at all times.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
157
Providing protective head guard to workers in the works like deep excavation,
underground works etc. to protect them against fall of overburden materials.
Getting the workers in such jobs periodically examined for chest trouble due to
too much breathing in fine dust.
Taking such normal precaution like fencing and lighting to excavations or
trenches, not allowing, nails or metal parts or useless timber spread around,
marking danger area for blasting, whistles etc.
Providing sufficient suitable and safe accesses to all work spots including
ladders, gangways, platforms, etc. avoiding naked wires etc. such would
electrocute the workers.
Taking necessary steps towards training the workers concerned on the use of
machinery before they are allowed to handle them independently and taking all
necessary precautions in and around areas where machines, hoists and
similar units are working.
44. Maintenance during defect liability period: After the works are completed in all respects in accordance with the contract
conditions a completion certificate will be issued by the Engineer-in-charge.
From the date of issue of the completion certificate, till the expiry of period
specified in memorandum at (i), the Contractor shall be liable for the
replacement of any part of work found to be defective from the causes arising
from faulty materials or workmanship or other causes, for which in the
judgment of the Engineer-in-charge, the Contractor is responsible and for
making good any damage arising there from.
45. Sundays and Holidays: No work shall be done on weekly local holidays or on other Government
holidays duly Gazetted or on holidays observed by local usage without the
prior sanction of the Engineer-in-charge. Withholding of such sanction shall not
form any grounds for compensation or extension of time limit.
If on the other hand, the Engineer-in-charge directs that the work shall be
proceeded with on days and during hours otherwise not permissible under this
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
158
contract, the contractor shall proceed with the works as directed, without, in
any way violating this contract or forming any grounds for compensation or
claim.
The Contractor shall, in his dealing with labour at all times during the period of
this contract, have due regard to local festivals, religious and other customs.
46. Bank Guarantee, Renewal & Encashment: Bank guarantee shall be given on the stamp paper of Rs.100/- in the form
prescribed by the Corporation. The bank guarantee shall be valid for the
entire period of contract plus defect liability period. In case the contract period
is extended it will be the responsibility of the contractor to get validity of Bank
Guarantee extended in view of extension proposed, without which extension
will not be granted.
The Engineer-in-charge of the Corporation reserves the right to encash the
bank guarantee in the event of breach of any of the term and condition of the
contract and failure to perform as per contract.
The Executive Engineer is empowered to approach to the Bank for
encashment and may take recourse to approach Reserve Bank of India’s
Vigilance Branch and ‘Ombudsman’ as found necessary.
47. Handing over of work: All the work and materials, before finally taken over by corporation will be the
entire liability of the contractor for guarding, maintaining and making good any
damages of any magnitude. Interim payments made for such work will not alter
this position.
The handing over by the contractor and taking over by the Executive Engineer
or his authorised representative will be always in writing of which copies will go
to the Executive Engineer or his authorised representative and the contractor.
It is however, understood that before taking over such work, Corporation will
not put it into regular use as distinct from casual or incidental one, except as
specifically mentioned elsewhere or as mutually agreed to.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
159
48. Instrumentation: In case, it is proposed to have any instrumentation in work, the instruments
and their accessories will be procured and installed by the Corporation as per
programme framed by the Engineer-in-charge. Care should be taken by the
Contractor to protect these instruments as well as their connections during
various construction operations. The contractor shall also extend all facilities
for installation and observation of these instruments. All the operations
required for facilitating the installation of the instruments shall stand included in
the relevant items of tender. No claim, however shall be entertained due to any
delay or obstruction that might be created due to installation or observation.
49. Inspection of Works: The Engineer or his duly authorised representative shall have at all times full
power to inspect the work whenever in progress either on the site, in the
contractor’s premises or the work site. Further, contractor shall not without
written authorisation, permit entry on site of work of any person except
authorised representative of the Corporation or the Engineer or the
contractor’s staff and labour directly engaged on and in connection with the
work.
The contractor shall, at his cost, provide all necessary facilities for proper
inspection and supervision of the work, gangways, platforms, scaffolding and
ladders, etc., of suitable dimensions and sufficiently strong at appropriate
locations and all accesses to passages etc. shall be well lighted and
maintained in good order. The Engineer’s decision about the sufficiency and
adequacy thereof shall be final.
The contractor shall, during working hours, maintain supervisor of sufficient
training and experience to supervise various items and operations of the work
and the said supervisors shall remain present during inspections of the
Engineer. All orders and directions given to such supervisors or other staff of
the contractor shall be deemed to have been given to the contractor directly.
Further the Engineer may, by due notice to the contractor, to be present on
any specified inspection and the contractor shall comply with such directions.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
160
50. Opening out works for Inspection: Should the Engineer-in-charge consider, if necessary in order to satisfy himself
as to the quality of work the contractor shall at any time during the continuance
of the contract pull down or cut into any part of the work and make such
openings into and to such an extent through the same as the Engineer-in-
charge may direct and the contractor shall make good the same at his cost
and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.
51. Removal of imperfect work and / or payment at reduced rates: If it shall appear that the work has been executed with unsound, imperfect or
of an inferior quality or otherwise not in accordance with the contract
documents, the contractor shall at his own cost rectify, reform, remove or
reconstruct the same, wherein whole or in part as may be, directed by the
Engineer-in-charge, whether or not, the value of any such work or material
shall have been included in any payment made to the contractor. The decision
of the Engineer- in-charge shall be final and binding on the contractor. The
Executive Engineer may, if he thinks fit, allow such work to be paid at reduced
rates approved by the Superintending Engineer whose decision will be final
and binding, provided further that the rates fixed by the Superintending
Engineer, be not acceptable to the contractor, he shall have the option to
replace the defective work or materials with ones in accordance with the
specified standards.
52. Jurisdiction of court for disputes: Disputes, if any, arising out of this contract shall be subject to the jurisdiction of
the High Court of Bombay.
53. Mode of payment of excavation quantities in running bill and final bill: Payment of work done under items of excavation in soft strata and hard strata
will be made at 90% of the contract rate in R.A. bills for all excavated
quantities till the final designed cross section of component as decided by the
Engineer-in-charge is reached. The component cross section as per design
shall be deemed to have been reached only if no work remains to be executed
between the two adjacent cross sections. 100% of payment at contract rate in
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
161
R.A. bills may be released only after the work of excavation is completed
between two adjacent cross sections.
53-A. In case of agreement for the “Construction of Earthwork and structures on
canal” the following provisions shall apply-
The contractor shall execute the Earthwork and structure simultaneously so
that entire work gets completes simultaneously. The percentage progress of
structure should be same as that of Earthwork. If the percentage progress of
structure do not matches with that of Earthwork, then 20% deduction in the
rate (in addition to 10% mentioned in above para) of Earthwork will be effected
in running bills of Earthwork and will be withheld by the Engineer-in-charge.
Such withheld amount of 20% will be released only when percentage progress
of Earthwork and structures are same.
54. Value Added Tax : The tender rates are inclusive of all taxes, rates and case and are also
inclusive of the leviable tax in respect of sale by transfer of property in goods
involved in the execution of a work contract under the provision of Rule 58 of
Maharashtra Value Added Tax Act 2005, for the purpose of levy of Tax.
55. Deduction of Income Tax at 2% of the value of the work done will be made
from the Contractor’s R.A. bills and surcharge at the appropriate rate in
Income Tax will be deducted.
56. The contractor shall make arrangements to supply fuel for domestic use to all
the labours engaged on site and prevent the labours from cutting trees for the
purpose of fuel. If the contractor’s labour found to cut the trees the contractor
shall be held responsible for the same and shall be punished as per the
provision in Forest Conservation Act, 1980.
57. Royalty Charges :-
Additional conditions regarding payment of royalty charges as per Bombay
Minor Mineral Extraction (Amendment) Rules, 2003.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
162
1. The royalty charges are to be paid by the Contractor to the Revenue
authorities. This is the prime responsibility of Contractor as per Tender CI.
No.36.
2) The contractor shall indemnify Corporation / Government towards payment of
the royalty charges. a) Contractor shall submit proof of the payment of the Royalty charges to the
concerned revenue authority acceptable to the Engineer-in-charge.
b) The total amount that can be released shall be limited to the actual payment made
as mentioned in condition (a).
c) If the actual Royalty charges are less than the amount with held, remaining amount
will be retained by the Corporation / Government.
d) If the actual Royalty charges are more than the amount with held, the contractor
shall pay the excess amount to the concerned revenue authority with out any
burden on the Corporation / Government.
58. Excavation by Controlled Blasting and Chiseling: The Controlled Blasting and Chiseling will be applicable only for the chainage
approved by the Chief Engineer.
(A) Controlled blasting-
The rate of excavation by controlled blasting is allowed at following site
condition-
(i) The roads having heavy traffic within 200 metre radius of work.
(ii) The habitation and public buildings with 200 metre radius of work.
(iii) The electric lines within 100 metre radius of work.
(B) Chiseling-
The rate of excavation by chiseling is allowed at location where permanent
and important structure is within 30 metre radius from work.
58.1 Where rate of chiseling and controlled blasting is allowed, the contractor shall
be responsible for damage to any type of property or life. If any damage is
occurred due to activity of excavation the contractor has to pay the
compensation to the concerned party. If he fails, the compensation will be
paid by the Corporation and recovered from contractor.
58.2 If the excavation by controlled blasting or chiseling is required to be done
contractor shall write to the Engineer-in-charge. The Engineer-in-charge will
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
163
inspect the site and if the work is within the prescribed zone of controlled
blasting or chiseling he will submit the proposal for obtaining permission of
higher authority.
In such case the contractor shall execute the item of excavation only after
approval of controlled blasting or chiseling zone by Chief Engineer. Otherwise
the quantity executed will be paid at the rate of ordinary blasting.
58.3 Contractor shall note that the rate of controlled blasting will be paid only if he
has done the work of excavation by taking proper precaution and methods. If
the work in controlled blasting zone is executed by ordinary blasting without
any special efforts then payment of excavation will be made at the rate of
ordinary blasting, though the work lies within approved zone of controlled
blasting or chiseling.
58.4 The contractor shall maintain account as the proof to prove that the excavation
is done by controlled blasting or chiseling e.g.-
(a) For proof of controlled blasting - Number of drills, their depth, charge loaded,
other precautions taken and quantity executed.
(b) For proof of chiseling - Method of chiseling, equipment and machinery used
and their hours of working, quantity executed.
59. Shifting of electric line : In case shifting of electric line is necessary, Engineer-in-charge will initiate the
proposals to concerned authorities. It will be the responsibility of contractor to
make good for early clearance of the proposal so that there should not be any
delay in completion of the work. Contractor should pay the required cost of
shifting these lines to the concerned authorities. The same will be reimbursed
to the contractor by Corporation as per availability of funds.
60 Land Acquisition The land acquisition procedure will be as per Land Acquisition Act 1894 and
Revision there after. Necessary land acquisition proposals will be prepared by
Engineer-In-Charge. The contractors has to persue land acquisition proposal
as directed by Engineer-in-charge. In case land acquisition is to be done by
private negotiation, contractor has to pay the compensation amount as
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
164
directed by Engineer-in-charge in case the funds are not available with the
corporation.
The charges including preparation of a land acquisition proposal &
compensation paid to land owner will be paid / reimbursed to the contractor as
assessed by Engineer-in-charge as per clause – 32. When the Funds gets
available with the corporation.
61. INSURANCE CHARGES:- Additional Condition regarding insurance charges as –
1) Insurance charges are to be paid by the contractor to the “Director of
Insurance Maharashtra State, Mumbai”
2) Insurance amount will be released to contractors per conditions mentioned
below
a) The contractor shall submit proof of Insurance Policies to the Engineer-In-
Charge.
b) After verification of record submitted by The Contractor, the total amount
that can be released shall be limited to the actual payment made as
mentioned in condition(a).
c) If the actual insurance charges claimed are less than the provision made
in the tender, the amount shall be paid as per actual.
d) If the actual insurance charges claimed is more than the provision made
in the tender, than the amount shall be paid limited to provision made in
the tender.
62. NO CLAIMS FOR DELAY IN PAYMENTS : 1) Payment will be made to the contractor as per availability of funds with
M.K.V.D.C. Contractor shall have to make himself will in formed about the
financial status of M.K.V.D.C. and also about funds availability status for
this work.
2) Contractor shall not claim any amount in view of condition No. 1 above for
any delay in payments, increase in period of contract, interest, price index
increase etc. Measurements shall be recorded in the same month when
works are carried out. Contractor shall not claim any price escalation
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
165
based on basis of date of payment of the bill & price index on the date of
measurement shall only be applicable irrespective of date of payment.
3) In case of financial crisis of any other reasons MKVDC reserves the right to
withdraw above works under contract clause No. 15.
63. EQUIPMENT FACILITY : Contractor shall be required to provide following facilities such as computer
equipments to Engineer-in-charge within one month after payment of 1st R.A.
Bill.
1) Desktop Computer C2D 28 4GB RAM 320 GB HDD
19” & C.D. Monitor & Latest HP Laser Jet Printer .
2) Auto level
3) Laptop -
The above equipments will be jointed used by the contractor and Engineer-in-
charge. In case above equipments are handed over to Engineer-in-charge, the
maintenance and repair will be born by Corporation otherwise by the
contractor.
If contractor dose not provide above facilities, the Engineer-in-charge will
acquire above facilities from market and cost will be recovered from
contractor’s bills. The cost of above facilities is deemed to be included in the
tender cost and no separate payment will be made for the same.
64. QUALITY ASSURANCE AND TESTING
It is the responsibility of the contractor to assure the desired quality of work.
Whenever the testing of construction materials are required as per the detailed
specifications or otherwise required by the Engineer-in-Charge, the same shall
be carried out at the laboratory, selected by the Engineer-in-Charge at
Contractor's cost. The other field tests of mortar, concrete, colgrout etc. shall be
carried out as per specification in field laboratory set up by the contractor in
presence of quality control representative. Contractor shall assure the quality of
work.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
166
In Additional to field test carried out by contractor in his laboratory, surprise test
will be carried out by Q.C.C. wing as directed by Engineer-in-charge and as per
Q.C.C. direction for which charges will be borned by contractor.
The materials, mixes and any other arrangements, including labourers, shall be
supplied by the contractor to the Corporation at contractor's cost. The samples
for testing shall be taken in the presence of Engineer-in-Charge or his
representative present on site.
The contractor or his authorized representative shall have a free access in these
laboratories, to get himself satisfied about procedures of testing etc. Even if the
contractor or his representative fails to remain present while collecting samples
or testing the results will be considered as authentic and binding on the
contractor.
2.0) Mode of Payment – Payment of Quality control charges is on No. of test
carried out of each test as mentioned in Schedule B.
2.1) Contractor has to carry out quality control test as per specifications and
as directed by Engineer in charge & quality control and vigilance
organization of Govt.
65. Labour welfare cess The amount of labour welfare cess at the rate of 1% will be recovered from
contractors running / final bill as per directions given by the Govt. of
Maharashtra vide Marathi Resolution No. =tÉäMÉ, >ðVÉÉÇ ´É EòɨÉMÉÉ®ú ʴɦÉÉMÉ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ÊxÉhÉǪÉ
Gò. ¤ÉÒºÉÒB-2009/|É.Gò.108/EòɨÉMÉÉ®ú 7+ Ênù.17 VÉÚxÉ 2010.
CHIEF ENGINEER (S.P.) W.R.D. PUNE
KRISHNA KOYNA LIFT IRRIGATION
PROJECT CIRCLE, SANGLI.
For 2010 -2011
(Govt. of Maharashtra Undertaking)
MHAISAL PUMP HOUSE DIVISION No.2, SANGLI.
Construction of Earthwork & Structures & C.C.
Lining in Km No. 1 to 8 of Mangalwedha Dy-2 of
Mhaisal Part of Krishna Koyna Lift Irrigation
Scheme Dist Sangli.
412.07
SPECIFICATIONS
VOLUME - II
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 1
SCHEDULE SHOWING ITEMS OF WORK
AND APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS
Sr. No.
Section No.
Particulars
Page No.
1 Section 1 General Specification SP- 4
2 Section 2 Excavation SP- 16
3 Section 3 Embankment SP- 38
4 Section 4 Cement concrete SP-46
5 Section 5 C.C. M -15 Bed lining and Top slab SP-70
6 Section 6 C.C. M - 15 Side lining SP-74
7 Section 7 C.C. 1:6:12 Back filling Behind side lining SP-79
8 Section 8 U.C.R. Masonry for back filling SP-82
9 Section 9 Masonry SP-92
10 Section 10 C.C. 1 :3:6 for Steps and Templates SP-117
11 Section 11 Dismantling Stone Masonry SP-119
12 Section 12 Tar Paper Bearing Pad SP-120
13 Section 13 Back filling SP-121
14 Section 14 Reinforcement SP-124
15 Section 15 Neoprene pad bearing SP-130
16 Section 16 Pitching SP-136
17 Section 17 P.V.C. Water stops SP-138
18 Section 18 R.C.C. and G.I. pipe railing SP-139
19 Section 19 Providing & laying R.C.C. Pipes /NP2/NP3 SP-143
20 Section 20 Rubble Soling SP-152
21 Section 21
Providing and laying over size 75 to 100 mm.
and 40 to 50 mm. metal bedding.
SP-158
22 Section 22 Quarry spauls SP-163
23 Section 23 Dismantling Stone Masonry SP-164
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 2
Sr. No.
Section No.
Particulars
Page No.
24 Section 24 Tor Steel SP-165
25 Section 25 Guard stones/Boundary stones/K.M.Stone SP-170
26 Section 26 Weep holes. SP-171
27 Section 27 Revetment SP-172
28 Section 28 G.I. pipes. SP-175
29 Section 29 M.S. Gate. SP-176
30 Section 30 Supplying hard murum kankar SP-177
31 Section 31 Water spouts. SP-179
32 Section 32 G.I. sheet construction joint. SP-180
33 Section 33 Marble Tablet. SP-181
34 Section 34 Antiseismic attachment. SP-183
35 Section 35 Testing of aqueduct box. SP-184
36 Section 36 De watering. SP-185
37 Section 37 Design and Drawing SP-191
38 Section 38 Expansion Joint SP-194
39 Section 39 Structural Steel – Work SP-198
40 Section 40 Mild Steel SP-203
41 Section 41 Anchor SP-204
42 Section 42 Provision for Insurance SP-206
43 Section 43 Soft Murum SP-207
44 Section 44 Providing And Laying Mechanised Cement
Concrete Lining
SP-208
45 Section 45 Information Sign Boards SP-238
46 Section 46 Requirement for Testing SP-239
47 Section 47 Quality Assurance and Testing SP-240
48 Section 48 Royalty Charges for the Material SP-241
49 Section 49 Replaceable Neoprene Expansion SP-242
50 Section 50 Non - Replaceable Neoprene Expansion SP-244
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 3
Sr. No.
Section No.
Particulars
Page No.
51 Section 51 Providing and Casting Porous Plug SP-245
52 Section 52 Providing and Laying P.V.C Strip Crack
Joints
SP-246
53 Section 53 Metal SP-247
54 Section 54 Road Embankment SP-248
55 Section 55 Supply 60 MM. Metal SP-250
56 Section 56 Supply 40 MM. Metal SP-253
57 Section 57 Supply Hard Murum SP-255
58 Section 58 Supply Soft Murum SP-257
59 Section 59 Spreading 60/40 MM. Metal SP-258
60 Section 60 Spreading Hard Murum / Soft Murum SP-260
61 Section 61 Compaction of oversize Metal SP-261
62 Section 62 Compaction of Hard Murum SP-262
63 Section-63 Insurance SP- 264
64 Section-64 Labour Welfare Fund SP-265
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 4
SECTION – 1
GENERAL SPECIFICATION 1.0.0 Scope
1.1.0 Work and site conditions
1.1.2 Climatic conditions
1.1.3 Labour availability 1.1.4 Location
1.1.5 Rail routes
1.1.6 Roads
1.1.7 Water supply
1.2.0 Electric power
1.3.0 Telephone and telegrams
1.4.0 Colony-Establishment of colony
1.4.1 Sanitation and up-keep of colony
1.4.2 Camp regulations, medical aid, General
1.5.0 Materials
1.5.1 Petrol, oil and lubricants
1.5.2 Stone for rubble masonry and for metal
1.5.3 Sand
1.6.0 Precautions during the floods
1.7.0 Contract drawings, working drawings and specifications 1.8.0 Embedded items
1.9.0 Signing the Field Books, Longitudinal sections, Cross section and
Measurement Books
1.10.0 Cement and steel supplied by Corporation.
1.11.0 Steel
1.12.0 Supply of Corporation Materials other than those given
in the Schedule 'A' of Tender.
1.13.0 Royalties
1.14.0 Advance on Construction materials.
1.15.0 Payments
1.16.0 No interest on money due to the contractor
1.17.0 Difficulties in land Acquisition
1.18.0 Handing over of completed reaches, and letting out water for Irrigation.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 5
SECTION – 1
GENERAL SPECIFICATION
1.0.0 SCOPE : The general specifications shall apply to all the items of Schedule 'B' under this
Tender.
1.1.0 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT :
The information is given in Annex 'A' to Section I - Detailed Tender Notice.
1.1.1 WORK AND SITE CONDITION : It shall be presumed that the Contractor has fully informed himself as to the nature
and locations of works, general and local conditions and particularly those having
bearing on approaches to the site, location of stone and sand quarries, availability
and transport of material, tools and plants machinery, disposal areas, availability
of labour, weather conditions and river stages etc. and has estimated his cost
accordingly. Corporation will bear no responsibility for any lack of such
acquaintance with site conditions on the part of the contractor and the
consequences thereof to the contractor. The information and data about site
conditions shown in the drawings and mentioned herein is furnished as a rough
guide only but Corporation will not be responsible for the accuracy thereof or for
any deductions, interpretations and conclusions drawn therefrom by the contractor.
1.1.2 Results of trial pits and exploratory bores taken along the canal axis are as shown
in the drawings. The Corporation does not accept any responsibility for any
variation in strata classifications found in actual excavations.
1.1.3 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS :
The information is given in Annex 'A' to Section I - Detailed Tender Notice.
1.1.4 LABOUR AVAILABILITY : Some local unskilled labour may be available during non-agricultural season but
skilled labour may not be available. Contractor must however make his own
enquiries
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 6
1.1.5 LOCATION : The information is given in Annexure 'A' to SECTION I - Detailed Tender Notice.
1.1.6 RAIL ROUTE :
The information is given in Annexure 'A' to SECTION - I of Detailed Tender Notice.
1.1.7 ROADS :
The information is given in Annexure 'A' to SECTION I - Detailed tender Notice. 1.1.8 WATER SUPPLY .
The Contractor will have to make his own arrangements for the water supply
required for his work, staff and labour. He will have to provide all arrangement for
making water potable and safe for drinking by his staff, labourers and other
dependents on Contractor's services. Disinfection of all drinking water by
chlorination will be obligatory on the part of Contractor.
Fresh and potable drinking water shall be made available by the Contractor to all
persons working at work spots in clean and hygienic earthen or other pots at all
working places and in sufficient quantity.
1.2.0 ELECTRIC POWER :
Electric power, if required shall be arranged by the contractor at his own efforts
and cost and he shall have to make his own arrangements for laying, installation,
maintaining the power lines etc. He should observe all requirements of the Indian Electricity Act. 1910, 1948. Indian Electricity Rules 1956, and rules in existence
and framed from time to time, failure to which Corporation accepts no
responsibility for any damage, injury or compensation.
1.3.0 TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAMS :
Nearest telephone and telegraph facilities are available at the places indicated in
Annexure 'A to SECTION - I of Detailed Tender Notice.
1.4.0 COLONY :
ESTABLISHMENT OF COLONY : The Contractor shall be allowed to construct his own colony for his workers and
supervisory staff within the limits of Corporation land, if available.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 7 -
The land used by the Contractor for his staff and labour colony shall be handed
over back to the Corporation within three months after the physical completion of
work or termination of the contract whichever is earlier duly cleared and fairly
brought to the original condition. No structures or constructions shall be left on the
land at the time of vacating it without the specific approval of the Engineer-in-
charge. The Contractor shall prepare and submit his proposed plan of colony
layout and get it approved from the Engineer-in-charge before establishing any
colony either for the labourers or for the supervisory staff. The Contractor shall have to construct and maintain all access and approach roads etc. in his colony
areas at his own cost. Any modifications, changes and alterations suggested by
the Engineer- in-charge in respect of area of colony, layout of roads etc. will be
binding on the Contractor and shall have to be done at his cost.
1.4.1 SANITATION AND UP-KEEP OF COLONY : The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining satisfactory water supply and
sanitary facilities in his labour camp and for his other staff. He will take precautions not to allow any unhealthy and insanitary conditions in his camp. The
Engineer-in- charge shall have the right to inspect the Contractors colonies at any
time and to suggest improvement, modifications etc. with special regards to
cleanliness and sanitation, sullage water and garbage disposal, any other
nuisance, and proper layout, which shall be binding on the Contractor.
The Contractor shall provide adequate number of portable chemical closets for
use, and urinals and water closets, and make proper lighting and scavenging
arrangements to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge. Separate arrangements should be made for female labour.
1.4.2 CAMP REGULATIONS : The Contractor hall be responsible for maintaining law and order in his camp and
on his work and to that end shall employ such offices, Watchmen labour etc. as
required. Unauthorised and undesirable person shall be expelled from the camp
and from the works. If in the opinion of Engineer-in-charge any employee or agent
of the Contractor misbehaves or causes obstruction in proper execution of work of
otherwise makes himself undesirable, the Contractor shall on receipt of
instructions from the Engineer-in-charge remove him from premises.
MEDICAL AID : The Contractor shall arrange all the necessary medical facilities for his staff and
labour at his own cost and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 8 -
GENERAL : The cost of sanitation and supply of drinking water is deemed to have been
included in the unit rates of items of work.
1.5.0 MATERIALS : 1.5.1 PETROL, OIL AND LUBRICANT :
The Contractor shall have to install his own supply for petrol and diesel at the site. The location of pumps shall have to be got approved from the Engineer-in-
charge and usual precautions which are necessary, for such installation will have
to be taken.
1.5.2 STONE FOR RUBBLE MASONRY AND FOR METAL : The Contractor shall make his own investigation regarding locations of quarries,
quality of stone and adequacy of the various sources of stone in quarry areas
known to him. Excavated material of hard rock excavation has been dumped on
the K.T. Weir / canal site. Contractor can make use of this material. Material has
to be sorted out by Contractor at his cost and should be got approved from the
Engineer-in-charge before its use in the work. However it is for Contractor to
investigate the quarries which will yield stone in sufficient quantities and of
required quality. Overburden on quarry shall have to be removed by the
Contractor at his own cost.
The locations of quarries have to be such that they do not affect permanent
structures and should not be near the existing or proposed habitations. The
locations and size of the quarries shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer-
in-charge. However, if a quarry location, approved by the Engineer-in- charge, on
its opening does not yield adequate or suitable stone, no claims can be raised
against the Corporation. In that case other quarries will have to be established by
the Contractor at his own cost and risk and the stone got approved from the
Corporation for it's quality before using it in the work.
If the quarries located-are in private properties, the Contractor shall negotiate with
the respective owners and shall attend to legal rights and attend to payments etc.
to the concerned parties for operation of these quarries at his own cost. Similarly,
he shall make arrangement for roads leading to and from the stone quarries to the
work site at his own cost.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 9 -
1.5.3 SAND : The Contractor is advised to make his own enquiries regarding adequacy, proper
quality and cost of sand, approaches to quarries etc. The sand quarry to be used
and any change in location shall have prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge. The Contractor shall however, obtain permission from Revenue and the other
authorities before removing the material and shall pay all quarry fees, royalties, octroi
dues and ground rent for stacking material, if any, royalty and other taxes. Octroi duty,
escort fee, if any, for sand which shall not be reimbursed. The Contractor shall have to
make his own enquiries regarding legal rights and attend to the aspect of payments
due etc. for the operation of the quarries.
The extent of annual replenishment of the sand sources is unknown. The Contractor
may, therefore choose to collect the sand in advance of its use for the work.
The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for quarrying and transport of sand
from the quarries to the work site. Approach roads to the quarries shall also be
constructed and maintained by the Contractor at his own cost.
All the cost of transport of sand shall be borne by the Contractor and no claims on this
account will be entertained.
Use of crushed sand conforming to the required gradation and specifications can be
permitted with specific approval of the Engineer-in-charge,
1.6.0 PRECAUTIONS DURING THE FLOODS : It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to preserve and maintain in safe
condition all materials, machinery and tools from floods and rain and no compensation
whatsoever will be payable to him on account of loss due to floods, rain and any other
causes.
1.7.0 CONTRACT DRAWING, WORKING DRAWING AND SPECIFICATIONS : On acceptance of the tender, sets of copies of contract conditions and drawings to a
maximum of three, will be supplied to the Contractor free of charge. On request by the
Contractor and in the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge, the Contractor may be
supplied additional copies of contract documents and drawing to be charged at the
rate of Rs. 3000/- (Rupees Three Thousand Only) per set.
The drawings, which form part of this contract, show the work to be done in
such details as is possible to do for the present. They will be supplemented or
superseded by such additional detailed working drawings as may be necessary as
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 10 -
the work progresses. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with
these additional or revised working drawings, as the case may be and at the
applicable rates as per the contract. The Contractor shall be supplied a
maximum number of four copies of each of all such working drawings
free of charge. Should the contractor require any additional copy for his use the
same may be supplied at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge and the
Contractor will be charged Rs. 200/- (Rupees Two Hundred Only) for each of
additional copy of each drawing.
The Contractor shall check all drawings carefully and advise the Engineer-in-
charge immediately of any errors or omissions discovered. The Contractor shall
not take advantage of any kind of errors or omissions in the drawings supplied.
1.8.0 EMBEDDED ITEMS :
Before placing concrete and/or masonry care shall be taken to see that all
embedded items are firmly and securely fastened in place as indicated on the
drawings or as directed. All embedded items shall be cleaned free from all foreign
matter such as scale, rust, oil paint etc. The Contractor shall be responsible for
correctly embedding the parts as directed without any charge, the cost of such
embedding being deemed to have been included in the item of concrete and/or
masonry as the case may be. No extra payment will be made for the installations
of this embedded work or for delays, or for interruptions arising therefrom.
1.9.0 SIGNING THE FIELD BOOKS, LONGITUDINAL SECTIONS, CROSS
SECTIONS AND MEASUREMENT BOOKS : Before starting the work for intermediate payments and at the end before the work
is covered, levels for plotting the longitudinal and cross sections of the portion of
the work shall be taken by the authorised engineer of the corporation in the
presence of contractor or his duly authorised representative. The contractor or his
authorised engineer shall have to sign the field books and plans showing
longitudinal sections and cross sections of the portion of the work in token of
acceptance. It the Contractor fails to sign them, the levels recorded by the
Engineer-in-charge or his representative in the authorised books shall be final and
binding on the Contractor. If the Contractor or his duly authorised agent fails to
attend, the levels shall be taken in his absence and such levels and longitudinal
sections and cross section based thereon shall be final and binding on the
Contractor. The levels will be taken on such alignments and cross sections as will
be useful for reference permanently and will be in harmony with the mode of the
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 11 -
measurements for payments as described under Specifications. The point
locations for the levels will depend upon the ruggedness of the area and will also
be atleast in conformity with the requirements of Specifications.
1.10.0 CEMENT AND STEEL SUPPLIED BY CORPORATION :
No material will be issued by the Corporation on Schedule 'A'. The
Contractor is responsible for all materials including cement, steel, explosives,
hume pipes etc. 1.10.1 CEMENT PROCURED BY CONTRACTOR :
A) The Contractor shall procure Cement 43 grade conforming to IS 269 of
1976 from recognised manufacturers such as ULTRATECH, A.C.C., Birla
Super, Narmada, Rajashree, Ambuja, Manikgarh etc. as per para 14 of
Special Conditions of Contract in standard packing of 50 kg. Per bag from
the authorised manufacturers. The Contractor shall make necessary
arrangement at his own cost to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge for
actual weighment of random sample from the available stock and shall
conform with the specifications laid down by the Bureau of Indian
Standards (vide their SPECIFICATIONS No. IS 43 grade) or higher in
quality as per para 17.0.2 Cement shall be got tested in the laboratory
under Quality Control Circle, Pune. In case of any dispute about the
results, the cement shall be tested in M.E.R.I. Nashik where decision will
be final. The cement bags brought and kept at site godown shall be tested for all the tests as directed by the Engineer-in-charge at least one month in
advance before actual use of cement.
Cement brought on site shall be as fresh as possible to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge. The old stock, if rejected, shall be
immediately removed from the site at the Contractor's cost.
Cement bags required for testing shall be supplied by the
Contractor free of cost. However, the testing charges for cement will be
initially borne by the contractor and if tests are satisfactory then the testing
charges will be paid accordingly .If test results are not satisfactory then the
testing charges will be born by the contractor.
B) The use of admixtures and agents shall be made as per instructions of the
Engineer-in-charge. The cost of cartage/storing/handling/batching/mixing
shall be borne by the Contractor and shall be included by them in unit
prices tendered for concrete.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 12 -
C) The Contractor should maintain throughout the tenure of the work
adequate stock of the cement (min. 30 days requirement) so as to ensure
that, at no time, work is stopped for want of cement. At the same time, no
cement of age older than 60 days from the date of dispatch from the
manufacturing unit shall be used on the work. No cement shall be removed
from the site without the permission of the Engineer-in-charge.
The Contractor shall forthwith remove from the works area any
cement that the Engineer-in-charge may disallow for use on account of failure to meet with the required quality and standard.
Cement stock of one month requirement shall be kept on site at
least one month in advance. Samples for testing of the cement brought to
the site shall be given free of cost by the contractor, as and when required.
D) The Contractor will have to construct sheds for storing cement having
capacity not less than the cement required for 90 days use at approved
locations along the canal. The Engineer-in-charge or his representative
shall have free access to such stores at all time.
E) The Contractor shall further, at all times satisfy the Engineer-in-charge on
demand, by production of records and books or by submission of returns
and other proofs as directed, that the cement is being used as tested and
approved by the Engineer-in-charge for the purpose and the Contractor
shall at all times keep his records up-to-date to enable the Engineer-in-
charge to apply such checks as he may desire.
1.11.0 STEEL : (Procured by Contractor) (Please see Page No. 133 & 134 also.)
A) The Contractor shall procure steel from the market. The Contractor shall
make necessary arrangement at his own cost for sample from the
available stock and shall conform with the specifications laid down by the
Bureau of Indian standards (vide their specification Nos. I.S. 432 (Part I) of
1966, 1139-1966, 1786-1979).
B) The Contractor should store the steel of 60 days requirement at least one
month in advance.
C) The Contractor will have to construct sheds for storing steel having
capacity not less than the steel required for 90 days use at approved
locations along the canal. The Engineer-in-charge or his representative
shall have free access to such stores at all times.
D) The Contractor shall further, at all times satisfy the Engineer-in-charge on
demand, by production of records and books or by submission of returns
and other proofs as directed that the steel is being used as tested and
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 13 -
approved by the Engineer-in-charge for the purpose and the contractor
shall at all times keep his records uptodate to enable the Engineer-in-
charge to apply such checks as he may desire.
E) Local Contractors shall procure the steel from main producer such as
SAILS, TISCO. ISCO. Rerolled steel will not be acceptable. They should
bring the test certificate of steel procured by them from the manufactures.
F) The steel procured should conform to standard specification of Bureau
Indian Standards I.S. No. 1786 of 1979 for Tor Steel and I.S. 432 of 1966 for mild steel.
G) Steel samples required for testing shall be supplied by Contractor free of
cost. However the testing charges for steel will be initially borne by the
Contractor. If the test results seen satisfactory the testing charges will be
paid accordingly.
1.12.0 ROYALTIES : The Contractor shall arrange for the materials from approved quarries, it is
necessary for the Contractor to obtain permission from Revenue Authorities or
other relevant authorities before removing the materials & pay all quarry fees,
royalties, octroi dues & ground rent for stacking material, if any.
1.13.0 ADVANCE ON CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS: For imperishable materials brought on site by the Contractor and meant to be
incorporated or consumed in work, No secured advance will be paid as the work is to be carried out by contractors own fund .at 75 percent (Seventy five percent) of
the cost as assessed by the Engineer-in-charge shall be paid provided that such
materials are not in excess of the requirement of the work. The Contractor shall
furnish indenture bond for the amount of the advance in the form prescribed by
corporation for the same. The recovery of such advances shall be made from
each succeeding work bill, at the rates the materials have been consumed in the
relevant finished item.
1.14.0 PAYMENT: 1.14.1 As for as possible the corporation will pay the Running bills monthly to the extent
of availability of funds the work under this contract. Provided that the contractor
submitted his bill in each month. on or before the date fixed by Engineer in
charge.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 14 -
1.15.0 NO INTEREST ON MONEY DUE TO THE CONTRACTOR: No omission by the Engineer-in-charge to pay the amount due upon
measurements or otherwise shall vitiate or make void, the contract, nor shall
Contractor be entitled to get interest on any guarantee bond or payment in arrears
nor on any balance which may, on the final settlement of his account be found due
to him.
1.16.0 If due to difficulties in land acquisition, land does not become available, the same
cannot be handed over to the Contractor. In such a situation the Contractor shall become eligible for compensation for delay in completion of corporation account
as per clause no. 32 of special condition of contract. If the lands do not become
available upto 50 percent of the time limit of the tender, the execution of the
quantities of works under various items pertaining to such, lengths shall be
optional.
1.17.0 HANDING OVER OF COMPLETED REACHES AND LETTING OUT WATER FOR IRRIGATION :
1.17.1 On the request of the Contractor the continuous completed reaches of Distributory
and Minors including Sub-Minors would be taken over by the Corporation provided
if it fulfils the conditions specified below:
1.17.2 The term "completed" under 1.17.1 above should be deemed to be inclusive of
structures and selective lining and ready to receive flow of water for irrigation.
i) The unit for taking over of Distributory will be in stages with a completed
minimum length of not less than 500 Mtr. only at a stretch from head reach (or starting point of contract length) and continuous in length.
ii) The unit for taking over of completed Minors and Sub-Minors will be one
complete Minor with its Sun-Minors from Head reaches (or starting point of
contract length) taking off from completed distributory lengths as described
in sub-para (i) above Reaches of canal in continuous length as specified in
(i) and (ii) above may be taken over by recording final measurements. In
case silting of canal takes place or scouring damages due to the flow of
rain water/flood water entered through incomplete reaches, it would be the
responsibility of the Contractor to rectify it,
1.17.3 Water is likely to be let out in Distributory and Minors including Sub-Minors in the
completed reaches handed over to the Corporation for Irrigation purpose.
However in reaches not handed over to the Corporation maintenance liability of
the contractor would continue to be for the entire period of contract with
maintenance period of Six months after completion, while for reaches handed
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 15 -
over the maintenance period of Six months would commence from the date of
taking over by the Corporation irrespective of whether water is let out for Irrigation
or not.
1.17.4 Water is available free of cost for use on works when water is let out in the
Distributory/Minor for irrigation purpose. However, during closure periods the
Contractor has to make his own arrangements for storage of water for use in
works. In case Distributory /Minors are closed for intervals the Contractor has to
make his own arrangement of water at his cost. No claim of any kind will be entertained on this account.
1.18.0 The measurements for the work shall be taken by authorised representative of
Engineer-in-charge in presence of the contractor or his authorised representative.
The contractor shall sign such recorded measurements in token of acceptance.
This para is applicable to all items.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 16 -
SECTION – 2
EXCAVATION
2.1.0 Scope.
2.2.0 Clearing the site.
2.3.1 Line out.
2.4.0 Excavation.
2.4.1 Scope of work.
2.4.5 Excavation in rock.
2.4.8 Removal of loose rock etc.
2.4.9 Peculiar nature of rock.
2.5.0 Classifications.
2.5.3 Pay lines.
2.5.4.1 Extra excavation for B.C.
2.5.4.2 Excavation in Hard strata.
2.6.0 Maintenance of slopes in excavation.
2.6.2 Slips-Corporation not responsible.
2.7.0 Use of excavated stuff.
2.7.1 Deposition of excavated stuff, clear off traffic lines etc.
2.8.0 Sorting and stacking of materials.
2.9.0 Surplus Materials.
2.9.1 Stacking in Stock and Waste piles.
2.9.2 Excavated Materials shall be stacked within area approved
by the Engineer-in-charge.
2.10.0 Mode of measurements.
2.10.2 Running payment for excavation.
2.11.0 Silting of excavation.
2.11.1 Silting of canal due to flood, Corporation not responsible.
2.12.0 Box excavation.
2.13.0 Excavation in wet condition and Dewatering.
2.13.1 Contractor to dewater whenever required.
2.14.0 Preparing and testing of foundation (Structures).
2.14.1 Scaling and trimming of foundation.
2.14.2 Treatment of weak local spots.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 17 -
2.14.3 Final finished surface of foundation.
2.14.4 Testing for soundness.
2.14.5 Payment lines.
2.14.6 Over cuts.
2.14.7 Mode of measurements and payments.
2.15.0 Blasting.
2.15.1 Observing rules regarding blasting.
2.15.2 Storing of explosives.
2.15.3 Restrictions of blasting.
2.16.0 Excavation in hard stratum with chiseling and/or Controlled blasting.
2.16.1 Canal Excavation in Hard strata.
2.16.2 Chiseling manually or excavation by pneumatic rock breakers.
2.16.3 Alternative technique approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
2.16.4 Contractor responsible for damage.
2.16.5 Payment - to cause damage,
RULES FOR BLASTING OPERATIONS :
(1) General :
Acquaintance with applicable laws and regulations.
(2) Issue of modifications, alterations or new instructions to comply with.
(3) Materials :
(4) Use of black powder and safe explosives.
(5) Use of fuse.
(6) Use of detonators.
Personnel :
(7) Excavation by blasting.
(8) Insurance of all Supervisors and workmen.
(9) Storage-in-charge of.
(10) Rules regarding store handling-supervisors and workmen conversant with.
(11) Use of tools or implements.
(12) Boxes of Explosives.
(13) Empty boxes or loose packing material.
(14) Lightening conductor.
(15) Hanging of Notice regarding prohibition for entrance of persons.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 18 -
(16) Notice regarding different instructions.
(17) Inspection of Magazine.
Use of Explosives.
(18) Transportation.
(19) Explosives and Detonators.
(20) Storage of explosives.
(21) Storage of explosives, detonators and fuses.
(22) Day to day account of explosives.
(23) Cleanliness of Magazine.
(24) No entrance of unauthorised persons.
(25) Safety of magazine.
(26) Closure of magazine during thunder storm.
(27) Use of Magazine shoes.
DISPOSAL OF DETERIORATED EXPLOSIVES:
(1) Preparation of Primers.
(2) Charging of holes,
(3) Blasting.
(4) Electrical Firing.
(5) Precautions after blast and misfire.
(6) Precautions after blasting.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 19 -
SECTION – 2 EXCAVATION
2.0.0 EXCAVATION : 2.1.0 SCOPE :
The item shall include clearing site, excavation to the designed section, remove of
the material, their sorting out as specified and their depositing either in spoil banks
of canal banks in layers as specified including all leads and lifts.
2.2.0 CLEARING SITE : The site of excavation and canal banks shall be cleared of all grass vegetation,
fencing, bushes, trees as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The materials,
obtained from such clearance shall be the property of the Corporation and shall be
stacked as directed by the Engineer-in-charge so as not to cause obstruction to
the work.
2.3.1 LINE OUT : All materials such as pegs, bamboos and strings and templates for marking out
slopes. and labour required for line out shall be provided by the Contractor at his
own cost. The center line of excavation shall be clearly marked by pegs or by
stones at each chain or change of direction or at shorter intervals on curves, in the
beginning. The final line out will be done by fixing reference stones at suitable
distances on either side of the Center line, beyond the canal edges so that they
are not disturbed during the construction period. The position of these stones will
be marked on the cross section.
2.3.2 No change in the sanctioned plans and designs is permissible without the written
permission of Engineer-in-charge.
2.3.3 Before starting the work, the Contractor shall have to sign the field books and
plans showing the working longitudinal sections and cross sections of the portions
of the alignment, that he has to tackle. If the Contractor fails to sign them within
three days of being called upon to do so, the levels and sections as recorded by
Engineer-in-charge or his Assistant will be final and binding on the Contractor.
2.3.4 Contractor shall provide and maintain the quarry roads and temporary roads
required for conveying and transport of materials at his cost.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 20 -
2.3.5 For the points which are not covered by these specifications, the instructions
given by the Engineer-in-charge shall be final and binding on the Contractor.
2.3.6 The material available from all excavation and remaining surplus after use on the
work from adjacent reaches/canal works etc. can be used by the contractor free of
cost provided these materials are used solely for the specific contract work and
prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge is taken.
2.4 EXCAVATION : 2.4.1 SCOPE OF WORK :
Along the excavation and removal of excavated material and its disposal in a
manner hereinafter specified, the rate for the item of excavation will also include.
(i) Clearing of site.
(ii) Setting out works, profiles etc. according to sanctioned plan, or as directed
by the Engineer-in-charge and setting up bench marks and other reference
marks.
(iii) Providing and subsequently removing shoring and strutting if and when
necessary,
(iv) Bailing and pumping out water including continuous pumping till
completion of the excavation.
(v) Necessary protection including labour, materials and equipments to ensure
safety and protection against risk or accident.
(vi) Supply of facilities for inspection and measurements at any time to the
concerned Corporation officials.
(vii) Compensation for injury to life and damage to property if any,
caused by Contractor's operations connected with this item.
2.4.2 Canal section shall be excavated as shown on the drawings or as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge. Both edges of the banks, specially the inner one shall be
neatly aligned symmetrically to the center line of canal. They shall be absolutely
straight reaches and smoothly curved at bends.
2.4.3 Suitable arrangements for drainage shall be provided to take surface water clear
of excavation during the progress of work.
2.4.4 Excavation may be carried out by manual labour or by excavating machine.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 21 -
2.4.5 EXCAVATION IN ROCK : Excavation in rock shall be such that all sharp points of rock are chipped off so as
not to extend into the canal profile. Blasting in a manner which is likely to produce
over breakage which in the opinion of Engineer-in-charge is excessive, shall not
be permitted. Special care shall be taken to prevent over- breakage, or loosening
of materials on bottom and side slopes against which lining is to placed.
Excavation in excess of the prescribed canal section shall not be permitted
beyond pay-line and no payment will be made for such excess excavation.
2.4.6 The material excavated in a chain of 20/30 meters shall be stacked on either side
of the chain as specified on the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
2.4.7 The excavation shall be carried out according to the design with accurately graded
bed fall and side properly sloped as shown in the drawings and as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge. The cross section adopted in cutting is likely to change in side
slopes according to the depth of different strata during actual excavation. The
Contractor therefore, should get clear instructions from Engineer-in-charge, before
commencing any cutting work.
No claims for any variations in quantity of excavation resulting from the deviation
from the instructions of the Engineer-in- charge, would be accepted. To account
for this, the central box cutting with the canal bed width as its width have to be
taken to canal bed level first, before the side slopes are determined and attacked
(except for deep cutting of more than 6 m. depth). In portions where deep cutting
of more than 6 m. is to, be done, the mode of excavation to be followed must be
got approved from the Engineer-in-charge before starting the work in such
reaches and in any case, width of excavation to be tackled initially shall not be
more than bed width + depth.
The excavation should initially be carried out in steps. The steps should have such
width and depth that after they are cut, the required final side slope is attained.
Cutting of steps should be done after bed level is reached and after one monsoon.
If cutting is in soft strata, cutting of steps should be done just prior or preparing the
side slopes for laying lining.
2.4.8 REMOVAL OF LOOSE ROCK ETC. : Before any work of excavation is taken up, all loose rock, semi- detached rock
in/or close to the areas to be excavated, that is liable to fall or otherwise endanger
the workmen on the project shall be stripped. The methods employed shall be
such as will not shatter or render unstable and therefore unsafe any rock that was
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 22 -
originally sound or safe. Any material not requiring removal as contemplated
herein, but which may later become loosened or unstable shall promptly and
satisfactorily removed. The cost of such clearing shall be deemed to have been
included in the unit rates accepted under the different items under excavation.
2.5.0 CLASSIFICATIONS : 2.5.1 The classification of strata shall be as under,
i) SOFT STRATA : This shall include all kinds of rock or shale, indurated clay, soil, silt, sand
and gravel, soft average and hard murum and any other materials which
can best be removed with a shovel after loosening with a pick and/or bar. It
shall also include isolated boulders upto 0.1 cubic meter each, which does
not need blasting and could be removed with a pick/bar and shovel.
ii) HARD STRATA : This shall include all rock occurring in masses in all types of geological
formations which could best be removed by blasting. Where such blasting
is permissible. It shall also include rock which owing to the proximity of
building/structures/electric lines, public roads or for any other reasons has
to be cut by means of chisels or wedges. It shall also include boulders in
mass and isolated boulders over 0.1 cubic meter each which requires
blasting or wedging and breaking for easy removal. Merely the use of
explosives in excavation shall not be considered a reason for classification
in hard strata unless regular blasting is clearly necessary in the opinion of
the Engineer-in-charge. The hardness of strata or material to be
excavated, presence of different type of geological constituents requiring
increased drilling efforts, consumption of explosives, Labour and use of
machinery shall not be considered as reason for claim/increase in contract
rates.
2.5.2 In case of the disputes over the classification of strata met with during execution,
the decision of the Engineer-in-charge will be final.
2.5.3 PAYMENT LINE (PAY LINES) The minimum excavation line is the line within which no unexcavated portion of
any kind shall be allowed to remain i.e. a neat profile line for unlined and
underside of the lining proposed if any for works of canal and disnet.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 23 -
Payment shall be made for the work done as per the paylines prescribed in
various strata and side slopes as below :
2.5.3.1 FOR SIDES
a) In case of hard strata where upto side slopes upto 0.5:1 are provided
minimum thickness of 20 cm. chip masonry in C.M. (1:8) shall be provided.
Pay line for payment for excavation and back fill shall be limited to 30 cm
average. If any overcuts are more than this limit, no payment for additional
overcuts and backfill will be paid for.
In case, excavation beyond minimum line of excavation (i.e. underside of
lining) is in between 0 to 10 cm. payment for backfill with C.C. (1:3:6)
proportion shall be limited to average 5 cm. for payment, and will be
executed monolithically with C.C. (1:3:6) side lining.
b) In case of canal excavation with side slopes 1:1 in hard strata, pay line of
15 cms. shall be permitted for payment of excavation and backfill with C.C.
(1:6:12)
c) In case of canal excavation with side slopes 1:5:1 in hard strata pay line
upto 15 cm. shall be permitted for payment of excavation and backfill with
chip masonry in cm (1:8/1:10). In case the average excavation beyond
minimum line of excavation is upto 5 cm. backfill shall be done with C.C.
(1:6:12). Apart from the standards given above for the pay lines, the
Contractor shall take care to see that the slopes are stable and no
accidents or slips would occur.
Tolerance for overcut beyond pay lines arising out of peculiar nature of
rock at the site and other site conditions shall be decided by the
Superintending Engineer-in-charge of the work. Payment for excavation
beyond pay lines upto tolerance lines in such specific cases shall be made
@ 60% tender rate of the particular item of the work. No tolerance shall
however be permitted in soft strata.
2.5.3.2 FOR BED : Payline in case of bed shall be 15 cm. Extra excavation in bed beyond designed
section shall be backfilled with murum.
In case of soft strata no pay line is admissible. Extra excavation beyond
designed section for sides in soft strata shall be backfilled with murum.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 24 -
2.5.4.1 EXTRA EXCAVATION FOR BLACK COTTEN SOIL : Wherever the canal bed and Sides upto T.B.L. are in B.C. soil, extra excavation to
100 cm. depth is to done for having murum backfilling and this will be measured
under respective items. Murum filling will be paid under item of casing.
2.5.4.2 While excavating in hard strata, if soft seams are struck, they will be considered
as part of hard strata if the depth of individual seams is upto 15 cm. When depth
of soft seams is more than 15 cm. it will be paid under item of soft strata.
2.6.0 MAINTENANCE OF SLOPES IN EXCAVATION : 2.6.1 Any shoring and strutting required during excavation and afterwards shall be
deemed to be covered by the rates quoted for the items.
2.6.2 SLIPS-CORPORATION NOT RESPONSIBLE : Slips shall be avoided, but if any slips occur on account of any reason, the
excavation shall be promptly restored to stability. No extra claims shad be
entertained for such slips.
The Contractor shall have to make good the work at his cost.
2.7.0 USE OF EXCAVATED STUFF : 2.7.1 Excavation shall be done systematically so that only those excavated stuff which
will be permitted for use will be used on the banks without double handling.
2.7.2 DEPOSITION OF EXCAVATED STUFF CLEAR OFF TRAFFIC LINES ETC.
Disposal of all material from excavation shall be as per approved disposal plan or
instructions of Engineer-in-charge, regarding the location and deposition of the
stock piles, spoil banks or embankment. Before any excavation is started the
deposition of spoil shall be carefully planned so as not to obstruct normal traffic
and traffic lines required for the construction materials, and shall be dumped
sufficiently clear off the edges of the excavation so as not to endanger stability of
the slopes of the excavation and also to permit ample space for lorry paths,
installation and lifting of pumping devices, stacking construction materials etc.
2.8.0 SORTING AND STACKING OF MATERIALS:
Excavated materials shall be sorted out and stacked as under.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 25 -
a) SOFT STRATA : All the excavated materials from the soft strata shall be sorted out The
material not useful for bank work shall be deposited as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge. Material useful hi bank work shall be sorted out to be
used in hearting or casing. Each stockpile of unrequired material shall be
of regular size and not less than 5 m. in height.
b) HARD STRATA : Rubble and boulders from hard strata shall be stacked in separate areas
as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Stockpiles shall be of regular
shapes, allowing for easy measurement. No stockpiles shall measure more
than 200 sq.m. in plan and more than 1.5 m. in height, unless specifically
permitted by the Engineer-in- charge in writing.
2.9.0 SURPLUS MATERIALS :
The excavated materials, if not required for embankment, should be stacked in
spoil banks with neatly made stable slopes at top and a Suitable berm being left
between the toe of bank, and edge of excavation, as directed. In partial banks,
where a side embankment is required to retain water, it's limit should be lined out
before starting the excavation so that the soil may be disposed off properly.
2.9.1 STACKING IN STOCK AND WASTE PILES :
After sorting is done, useful materials of various types shall be stacked in
stockpiles and rest may be disposed off as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Useful material shall be slacked in separate areas as directed with reference to
the nature of, the material. Stockpiles shall be of regular shapes allowing for easy
measurement. No stockpile shall measure less than 60 m. length and S m. height
unless specially permitted by the Engineer-in-charge.
2.9.2 The excavated material shall be stacked within the area approved by the
Engineer-in-charge. If the excavated material is deposited in unauthorised land,
such work will not be measured for payment unless suitable action as may be
directed by the Engineer-in-charge is taken by the contractor. In the addition to
non-payment of such work, suitable amounts as directed by the Engineer-in-
charge will be recovered from the Contractor as deposited towards any extra cost
which Corporation Way have to bear on account of the Contractor's unauthorised
action.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 26 -
2.9.3. All the materials available from excavation will be the property of Corporation and
shall be deposited as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The material of approved
quality may be used by the Contractor in the item of work included in Schedule 'B'
of the Tender or on ancillary for preparatory work free of charge even from the
surplus laying in the adjoining reaches. Prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge for
such free use shall however be taken.
2.10.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS : 2.10.1 Classification of the excavation will be made from the cross sections visible at the
sides of excavation and from measurements of ridges which shall be left at 20 m.
or less as directed by the Engineer-in-charge, which must be removed
immediately after the final measurements have been taken except when orders
are specially given to retain these ridges. No deadman would be allowed. The
areas shall be worked out generally by ordinate method using prismoidal formula.
2.10.2 As a rule measurement of the excavated material on stacks shall not be permitted.
However, when it is not possible to get a record of the excavated material in cross
section, measurement of the excavated material on stacks may be permitted on
writing. In such a case the stacks shall be on level ground rectangular in shape
and shall not be more than 1 meter in height. The deduction for voids at the
following percentage shall be made from the gross quantities of stack
measurements to arrive at the net quantity.
When measurements are taken
before passing of a monsoon after
laying the stacks
After passing of at least
one monsoon after laying
the stacks
i) Soft Strata 25% 25%
ii) Hard strata 40% 40%
2.11.0 SILTING OF EXCAVATION : 2.11.1 SILTING OF CANAL DUE TO FLOODS-CORPORATION NOT RESPONSIBLE :
If Excavated pits get silted due to intervening floods, slips or any other cause, till
completion of the work, the Contractor shall excavate and restore the pits and
section to the required shape and dimensions without any extra cost.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 27 -
2.12.0 Initially box excavation shall be carried out upto top of hard stratum. Thereafter table
slopes may be cut in soft strata as stated hereafter.
On striking hard rode in foundation trench the surface of this rock should be exposed
on ad area of the trench and it should be brought to the notice of the Engineer-in-
charge by the contractor and contractor's authorised engineer shall immediately take
levels of the top of hard stratum along predetermined sections in the presence of
Engineer-in-charge or his authorised representative. If the Contractor fails to take
levels as above, then such levels will be recorded by the Engineer-in-charge or his
authorised in representative and the same shall be binding on the contractor.
Thereafter further excavation in hard strata can be continued upto foundation level to
be fixed by the Engineer-in-charge, Failure to do so by the Contractor will not entitle
him to get payment for the work that may have been done under item of hard stratum.
2.13.0 EXCAVATION IN WET CONDITION AND DEWATERING : Unless otherwise specified, no distinction will be made as to whether the material
being excavated is dry, moist or in wet condition. Dealing with the ground water or rain
water collected and its disposal is covered under relevant items of excavation and will
not be paid for separately.
2.13.1 CONTRACTOR TO DEWATER WHENEVER REQUIRED : . The area under all the works pertaining to this tender and adjoining area as necessary
shall be maintained free of water.
The area shall also be maintained free of water after any part of the work is completed
for inspection, safety and installation by Corporation, or for any other reasons
determined as necessary by the Engineer-in-charge. The sumps shall be well lighted
and shall be readily, accessible for inspection. The Contractor shall pump out all water
from the site and appurtenant works and shall keep the foundation free of water, while
excavating, concreting and placing masonry and continue to keep the works free of
water for a period as may be required for proper setting of mortar or concrete or
otherwise required for the completion of works.
The Contractor shall have to construct and maintain during construction of structures
cofferdams, diversion channels and other diversions or protective works as necessary
after approval from Engineer-in-charge. The Contractor shall riot be entitled to any
claims or damages on account of or by reason of any amount of water leaking through
under or around cofferdams, diversion channels and other diversion or protective
works or overtopping of diversion works.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 28 -
2.14.0 PREPARING AND TESTING OF FOUNDATION : 2.14.1 SCALING AND TRIMMING OF FOUNDATION :
After rough excavation to the required depth is completed scaling and trimming
operations for the removal of all pieces loosened during excavation or party
separated from main rock mass by seams of cracks shall be carried out to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.
2.14.2 TREATMENT OF WEAK LOCAL SPOTS : All weathered or partly decomposed pieces of rock shall be removed so as not to
leave on the foundation any rock other than that which is an integral part of the
rock mass. Areas of low bearing capacity, steep inclined seams, faults, and
crushed zone in an otherwise good foundation, If permitted to be kept shall be
cleared out to a sufficient depth and refilled and plugged with masonry or concrete
as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
2.14.3 FINAL FINISHED SURFACE OF FOUNDATION : The finally prepared foundation shall present a rough surface in cross section to
give added resistance to sliding. All smooth surface shall be roughened artificially
to give a good bond. The surface shall be free from steep angles and the edges of
benches shall be chamfered approximately to 45°. Pinnacles of sharp projection
shall be knocked off and prominent knobs flattened.
2.14.4 TESTING FOR SOUNDNESS : The finally finished foundation rocks shall be tested by striking with a heavy
hammer and if loose portion of foundation rock is revealed by a hollow sound, it
shall be excavated further (without blasting) till a clear ringing sound is obtained.
2.14.5 EXCAVATION OUTLINES AND PAY LINES : 2.14.5 All excavation shad be performed in accordance with the lines, grades, levels and
dimensions shown in the drawing or established by the Engineer-in-charge.
The dimensions shown in the drawing are tentative. During the progress of work it
may be necessary or desirable to vary the slopes or the dimensions of excavation
from those specified in the drawing. The side slopes of the excavation shall be as
sleep as would stand with safety as decided by the Engineer-in-charge. If the
slopes established are found to be steeper, and likely to slip, they shall be made
flatter by removing the additional material and introducing suitable berms if
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 29 -
possible and stable faces established. The additional excavation will be paid at
the rate accepted for excavation for particular class of material.
Excess Excavation : No payment shall be made for me wont done beyond specified pay lines. Normally
pay lines for different strata for excavation are defined as the lines starting from the
outer dimension of the masonry for concrete at foundation level and sloping up as
specified below :
a) Soft strata : 1.5 : 1
b) Hard strata: 1/4 : 1
c) Berms with prior approval
If in the opinion of Superintending Engineer the sides are unstable and prone to slip
modified pay lines will be laid down with slopes and berms etc. as decided by him.
Any or all excess excavation carried out by the Contractor beyond approved pay lines
for any purpose or reason, shall unless ordered in writing be at the expenses of the
Contractor and if the unauthorised excavation has to be filled with concrete or
masonry or with materials approved as filling so needed shall be carried by the
Contractor as per specifications of the respective items of work at his own expense.
Tolerance for over cut beyond pay lines arising out of peculiar nature of rock at the
site and other site conditions shall be decided by the Superintending Engineer-in-
charge of the work. Payment for excavation beyond pay lines upto Tolerance lines to
in such specific cases shall be made @ 60% tender rate of the particular item of the
work. No Tolerance shall however be permitted in soft strata.
2.14.6 OVER CUT :
Over cut is defined as the quantity of excavation beyond payment lines and the unit
rate for the volume payable within pay lines covers the cost of overcut unless
otherwise specified.
Over cut in soft strata shall be filled (with the material specified for the backfill) back to
the same standard of placement as stipulated for the backfill and is covered by the
payment under backfill item upto pay lines unless otherwise specified.
2.14.7 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS AND PAYMENT : The measurements shall be based on areas of cross- sections taken normal to the
axis of the structure or its part of the original ground surface and surface of the finally
completed excavation within the pay lines, taken at every 10 meters along the axis of
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 30 -
structure or its part. Where there is abrupt change in depth, additional cross sections
may be taken at the discretion of the 'Engineer-in-charge. Levels along the cross
section shall be taken at every 15 to 20 meters or 5 meters as per exigency of work.
Payment of work done under item of excavation will be made at 70% of contract rate
in R.A. Bills for cumulative quantity of excavation till the 100% completion of all
structures including installation of gates. 90% of payment at contract rate in R.A. Bills
shall be released only after the work of all structures in the tender are completed in
continuous reach from head to canal / Distributor/ Minor.
During the excavation of the work running payment for the items of excavation will be
made to Contractor at 90 percent of his tendered rate for the items subject to above
para. The remaining payments for these items will be progressively released
depending upon the progress of completion of the item of excavation. The pan" rate
will be reviewed by the Engineer-in-charge when he feels necessary and decision of
the Engineer-in-charge shall be final and binding on the Contractor. During the
execution of the work running payment for the items of excavation will be made to the
Contractor on the basis of cross sectional measurements.
Quantities shall be computed from the cross sectional area by the trapezoidal formula.
2.15.0 BLASTING : 2.15.1 OBSERVING RULES REGARDING BLASTING :
In conducting blasting operations proper precautions shall be taken for the protection
of persons, the work and property. All Government laws relating to the design and
location of magazine, transport and handling of explosives and other measures for the
prevention of accident shall be strictly observed. Warning signs shall be prominently
displayed on the magazines, and warning signals given for each blast. Specifications
for blasting given under the separate section shall be carefully and rigidly observed.
2.15.2 STORING OF EXPLOSIVES : Explosives shall be stored in a safe place at sufficient distances from the work and
under the special care of watchman so that in case of accidents no damage occurs to
the other part of work. Explosives, detonators and fuses shall be each separately
stored. No objection Certificate from District Magistrate or Inspector of Explosives
shall be obtained as required by the Contractor.
RESTRJCTIONS ON BLASTINGS : a) Blasting which may disturb or endanger the stability, safety or the quality of
the foundation will not be permitted.
b) Blasting within 30 meter of masonry work in progress or of a permanent
structure shall not be permitted.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 31 -
c) Progressive blasting shall be limited to two third of the total remaining depth of
excavation.
d) No large scale blasting operation will be resorted to when the foundation
excavation reaches the last half meter. Only small charges preferably black
powder may be allowed so as not to shatter the foundation.
e) Rules of blasting are as appended.
2.16.0 EXCAVATION IN HARD STRATA WITH CHISELLING AND/OR CONTROLLED
BLASTING : 2.16.1 Here the canal excavation in hard strata is involved, since usual blasting operations
are likely to damage the adjoining houses, transmission lines or hinder the traffic on
important roads. The excavation for a good length is required to be done under
controlled blasting conditions and/or chiseling. The item will include excavation in hard
strata to the correct sections as shown in the drawings with chiseling and/or controlled
blasting and depositing the excavated stuff as and where directed.
The Contractor shall obtain written permission of the Engineer- in-charge before
undertaking the work under this item for specific reaches.
In addition to the specifications under paras 2.1.0 to 2.12.0 of section 2. the following
specifications will apply to this item.
The holes for blasting will be drilled for a depth of only 40 cm. thus increasing the
number of holes and correspondingly decreasing the charge required for each holes.
The holes as far as possible will be slant. All the holes after charging will be covered
by grill of steel rods which will be suitably loaded by gunny bags filled with sand or
murum.
The steel grill will be so lowered over the holes as not to cause any damage to the
fuse wire or charges and care will be taken to see that the fuse wires remain free. The
loading will be sufficient to prevent the overthrow of rock after blasting. In addition to
the above loading, the steel grill will be securely anchored to the adjoining rock by
chains. The steel grill shall extend at least 3 meters beyond the area to be blasted.
2.16.2 Chiseling manually or excavation by pneumatic rock breakers will be resorted to as
directed by Engineer-in-charge where blasting cannot be permitted.
2.16.3 Any alternate technique approved by the Engineer-in-charge may be used, but
approval to execute the work by the above mentioned method or alternate technique
will not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of damage to the power line and
properties.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 32 -
RULES FOR BLASTING OPERATION
GENERAL : 1. The Contractor shall acquaint himself with all applicable laws and regulations
concerning storing, handling and the use of explosives. All such laws, regulations
and rules etc. and current from time to time, shall be binding on the Contractor.
2. The provisions detailed in these rules are supplementary to above laws, rules and
regulations etc. and are applicable except where they conflict with the
aforementioned laws etc. from time to time. Further, the Engineer-in-charge may
issue modification, alternations or new instructions from time to time. The
Contractor shall comply with the same without these being made a cause for any
claims.
MATERIALS : 3. All materials such as explosives, detonators, fuses, tamping materials etc. those
are proposed to be used in the blasting operations shall have the prior approval of
the Engineer-in- charge.
4. Black powder and safe explosives shall be used wherever possible. Explosive with
nitroglycerine shall only be used under exceptional circumstances and where the
above explosives are not effective.
5. The use of fuse with only one protective coat is prohibited. The fuse shall be
sufficiently water resistant as to be unaffected when immersed in water for thirty
minutes. The rate of burning of the fuse shall be uniform and less than 4 seconds
per 25 cms. of length with 10 percent tolerance on either side. Before use, the
fuses, shall be inspected, and the moist damaged or broken ones discarded. The
rate of burning of all new types of fuses or when they have been in stock for long
shall be tested before use.
6. The detonators used shall be capable of giving effective blasting of the explosives.
Moist or damaged detonators shall be discarded.
PERSONNEL: 7. Excavation by blasting will be permitted only under personal supervision of
competent and licensed persons and trained workmen.
8. All supervisors and workmen in charge of making up, handling storage and
blasting work, shall be adequately insured by the Contractor.
9. The storage shall be in charge of very reliable person approved by the Engineer-
in-charge, who may, if necessary, cause police enquiries being made as to his
reliability, antecedents etc. The Contractor shall have to produce a security for the
person in charge of explosives if and as required by the Engineer-in-charge of the
Civil Authorities of the District.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 33 -
10. The Contractor shall make sure that his supervisors and workmen are fully conversant
with all the rules to be observed in storing, handing, and use of the explosives. It shall
be assured that the supervisor in-charge, is thoroughly acquainted with all the details
of the handling of the blasting operations.
11. No tools or implements, other than those of copper, brass, gunmetal or wood shall be
allowed inside the magazine. All tools shall be used with extreme gentleness and
care.
12. Boxes of explosives shall not be thrown or dragged along the floor and shall be
stacked on wooden trestles. Where there are white ants, the legs of the trestles should
rest in shallow copper, lead or brass bowls containing water. Open boxes of dynamite
shall never be exposed to the direct rays of the sun.
13. Empty boxes or loose packing material shall not be kept inside the magazine.
14. The magazine shall have a lightening conductor which shall be got tested at least
once a year by any officer authorised by the Engineer-in-charge. The testing fees shall
be a charge on the Contractor. The Contractor shall, within 15 days comply with all the
recommendations made by the officer testing the lightening conductor, failing which
Engineer-in-charge shall be entitled to comply with the same at the Contractor's
expenses which shall not be open to question or may take any action that he may
consider fit.
15. A notice shall be hung near the store prohibiting entrance of unauthorised persons.
16. The following shall be hung in the lobby of magazine.
a) A copy of the rules both in English and in the language with which the workers
concerned are familiar with.
b) A statement showing the up-to-date stock in the magazine.
c) A certificate showing the last date of testing lightening conductor.
d) A notice that smoking is strictly prohibited.
17. The magazine will be inspected at least twice a year by the officer representing the
Engineer-in-charge, who will see that all the rules are strictly complied with. He will
notify all omission etc. to the Contractor, who shall rectify the defect within a period of
15 days from the date of receipt of the notice failing which the Engineer-in-charge may
take whatever action he considers suitable.
USE OF EXPLOSIVES : 18. For the transport of the explosives and detonators between the stores and the site,
closed and strong container made of a soft material as timber, zinc, copper, leather
and the like shall be used.
19. Explosive and detonators shall be carried in separate boxes and transported
separately. For the conveyance of primer, special containers shall be used.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 34 -
STORAGE OF EXPLOSIVES : 20. The Contractor shall build a magazine for storing the explosives. The site of the
magazine, its capacity and design shall be subject to approval by the Engineer-in-
charge and the inspection of the Controller of Explosives before the construction is
taken up. As a rule, the explosives should be stored in a clean, dry, well ventilated
bullet proof and fire proof building on the isolated site.
21. The explosives, detonators and fuses shall be separately stored.
22. A careful and day to day account of the use of explosives shall be kept by the
Contractor in an approved register and in approved manner. The register shall be
produced by the contractor for inspection of the Engineer-in-charge when so required
by the latter. The Engineer- in-charge may also pay surprise visits to the storage
magazine. In case of any unaccountable shortage of the explosive or if the account is
not found to have been maintained in the manner prescribed by the Engineer-in-
charge, the Contractor shall be liable to be penalised with forfeiture of the security
deposit lodged by him with the Corporation or his tender shall be liable to be cancelled
in which case he shall not be entitled to any compensation for the losses etc. The
action taken under this clause shall be in addition to that which be taken by the
competent Civil Authorities in court of Law.
23. The magazine shall at all times be kept clean.
24. No unauthorised person shall at any time be admitted inside the magazine.
25. The magazine shall, when not in use of authorised person, be kept well and securely
locked.
26. The magazine shall on no account be opened during or in the approach of
thunderstorm and no person shall remain in the vicinity of the magazine during such
period.
27. Magazine shoes without nail shall at all time be kept in the magazine and wooden tub
or cement trough 30 cm. high and 45 cm. in diameter filled with water shall be fixed
near the door of the magazine.
Persons entering the magazine must put on the magazine shoes which shall be
provided by the contractor for the purpose and be careful.
i) Not to put their feet on the clean floor unless they have the magazine shoes
on.
ii) Not to allow the magazine shoes to touch the ground outside the clean floor.
iii) Not to allow any dirt or grit to fall on the clean floor.
28. Person with bare feet, shall before entering the magazine, dip their feet in water and
then step directly from the tub over the barrier (if there be one) on to the clean floor.
29. A brush or broom shall be kept in the lobby of the magazine for cleaning out the
magazine on each occasion it is opened for the receipt, delivery or inspection of
explosives.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 35 -
30. No matches or inflammable material shall be allowed in the magazine. Light shall
be obtained from an electric storage battery lantern,
31. No person having article of steel or iron on him shall be allowed to enter the
magazine.
32. Workmen shall be examined before they enter the magazine to see that they have
none of the prohibited articles on their person.
33. Cotton rags waste and articles liable to spontaneous ignition shall not be allowed
inside the magazine.
34. The boxes and containers used shall be kept well closed.
35. Explosives shall be stored and used chronologically to ensure the one received
earlier being used first.
36. A make up house shall be provided at each working place in which cartridge will
be made up by a experienced man as required. The make up house shall be
separated from other building. Only electric storage battery lamps shall be used in
this house.
37. No smoking shall be allowed in the make up house. DISPOSAL OF
DETERIORATED EXPLOSIVES : 38. All deteriorated explosives shall disposed off in an approved manner. The quantity
of the deterioted explosives to be disposed off shall be intimated to the Engineer-
in-charge prior to its disposal.
PREPARATION OF PRIMERS : 39. The primers shall not be prepared near open flames or fires. The work of
preparation of primers shall always be entrused to same personnel. Primers shall
be used as soon as possible after they are ready.
CHARGING OF HOLES : 40. The work of charging shall not commence before all the drilling work at the site is
completed and the supervisor has satisfied himself to that effect by actual
inspection.
41. While charging, open lamps shad be kept away. For charging with powdered
explosives, naked flames shall not be allowed.
42. Only wooden tamping rods without any kind of metal on them shall be allowed to
be used.
43. Bore holes must be of such a size that the cartridges can easily pass down them.
44. Only one cartridge shall be inserted at a time and gently pressed then with the
tamping rod. The sand, clay or other tamping material used for filling the holes
completely shall not be tamped too hard.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 36 -
BLASTING : 45. Blasting shall be carried out during fixed hours of the day which shall have the
approval of the Engineer-in-charge. The blasting hours once fixed shall not be
altered without prior written approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
46. The site of blasting operations shall be prominently demarcated by red danger
flags. The order to fire shall be given only by the Supervise r-in-charge of the work
and his order shall be given only after giving the warming signal three times to
reach to safe shelter and after having ascertained that nobody is within the danger
zone.
47. A bugle with a distinctive note shall be used to give the warning signals. The bugle
shall not be used for any other purpose. All the labourers shall be made
acquainted with the sound of the bugle and shall be strictly warned to leave the
work immediately at the first warning signal and .to make for safe shelter and not
to leave the shelter until the clear signal has been given.
48. All the roads and footpath leading to the blasting area shall be watched.
49. In special cases suitable extra precautions shall be taken.
50. For lighting the fuses, a lamp with strong flame such as carbide lamp shall be
used.
51. The supervisor shall watch the time required for firing the fuses and shall see that
all the workmen are under safe shelter in good time.
ELECTRICAL FIRING : 52. Only the supervisor in charge shall keep key of the firing apparatus and shall keep
it always with himself.
53. Special apparatus shall be used as a source of current for the blasting operations,
power lines shall not be tapped for the purpose.
54. All the detonators shall be checked before use.
55. For blasts in one series, only detonators of the same manufacture and of the same
group of electrical resistance shall be used.
56. Such of the electrical lines as could constitute danger for work of charging shall be
removed from the site.
57. The firing cable shall have proper insulating cover so as to avoid short circuiting
due to contact with metallic part of rock.
58. The use of the earth as a return line shall not be permitted.
59 The firing cable shall be connected to the source of current only after ascertaining
that nobody is in the area of blasting.
60. Before firing, the circuit shall be checked by a suitable apparatus.
61. After firing, with or without an actual blast the contact between firing cable and the
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 37 -
source of current, shall be cut off before any persons are allowed to leave the
shelters.
62. During storms charging with electrical detonators shall be suspended The charges
already placed into the holes shall be blasted as quickly as possible after taking all
safety precautions and giving necessary warning and signals. If this is not possible, till
site shall be abandoned till the storm has passed.
PRECAUTIONS AFTER BLAST AND MISFIRE : 63. If it is suspected that part of the blast has failed to fire or is delayed, sufficient time
shall be allowed to elapse before entering the danger zone. When fuses and blasting
caps used, safe time should be allowed and then the supervisor alone shall have the
shelter to see the misfire.
64. Drilling near the hole that has misfired shall not be permitted until one of the two
following operations have been carried out by the supervisor.
i) The Supervisor should very carefully (when the tamping is of damp clay)
extract the tamping with a wooden scraper or jet of water or compressed air
(using a pipe of soft material) and withdraw the fuse with the primer and
detonator attached. A fresh primer and detonator with fuse shall then be
placed in this hole and fired.
ii) The Supervisor shall get one foot of the tamping cleared off and indicate the
direction by placing a stick in the hole. Another hole may then be drilled at
nine inches away and parallel to it. This hole should then be charged and
fired. The balance of the cartridge and detonators found in the rock shall be
removed.
65. Before leaving his work, the Supervisor should inform the Supervisor of the relieving
shift of any case of misfire and shall point out the position with a red cross denoting
the same and also state what action, if any, he has taken in the matter.
66. The Supervisor shall at once report to the office all cases of misfire, the cause of the
misfire, and the steps taken in connection therewith.
67. The names of Supervisor-in-charge of day or night shift may be noted daily in
Contractor's office.
68. If misfire has been found to be due to defective detonator or dynamite the whole
quantity of box from which the defective article was taken must be returned to the
authority as may be directed by the Engineer-in-charge for inspection to ascertain
whether the whole box contains defective material.
69. Redrilling the holes that have misfired either wholly or party, shall not be permitted.
PRECAUTIONS AFTER BLASTING : 70. After the blast, the Supervisor shall carefully inspect the work and satisfy himself that
all the charges have been exploded.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 38 -
SECTION – 3 EMBANKMENT
3.0.0 Embankment
3.1.0 Scope of work
3.1.1 Clearance of Site
3.1.2 Materials
3.1.3 Zoning of embankment
Soil Core/ Hearting Material
Murum Casing
3.1.4 Stretches of embankment
3.2.0 Allowance for settlement
3.2.1 In Height
3.3.0 Use of excavated materials
3.4.0 Borrow pits
3.4.1 Locations
3.5.0 Depositing of materials
3.5.1 Definition of lead and lift
3.6.0 Watering and compaction
3.6.3 Tamping
3.6.5 Dressing
3.7.0 Testing
3.7.2 Field density
3.8.0 Deduction in sectional measurements
3.9.0 Providing pervious material having CNS
properties for sub- grade behind lining.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 39 -
SECTION – 3
EMBANKMENT
3.0.0 EMBANKMENT 3.1.0 SCOPE OF WORK :
The item shall include contractor's own material brought upto site of work,
deposition, spreading in final position and consolidation as hereinafter specified.
Wherever the embankment is formed by utilizing excavated stuff from the
excavation, the item also includes rehandling and picking up to excavated stuff
and its sorting wherever necessary.
3.1.1 CLEARANCE OF SITE :
Before commencing the embankment, the site should be cleared of stones, sand,
shrub, vegetation etc. without any charges. If the soil on which the bank is to be
placed is not suitable for laying banks, the whole or the portion of the same should
be stripped off as directed in writing by the Engineer-in-charge and materials so
stripped if suitable shall be utilised for bank work or filling of the stripped up
portion, as directed by Engineer-in-charge.
3.1.2 MATERIALS : The embankment shall be constructed of contractor's own soil, hard murum of
approved quality as approved by the Engineer-in- charge and also laid as directed
in the appropriate zones of the section, approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
Materials harder than soft rock shall not be used for casing except with the written
permission of the Engineer-in-charge who may allow hard rock partly to be used
on outer slopes of the bank.
3.1.3 ZONING OF EMBANKMENT :
The embankment shall consist of :
1) Soil core
2) Murum casing as shown in the drawing.
SOIL CORE/HEARTING MATERIALS : The zone shall be formed with selected impervious soil as approved by the
Engineer-in-charge available from excavation specified in para No. 2.7.1, 2.8.0 (a)
and 2.9.0 or available from borrow pits as the case may be. Earth for hearting
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 40 -
zone shall be free from roots and vegetable or other organic matter. All clods and
lumps upto 5 cm, cubes shall be broken up as the work proceeds. The earth to be
used for hearting shall be from the contractor's own quarry approved by the
Engineer-in-charge.
MURUM CASING : Casing shall be of pervious soils consisting of murum of approved quality to the
desired section.
Materials for casing shall be free from roots and vegetable mounds or other
organic matter. All clods and lumps upto 10 cm. cubes shall be broken up as the
work proceeds. The material to be incorporated in the casing zone shall be got
classified from the Engineer-in-charge with regard to its suitability before being
used in the bank work.
3.1.4 STRETCHES OF EMBANKMENT : The embankment shall be made of 150 to 250 meter in length and not in small
bits.
3.2.0 ALLOWANCE FOR SETTLEMENT :
3.2.1 IN HEIGHT ; The banks will be made to extra height at a rate of 5 cm. per meter of designed
height to allow for probable settlement of banks. The widths at base and top in this
case remain unchanged. The extra work so done will be measured and paid for
under the respective items of banking after deductions of specified shrinkage
allowance.
3.3.0 USE OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS : 3.3.1 All the materials required for the construction of the appropriate zones of the canal
embankment shall come from following sources in order of priority.
1) The materials obtained from the excavation of canal and approved for use
in the embankment by the Engineer-in-charge.
2) After utilising the materials obtained as above the remaining materials
required for construction of embankment shall be taken from the approved
borrow areas of the contract. The materials so obtained from the borrow
areas should also be got approved prior to its use.
The material already excavated and stacked along side the cuts in the reaches will
be permitted to be used free of cost in the respective zones of the embankment In
respect of suitability of use of such materials, decision of Engineer-in-charge shall
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 41 -
be final. The rate of this item includes cost of sorting out of material for casing
from the spoil bank.
3.3.2 The quantity of earth work from borrow area mentioned above will be worked out
by deducting the total usable soils of excavation in the appropriate zones whether
actually used or not. 10 percent wastage for utilisation will be allowed in
excavation quantities.
The utilisation of the excavated materials should be so planned that these
materials shall be used directly in the embankment with the minimum lead. No
charges will be paid for rehandling or if material is used with a longer lead when it
can be used within a shorter lead. The quantities to be deducted for the utilisation
in embankment in appropriate zones as detailed above will be arrived on the basis
of the following conversion table.
Sr. Type of material
Excavation measured
in place i.e. direct
measurements of cut
Converted compacted
banks measurements for
the purpose of reduction.
1. All soft material for hearting 1 cubic meter 0.9 cubic meter
2. Hard material for casing 1 cubic meter 1 .0 cubic meter
3. Soft rock 1 cubic meter 1 .2 cubic meter
4. Hard rock 1 cubic meter 1 .4 cubic meter
3.4.0 BORROW PITS :
No borrow pits shall be allowed in the Corporation land acquired for the canal
branches, minors and sub-minors.
3.5.0 DEPOSITION OF MATERIAL : All materials obtained from excavation or contractor's own material shall be laid in
regular layers not exceeding 23 cm. thickness loose. The layers of earth shall
have slight slope towards to center of bund which shall be formed by dumping
earth from the sides towards the center. During monsoon, a small crown
shall be maintained at the middle of the bank work to facilitate easy
drainage of rain water. The material shall be laid to the section
inclusive of pride. The profiles shall show the total heights and slopes
including allowances for settlement. The bank is to be constructed evenly to the
full section of the set out. The finished bank work shall be dressed neatly to the
sections and slopes shown by the profile.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 42 -
3.6.0 WATERING AND COMPACTION : 3.6.1 Compaction of bank shall be done by 8 to 10 tonnes rollers. Before consolidation,
the layer will be moistened with adequate quantity of water to bring the percentage
of O.M.C. with variation of 2 percent of O.M.C. The rate of the item includes
charges for rolling and for providing sprinkling water with all leads and lifts
required for the purpose. Before laying the next layer the previous layer shall be
scraped and picking done if required so as to ensure good bond with the new
layer. Subsequent layer shall only be allowed after the first layer is satisfactorily
consolidated. If Contractor fails to give required compaction, the Corporation shall
employ additional rollers at Contractor's cost. The hearting and casing shall be
raised simultaneously in order that the whole embankment may be raised evenly.
3.6.2 The compaction will have to be uniform over the full width of the bank. The roller
should be made to travel over the entire design section of each layer so that the
earth is fully consolidated and leaves no visible marks on the surface or as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Where, smooth rollers are used, the surface of
each layer of compacted material shall be roughened with a harrow and
thoroughly harrowed or raked before depositing the succeeding layer of material
and care shall be exercised to avoid the occurrence of horizontal seams. Earth
sork should be continuous from day to day. In case of break in consolidation
exceeding four days, the dried surface shall be well watered and harrowed before
a fresh layer of earth is laid on it.
The spreading of the next layer shall be carried out only after the whole underlying
layer has been property consolidated.
The Contractor shall arrange for the water required for the work and no extra
charges will be allowed on this account. Water required to bring up the moisture
content to its optimum figure shall be sprinkled uniformly over the entire area and
not poured in ditches. The Contractor should give all facilities for the Corporation
staff to conduct the optimum moisture content and dry density tests at site,
3.6.3 TAMPING COMPACTION : In those parts of the embankment inaccessible to the specified rolling
equipment around and in contact with structures and in proximity of structures
where the rolling equipment
shall not be permitted to operate, compaction shall be accomplished either with
manual or mechanical tampers of approved type. Roller shall not be permitted to
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 43 -
operate within one meter of concrete or masonry structures and all fill within this
distance shall be tamped by manual or mechanical tampers. All materials to be
tamped shall be spread in layers not over 8 cm. thick when loose. The moisture
content of the material may be + 2 percent water more than O.M.C. and amount of
tamping shall be such as to produce a degree of compaction equal to the specified
for rolled fill. Special care shall be exercised to obtain a good contact and bond
with surface of concrete and masonry structures.
3.6.4 In order to achieve compaction upto the edges of the embankment, the
embankment section shall be widened on inner side by minimum 30 cm. or more
to get width required for rolling as directed by Engineer-in-charge. The pride so
provided shall not be payable under the item of excavation, initially. However the
payment shall be made for removal of material from pride under the item of
excavation of soft strata under canal earthwork and lining. The Contractor may
use this material for raising of embankment in the zone above free board, for
which payment shall be made under the relevant item of embankment.
Inner section of distributaries or minors (capacity less than 0.15 m/sec) and
approaches of structure on canal as directed by Engineer-in-charge shall be
completely filled and compacted with murum casing in layers. The quantity of this
extra filling shall be paid under the relevant item of embankment. The removal of
quantity of extra filled material in the inner side of the section of canal,
distribuatary or minor shall be paid under the item of excavation for soft strata and
the material so excavated shall be reused in the embankment and shall be paid
under the relevant item of embankment to be constructed. This removal shall be
done as per the instructions of Engineer-in-charge.
3.6.5 DRESSING : DRESSING OF BANK :
After completion of work, the bank including spoil shall be dressed evenly to the
required section as directed with no extra cost to Corporation.
3.6.6 The side slope shall be accurately dressed to required slope and section by
stretching string between the template faces. Dressing should be accompanied by
watering and ramming, including replacing or refilling the murumy material.
Dressing and removal of inner side pride should be done just before commencing
the lining as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 44 -
3.7.0 LAYING AND TESTING : 3.7.1 The material placed in the embankment shall be laid in 15 cm layers if plain roller
is used and 22 cm layers if sheeps foot roller is used and shall be properly
watered and compacted to attain dry density of not less than 95% of the Proctor
density for the material under consideration. The soil shall be brought to + 2
percent of O.M.C. as determined in the laboratory by adding the required amount
of water either at the borrow pits or on the embankment.
In case of canal embankment a dry density upto 90% of optimum dry density
(Standard Proctor density) will be accepted but shall be paid at reduced rate to be
approved by the Superintending Engineer.
3.7.2 FIELD DENSITY : The field density tests shall be conducted to ascertain that a density of 95 percent
of the Proctor density is attained. The number of such tests, shall not be less than
one for every 300 cubic meters of the rolled or compacted earth work per layer or
two per day whichever is more.
3.8.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS AND DEDUCTION IN SECTIONAL MEASUREMENTS : All measurements shall be taken on cross section of bank. For this purpose
detailed cross section of the ground shall be taken at the interval of 20 m. or less
as directed before a embankment of a particular reach starts. The quantities of
bank work shall be worked out on the basis of areas and distances of these cross
sections by prismoidal formula. Deduction in quantities of bank work and C.N.S.
bank shall be made for shrinkage at the rate of 10 percent of intermediate
measurements, 7 percent after one monsoon and 5 percent for final
measurements of earth work if the final measurements are taken after two or more
monsoon.
3.9.0 PROVIDING PERVIOUS MATERIAL HAVING C.N.S. PROPERTIES FOR SUB-GRADE BEHIND LINING :
3.9.1 Most of the proposed embankment quantity under banking item is required for
preparing sub-grade behind lining in B.C. zone. As sub-grade in B.C. zone
requires a good foundation for good lining, special care will have to be taken for it.
3.9.2 The thickness of bed and side sub-grade shall be as per design and drawing or as
directed by the Engineer-in- charge in writing.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 45 -
3.9.3 Only approved quality of murum should be used. Murum shall be laid in horizontal
layers of 15 to 23 cm. and the same shall be laid for bed first and later for sides.
Murum shall be laid in Song reaches at a stretch and in any case the reach shall
not be less than 100 meter.
3.9.4 Each layer will be watered adequately and compacted as specified in this section.
Mechanical slope compactors shall be used for compaction. In small section
where mechanical device cannot be used, manual tamping is allowed provided
that compaction is done to the requirement.
3.9.5 Sub-grade will be inspected by the Engineer-in-charge or his field officer before
the lining work is started and certificate regarding the stipulated thickness and
quality of sub-grade will be recorded and kept on records. Testing shall be done
as per para 3.7.1 to 3.7.2 and test results shall conform to the standard
requirement as stipulated in above paras.
3.9.6 Payment will be for one cum, of work done quantity which will be computed by
taking actual measurement.
3.9.7 Construction of service road along Canal/Distributory/minor.
i) This work consists of leveling the ground after removing grass etc.
ii) Filling the ruts and depressions,
ill) Spreading available spoils for sub-grade and compaction.
iv) Spreading murum in layers and compaction.
3.9.8 After removing bushes and grass the ground will be leveled. Ruts and depressions
if any shall be filled with available soil and the entire width of service road will be
leveled. Available excavated material from cutting for accommodating back fill,
should directly be placed to act as sub grade for murum road, this should be
watered and compacted.
3.9.9 Murum shall be placed in layers uniformly. After sectioning according to plan the
surface will be watered and compacted as specified in this section. After thorough
compaction, the surface of road will be finally levelled and dressed according to
plans or as directed by Engineer-in-charge,
3.9.10 No payment for this work will be made to the Contractor unless and until trimming
to the canal section in that reach and service road is compacted in all respect.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 46 -
SECTION – 4
CEMENT CONCRETE
4.0.0 Cement concrete
4.1.0 Scope of work
4.3.0 Cement
4.4.0 Sand
4.4.1 Source and size
4.4.2 Quality
4.4.3 Mechanical analysis
4.4.4 A) Fineness modulus.
B) Natural sand
C) Allowance for bulkage
4.5.0 Coarse aggregate
4.5.2 Impurities
4.5.3 Grading
4.6.0 Water
4.7.0 Grading and relative properties
4.8.0 Mix variation
4.9.0 Design mix.
4.9.1 Cement by weight
4.10.0 Tests for cement concrete
4.10.1 Stipulated crushing strength
4.10.2 Preliminary laboratory test.
4.10.3 Works test on concrete
4.10.4 Standard of acceptance
4.10.5 Slump tests
4.11.0 Forms
4.11.1 General
4.11.2 Design
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 47 -
4.11.3 Materials
4.11.4 Fabrication
4.11.5 Treatment of the inner sides of forms
4.11.6 False work
4.11.7 Erection and removal of forms.
4.11.8 Re-use of forms etc.
4.11.9 Inspection.
4.12.0 Placing concrete.
4.12.2 Rock surface
4.12.3 Masonry surface
4.12.4 Concrete surface
4.12.5 All surface
4.12.6 Time for use
4.12.7 Method of placement
4.12.8 Rate of placing
4.12.9 Concreting at night time.
4.12.10 Concreting during rains.
4.13.0 Compaction
4.14.0 Curing and protection
4.15.0 Finishing
4.15.1 General
4.15.2 Formed surfaces
4.15.3 Dry patching
4.15.4 Finishing permanently exposed surface.
4.15.5 Finishing concealed surface.
4.15.6 Finishing uniform surface
4.15.7 Chipping and roughening concrete surface
4.15.8 Damage due to Floods-Corporation not responsible
4.16.0 Nominal mix.
4.17.0 Payment
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 48 -
SECTION - 4
CEMENT CONCRETE 4.0.0 CEMENT CONCRETE :
4.1.0 SCOPE OF WORK : The work covered by this item shall consist of:
i) Furnishing all materials, equipment and labour for the manufacture,
transport, placing and curing of concrete and performing all the functions
necessary and ancillary thereto including the concrete to the required
shapes as per drawing.
ii) Installation of all embeded parts stands included in the rates. No extra
payment will be made for the installation of this embeded metal work or for
delays or for interruptions arising therefrom.
iii) Providing and removal of all formwork comprising of furnishing all materials
equipment and labour for the manufacture, transport, erection, keeping in
place with necessary fixtures and supports, oiling etc. complete.
iv) Necessary sampling and tests for materials and concrete.
v) Compensation for injury to persons and damages to work or property.
4.2.0 The following specifications will apply in general of all types of concrete work
including R.C.C. work.
4.3.0 CEMENT : Cement shall be obtained by the Contractor and conform to the Bureau of Indian
Standards for Portland cement.
4.4.0 SAND : 4.4.1 SOURCE AND SIZE :
The contractor's own sand as per specifications shall be used. The sand used for
mortar shall be natural river sand. The maximum size shall be limited to 5 mm.
4.4.2 QUALITY :
The sand shall consist of hard, dense, durable, uncoated, gritty material obtained
from rock fragment. It shall be free from injurious amounts of dust lumps, soft and
flaky particles, shale, alkali, organic matter, loam, rnica and other deleterious
substances. The maximum percentage of deleterious matter in sand as delivered
for use in mortar shall not exceed the following values.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 49 -
PERCENTAGE BY WEIGHT Materials passing 75 micron I.S. Sieve
(00029") 3 Percent
Shale 1 Percent
Coal 1 Percent Clay lumps 1 Percent
Total of other deleterious substances such as Alkali,
mica, coated grains, soft and flaky particles 2 Percent
The sum of percentages of all deleterious substances shall not exceed 5% by
weight. The sand shall be free from injurious amounts of organic impurities. Sand
producing a colour darker than the standard in the calorimetric tests for organic
impurities shall be rejected. If the impurities are beyond the acceptable limits
stated above, the sand shall be washed with power or diesel driven sand washing
machine to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge at the cost of the
Contractor.
4.4.3 MECHANICAL ANALYSIS : The natural sand shall be well graded and the sieve analysis of the sand shall
conform to the following limits of gradations.
ASTM sieve No. Equivalent I.S.S. No. Cumulative percentage by
weight retained on sieve
3 / 8 “ Mesh 10 mm Nil
4 Mesh 4.75 mm 1 to 8
8 Mesh 2.36 mm 10 to 25
16 Mesh 1.18 mm 25 to 45
30 Mesh 600 micron 50 to 70
50 Mesh 300 micron 75 to 90
100 Mesh 150 micron 90 to 97
The gradation curve of the natural sand shall lie within the enveloping curve of gradation specified as above.
4.4.4 a) FINENESS MODULUS :
The fineness modulus shall be computed by adding cumulative percentages of sand retained on the 6 standard screens from No. 4 to No. 100 inclusive A.S.T.M.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 50 -
standard (or as above of the I.S.I.) and dividing the sum by 100. Any deviation from the specified range of gradation and fineness modulus shall not be permitted without the written permission of the Engineer-in-charge. Corrective measures if any required for improving the fineness modulus shall be arranged by the Contractor at his own cost as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
b) NATURAL SAND :
Natural sand shall have fineness modulus ranging from 2.00 to 3.85 without any admixtures.
c) ALLOWANCE FOR BULKAGE :
If the contractor's own sand required to be washed or obtained after its washing is found to be moist, bulkage will be measured and allowed provided sand is stacked at site at least for 48 hours before use. Bulkage of such a stack will be measured regularly as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and allowed, according to these, observations. Observations for bulkage will be made as per Indian Standard Procedure and allowance will be made as under.
BULKAGE OBSERVED ALLOWANCE TO BE MADE
Below 5 % Nil
5 to 10 5 Percent
10 to 15 10 Percent
15 to 20 15 Percent
20 to 25 20 Percent
25 to 30 25 Percent
30 to 35 30 Percent
4.5.0 COARSE AGGREGATE : 4.5.1 Coarse aggregate for concrete shall consist of hard, dense, durable, uncoated,
crushed rock and shall be free from injurious amount of soft, friable, thin,
elongated or laminated pieces, alkali, organic matter or other deleterious
substances. Flaky and weathered stones shall not be used.
4.5.2 IMPRITIES
The broken stone shall be free from dust and dirt and shall be washed if necessary to ensure that all faces of the stones are perfectly dean. The maximum individual percentages by weight of deleterious substances of any size of coarse aggregate shall not exceed the following values.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 51 -
Materials passing through No. 150 microns I.S. sieve 1 percent by weight
Shale 1 percent by weight
Coal 1 percent by weight
Soft fragments 1 percent by weight
Clay lumps 1/4 percent by weight
Other deleterious substances 1 percent by weight
The sum of the percentages by weight of all the deleterious substances in any size shall not exceed five percent by weight.
The aggregate containing impurities above the specified permissible limits shall be screened/washed/or treated as directed before use in producing concrete.
4.5.3 GRADING :
The approximate range in grading of coarse aggregate shall be as under.
Coarse aggregate shall be of such size as shall be retained on a mesh 5 mm.sq.
The approximate range in grading of coarse aggregate shall be as under.
Coarse aggregate shall be of such size as shall be retained on a mesh 5 mm.sq.
Maximum
size of
aggregate
Normal
range mm.
Percentage of coarse aggregate fraction (mm)
40 to 80
20 to 40
5 to 20
10 to 20
5 to 10
20 mm. 10 to 20 .. - 100 50 to 67 33 to 45
40 mm. 20 to 40 -- 40 to 50 50 to 60 28 to 40 18 to 30
80 mm. 40 to 80 20 to 36 16 to 36 35 to 44 10 to 30 13 to 29
The grading between the limits specified above shall be such as shall produce a
dense concrete of the specified proportions and consistency that will work readily
into position without segregation and without the use of excessive water content.
The use of gravel fraction left behind after sieving river sand for obtaining fine
aggregates shall be permitted in the blending of coarse aggregate if asked for
after suitable experiments and without rate variations.
4.5.4 SIZE
The maximum size of coarse aggregate for particular grade of concrete shall be
as large as possible but normally not greater than 1/4th of minimum thickness of
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 52 -
the concrete member provided that in the case of R.C.C. this size presents no
difficulty to surround the reinforcement thoroughly and fill up the comers of the
formwork fully and is less than the minimum cover by 6 mm.
For heavily reinforced concrete members such as ribs of beams, etc. the
maximum size of aggregate shall be restricted to 6 mm less than the minimum
clear lateral distance between the reinforcement bars or 6 mm. less than the cover
whichever is smaller.
Generally a maximum size of 20 mm. should be found satisfactory for reinforced
concrete work.
The grading between the maximum size and minimum size of 5 mm shall be such
as to produce a dense concrete of the specified proportion and consistency that
will work readily into position without segregation and without the use of excessive
water content.
4.5.5 The Contractor shall at all times maintain a minimum storage of all grades of the
aggregate for the days' requirements, at work site failing which the work may not
be commenced. The Contractor shall furnish representative samples of aggregate
proposed for use in the work at least two months before aggregates are required
for use.
4.6.0 WATER : Water used in concrete shall be clean and free from objectionable quantities of
silt, organic matter, alkali, salt and other impurities which are likely to be injurious.
The turbidity of water for mixing shall not be more than 200 parts per million and
shall preferably be lower.
4.7.0 GRADING AND RELATIVE PROPORTION : Grading of the aggregates (fine and coarse) brought on the site shall be done by the
contractor and shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge, The grading of sand
and coarse aggregate is liable to be modified beyond the limits specified above to
suit local condition in order to obtain required strength and workability. The
grading as well as relative proportion of sand and coarse aggregate are liable to
be changed at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge, in order to produce dense
concrete of required strength which can be worked readily into position without
segregation in a given ratio of cement and total aggregate (sum of volume of sand
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 53 -
and coarse aggregate). No compensation is payable for adjustment In relative
proportion and grading of aggregates.
4.8.0 MIX VARIATION : Cement variation in the concrete mix shall not constitute an extra item.
In case the ratio of cement to total aggregate is modified by changing the cement
content under specific orders of the Engineer-in-charge, the Contractor shall be
paid at increased or reduced rate according to the variation in the cost of cement
alone resulting from change in mix proportion, calculated as per table given
below, at the rate as given in Annex 'A' of Detailed Tender Notice.
Sr. Nominal mix proportion
of the concrete by
volume
Equivalent I.S.S.
mixes (ISS 456-
1978)
Assumed cement
consumption per one
cubic meter of1. 1:1:2 M : 30 460 Kgs 2. 1:1:2 M : 25 350 Kgs 3. 1 : 1.5 : 3 M : 20 318 kgs. 4. 1:2:4 M : 15 282 kgs. 5. 1:3:6 M : 10 220 kgs.
Fine and coarse aggregate shall be measured by dry volumes in suitable wooden
boxes.
Overall cement consumption for individual items during working season shall be
within (+) or (-) 2%. In case the cement consumption is less than 2% than that
specified, the work shall be paid at reduced rates.
4.9.0 DESIGN MIX: (To be applicable for work costing less than Rs. 1 Crore).
The ratio of the volumes of the fine and coarse aggregate may be varied within limits
of 1:1.5 to 1:2.5 as directed by the Engineer-in-charge to suit the maximum size of
coarse aggregate, the grading, density, workability and strength without extra cost.
The quantity of water shall be just sufficient, but not more than sufficient to produce a
dense concrete of required workability for its purpose. An accurate control shall be
kept on the quantity of mixing water. An allowance shall be made for surface moisture
present in the aggregates when computing water content as indicated in I. S. 456-
1978.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 54 -
Nominal mix proportions of concrete are given in para 4.8.0. However, the exact
proportions in which the materials are to be used for different parts of the work shall
be determined by caning out mix design to obtain the specified strength of the
concrete. The design of mix, shall be submitted by the contractor and got approved
from the Engineer-in-charge at least one month before the commencement of the
work. The design may be changed at any given time at the discretion of the Engineer-
in-charge during progress of the work. The samples of aggregates and cement and
the residing concrete, as well as the concrete mix design shall be tested as per
relevant I.S. applicable. The tests shall be made by the Corporation at frequent
intervals as decided by the Engineer-in-charge. So as to secure the required
workability, density, impermeability, strength and economy.
All the materials going in each batch of concrete shall be weighed before use. The
amount of each individual size of aggregate entering each batch of concrete shall be
determined by direct weighing. The amount of water shall be added after weighing or
volumetric measure. All measuring equipment shall be calibrated correctly and
certificate from the competent authority shall be obtained as and when demanded by
the Engineer-in-charge. All measuring equipment’s shall be so designed and operated
that the combined inaccuracies in feeding and measuring the materials will not
exceed, one and half percent for water or cement and two and half percent for each
size of aggregate. Any batch of concrete not satisfying this requirement is liable to be
rejected. No cement older than 60 days from the date of dispatch from the
manufacturer shall be used on the work. The cement to be used shall be in the order
of Its receipt so that no stock remains unused for duration longer than 60 days.
Cement older than 60 days shall be removed from site as per the directives of
Engineer-in-charge.
The ingredients of concrete shall be properly mixed in mixers, designed so as to
positively ensure uniform distribution of all the component materials through the mass,
at the end of the mixing period. The mixing of each batch shall continue about one
and half to two minutes depending upon the revolutions per minute of the mixer and
experience after all materials except for the full amount of water are added in the mixer. The minimum mixing period specified above assumes proper control of the
rotation of the mixer and of introduction of the materials, including water. The mixing
time shall be increased at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge when the charging
operation fails to produce concrete of the required uniformity of composition and
consistency within the batch and from the batch to batch Contractor shall not be
entitled for any extra payment for such increase in mixing time. Excessive mixing
requiring the addition of the water to preserve the required concrete consistency shall
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 55 -
be avoided. If the mixing and charging operations are such that the required
uniformity of the concrete is obtained in shorter mixing time than the minimum
specified without sacrifice of needed workability, the mixing time may be shortened
under orders of the Engineer-in-charge. Mixing shall be done by Mechanical means
only.
Materials corresponding to one bag mix or half bag mix (depending upon the mixer
capacity) shall be placed in the skip in sequence of metal cement and sand. The skip
shall then be emptied into the drum and specified quantity of water added to material
in drum.
The following general principles shall be followed in operation of mixing.
a) The ingredient shall be fed into the mixer simultaneously.
b) A portion of water ( between 5 and 10 percent) shall precede and an equal quantity
shall follow introduction of the other materials. The remainder of the water shall be
added uniformly and simultaneously with the other materials.
c) Care shall be taken that mixing of concrete in the mixer shall be uniform.
4.9.1 CEMENT:
The cement shall be procured as per para 14 of Special Conditions of Contract in
standard bags as received from the manufactures and is to conform with the
specifications, laid down by the Bureau of Indian Standards (Vide their specification
No. I. S. 269 of 1976) for Portland cement and I.S. (Vide their specification No. I. S.
1489 -1976 and subsequent revision) for pozollana cement.
4.10.0 TEST FOR CEMENT CONCRETE :
4.10.1 STIPULATED CRUSHING STRENGTH :
The crushing strength in Newton per square millimeter on works cubes, at 28 days for
each nominal mix shall be as under.
Nominal
mix
Equivalent
I.S.S. mixes
Preliminary
test at 28
days (N/mm2)
Stipulated crushing strength
in works tests
At 7 days (N/mm2) At 28 days (N/mm2)1:1:2 M-30 38 20.5 30 1:1:2 M -25 32 17 25
1:1.5:3 M – 20 26 13.5 20
1:2:4 M – 15 20 10 15
1:3:6 M – 10 13.5 7:5 10
1:4:8 M – 7.5 10 5 7.5
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 56 -
4.10.2 PRELIMINARY LABORATORY TEST :
Preliminary tests of cubes shall be carried out In the laboratory well in advance of
cornmencement of work. These tests should indicate in adequate margin over
the stipulated strength specified in para 4.10.1
4.10.3 WORKS TESTS ON CONCRETE :
Tests for crushing strength shall be made on standard cubes as per the relevant
Indian Standard Specifications. For works tests, samples shall be taken on the job as
and when directed. For works tests, samples shall be taken once for every 30 cubic
meter of each type of concrete laid and atleast three times a day, if out put is more
than 75 cubic meter. The samples for work test is defined as a set of three cubes. The
materials required for the samples (concrete, cement, sand and coarse aggregate)
shall be supplied by the Contractor free of cost and collection of samples, casting of
cubes and testings shall be carried out at the Contractor's cost.
4.10.4 STANDARD OF ACCEPTANCE :
Not a single sample of work test cubes shall have at the age of 28 days, a crushing
strength less than the stipulated crushing strength of concrete. The Engineer-in-
charge may at his discretion occasionally accept the crushing strength of a sample
which is less than the stipulated strength but which is equal to or more than 85% of
the stipulated strength. Each sample of work test cubes shall assume to represent 30
M3 concrete and corresponding quantity of concrete showing crushing strength less
than stipulated strength shall be paid at reduced rates as under.
1) Equal to or more than 95% At full rates in occasional cases
2) Equal to or more than 90% but less than 95% 5% reduced rates
3) Equal to or more than 85% but less than 90% 10% reduced rates
The reduced rate shall be approved by the Superintending Engineer.
If the crushing strength fails below 85% of the stipulated crushing strength, then the
quantity of concrete represented by these samples will not be paid for defective parts.
If noticed shall be removed and redone by the contractor at his cost. Unit for
acceptance or these tests will be one working season.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 57 -
In addition to the 28 days strength tests, the Engineer-in-charge may at his discretion
take 7 days strength tests and/or 3 days (accelerated curing) strength tests and fix up
the relation between such strength and 28 days strength after studying the actual
values released. If at any time the tests i.e. 7 days or 3 days (accelerated curing)
strength indicate that the strength may not be achieved as specified by the Engineer-
in-charge, he shall have authority to suspend the work of laying concrete until the
reasons for low strength have been investigated and corrected. The Contractors shall
comply therewith without such suspension of work being made a reason for any claim.
The Engineer-in-charge may at his discretion also order suspension of the work when
the variation in the strength of the individual work test cubes from average of the set is
in his opinion excessive. The Contractor shall comply with such suspension until the
reasons for the variations are investigated and corrected and such suspension shall
not be accepted as reason for any claim.
The average crushing strength shall not be less than stipulated crushing strength for
each nominal mix as given below.
Grade
Nominal mix
Preliminary test
crushing
strength at 28
Crushing
strength at 7
days kg/sq.cm
Crushing strength at
28 days Kg/sq.cm in
work test
M-30 1:1:2 380 205 300
M – 25 1 : 1 : 2 320 170 250
M – 20 1 : 1.5 : 3 260 135 200
M – 15 1:2:4 200 100 150
M –10 1:3:6 135 75 100
M – 75 1:4:8 100 50 75
4.10.5 SLUMP TESTS :
In order to test the consistency of the mixed concrete, Slump test shall have to be
made by the Contractor when and where required by the Engineer-in-charge, as per
Indian Standard Specification. The allowable slump shall be decided by the Engineer-
in-charge, depending upon the location of the concrete.
4.10.6 In the case of reinforced concrete work, the workability shall be such as the concrete
will surround and properly grip all the reinforcement. Water cement ratio will be such
as will give concrete just sufficiently wet to be placed and compacted without difficulty.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 58 -
4.10.7 Concrete shall have a consistency such that it will be workable in the required position
and in the case of R. C. C. flow around reinforcing steel also.
4.10.8 For vibrated concrete slump shall range between 2.5 cm. to 5 cm. The slump shall be
the less permitted by workability. The slump shall be determined as detailed in
Appendix 'G' of I. S. 456-1978 and maintained throughout the concreting operation of
a member.
4.11.0 FORMS :
4.11.1 GENERAL:
Forms to confine the concrete and shape it to the required line shall be used wherever
necessary. The form shall have sufficient strength and rigidity to hold concrete and to
withstand the pressure of ramming and vibration without excessive deflection from the
prescribed lines the more so when the concrete is in vibration. The Contractor shall
have to get the design and drawing of the centering approved from the Engineer-in-
charge before erection. Form work shall be of any of the following types.
(a) Wooden shuttering with steel plates lining or plywood shuttering.
(b) Steel shuttering.
For works costing more than Rs. One Crore only steel shuttering to be used.
However as per need of site, wooden shuttering would be allowed only If it is
free from warping and is fabricated true to line and shape. The decision of the
Engineer-in-charge as to the suitability of wooden shuttering as per (a) above
to be used by the Contractor will be final and binding on the Contractor. The
surface of all forms in contact with concrete shall be clean, rigid, watertight
and smooth. Suitable devices shall be used to hold corners, adjacent ends
and edges of panel of other forms together In accurate alignment.
4.11.2 DESIGN :
The detailed designs of the form work and false work shall be prepared by the
Contractor and got approved by the Engineer-in-charge well in time. Such an approval
however, will not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the adequacy and
strength of the form work and false work.
Forms shall be as designed and constructed as to be removable in sections without
damaging the surface of the concrete and with facilities of removal in ascending order
without disturbing the remaining forms required to be removed later.
4.11.3 MATERIAL: The forms and false work shall be made of wood or metal. The timber from which the
forms are prepared should preferably be partially seasoned. It shall be free from sap,
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 59 -
shakes, loose knots, wormholes or other defects. The planks and scantlings shall be
sawn straight and all edges and planes shall be straight and free from warps. Partially
seasoned soft wood is generally preferable for form work as it is difficult to drive nails
in hard wood. The dimensions of scantlings should conform to the design. The
strength of the wood shall not be less than that assumed in a design.
In metal forms, steel sheets of the designed gauge strengthened with framing of angle
or other sections shall be used.
Wooden forms may also be lined within thin steel sheet or plywood to give the
required surface or finish.
4.11.4 FABRICATION The timber planks and scantlings of the designed dimensions shall be used In the
form work with appropriate spacing of studs, yokes, joists, girders etc. as provided in
the designs. All timbers in contact with concrete shall be brought on one face and two
edges, the unwrought face being on the outside. The joints should be made mortar
tight. This may be done either by providing tongued and grooved or revated joint or by
caulking or nailing to the construction operations. The nuts and bolt heads in side the
form work adjoining the concrete should be countersunk. The form work should allow
finished concrete to have a smooth surface and conform to the shapes, lines and
dimensions shown on the plans and true to line and grade. The effect of vibration
shall be taken into account in the design and fabrication of the form and false work.
4.11.5 TREATMENT OF THE INNER SIDES OF FORMS : Before placing concrete the inner side of the forms which come in contact with the
concrete shall be coated with mineral oil or any other suitable materials approved by
the Engineer-in-charge which will prevent adhesion of concrete to the forms but will
not discolour the concrete. When oil is used, it shall be applied before reinforcement
is placed. Care shall be taken to see that reinforcement does not come in contact
with coating. All chipping, saw dust and other rubbish shall be removed from the
interior of the forms before concreting.
4.11.6 FALSE WORK:
False work shall be built on foundation or base of sufficient strength to carry the loads
without settlement. False work which can not be found on solid footing must be
supported by piles or other similar devices. False work shall be designed to carry the
full loads including that due to construction operation coming upon it.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 60 -
4.11.7 ERRECTION AND REMOVAL OF FORMS :
The false work and form work shall be erected with an eye for absolute safety of the
form work and concrete work before and after pouring concrete. Watch should be kept
to see that the behavior of centering and form is satisfactory during concreting.
Erection should also be such that it would allow removal of forms in proper sequence
without damaging either the concrete or the forms to be removed later.
If there is failure of false work and/or form the Contractor shall be responsible for all
the consequent damages to work, injury to life and damage to property and make
good the damage at his. cost.
i) Before placing concrete the surface of forms shall be oiled with a suitable
nonstaining oil such as raw linseed oil so as to prevent sticking of concrete and
facilitate the removal of form.
ii) The oil shall cover the forms fully and evenly without excess over drip. Care shall
be taken to prevent oil from getting on the surface of the construction joints and
on reinforcement bars. Special care shall be taken to oil thoroughly the forms
strips for narrow grooves so as to prevent swelling of the forms and the
consequent damage to concrete prior to or during removal of forms. Immediately
before concrete is placed, care shall be taken to see that all forms are in proper
alignment and the supports and fixtures are thoroughly secured and tightened.
iii) Where forms for continuous surface are placed in successive units, the form shall
fit tightly over the completed surface so as to prevent leakage of mortar from the
concrete and to maintain accurate alignment of the surface.
iv) Forms shall be left in place until their removal is authorised and shall then be
removed with care so as to avoid injury to concrete.
v) Removal of forms shall never be started until the concrete is thoroughly set and
hardened adequately to carry its own weight, beside the live load which is likely to
come on the work during constructions. The length of time for which the forms shall
remain in place shall be decided by the Engineer-in-charge, with reference to
weather conditions, shape position of the structure or structural member and the
nature and amount of dead and live loads.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 61 -
In normal circumstances forms shall be struck after the expiry of the following period.
a. Walls, columns and vertical faces of all
structural members
24 to 28 hours as may be
decided by the Engineer-in-
charge.
b. Slabs (Props left under) 3 days
c. Beam soffits (Props left under) 7 days
d. Removal of Props under slabs
i) Spanning upto 4.5m 7 days
ii) Spanning over 4.5m 14 days
e. Removing of props under beams and arches
Spanning upto 6m 14 days
Spanning over 6m 21 days
Note : The number of props left under their size and disposition shall be such as to
be able to carry the full dead load of the slab, beam or arch as the case may
be together with any live load likely to occur during curing or further
construction.
In no case shall forms be removed until there is assurance that removal can be
accomplished without damaging the concrete surface. No loads will be allowed to
damage the concrete surface. Heavy load shall not be permitted until the concrete
has reached its designed strength. The forms shall be removed with great caution and
without harming the structure or throwing heavy forms upon the floor.
4.11.8 RE-USE OF FORMS ETC : Forms required to be used more than once shall be maintained in serviceable
conditions and shall be thoroughly cleaned and smoothened before reuse. Where
metal sheets are used for lining forms, the sheets shall be placed and maintained on
the forms with minimum amount of wrinkles, humps or other imperfections. All forms
shall be checked for shape and strength before-reuse.
4.11.9 INSPECTION : The forms and false work will be inspected, checked and approved by the
Engineer-in-charge before concreting commences. But this will not relieve the
Contractor of his responsibility for strength, adequacy and safety of the form and false
work.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 62 -
4.12.0 PLACING CONCRETE :
4.12.1 Concrete shall be placed only in locations where authorised and no concrete or
mortar shall be placed until form work, installations of embedded parts, preparation of
surface or necessary dean up has been approved.
4.12.2 ROCK SURFACE :
Rock surface upon or against which concrete is to be placed, shall be prepared as
specified in section of excavation for foundation.
4.12.3 MASONRY SURFACE :
i) Masonry surfaces on which or against which concrete is to be placed, shall be
prepared as described in para 9.2.1 and 9.2.2 of section 9. The unit rate for
masonry shall cover the cost of such preparation.
ii) If the old layer of masonry which has been paid for is required to be removed as
mentioned in para 9.2.2 it shall be back filled with concrete along with upper
concrete layer at no extra cost.
4.12.4 CONCRETE SURFACES :
Before laying of concrete the surface of the concrete in day to day work, shall be
cleaned by a wire brush and jets of water, so that the surface is thoroughly cleaned
and wetted but pools of water are avoided. If the old concrete surface has remained
exposed for more than two week, It shall be prepared not roughened by chipping to a
depth of two centimeters and the surface coated or covered with a layer of cement
mortar (1:2) for a depth of 5 to 8 cm. The unit rate of concrete shall cover the cost of
such preparation and also the cost of cement mortar. The concrete removed for
roughening shall not be paid for.
4.12.5 ALL SURFACES :
i) The cleaned rock, masonry or concrete surface shall be applied with cement
slurry and then cement mortar coat as described in para 9.2.2.
ii) The first few batches of concrete may, if as required contain half the regular size
of coarse aggregate without any extra claims.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 63 -
iii) The cost of such preparation work stands included in the unit rate of cement
concrete.
4.12.6 TIME FOR USE :
All concrete shall be placed directly in its final position within thirty minutes of mixing.
Any concrete which has become so stiff that proper placing cannot be assured without
retempering shall be wasted and shall not be paid for. All surface of forms and metal
work including reinforcement bars that have become encrusted with dried mortar of
grout concrete previously placed shall be cleaned of all such mortar or grout before
surrounding or adjacent concrete is placed.
4.12.7 METHOD OF PLACEMENT :
Before starting placing of concrete. It should be made certain that the transporting and
placing equipment is clean in proper order and that equipment along with the
operating staff is arranged to deliver the concrete in the final positions without undue
delays and objectionable segregation. The methods and the equipment used for
transport and placing of concrete shall be such as will permit the delivery of concrete
of the required consistency into the work without objectionable segregation porosity or
excessive loss of workability. Excessive segregation from whatever cause shall be
prevented in handling and placing operation by avoiding or controlling lateral
movement of the concrete as in dumping at an angle depositing continuously at one
point and allowing the concrete to flow. Concrete shall not be dropped from excessive
heights and free fall should be kept to a minimum. Concrete shall be deposited in
continuous horizontal layers in a thickness of approximately 30cm. in normal work to
45 cm for mass concrete except that nothing herein shall be constructed to permit
placement of the additional horizontal layers of mass concrete before the entire area
to be concreted is covered by previous layers On flat, horizontal surfaces/where
congestion of steel near the forms makes placing of concrete difficult, a mortar of the
same cement sand ratio as used in the concrete shall be first deposited to cover the
forms and shall stand included in the unit rate of concrete before the entire area to be
concreted is covered by previous layers.
4.12.8 RATE OF PLACING :
Concreting should be continued without interruption until the structure or section is
completed or until satisfactory construction joints can be made. Location of
construction joints shall be as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Concrete shall not
be placed, faster than the placing crew can compact it properly. In placing thin
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 64 -
members and columns precautions shall be taken against too rapid placement which
may result in movements or failure of the forms due to excessive lateral pressure. An
interval of at least 12 hours and preferably 24 hours should elapse between the
completion of columns and walls and the placing of slabs beams or girders supported
by them in order to avoid cracking due to settlement. All concrete shall be placed in
approximately horizontal lifts not exceeding 1.25 meter in thickness per day. Concrete
in arches shall be done in strips extending from one pier to another. No through joints
shall be kept in the span.
4.12.9 CONCRETING AT NIGHT TIME : If concrete is to be placed at night adequate lighting arrangements shall be made, as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
4.12.10 CONCRETING DURING RAINS : When concreting is required to be done or continued while it shall be seen that the
concrete is not damaged due to rain while it is being transported and placed. After
placing the green concrete it shall be adequately covered for a period of 24 hours
when it will be capable for being cured by splash of water. The surface of fresh
concrete should be maintained on a slope sufficient for result in the self drainage of
the rain water. The work shall however be discontinued when the rain is so severe
that water collects in pools or washes the surface of the fresh concrete and it is not
possible to provide adequate shelter.
4.13.0 COMPACTION : 4.13.1 GENERAL :
In all concrete works, required nos. of vibrators, with stand by in working condition will
be kept ready at site as per the instructions of the Engineer-in-charge.
4.13.2 All concrete shall be vibrated by mechanical vibrator of approved type so as to ensure
dense concrete. Hand tamping and rolling shall not be used for compaction of
concrete except in special circumstances with the express permission of the
Engineer-in-charge. When immersion type vibrators are used they shall be used
vertically at about 45 cm. apart. The vibrators shall be inserted to the full depth of the
newly laid concrete layer. The concrete shall be thoroughly compacted during
depositing to get a dense concrete and thoroughly worked in to the edges and corners
of the form work and also along its faces and around reinforcement in the case of
R.C.C. by means of suitable tools such as trowel and rods to get a good finish without
honeycombing. The vibrator shall however, not revibrate concrete which as
commenced its final set. Special care shall be taken to see the vibrator touching the
reinforcement of embedded part does not disturb the concrete below which has
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 65 -
commenced its final set. The concrete shall not be vibrated excessively so as to
cause segregation.
4.13.3 Each layer of concrete, for surfaces which is required to be smooth and for all
surfaces which will be permanently exposed to the weather, and for all surfaces next
to embedded metal work shall be worked and vibrated by mechanical vibrator of
approved type only so as to obtain a concrete of maximum density and
imperviousness and to assure close contact of the concrete with forms, reinforcement
bars and other embeded parts. If the methods of transporting and placement have
been conductive to air entrapment segregation of stiffening, the work of compaction
should receive special attention.
4.13.4 For concrete surfaces exposed to flow of water special precaution shall be taken to
minimise and to prevent surface pitting and protrusions without resorting to over
manipulation of the concrete mix to the forms. No plastering for getting a smooth
finish shall be permitted at these locations. Any protrusion shall be ground smooth.
4.14.0 CURING AND PROTECTION :
All concrete shall be protected against injury until final acceptance. Exposed finished
surface of concrete shall be protected from the direct rays of sun of atleast 72 hours
after placement. Concrete shall be kept continuously moist for not less than 21 days.
Construction joints shall be cured in the same ways as other concrete and shall also
be kept moist for atleast 72 hours prior to the placing of additional concrete upon the
joints. Approximately horizontal surfaces shall be cured by sprinkling, ponding, or by
covering, or by damp sand or may be cured by the use of wet quilts or mats. Vertical
surfaces shall be cured by covering with wet jute bags. If damp sand or quilting is
used for curing, It shall be removed completely later. Should the concrete that has
become dry or powdery through neglect of curing the Contractor shall rectify the work
at his own extra cost. If curing arrangements by the Contractors are not satisfactory
the Engineer-in-charge may in his discretion engage labour and provide material and
equipment for curing and recover expenditure thus involved from Contractor.
4.15.0 FINISHING :
4.15.1 GENERAL :
Finishing of formed and unformed surface shall be performed only by skilled
workmen. All exposed concrete surface shall be cleaned of all incrustations of cement
mortar or grout. Unsightly stains shall be removed.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 66 -
4.15.2 FORMED SURFACES :
Surface of concrete finished against form shall be smooth, free from projections and filled thoroughly with mortar. Immediately upon remove! forms, all unsightly ridges or fines shall be removed and any local bulging on exposed surfaces shall be remedied by tooling and rubbing. All holes left by the remove! of fasteners shall, after being
reamed with toothed reamer, neatly filled with dry patching mortar. All porous and
fractured concrete and surface concrete to which additions are required to bring it to
the prescribed lines shall be sharp edged and keyed and shall be filled to required line
with fresh concrete used for filling the chipped openings and these shall not be less
than 8 cm. in depth and the concrete filling shall be reinforced and doweled to the
surface of the openings. Honey combed surfaces and surfaces which give a hollow
sound shall be rectified by guniting at the Contractor's cost within the unit rate
accepted for concrete.
4.15.3 DRY PATCHING:
Dry patching mortar shall consist of one part of cement to 2 parts of sand by volume
and just enough water so that the mortar so used, will stick together on being molded
into a ball by a slight pressure of hands and will not exclude water when pressed but
will leave the hands damp. The mortar shall be placed in layers of not more than 2
cm. thickness. After being compacted each layer shall be roughened by being
scratched to provide an effective bond with the succeeding layers. The last or
finishing layer shall be smooth to form a surface continuous with the surrounding
concrete. All patches shall be bonded thoroughly to the surface of the chipped
opening and shall be sound and free from shrinkage cracks.
4.15.4 FINISHING PERMANENTLY EXPOSED SURFACE : Except as otherwise specified or directed all permanently exposed concrete surface
and other waterway surface requiring durability under water (except the outlet) shall
be finished in the following manner. Immediately upon the removal of the form the
surface shall be wetted and all surface pits and air bubbles filled by rubbing mortar
composed of cement and fine sand in proportion (1:2) in to the pits with burlap so as
to secure a uniformly dense and smooth face.
The rubbing shall be performed in such a manner as to leave the surface free from
mortar not used for filling the pits. Should the filling operation be unduly delayed and
the surfaces of the pits become coated with dirt or other contaminating materials, they
shall be thoroughly cleaned and washed and shall be maintained in a moist condition,
until the mortar filling is placed. Such cleanings shall be done by means of air and
water jets and chipping of brushing or other satisfactory means without damaging the
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 67 -
surrounding concrete. All operations in connection with the filling of surface pits shall
be handled as quickly as practicable to minimise the period during which the concrete
and mortar filling are exposed to the drying. When the treatment of a surface has
been completed the surfaces shall be neat and of the same colour and texture as the
adjoining concrete.
4.15.5 FINISHING CONCEALED SURFACE : For exterior concealed surfaces below ground or back fill level or like surfaces not
otherwise specified, no finish is necessary except that sand streaks metal pockets,
honey combing or other imperfections which are of consequence affecting strength,
water tightness protection of reinforcing steel from corrosion, shall be corrected and
repaired as prescribed for formed surface.
4.15.6 FINISHING UNFORMED SURFACE : Unformed surface shall be finished by one or more of the operation of screeding
floating and trowelling of the surface should be done at proper time employing
experienced men and should be just sufficient to produce the desired finish.
Screeding which gives the surface its approximate shape by striking off surplus
concrete immediately after compaction shall be accomplished, by moving a straight
edge or template with a sawing motion across wood or metal strips that have been
established as guides. Where the surface is curved special screed should be brought
true to form and grade by working it with a wooden float. If a coarse textured finish is
desired or if the surface is to be steel trawled a section or final floating should be
performed after some stiffening has occurred and the surface moisture film or shine
has disappeared. Where smooth dense finish is desired floating shall be followed by
steel trawling some time after moisture film or shine has disappeared from the floated
surface and. where the concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent fine material and
water from being worked out the surface. Excessive trawling particularly at early time
shall be avoided.
4.15.7 CHIPPING AND ROUGHENING CONCRETE SURFACE : Surface upon or against which additional concrete is to be placed shall be chipped
and roughened to a depth not greater than 25 mm. Roughening shall be performed by
chipping or other satisfactory methods and in such manner as not to loosen, crack or
shatter any part of the concrete beyond the roughened surface. After being
roughened the surface of the concrete shall be cleaned thoroughly of all loose
fragments, dirt and other objectionable substances and shall be sound and hard in
such conditions as to a sure good mechanical bond between old and new concrete.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 68 -
All concrete which is not hard, dense arid durable shall be removed to the depth
required to secure a satisfactory surface.
4.15.8 DAMAGE DUE TO FLOODS - CORPORATION NOT RESPONSIBLE: In case of damage of any of the concrete works due to floods, Corporation will not be
responsible and whatever corrective measures are required to be adopted shall be
done by the Contractor at his cost.
4.16.0 NOMINAL MIX : The locations indicated in Column No. 6 of the statement below are only suggestive.
The nominal mix used for different components shall be as directed by the Engineer-
in-charge according to requirements of detailed design. The Contractor shall not be
entitled for any extra claim on account of the changes in location.
Sr. No.
Nominal mix CementContent
in kg/cum.
Maxi-mumsize of aggre- gate in
mm.
Stipulated strength at 28 days on 15 x
15 x 15 cm. cubes (works tests)
N/mm2
Indicated probableLocations for use
1)
M-30 460 20 30 Pedestal
2) 1:1.5:3 M-20
318
20
20
For sumpwell, Delivery
chamber, Road slab, Pier
cap
3) 1:2:4 M-15 282
20 15 Head wall, pier
course Approach slab
4) 1:3:6 M-10
(PCC)
220 40 10 For Foundation concrete.,
5) \ 1:1:2 M-25 350 20 25 For Jackwell- Pump house
Aqueduct, Box, Slab leard
4.17.0 PAYMENT:
4.17.1 Payments shall be on the net quantity of concrete after deducting quantities for
openings and other class of work. No deductions shall be made for anchor bars,
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 69 -
reinforcement rout holes, and bore or weep holes or any opening not exceeding 100
square centimeters in cross section. Rate shall be subject to paragraph 4.10.4 above.
Measurements of concrete shall be taken within the specified pay lines for the
structure or as indicated on the drawings. Any concrete placed in the excavation
beyond the line of structures to avoid use forms shall note paid for.
Payment at the rate of 1 % shall be withheld in running payment. Engineer-in-charge
shall inspect the work in relation to finishing, level and line of concrete laid, and
release such with held payment suitably, if he is satisfied with the work of finishing of
the item.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 70 -
SECTION - 5
C.C. BED LINING AND TOP SLAB
5.1.0 General 5.2.0 Preparation of bed for laying concrete. 5.2.1 Excavation for lining. 5.3.0 Laying concrete in bays. 5.4.0 Curing 5.5.0 Joints 5.6.0 Mode of Measurements and payments.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 71 -
SECTION – 5
C.C. BED LINING AND TOP SLAB (MANUAL LINING)
5.1.0 GENERAL : The lining for canal bed shall consist of cement concrete of the nominal mix by volume
in the proportion as directed by Engineer-in-charge. The specifications for cement,
sand, coarse aggregate and water as per relevant paras of section 4 shall apply here
also. The size of the coarse aggregate shall be 40mm. maximum of the gradation
shown in para 4:5:3 and with any modifications therein to get a design mix as
approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
All relevant paras of Specifications in Section 4 of cement concrete relating to
materials, mixing, laying, ramming, curing and finishing, tests and formwork for
concrete shall also apply for this item.
5.2.0 PREPARATION OF BED FOR LAYING CONCRETE : 5.2.1 EXCAVATION FOR LINING : Unless specified no over excavation in soft strata for the seating of the lining below
the underside of the lining shall be permitted. If any such over-excavation is done,
then immediately prior to the lining, the Contractor shall make good such over-
excavation by refilling with selected materials obtained from the spoil bank or
contractor's own borrow area and finish to the grade and section upto the underside of
the lining including watering and compaction to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-
charge so as to provide a firm base for the lining. These operations have to be done
by the Contractor at his own expense.
5.2.2 For excavation required for seating of lining in hard strata, a maximum over break to
the extent of 15 cm. below the underside of the lining shall be permitted and paid for
under the item of excavation in hard strata. No rock projection which protrudes into
the thickness of lining shall be permitted. Thus the minimum depth of excavation shall
be strictly limited to the underside of the lining, and all rock projections into the lining
shall be removed at the Contractor's expense.
5.2.3 a) The sub-grade shall be prepared and trimmed and tamped true to level and
grade according to the required cross section of the canal, to form a firm
compacted base to receive the lining. The preparation of sub-grade shall be
done just ahead of the lining work, so as to ensure a firm base for the lining
and to avoid delay in lining operations.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 72 -
b) The contractor shall prepare the earth base for concrete lining in a manner
to result in a firm sub-grade for the concrete lining. The bottom, including
the surface of compacted embankments, shall be finished accurately to
the dimensions shown on the drawings or prescribed by the Engineer-in-
charge, and surface so prepared shall be moistened with water and
tamped with suitable tools for the purpose of thoroughly compacting them
and forming firm base upon which the concrete lining is to be placed.
If at any point, the sub-grade has been excavated beyond the neat lines
required to receive the lining, the over excavation shall be refilled and
finished to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.
c) Any over-break in hard stratum below the underside of the lining shall be
refilled completely up to underside of the lining with murum and properly
watered and consolidated. Payment for this murum filling to 15 cm. depth
will be made under item of embankment for casing at the tender rate of
that item.
5.2.4 If the area on which the concrete is to be placed is under water, it shall be
pumped and kept dry throughout the period of laying concrete and 2 hours after
completing concreting, without causing damage to concrete. The rate for concrete
shall also include the cost of dewatering required.
5.3.0 LAYING CONCRETE IN BAYS : 5.3.1 The base shall be thoroughly moistened, before laying concrete. Alternate bay
method should be adopted for laying the concrete. The length of the bay along
canal bed should be 2 meter and width equal to canal bed width.
5.3.2 The bays should be laid alternately at an interval of one day.
5.3.3 Good finishing of concrete in canal lining is important. Hence the concrete should
be finished to an even and smooth surface free from pockets or exposed
aggregates. This should be obtained by careful use of long-handed steel trowel.
The concrete laid which is not having desired finish is liable for rejection and shall
be removed and made good by the Contractor at his own cost.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 73 -
5.3.4 LAYING CAST-IN-SITU CONCRETE FOR TOP-SLAB ( KEY SLAB ) The concreting shall be done panel wise and in alternate bays, the size of the panels
being according to the drawing or as directed. Concrete shall be laid in depth of
specified thickness. The top finished surface of the concrete shall be in line with
hydraulic section of the canal. After concrete is laid to full depth, it shall be compacted
thoroughly by tampers and/or wooden sleepers to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-
charge, or the concrete shall be compacted by mechanical plate or screed vibrator. A
day after completion of the concreting of all the panels of side lining, between two
templates concreting of key slab, shall be done in the same manner on the prepared
bed.
5.4.0 CURING : 12 hours after laying of concrete, small bunds longitudinal cross wise consisting of
earth materials or lean mortar (1:15) shall be laid for a height of 8 cm. for purpose of
curing. The water will be kept always pounded in these bunds for continuous 14 days.
5.5.0 JOINTS : a) Joints between successive bays should be clear butt-joints. At every tenth
joint i.e. 20 meters apart ( along the canal axis ) the lining should have an
expansion joint of 12 mm. thickness.
b) The joint should be filled with the mixture of following materials with proportion
specified against each. No extra payment on this account will be made to the
Contractor.
i) asphalt 80 / 103 30% by volume
ii) Sand 51% by volume
iii) Cement 17% by volume
iv) Hemp cut into length not exceeding 3 mm. 2 % by volume
Total 100 % by volume
5.6.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS AND PAYMENTS : The rate for this item shall be for unit of 1.00 square meter. This rate shall be in full
compensation for furnishing hauling and placing all material including the joint
materials, preparation and conditioning the base as directed and specified and for
furnishing all labour, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the item.
Payment at the rate of 10% shall be withheld in running payment. Engineer-in-charge
shall inspect the work in relation to finishing, level and line of concrete laid, and
release such withheld payment suitably. If he is satisfied with the work of finishing of
the item.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 74 -
SECTION - 6
C.C. SIDE LINING (MANUAL LINING)
6.1.0 General 6.2.0 Preparation of canal slope for laying lining.
6.2.1 Preparation of sub grade in cutting in soft stratum and banking.
6.2.2 Preparation of sub grade in hard stratum 1.5:1 slopes 6.2.3 Preparation of sub grade in cutting in hard stratum in 0.25:1 slopes.
6.2.3.1 Preparation of sub grade in cutting in strata where side slopes are 1:1
6.2.4 Accurate finishing of sub grade. 6.3.1 Laying cast-in-situ of specified grade concrete for lining in panels. 6.3.5 Expansion joints, Asphaltic compound. 6.3.6 Finishing
6.3.7 Drainage Pipes.
6.4.1 Curing 6.5.0 Minimum period before lining.
6.6.0 Mode of measurements and payments.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 75 -
SECTION – 6
PROVIDING CAST-IN-SITU C.C. SIDE LINING
(MANUAL LINING)
6.1.0 GENERAL : This lining is provided on the sides of the canal section every where and consist of,
i) Preparation of bed for laying the concrete.
ii) Providing and laying cast-in-situ templates of specified grade concrete either
longitudinal, transverse or both ways as shown in the drawing and placed in
the position.
iii) Providing and laying of specified thickness cast-in-situ of specified grade
concrete for side lining laid in panels as shown in the drawing.
iv) Providing construction and expansion joints as shown in the drawing.
6.2.0 PREPARATION OF CANAL SLOPES FOR LAYING LINING : 6.2.1 PREPARATION OF SUB-GRADE IN CUTTING IN SOFT STRATUM AND BANKING No over-excavation in soft strata for the seating of the lining below the underside of
the lining shall be permitted. If any such over-excavation is done then immediately
prior to the lining, the Contractor shall make good such over excavation by refilling
with selected material obtained from the spoil bank or Contractor's own borrow area
and finish it to the grade section up to the underside of the lining, including watering
and compaction to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge so as to provide a firm
base for the lining. These operations have to be done by the Contractor at his own
expense. In the depth of the banking portion lip cutting shall be done to exact slope
and section.
6.2.1.1 In order to utilise the inner side pride material fully, initially the embankment of IP and
SR side shall be raised to such a height below TBL that the full pride material from
inner side is consumed. The initially laid pride material should be removed just before
lining is laid but after passing of at least one monsoon season. For this removed and
laid pride material, the condition of passing one monsoon will be relaxed. However
adequate compaction will be assured.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 76 -
6.2.2 PREPARATION OF SUB-GRADE IN HARD STRATUM 2:1 & 1.5:1 SIDE SLOPES : For excavation in hard stratum overbreaks of 15 cm. depth perpendicular to the
slope from underside of the lining are permitted. No rock projections which
protrude into the thickness of lining shall be permitted. If the overbreaks are
limited to 15 cm. depth, the space between the underside of, the lining and the
rock face shall be filled with chip masonry in C.M. 1:8/1:10 or with 1:6:12 C.C. if
overcuts are less than 5 cm. If the over- breaks are more than 15 cm. the extra
depth beyond 15 cm. shall be filled with masonry 1:8/1:10 C.M. at the cost of the
Contractor.
6.2.3 PREPARATION OF SUB-GRADE IN CUTTING IN HARD STRATUM UPTO 1/2:1 SIDE SLOPE : For excavation in hard stratum over breaks of 30 cm. depth perpendicular to the
slope from underside of the lining, are permitted. All the over breaks between
underside of the lining and excavated face of rock shall be filled with chip masonry
in C.M. 1:8/1:10 proportion or in C.C. 1:3:6 proportion if overcuts are less than 5
cm. Payment (restricted to 30 cms.) for filling over breaks will be made under
separate items.
6.2.3.1 PREPARATION OF SUB-GRADE IN CUTTING IN HARD STRATA WHERE SIDE SLOPES ARE 1:1 For excavation in hard strata, where side slopes of 1:1 are recommended, the
over breaks at 15 cm. depth perpendicular to the slope from underside of the
lining are permitted. This is to be back filled with C.C. 1:6:12
6.2.4 ACCURATE FINISHING OF SUB GRADE : After the templates are laid and curved, finishing of the sub- grade along the slope
etc. shall be accurately done bringing the surface to the required line and slope by
fine cutting or by laying needed quantity of murum tamping and watering in case
of cutting in soft stratum and banking.
6.3.1 LAYING CAST-IN-SITU SPECIFIED GRADE CONCRETE FOR LINING IN PANELS The bed for lining shall be profusely watered and tamped by a wooden rammer of
size 10 cm.x 15 cm. x 1.5 M with handles at both the edges.
6.3.2 Para No. 4.1.0 to 4.15.4 and 4.16.0 of the specification of cement concrete shall
apply to this item. The mix of the concrete shall be designed in the laboratory
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 77 -
before starting the work for which purpose, the Contractor shall supply the
required quantity of materials the proposes to use free of cost. The mix as
designed shall be adopted by him as there is no change in materials.
6.3.3 The concreting shall be done panel wise along the slope and in alternate bays, the
size of the panels being according to the drawing or as directed. Concrete shall be
laid in one depth of specified thickness. The top finished surface of the concrete
shall be in line with hydraulic section of the canal. After concrete is laid to full
depth, it shall be compacted thoroughly by tampers and/or wooden sleepers to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge, or the concrete shall be compacted by
mechanical plate or screed vibrators.
6.3.4 If the area on which the concrete is to be placed is under water, it shall be
pumped dry and kept so throughout the period of laying concrete and 12 hours
thereafter, without any damage to the concrete. The rate of the lining items shall
include the cost of any dewatering so required.
6.3.5 EXPANSION JOINTS : Expansion joints of 12 mm shall be provided at every 20m. interval c/c or as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge and shall be filled in by 12 mm thick asphalt
pads. In case of structures 12 mm thick asphalt pads shall be provided for each
joint of R.C.C. slab as directed.
ASPHALTIC COMPOUND : On the exposed face of the cast-in-situ templates compound of approved
manufacture and grade shall be applied. It shall be applied in two coats as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
6.3.6 FINISHING : Concrete shall be finished to even and smooth surface free form pockets or
exposed aggregates. This shall be obtained by careful use of long-handle steel
trowel. Any remaining roughness shall be rendered smooth with cement mortar
1:3 proportion without any time interval, after laying of concrete and removal of
shuttering if used.
6.3.7 DRAINAGE PIPES : Drainage pipes shall be provided only in hard rock cutting potions where the side
slopes are 1/2:1 proportion and also where the sub soil water table is high at the
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 78 -
rate of one per panel at a height of 0.30 meter from bottom at center of the panel.
An inverse filter of sand, gravel and metal of approved gradation and size of 10 x
10 x 10 cm. shall be provided below each pipe as shown in the drawing. This item
shall be paid separately.
6.4.0 CURING : The panels in which concreting is done the previous day shall be covered with
burlap or empty cement bags or gunny bags stitched end to end for full slope
width of lining in the morning at 7.00 hours of the next day. All exposed area of
concrete will be covered with gunny bags etc. and the surface so covered shall be
kept continuously watered.
For the purpose of curing steel water tanks of 5,000 litres capacity shall be placed
on platform at edge of service road at the rate of one for 500m length of lining,
which shall be kept filled with water with arrangement of out let and flexible hose
of at least 300m. length. Water will be continuously sprinkled on the gunny bags
keeping them wet for 14 days. Sprinkling will be done during night time also.
6.5.0 MINIMUM PERIOD BEFORE LINING : 6.5.1 In position of banking, lining will be carried out after one monsoon is allowed to
pass, after the banking work is completed.
6.6.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS AND PAYMENTS : The rate for this item shall be for a unit of 1.00 Sqm. completed and accepted
canal concrete lining of specified proportion, strength and thickness on the basis
of surface area including the expansion joint. This rate shall be in full
compensation for furnishing, hauling and placing all materials including jointing
materials and conditioning the base as directed and specified and for furnishing all
labours, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the item
including breakage’s or damages if any.
Payment at the rate of 10% shall be withheld in running payment. Engineer-in-
charge shall inspect the work in relation to finishing, level and line of concrete laid,
hand release such withheld payment suitably, if he is satisfied with the work of
finishing of the item
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 79 -
SECTION - 7
PROVIDING AND LAYING CEMENT CONCRETE 1:6:12 FOR BACK FILLING
BEHIND SIDE LINING FOR SIDE SLOPES WHEREVER APPLICABLE
7.1.0 Materials
7.2.0 Tests on concrete.
7.3.0 Preparation of surface for laying concrete.
7.4.0 Form work.
7.5.0 Rate per unit.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 80 -
SECTION - 7
PROVIDING AND LAYING CEMENT CONCRETE 1:6:12 FOR BACK FILLING BEHIND
SIDE LINING FOR SIDE SLOPES WHEREVER APPLICABLE
7.0.0 Where canal is cutting in hard strata with 2:1 side slopes or 1:1 side slopes in soft
rock, back filling between the face of the rock cut and the back of the lining is done
with cement concrete (1:6:12)
7.1.0 MATERIAL :
The material required for item will be cement, sand, coarse aggregate and water.
The specifications for these materials as given in section 4 of the specifications shall
be applicable for this item too.
The coarse aggregate shall be of 40 mm. maximum size and shall conform to
percentage gradation given in para 4.5.3 and as approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
The concrete shall be of nominal mix of one part of cement, six parts of sand, twelve
parts of coarse aggregate by volume. All the relevant specifications for mixing , laying
and curing of cement concrete from Section 4 shall be applicable to this item also.
7.2.0 Tests on concrete shall when directed by the Engineer-in-charge be made in
accordance with the standard practice. The testing will be at the expense of
Contractor.
7.3.0 PREPARATION OF SURFACE FOR LAYING CONCRETE :
The exposed surface of the side slope of excavation behind the area to be covered by
lining shall be cleaned of all dust, dirt and loose particles and slightly moistened if dry
to prevent absorption of water from the concrete.
7.4.0 The necessary formwork shall be rigidly erected and fixed in between the two
templates inside face of formwork being in line and slopes with the top surface of the
templates. The height of the formwork shall not be more than 1 meter. The concrete
shall then be poured in the space between the excavated rock face and the formwork
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 81 -
properly rammed with steel rods and / or vibrated if necessary, in the opinion of the
Engineer-in-charge. Concrete will be so laid and vibrated as not to disturb the line and
slope of the formwork. Further heights will be tackled in the same manner,
progressively.
7.5.0 The rate for this item shall be for an unit of one cubic metre of work accepted as per
specified proportion and strength. The rate shall be in full compensation for furnishing,
hauling and placing in position all material including formwork and for furnishing all
labour, equipment and tools necessary and incidental to complete the work.
The quantity will be calculated on the basis of area of cast-in-situ lining in item
applicable and thickness as per distance of the line from the back of lining, measured
perpendicular to the slope of lining irrespective of the actual quantity used for filling
the space between the excavation face and back face of lining.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 82 -
SECTION – 8
PROVIDING U.C.R. / CHIP MASONRY IN C.M. 1:8/1:10
FOR BACK FILLING.
8.0.0 Masonry
8.1.0 Scope of work.
8.2.0 Preparation of surface prior to laying masonry.
8.2.1 Cleaning of sub-grade or surface with water etc.
8.2.2 Laying of masonry over masonry which has not hardened.
8.2.3 a) Treatment of hardened masonry surface.
b) Cost of cement mortar.
8.3.0 Stones.
8.3.1 Quality.
8.3.2 Size.
8.3.3 Test for good stones.
8.4.0 Sand.
8.4.1 Source and size.
8.4.2 Quality.
8.4.3 Mechanical analysis.
8.4.4 a) Fineness modulus.
b) Natural sand.
c) Allowance for bulkage.
8.5.0 Cement
8.6.0 Water
8.6.1 Quality.
8.6.2 Turbidity permissible.
8.7.0 Mortar-General.
8.7.1 Specifications for ingredients.
8.7.2 Time for use.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 83 -
8.7.3 Proportion of ingredients.
8.8.0 Stipulated crushing strength.
8.8.2 Preliminary laboratory tests.
8.8.3 a) Work tests on mortar.
b) Standard of acceptance.
8.9.0 Cement mortar.
8.9.1 Proportion.
8.9.2 Mode of mixing.
8.10.0 Mix variation
8.10.1 Mix variation clause for cement.
8.11.1 Masonry (General)
8.11.2 Stones to be wetted before use.
8.11.3 Dressing of stones.
8.11.4 Laying.
8.11.5 Bonding and bond stones.
8.11.6 Precaution to obtain dense masonry.
8.11.7 Limit on height of masonry to be done in a day.
8.11.9 Quantity of mortar.
8.11.10 Scaffolding to be done by Contractor.
8.11.11 Providing plankways.
8.11.12 Curing of masonry.
8.11.13 Weak or defective masonry.
8.11.14 Cleaning after construction.
8.12.0 Measurements.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 84 -
SECTION – 8
PROVIDING U.C.R. / CHIP MASONRY IN C.M. 1:8/1:10
FOR BACK FILLING.
8.0.0 MASONRY : 8.1.0 SCOPE OF WORK :
The work covered by this item shall consist of furnishing all materials, equipments and
labour for providing and laying masonry wherever necessary with or without face
work, curing and performing all the functions necessary and ancillary thereto.
8.2.0 PREPARATION OF SURFACE PRIOR TO LAYING MASONRY : 8.2.1 CLEANING OF SUB-GRADE OR SURFACE WITH WATER ETC : Immediately before masonry is started, the sub-grade shall be thoroughly cleaned of
all loose material, including all chips, sand, dirt, etc. This shall be done with the help of
stiff brooms and water.
8.2.2 LAYING OF MASONRY OVER MASONRY WHICH HAS NOT HARDENED : Before laying of masonry , the surface of masonry in day to day work shall be cleaned
with water jets so that the surface is thoroughly cleaned and wetted but pools of water
shall be avoided. The cost of such cleaning shall be covered by the unit rate accepted
for the item of masonry.
8.2.3 a) TREATMENT OF HARDENED MASONRY SURFACE : Masonry surface which have remained exposed for a period such that the new
masonry cannot be integrally incorporated with the previous one shall be
prepared in the same manner as indicated above. Before starting the new layer of
masonry over the old one, the mortar shall be scraped from joints in lower layer to
a depth of at least one centimeter. Cost of such preparation shall be covered
under unit rate accepted for masonry.
8.2.3 b) COST OF CEMENT MORTAR : Before laying masonry over the finally prepared surface as a base of the old
masonry which has remained exposed in monsoon, the surface shall be wetted
and coated or covered with layer of cement mortar (1:3) 2 cm. thick . This will be
done by trowel to ensure good adhesion. This cost shall stand included in the unit
cost of masonry.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 85 -
8.3.0 STONES :
8.3.1 QUALITY :
All stone used on the works under these specifications shall be obtained from quarries
approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Approval to the quarry will not mean that any
stones from the quarry is approved. The stones shall be of sound, hard and durable
quality and shall be free from veins, flaws, cracks and other defects.
8.3.2 SIZE :
The dimension of the stone to be used shall be suitable confirming to the over-cuts
and chips of sizes varying from 8 to 15 cm. will be used to make the masonry as
dense possible.
8.3.3 TEST FOR GOOD STONES :
Before any stone in a quarry is approved, it shall be seen that besides satisfying the
specifications mentioned in para 8.3.1 the stone shall be such as will not absorb water
more than 5 percent of its weight after keeping it under water for 24 hours.
8.4.0 SAND :
8.4.1 SOURCE AND SIZE :
The sand used for mortar shall be natural river sand. The maximum size shall be
limited to 5 mm.
8.4.2 QUALITY :
The sand shall conform to the specifications vide para 4.4.2
8.4.3 MECHANICAL ANALYSIS :
Specifications same as para 4.4.3
8.4.4 a) FINENESS MODULUS :
Specifications same as para 4.4.4(a)
b) NATURAL SAND :
Specifications as per para 4.4.4(b)
c) ALLOWANCE FOR BULKAGE :
Specifications same as per para 4.4.4(c)
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 86 -
8.5.0 CEMENT : Cement shall be procured by the Contractor and conform to specifications laid
down by Bureau of Indian Standards (Vide their Sp. I.S. 269-1976) for Portland
cement.
8.6.0 WATER : 8.6.1 QUALITY : Water used for making mortar shall be reasonably clean and free from
objectionable quantities of silt, organic matter, alkali, salts and other injurious
materials.
QUANTITY : The quantity of water to be used for mixing of mortar shall be specified by the
Engineer-in-charge from time to time depending upon the quality of sand and
cement to be used and the atmospheric conditions and shall in no case be more
than 0.7 times the weight of cement in mortar mix and for the surface saturated
dry condition of materials.
8.6.2 TURBIDITY PERMISSIBLE : The turbidity of water for mixing mortar shall not be more than 2,000 parts per
million and shall preferably be as low as possible.
8.7.0 MORTAR-GENERAL : 8.7.1 SPECIFICATION FOR INGREDIENTS : It shall be seen that ingredients going to form finished product of mortar comply
individually with the specifications, separately laid out for each of them.
8.7.2 TIME FOR USE : Mortar shall be used in masonry within the time specified for the initial set of
cement which shall not be more than 30 minutes as directed by the Engineer-in-
charge.
8.7.3 PROPORTION OF INGREDIENTS : The proportions of ingredients mentioned in the detailed specifications for each
type of mortar are nominal proportions. The mix proportion is liable to varied at the
discretion of the Engineer-in-charge to ensure the requisite strength. If the
nominal mix fails to give the requisite strength, the mix shall be varied as directed
by the Engineer-in-charge. The mix proportions stipulated are by volume. The
volume of sand will be directly measured prior to mixing. Volume of cement shall
be reckoned on the basis of 0.034 cum of cement per bag.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 87 -
8.8.0 STIPULATED CRUSHING STRENGTH :
8.8.1 The stipulated crushing strength of mortar used in any part of masonry shall not be
less than 80% of the final stipulated strength, at the end of 28 days in the case of
cement mortar. In some cases there is appreciable gain in strength beyond 28 days
also. In such cases if the strength is attained after 45 to 90 days the masonry will be
accepted as satisfactory.
8.8.2 PRELIMINARY LABORATORY TESTS :
Preliminary tests of cubes should be carried out in the laboratory well in advance of
commencement of work. These tests should indicate an adequate margin over the
minimum strength stipulated in para 8.8.1 of the specifications.
8.8.3 (A) WORKS TESTS ON MORTAR :
Tests for crushing strength shall be made on standard cubes as per relevant Indian
Standard Specifications. For 'works test' samples shall be taken on the job as and
when directed. Generally, for works test samples shall be taken for every 100 cum. of
masonry. Materials for the works test (mortar, cement, sand as the case may be )
shall be supplied by the Contractor free of cost and collection of samples, casting of
cubes and curing and testing shall be carried out by the Contractor at his cost.
8.8.3 (B) STANDARD OF ACCEPTANCE :
Not a single sample of work test cubes shall have at the age 28 days, a crushing
strength less than the stipulated crushing strength of concrete. The Engineer-in-
charge may at his discretion occasionally accept the crushing strength of a sample
which is less than the stipulated strength but which is equal to or more than 85% of
the stipulated strength. Each sample of work test cubes shall assume to represent 30
m3 masonry and corresponding quantity of masonry showing crushing strength less
than stipulated strength shall be paid at reduced rates as under.
1) Equal to or more than 95% All full rates in occasional cases
2) Equal to or more than 90% but less than 95% 5% reduced rates
3) Equal to or more than 85% but less 90% 10% reduced rates.
The reduced rate shall be approved by the Superintending Engineer.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 88 -
If the crushing strength falls below 85% of the stipulated crushing strength , then
the quantity of masonry represented by these samples will not be paid for.
Defective parts, if noticed shall be removed and redone by the Contractor at his
cost.
In addition to the 28 days strength tests, the Engineer-in-charge may at his
discretion take 7 days strength tests and/or 3 days (accelerated curing) strength
tests and fix up the relation between such strength and 28 days strength after
studying the actual values realised. If at any time the tests, that is, 7 days or 3
days (accelerated curing) strength indicate that the strength may not be achieved
as specified by the Engineer-in-charge, he shall have authority to suspend the
work of laying masonry until the reasons for low strength have been investigated
and corrected. The contractor shall comply therewith without such suspension of
work being made a reason for any claim. The Engineer-in-charge may at his
discretion also order suspension of the work when the variation in the strength of
the individual work test cubes from average of the set is in his opinion excessive.
The Contractor shall comply with such suspension until the reason for the
variations are investigated and corrected and such suspension shall not be
accepted as reason for any claim.
8.9.0 CEMENT MORTAR : 8.9.1 PROPORTION : The mortar shall be obtained by thoroughly mixing together the ingredients in a
mechanically operated mixer in specified proportions as para 8.7.3
8.9.2 MODE OF MIXING : The ingredients of mortar shall be properly mixed in mixers designed so as to
positively ensure uniform distribution, of all the component material throughout the
mass at the end of mixing period. After all materials except for the full amount of
water are in the mixer the mixing of each batch shall continue for about 1 to 2
minutes depending upon the revolution of the mixer, and experience. The
minimum mixing period specified above assures proper control of the speed of
rotation of the introduction of the materials including water. The mixing time shall
be increased at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge when the charging
operation fails to produce the required uniformity of composition and consistency
within the batch and form batch to batch. The Contractor shall not be entitled for
any extra payment for such increase in mixing time. The excessive mixing
requiring the addition of water to preserve the required mortar consistency shall
be avoided. If the mixing and charging operations are such that he required
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 89 -
uniformity of mortar is obtained in shorter mixing time than the minimum specified
without sacrifice of needed workability, the mixing time may be shortened under
order of the Engineer-in-charge. Mixing shall be done be mechanical means only.
The sequence of feeding of the ingredients into mixer shall generally be –
50 percent of requirement of water.
50 percent of requirement of sand.
Full quantity of cement.
Balance quantity of sand.
Balance quantity of water.
8.10.0 MIX VARIATION : 8.10.1 MIX VARIATION CLAUSE FOR CEMENT : Mix variation (cement : sand) shall not constitute an extra item.
If the proportion of cement to sand is varied, an addition or deduction shall be made in
the rate of masonry for the cement used in excess or short of the stipulated
requirements of cement per cubic metre of masonry at the rate as given in Annex 'A'
of Detailed Tender Notice. For this purpose the volume of mortar in masonry shall be
taken 35 percent of volume of masonry.
8.11.1 MASONRY ( GENERAL ) The clause under this shall apply to all types of masonry.
8.11.2 STONES TO BE WETTED BEFORE USE : All stones, chips etc. shall be clean and free from dust or mud to ensure a good bond
with mortar and shall be wetted before being laid, for this purpose the stones that are
immediately to be used shall be kept sprinkled with good clear water. There shall be a
good collection of stones and spalls within easy reach of masonry to enable proper
selection of stone for the individual locations while laying and the stones shall be kept
continuously replenished.
8.11.3 DRESSING OF STONES : The stones shall be set in the work as received from quarry after early knocking off
weak corners and edges with a mason's hammer and after clearing scales of foreign
matter if any.
8.11.4 LAYING : The stones shall be laid carefully on their natural flat bed so to break joints as mush
as possible. They shall be solidly bedded in mortar with close joints. No joints shall
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 90 -
exceed 4 cm. nor shall it be less than 12 mm. in the thickness. Chips of stones and
spalls shall be edged into the work wherever necessary to avoid thick beds or joints of
mortar and to give masonry maximum density.
No dry work of hollow space shall be allowed. Every stone, whether large or small
shall be set flush in mortar, shaken and hammered down by a mallet to sink into it.
The smaller stones used in the filling shall be carefully selected to fit snugly into the
interstices between larger ones. Mortar to be added to fill the intervening space shall
be well worked out by the trowel and steel bar disturbing the mortar during the period
of setting shall be avoided. Mortar joints of top and sides of layer shall be pressed and
brushed over, by coir brush as soon as masonry is laid so as not to leave any loose
mortar.
8.11.5 BONDIGN AND BOND STONES : For ensuring good bond, masonry shall be finished uneven at the end of days work or
at the top surface of the work done in each lift. No mortar shall be allowed to remain
over the masonry at its top. At the close of the day's work, all mortar on the top shall
be removed.
8.11.6 PRECAUTION TO OBTAIN DENSE MASONRY : In order to obtain dense masonry, the following precaution shall be taken.
i) Underpinning shall be avoided after a stone is laid as it tends to lift the stone
and create air pockets.
ii) Putting chips in the intervening space before filling with mortar shall avoided.
iii) Leveling of masonry on the top of the course by use of chips, shall be avoided.
All chips on ends will be driven on one end only, which will help to squeeze
and compact the mortar in joints.
8.11.7 LIMIT ON HEIGHT OF MASONRY TO BE DONE IN A DAY : The maximum height of masonry layer that will be allowed to be constructed at a time
shall be 0.6 meter. No fresh masonry shall be laid over masonry previously laid within
24 hours of its laying. In case sufficient working space is not available at higher level,
this condition may be relaxed by the Engineer-in-charge.
8.11.8 The work shall be built square, plumb, curved or battered as may be required by the
design. It shall be carried out in a workman like manner with the aid of moulds,
templates, centers etc. which will be provided by the Contractor at no extra cost.
8.11.9 QUANTITY OF MORTAR : Every effort shall be made to see that proper quantity of mortar is used in the
masonry. The quantity of mortar will be 33 to 37 percent of the masonry laid. If less
mortar is consumed the rate of masonry will be correspondingly reduced.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 91 -
8.11.10 SCAFFOLDING TO BE DONE BY CONTRACTOR : All scaffolding required for the work shall be provided within the rates quoted for the
items of masonry.
8.11.11 PROVIDING PLANKWAYS : Plank walk-ways or other suitable arrangements shall be provided at the Contractor
cost promptly for the use of necessary job traffic over freshly laid masonry of the day.
8.11.12 CURING OF MASONRY : All masonry as it progresses shall be kept well watered on the top and sides for a
period of not less than 14 days from the date of build up in place. The top of masonry
is to be kept well watered, watering shall be done carefully, so as not to disturb or
wash out mortar where watering is done by manual labour. Night shift, if necessary ,
shall be arranged for constant watering. Masonry shall on no account be allowed to
present a dry surface during curing period. Should the mortar perish, that is , become
dry through neglect of watering, such work shall be demolished and rebuilt at no extra
cost. If the curing arrangement of the Contractor is not satisfactory the Engineer-in-
charge in his discretion engage labour and provide material, equipment for curing,
recover expenditure thus involved from the Contractor.
8.11.13 WEAK OR DEFECTIVE MASONRY : If any portion of masonry is found to be defective either in materials or in construction
shall be removed and rebuilt by the Contractor without extra cost.
In the alternative at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge such masonry shall be
sufficiently grouted at Contractor's cost in a manner specified by the Engineer-in-
charge and to his entire satisfaction.
8.11.14 CLEARING AFTER CONSTRUCTION : All masonry shall be cleaned after completion.
8.12.0 MEASUREMENT : Payment shall be made on the net quantity of masonry arrived at after deducting
quantities for openings and other class of work from the total masonry. Such
deductions shall not apply to the anchor bars, grout holes, bore volume of holes or
weep holes or any other opening not exceeding 100 square cm. in cross section.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 92 -
SECTION - 9
MASONRY
9.1.0 Scope of work.
9.2.0 Preparation of foundation.
9.3.0 Stones.
9.4.0 Sand.
9.5.0 Cement.
9.6.0 Water.
9.7.0 Mortar general.
9.8.0 Stipulated crushing strength.
9.9.0 Cement mortar.
9.10.0 Mix variation.
9.11.0 Masonry (general)
9.12.0 Measurement.
9.13.0 Khandki face work.
9.14.0 Uncoursed rubble masonry.
9.15.0 Weep holes.
9.16.0 Pointing.
9.17.0 Plaster.
9.18.0 Coursed rubble masonry 2nd sort.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 93 -
SECTION – 9
MASONRY
9.0.0 MASONRY:
9.1.0 SCOPE OF WORK :
The work covered by this item shall consist of furnishing all materials, equipments and
labour for providing and laying masonry in foundation or superstructure with or without
face work, curing and performing all the functions necessary and ancillary thereto.
9.2.0 PREPARATION OF FOUNDATION, CONCRETE OR MASONRY SURFACE PRIOR
TO LAYING :
9.2.1 CLEANING OF FOUNDATION WITH WATER ETC. :
Immediately before masonry is started, the foundation shall be thoroughly cleaned of
all loose material, including all chips, dirt etc. This shall be done with the help of stiff
brooms and water.
9.2.2 LAYING OF MASONRY OVER MASONRY WHICH HAS NOT HARDENED :
Before laying of masonry, the surface of the masonry in day to day work shall be
cleaned with water jets so that the surface is thoroughly cleaned and wetted but pools
of water shall be avoided. The cost of such cleaning shall be covered by the unit rate
accepted for the item of masonry.
9.2.3 A) TREATMENT OF HARDENED MASONRY SURFACE :
i) Masonry surface over which the floods have not passed and have remained
exposed for a period such that the new masonry can not be integrally incorporated
with the previous one shall be prepared in the same manner as indicated for
foundations. Before starting the new layer of masonry over the old one the mortar
shall be scraped from joints in lower layer to a depth of at least one centimeter.
Cost of such preparation shall be covered under unit rate accepted for masonry.
ii) Masonry surface, over which the floods have passed and remained exposed may
require removal of some portion thereof, the extent of which shall be decided by
the Engineer-in-charge. The dismantling and reconstruction work involved shall,
however, not be paid for and deemed to have been covered under unit rates,
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 94 -
accepted for the masonry work. Where dismantling is not ordered it shall be
prepared in the same manner as indicated in para (i) above.
iii) Dry foundation surface, masonry and concrete surface exposed for more than two
weeks shall be kept, wet for at least 24 hours prior to laying of masonry.
9.2.3 (B) TREATMENT OF HARDENED CONCRETE SURFACE :
Concrete surface, which has hardened shall be roughened by chipping to a depth
of 25 mm. so as to remove top mortar fill and get a rough surface for starting
masonry in addition to preparation of foundation with air and water jets, and
standing pools of water. Cost of such preparation is covered under the unit rate
accepted for masonry.
9.2.3 (C) COST OF CEMENT MORTAR :
Before laying masonry over the finally prepared surface of the foundation of the
old masonry or concrete which has remained exposed in monsoon , the surface
shall be wetted and coated or covered with layer of cement mortar (1:3) 2 cm.
thick. This will be done by trowel to ensure good adhesion. This cost shall stand
included in the unit cost of masonry.
9.3.0 STONES :
9.3.1 QUALITY :
All stones used on the works under these specifications shall be obtained from
contractor's own quarries approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Approval to the quarry
will not mean that any stone from the quarry is approved. The stones to be used in the
masonry shall be tough, hard, sound and durable, resistant to weathering action
reasonably fine grained, uniform in colour and texture and free form seams, cracks or
other defects which would adversely affect their strength, durability or appearance.
They shall also be free from weathered portion and skin.
9.3.2 SIZE :
The dimension of the stone to be used shall not be less than 15 cm. on any face
stones used shall not weigh less than 35 kg. each. Chips however will be used to
make the masonry as dense as possible. The total volume of chips will be 5 to 10% of
masonry.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 95 -
9.3.3 TEST FOR GOOD STONES :
Before any quarry for a stone is approved, it shall be seen that besides satisfying the
specification mentioned in para 9.3.1 above, the stone shall be such as will not absorb
water more than 5% of its weight after keeping it under water for 24 hours.
9.4.0 SAND :
9.4.1 SOURCE AND SIZE :
The sand used for mortar shall be natural river sand. The maximum size shall be
limited to 5 mm.
9.4.2 QUALITY :
The sand shall consist of hard, dense, durable uncoated gritty material, obtained from
rock fragments. It shall be free from injurious amounts of dust, lumps , soft and flaky
particles, shale, alkali, organic matter, loam mica and other deleterious substances.
The maximum percentage of deleterious matter of sand as delivered for use in mortar
shall not exceed the following values.
PERCENTAGE BY WEIGHT
Materials passing 75 micron I.S. sieve 3 Percent.
Shale 1 Percent.
Coal 1 Percent.
Clay lumps 1 Percent.
Total of other deleterious substances such as
Alkali, mica, coated grains, soft and flaky particles. 2 Percent.
The sum of percentage of all deleterious substances shall not exceed 5% by weight.
The sand shall be free from injurious amounts of organic impurities. Sand producing a
colour darker than the standard in the calorimetric tests for organic impurities shall be
rejected. If the impurities are beyond the acceptable limits stated above, the sand
shall be washed with power/ diesel driven sand washing machine to the entire
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge at the cost of the Contractor.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 96 -
9.4.3 MECHANICAL ANALYSIS :
The natural sand shall be well graded and the sieve analysis of the sand shall confirm
to the following limits of gradation.
ASTM sieve No. Equivalent I.S.S. No. Cumulative percentage by
weight retained on sieve
3/8" mesh
4 mesh
8 mesh
16 mesh
30 mesh
50 mesh
100 mesh
10 mm
4.75 mm
2.36 mm
1.18 mm
600 micron
300 micron
150 micron
Nil
1 to 8
10 to 25
25 to 45
50 to 70
75 to 90
90 to 97
The gradation curve of the natural sand shall lie within the enveloping curve of
gradation specified as above.
9.4.4 (A) FINENESS MODULUS :
The fineness modulus shall be computed by adding cumulative percentages of
sand retained on the 6 standard screens from No. 4 to No. 100 inclusive A.S.T.M.
standard 00 (or 4.75 mm, 2.36 mm, 1.18 mm 600 microns, 300 microns and 150
microns of the ISI Specification ) and dividing the sum by 100. Any deviation from
the specified range of gradation and fineness modulus shall not be permitted
without the written permission of the Engineer-in-charge. Corrective measures if
any required for improving the fineness modulus shall be arranged by the
Contractor at his own cost as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
B) NATURAL SAND :
Natural sand shall have a fineness modulus ranging from 2.60 to 3.85 without any
admixtures.
C) ALLOWANCE FOR BULKAGE :
If the sand as obtained from quarry or after its washing is found to be moist,
bulkage will be measured and allowance provided. Sand is stacked at site at least
for 48 hours before use. Bulkage of such stack will be measured regularly as
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 97 -
directed by the Engineer-in-charge and allowed according to these observations.
Observations for bulkage will be made as per Indian Standard procedure and
allowance will be made as under.
Bulkage observed Allowance to be made
Below 5%
5 to 10
10 to 15
15 to 20
20 to 25
25 to 30
30 to 35
Nil
5 Percent
10 Percent
15 Percent
20 Percent
25 Percent
30 Percent
9.5.0 CEMENT :
The cement will be procured as per para 14 of Special Conditions of Contract in
standard bags as received from the manufacturers and is expected to conform with
the Specifications, laid by down Bureau of Indian Standards (vide the specification No.
I.S. 269 of 1976 for Portland Cement). The volume of one undamaged bag shall be
considered as 0.034 cu-metre or 1.2 Cft.
9.6.0 WATER :
9.6.1 QUALITY :
Water used for making mortar shall be reasonably clean and free from objectionable
quantities of silt, organic matter, alkali, salts and other injurious materials.
9.6.2 TURBIDITY PERMISSIBLE :
The turbidity of water for mixing mortar not be more than 2,000 parts per million and
shall preferably be as low as possible.
9.7.0 MORTAR-GENERAL :
9.7.1 SPECIFICATION FOR INGREDIENTS :
It shall be seen that the ingredients going to form the finished product of mortar
comply individually with the specifications separately laid out for each of them.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 98 -
9.7.2 TIME FOR USE :
Mortar shall be used in masonry within the time specified for the initial set of cement
which shall not be more than 30 minutes as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
9.7.3 PROPORTION OF INGREDIENTS :
The proportions of ingredients mentioned in the detailed specifications for each type of
mortar are nominal proportions. The mix proportion is liable to be varied at the
discretion of the Engineer-in-charge to ensure the requisite strength. If the nominal
mix fails to give the requisite strength, the mix shall be varied as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge. The mix proportions stipulated are by volume. The volume of
sand will be directly measured prior to mixing. Volume of cement shall be reckoned on
the basis of 0.034 M³ of cement per bag.
9.8.0 STIPULATED CRUSHING STRENGTH :
9.8.1 The stipulated crushing strength of various mortar proportions shall be as below :
Mortar mix Cement : Sand Stipulated crushing strength at
the end of 28 days Kg/cm2
1:5
1:6
1:8
56
35
24
The crushing strength of mortar used in part of Masonry shall not be less than 80% of
the final crushing strength, at the end of 28 days. In some cases there is appreciable
gain in strength beyond 28 days also. In such cases if the strength is attained after 45
to 90 days , the masonry shall be accepted as satisfactory.
9.8.2 PRELIMINARY LABORATORY TESTS :
Preliminary tests on cubes should be carried out in the laboratory well in advance of
commencement of work. These tests should indicate an adequate margin over the
minimum stipulated in para 9.8.1 above.
9.8.3 a) WORK TESTS ON MORTAR :
Tests for crushing strength shall be on standard cubes as per relevant Indian
Standard Specifications. For works tests samples shall be taken on the job as and
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 99 -
when directed. Generally for works test, samples shall be taken for every 100 cum. of
masonry and at least once in a day. Materials for the works test (Mortar, cement, sand
as the case may be ) shall be supplied by the Contractor free of cost and collection of
samples, casting of cubes, curing and testing shall be carried out by the Contractor at
its own cost.
9.8.3 b) STANDARD OF ACCEPTANCE :
Not a single sample of work test cubes shall have at the age of 28 days, a crushing
strength less than the stipulated crushing strength of mortar. The Engineer-in-charge
may at his discretion occasionally accept the crushing strength of a sample which is
less than the stipulated strength but which is equal to or more than 85% of the
stipulated strength. Each sample of work test cubes shall assume to represent 100 M3
masonry and corresponding quantity of masonry showing crushing strength less than
stipulated strength shall be paid at reduced rates as under.
1) Equal to or more than 95% At full rates in occasional cases
2) Equal to or more than 90% but less than 95% 5% reduced rates.
3) Equal to or more than 85% but Less than 90%. 10% reduced rates.
The reduced rate shall be approved by the Superintending Engineer.
If the crushing strength fails below 85% of the stipulated crushing strength, then the
quantity of masonry represented by these samples will not be paid for. Defective
parts, if noticed shall be removed and redone by the contractor at his cost.
In addition to the 28 days strength tests, the Engineer-in-charge may at his discretion
take 7 days strength tests and/or 3 days (accelerated curing) strength tests and fix up
the relation between such strength and 28 days strength after studying the actual
values realised. If at any time the test i.e. 7 days or 3 days (accelerated curing )
strength indicate that the strength may not be achieved as specified by the Engineer-
in-charge, he shall have authority to suspend the work of laying masonry until the
reasons for low strength have been investigated and corrected. The contractor shall
comply therewith without such suspension of work being made a reason for any claim.
The Engineer-in-charge may at his discretion also order suspension of the work when
the variation in the strength of the individual works test cubes from average of the set
is in his opinion excessive. The contractor shall comply with such suspension until the
reasons for the variations are investigated and corrected and such suspension shall
not be accepted as reason for any claim.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 100 -
9.9.0 CEMENT MORTAR : 9.9.1 PROPORTION : The mortar shall be obtained by thoroughly mixing together the ingredients in a
mechanically operated mixer in specified proportions as per para 9.7.3.
9.9.2 MODE OF MIXING : The ingredients of mortar shall be properly mixed in mixers designed so as to
positively ensure uniform distribution of all the component material throughout the
mass at the end of mixing period. After all materials except for the full amount of
water in the mixer the mixing of each batch shall continue for about 1 to 2 minutes
depending upon the revolutions per minutes of the mixer, and experience. The
minimum mixing period specified above assumes proper control of the speed of
rotation of the introduction of the materials including water. The mixing time shall be
increased at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge when the charging operation fails
to produce the required uniformity of composition and consistency within the batch
and from batch to batch. The Contractor shall not be entitled for any extra payment of
such increase in mixing time. The excessive mixing requiring the addition of water to
preserve the required mortar consistency shall be avoided. If the mixing and charging
operations are such that required uniformity of mortar is obtained in shorter mixing
time than the minimum specified, without sacrifice of needed workability the mixing
time may be shortened under orders of the Engineer-in-charge. Mixing shall be done
by mechanical means only. The sequence of feeding of the ingredients into the mixer
shall generally be as under:
50% of requirement of water.
50% of requirement of sand.
Full quantity of cement.
Balance quantity of sand.
Balance quantity of water.
9.10.0 MIX VARIATION :
9.10.1 MIX VARIATION CLAUSE FOR CEMENT :
Mix variation ( cement : sand ) shall not constitute an extra item.
If the proportion of cement to sand is varied, an addition or deduction shall be made in
the rate of masonry for the cement used in excess or short of the stipulated
requirement of cement per cubic meter of masonry as shown in table below at the rate
shown in Annex 'A' of Detailed Tender Notice. For this purpose, the volume of mortar
in masonry shall be taken as shown in column 3 of table below corresponding to
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 101 -
proportions of mortar and the volume of mortar will be taken to be equal to the volume
of the sand before mixing.
Sr. No.
Proportion of mortar
% of volume of mortar in masonry
Assumed cement content in Kg. per cum.
1 2 3
C.M. - 1:8 C.M. - 1:6
C.M. - 1:5
35 35 45 35 45
62.50 83.50 107.0 90.0
128.5
9.11.0 MASONRY ( GENERAL ) 9.11.1 The clause under his section shall apply to all types of masonry.
9.11.2 STONES TO BE WETTED BEFORE USE : All stones, chips etc. shall be clean and free from dust or mud to ensure a good bond
with mortar and shall be wetted before being laid. For this purpose the stones that are
immediately to be used shall be kept sprinkled with good clean water. There shall be a
good collection of stones and spalls within easy reach of masonry to enable proper
selection of stone for the individual locations while laying, and the stones shall be kept
continuously replenished.
9.11.3 DRESSING OF STONE : The stones shall be set in the work as received from quarry after early knocking of
weak corners and edges with a mason's hammer and after cleaning scales of foreign
matter if any.
9.11.4 LAYING : The stones shall be laid carefully on their natural flat bed so as to break joints as
much as possible. They shall be solidly bedded in mortar with close joints. No joints
shall exceed 4 cm. nor shall it be less than 12 mm. in the thickness. Chips of stones
and spalls shall be wedged in the work wherever necessary to avoid thick beds of
joints of mortar and to give masonry maximum density.
No dry work or hollow space shall be allowed. Every stone, whether large or small
shall be set flush in mortar, shaken and hammered down by a mallet to sink into it.
The smaller stones used in the filling shall be carefully selected to fit snuggly into the
interstices between larger ones. Mortar to be added to fill the intervening spaces shall
be well worked out by trowel and steel bar. Disturbing the mortar during the period of
setting shall be avoided. Mortar joints of top and sides of a layer shall be pressed and
brushed over by coir brush as soon as masonry is laid so as not to leave any loose
mortar.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 102 -
9.11.5 (A) BONDING AND BOND STONES : For ensuring good bond, masonry shall be finished uneven at the end of the days
work or at the top surface of the work done in each lift. No mortar shall be allowed to
remain over the masonry at its top. At the close of the day's work, all mortar on the top
shall be removed.
Bond stone shall be at least 0.05 sq.m. in face area and shall run back in the work, at
least 60 cm. or the full depth of the work if it is less than 60 cm. if the wall be over 60
cm. thick a line of headers overlapping each other at least 15 cm. shall be laid right
through the wall.
B) A row of vertical headers shall be erected at above two meter concrete to center
both ways so that there is at least one vertical header for every 4 square meter, in
every layer. The headers shall be at least 60 cm. long.
9.11.6 PRECAUTIONS TO OBTAIN DENSE MASONRY :
In order to obtain dense masonry, following precautions shall be taken.
i) Under-pinning shall be avoided after a stone laid as it tends to lift the stone
and create air pockets.
ii) Putting chips in the intervening space before filling with mortar shall be
avoided.
iii) Leveling of masonry on the top of the course by use of chips, shall be avoided.
All chips on ends will be driven on one end only, which will help to squeeze
and compact the mortar in the joints.
9.11.7 LIMIT ON HEIGHT OF MASONRY TO BE DONE IN A DAY :
The maximum height of masonry layer that will be allowed to be constructed at time
shall be 0.6 meter. No fresh masonry shall be laid over masonry previously laid within
24 hours of its laying. In case sufficient working space is not available at higher levels,
this condition may be relaxed by the Engineer-in-charge.
9.11.8 The work shall be built square, plumb, curved or battered as may be required by the
design. It shall be carried out in a workmanlike manner with the aid of moulds,
templates, centers etc. which will be provided by the Contractor at no extra cost.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 103 -
9.11.9 QUANTITY OF MORTAR :
Every effort shall be made to see that proper quantity of mortar is used in the
masonry. The quantity of mortar will be +2% of the percent stated in table under
clause 9.10.1 depending upon the proportion. If less mortar is consumed the rate of
masonry will be correspondingly reduced.
9.11.10 SCAFFOLDING TO BE DONE BY CONTRACTOR :
All scaffolding required for the work shall be provided within the rates quoted for the
items of masonry.
9.11.11 PROVIDING PLANKWAYS :
Plank walk ways or other suitable arrangement shall be provided at the Contractor's
cost promptly for the use of necessary job traffic over freshly laid masonry of the day.
9.11.12 CURING OF MASONRY :
All masonry as it progresses shall be kept well watered on the top and sides for a
period of not less than 14 days from the date of build-up place. The top of all masonry
is to be kept well watered, watering shall be done carefully so as not to disturb or
wash out mortar. Where watering is done by manual labour, night shift if necessary,
shall be arranged for constant watering. Masonry shall on no account be allowed to
present a dry surface during curing period. Should the mortar perish i.e. become dry
through neglect of watering, such work shall be demolished and rebuilt at no extra
cost. If the curing arrangement of the Contractor is not satisfactory the Engineer-in-
charge may in his discretion engage labour and provide material, equipment for curing
and recover expenditure thus involved from the Contractor.
9.11.13 WEAK OR DEFECTIVE MASONRY :
If any portion of masonry is found to be defective either in materials or in construction
it shall be removed and rebuilt by the Contractor without extra cost.
In the alternative at the direction of the Engineer-in-charge such masonry shall be
sufficiently grouted at Contractor's cost in a manner specified by the Engineer-in-
charge and to his entire satisfaction.
9.11.14 CLEANING AFTER CONSTRUCTION :
All masonry shall be cleaned after completion.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 104 -
9.11.15 BLOCKOUTS AND SLOTS TO BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR:
Blockouts and slots necessary for embedding the foundation bolts and other
embedded parts shall be provided by the Contractor without any extra cost.
9.11.16 DAMAGE DUE TO FLOODS, GOVERNMENT NOT RESPONSIBLE :
Any damage done to masonry due to the floods, passing over the work completed in
the previous working season, or caused due to floods during construction, shall be
covered by the rates quoted for the items. No extra claim shall be entertained for such
damages.
9.12.0 MEASUREMENTS :
Payment shall be made on the net quantity of masonry arrived at, after deducting
quantities for openings and other class of work from the total volume of masonry.
Such deductions shall not apply to the anchor bars, grout holes, bore holes or weep
holes or any other opening not exceeding 100 square cm. in cross section.
Payment at the rate of 2% shall be withheld in running payment. Engineer-in-charge
shall inspect the work in relation to finishing, level and line of masonry laid, and
release such withheld payment suitably if he is satisfied with the work of finishing of
the item.
9.13.0 KHANDKI MASONRY FOR FACE WORKS :
9.13.1 STONES FOR FACE WORK :
Stones shall generally be quarried with clean faces and sharp edges all round and
shall be of such a character that it can be brought to such lines and surfaces, whether
curved or plane as may be required. Size and shape of stones shall be as per the
requirements. Stones to be set in the work shall be as received from the quarry after
merely knocking off weak corners and edges with a mason's hammer. All the sides of
the stones on the face shall be dressed in straight / lines and all these sides shall be
in one plane so as to have the vertical and horizontal sides perfectly straight, parallel
and right angles to adjacent side. No stone shall be less than 400 square cm. on the
face. The beds, sides and top shall be square to the face and rough tooled to at least
2.5 cm. from the face to afford proper bearing. Individual stones shall have a width of
not less than 20 cm. in its thickest part and no stones shall be less in width than height
and less in length than 1.5 times its height.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 105 -
9.13.2 KHANDKI MASONRY FOR FACE WORK :
The Khandki masonry for face work shall be provided to the exposed faces of
structure on water side i.e. to the water side of abutment, wings and piers from
foundations to top.
9.13.3 BOND STONES :
For good bond, bond stones shall be provided at the rate of one per meter of each
course of the face work. They shall have a tail of at least 50 cm.
9.13.4 QUOINS :
The quoins shall be formed of stones at least 50 cm. long and shall be laid header and
stretcher alternately. They shall be laid square on the beds, which shall be neatly
dressed to present nearly square bedding.
9.13.5 JOINTS : The joints in the face work shall not be more than 1 cm. and stones shall be arranged
to break joints, as much as possible and long vertical lines of joints shall be avoided.
9.13.5.1POINTING : Pointing to all Khandki faces shall be done as per specifications on para 9.16.0 to
9.16.8
9.13.6 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS : Face work shall be paid for, under item, irrespective of the mortar proportions for the
masonry. The measurements shall based on the finished exposed surface area of
face work.
9.13.6.1 The cost of pointing is covered in the unit rate of Khandki. It shall not be paid
separately.
9.14.0 UNCOURSED RUBBLE MASONRY : Uncoursed rubble masonry in cement mortar of specified proportion including striking
joints, scaffolding , watering etc. complete and shall be used for faces against which
earth work, rests, i.e. unexposed faces of abutment, wings etc.
9.14.1 DRESSING AND SIZE : Stones to be set in the work shall be as received from the quarry after merely
knocking off weak corners and edges with a mason's hammers. In the case of face
stones all the sides of the stones shall be dressed in straight lines and all the sides
shall be in one plane.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 106 -
9.14.2 FACE STONES : The face stones shall be selected from the mass of quarry stones for their greater
size, good beds, close grain and uniform colour. Individual stones shall have thickness
and width of not less than 15 cm. in its thickest part and no stone shall be less in
length than 11/2 times its height.
9.14.3 THROUGH STONES : One through stone shall be provided per half square meter of facing evenly
distributed, they shall be about 0.03 sq.mtr. in face area and shall have a tailing of the
full width of the masonry when the width is 60 cm. of less. If the wall or masonry be
over 60 cm. in width, line of headers overlapping each other by at least 15 cm. shall
be laid right through the wall from face to back. The length of the interior headers shall
not be less than 45 cm. and their average cross sectional area shall not be less than
0.025 sq.m. Face header shall be distinctly marked on its face.
9.14.4 VERTICAL HEADERS : For massive work with a width of a meter and above vertical headers 45 cm. long or
depth of two course whichever is more shall be provided at the rate of one for every
sq. meter of area in plan. For every course new set of headers shall be introduced at
this rate in a staggered pattern. Their average sectional area shall not be less than
0.03 sq.m.
9.14.5 HEARTING AND BACKING STONES : In walls of 60 cm. and less about 30 percent of the stones shall not be less than
0.010 cum and for thicker walls about 33 percent of stones shall not be less than
0.015 cum.
9.14.6 QUIONS : The quoins shall be selected stones and shall be provided as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge. The faces of quoins shall be rough tooled or provided with the
same type of dressing as that of the face stones or as directed.
The face stone shall be laid without any pinning on the exposed face. In each course
the headers or lines of headers as the case may be, shall be kept in position at
specified intervals and with specified lap where such laps are required before the
masonry of the layer is commenced to ensure that they are being laid properly and in
required numbers and intervals. They shall be embedded in mortar as masonry in that
layer progresses.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 107 -
Quoins shall be laid stretcher and headerwise as seen on each face shall and
correspond the arrangement of quoins in the same course.
9.14.7 JOINTS : No face joint shall exceed 2 cm.
STRIKING JOINTS : The face joints should be properly struck while the mortar is fresh. Joints which cannot
be so struck at the time of laying, shall be prepared for it by raking joints to a depth of
not less than 2 cm, When the mortar is fresh. These joints should be properly cleaned
of loose particles, wetted thoroughly and filled with good fresh cement mortar 1:3
finished off by being trowelled smooth.
9.14.8 RATE OF RAISING MASONRY :
The rate of raising uncoursed rubble masonry brought up in uniform levels shall be
limited to a height of 60 cm. per day. But no fresh course shall be laid over masonry
previously laid within 24 hours laying.
9.14.9 ITEM SHALL INCLUDE :
1) Uncoursed rubble masonry laid in cement mortar of specified proportion built in
any position to any height or depth and to lines, levels, curves and batters shown
on the plans or as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge, including quoins , headers
etc. and striking joints and curing.
2) Erecting and removing all scaffolding, ladders and use of plant required for
execution of the item, safety of the labour and inspection of the work including
compensation for any injury, damage etc.
3) Dewatering to allow construction in the dry and proper setting of masonry unless
separately provided for in the tender etc.
4) Clearing the site round the masonry.
5) All labour, use of tools, materials and other items incidental to satisfactory
completion of item.
9.14.10 MODE OF MEASUREMENT :
The item will be measured and paid on cubic meter basis.
Payment at the rate of 2% shall be withheld in running payment, Engineer-in-charge
shall inspect the work in relation to finishing, level and line of masonry laid, and
release such withheld payment suitably if he is satisfied with the work of finishing of
the item.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 108 -
9.15.0 WEEP HOLES :
Weep holes of suitable size shall be provided in the walls as and where directed
through the full width of masonry. The sides of the weep holes shall be formed as
uniform as possible, by using flat faces of stones around the holes. The holes shall
have the bedding at the specified grade. The opening of each weep hole on the filled
side shall be covered by graded materials laid as reverse filter in order to obviate
carrying away of the filled material by the seeping water. No deduction will be made
for the holes in calculating the volume of masonry for payment, nor any extra payment
be made for providing the holes or providing and laying the graded filter material as
stated herein.
9.16.0 POINTING :
9.16.1 PROPORTION OF MORTAR :
All pointing shall be done with cement mortar 1:3 unless otherwise specified. The
cement shall be ordinary Portland cement procured by the contractor at his own risk
and cost. The sand to be used shall be fine. It shall pass through No.16 mesh
A.S.T.M. (I.S. 120). The sand shall conform in all respects to specifications under
paragraph 9.4
9.16.2 RAKING JOINTS :
The joints in masonry to be pointed shall be raked square for a minimum depth of 4
cm. within 24 hours of laying of masonry. In special circumstances this period may be
relaxed to 48 hours. The refilling and pointing shall be done within 3 days of raking of
the joints so as to ensure good adhesion between the two mortars. If the raking is not
done within the period specified above, the Engineer-in-charge may engage labourers
to raking joints and recover the cost thereof from the Contractor.
9.16.3 CLEANING JOINTS :
Before pointing , the joints shall be thoroughly cleaned of any dirt or loosely adhering
cement or mortar and washed out properly and thoroughly.
9.16.4 FILLING JOINTS :
The joints shall then be filled with cement mortar 1:3 unless otherwise specified, which
shall be thoroughly rammed and caulked into the joints. The pointing mix shall neither
be too dry nor too wet. The mortar shall have just enough water so that it will stick
together on being moulded into a ball by a slight pressure of the hands but will not
leave out free water when so pressed and will leave the hands damp. Pointing shall
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 109 -
be carried out as rapidly as possible and not touched again after the mortar has once
begun to set.
9.16.5 FLUSH POINTING :
The joints shall be filled with cement mortar which shall be thoroughly, rammed and
caulked into the joints. The pointing mix shall neither be too dry nor wet. The mortar
shall have just enough water so that it will stick together on being moulded into a ball
by slight pressure of a hand but will not leave free water when so pressed and will
leave the hands damp. No line shall be pressed on the joints but the joints shall
instead be merely rubbed smooth with the "NAYLA" as soon as the mortar has begun
to set. The extra mortar on the edge shall be carefully scraped off to give a neat
appearance. Pointing shall be carried out as rapidly as possible and not touched again
after the mortar has once begun to set.
9.16.6 FINAL FINISH OF JOINTS :
The joints shall be neat, defined , regular and of a uniform width.
9.16.7 The work pointed should be kept wet for 14 days after pointing is completed.
9.16.8 MEASUREMENTS :
The cost of pointing is not covered in the unit rate of U.C.R. or C.R. masonry. It should
be paid separately on the basis of sq.m. in pointing item. The cost of pointing is
covered in the unit rates of Khandki, it should not be paid separately.
9.17.0 PLASTER :
Providing cement plaster of 12 mm thick in one coats in cement mortar (1:4)
proportion including raking out the joints, scaffolding , finishing , curing with all leads
and lifts etc. complete as directed as per specifications.
9.17.1 SCOPE OF WORK :
i) Erecting, dismantling and removing the scaffolding.
ii) Preparing the surface to receive the plaster.
iii) Providing cement plaster of the specified average thickness.
iv) All labours materials, use of tools and equipment’s to complete the blasting
v) Curing for 14 days.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 110 -
9.17.2 MATERIALS :
Sand, cement and water shall be as per para 9.4, 9.5, 9.6 of this section.
9.17.3 PROPORTION :
Cement and sand shall be mixed in the volumetric proportion of one cement to 4 sand
or one cement to 4 sand as directed, sand being measured in measuring boxes. The
proportions will be by volume on the basis of 50 kg. per bag of cement being equal to
35 litres. The mortar may be hand mixed or machine mixed. The specifications for
cement, sand, coarse aggregate and water given under section 4 shall be applicable.
Mixing platform shall be so arranged that no deleterious extraneous materials shall get
mixed with mortar not the mixing water of the mortar shall flow out.
The mortar prepared shall be used within 30 minutes of adding water. Only such
quantity of mortar shall be prepared as can be used within 30 minutes. The mortar
remaining unused after that period or mortar which has partially hardened or is
otherwise damaged shall not be re-tampered or re-mixed. It shall be destroyed or
thrown away.
9.17.4 SCAFFOLDING :
Scaffolding required for facility of construction shall be provided by the Contractor at
his expense.
Scaffolding will be double or single as is warranted for the particular class of masonry.
But the ends of poles should not be placed in the position of header stones.
Scaffolding shall be erected by ballies or bamboos of adequate strength so as to be
safe for all construction operations. The contractor shall take all measures to ensure
the safety of the work and working people. Any instructions of the Engineer-in-charge,
in this respect shall also be complied with. The Contractor shall be entirely responsible
for any damage to property or injury to persons resulting from ill erected scaffolding,
defective ladders and materials or otherwise arising out of his default in this respect.
Proper scaffolding shall be provided to allow easy approach for every part of the work.
Overhead work shall not be allowed.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 111 -
Long holes in masonry shall be made good by stones to match the face work, when
scaffolding is being removed after ensuring that all holes behind are solidly filled in
with 1:4:8 cement concrete.
9.17.5 PREPARATORY WORK :
All joints in the face work that is to be plastered shall be raked out to a depth equal to
not less than the width of the joints or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The
raking shall be done with care not to allow any chipping of masonry. In new work the
raking out shall be done when the mortar in the joints is green. Smooth surface of
concrete, old plaster etc. must be suitably roughened to provide necessary bond
for the plaster. All dirt, root, oil paint or any other materials that might interfere with
satisfactory bond shall be removed. In the case of stone masonry, bushing on the
walls to receive the plaster shall not be more than 12 mm. The surface to be plastered
shall be cleaned scrubbed with fresh water and kept wet for 6 hours prior to plastering.
It shall be kept damp during the progress of the work. The plastering shall not be
commenced unless the preparatory work is passed by the Engineer-in-charge.
9.17.6 GAUGES :
Patches of plaster 15 cm. x 15 cm. shall be put about 3 meters apart as gauges to,
ensure even plastering in one plane.
9.17.7 PLASTERING :
In all plaster work the mortar shall be firmly applied with somewhat more than the
required thickness and well pressed into the joints and on the surface and leveled with
a flat wooden rule to give required thickness. Long straight edges shall be freely used
to ensure a perfect plane and even surface. All corners must be finished to their true
angles or rounded as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The surface shall be
finished to plane or curved surface as shown on the plan directed by the Engineer-in-
charge and shall present a neat appearance.
The mortar shall adhere to the masonry surface intimately when set and there shall be
no hollow sound when struck. Cement plastering shall be done in square or strips as
directed. Plastering shall be done from top to downward.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 112 -
9.17.8 FINISHING :
In any continuous face of wall finishing treatment of any type should be carried out
continuously for a period of 14 days to prevent excessive evaporation on the sunny or
windward side in hot dry weather, matting or gunny bags may be hung over on the
outside of the plaster in the beginning and kept moist.
Should the contractor fail to water the work to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge
the latter may engage requisite labour, materials and equipment to the work properly
at the cost of the contractor.
9.17.9 WATERING AND CURING :
All plaster work shall be kept damp continuously for a period of 14 days. To prevent
excessive evaporation on the sunny or windward side in hot dry weather matting or
gunny bags may be hung over on the outside of the plaster in the ginning and kept
moist.
Should the Contractor fail to water the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-
charge the latter may engage requisite labour, materials and equipment to the work
properly at the cost of the contractor.
9.17.10 BAD WORK :
Should the mortar of the plaster perish through neglect of watering or for any other
default and if the work is not done as specified above the plaster shall be removed
and redone at the Contractor's expense.
9.17.11 MODE OF MEASUREMENT ANE PAYMENT :
The contract rate shall be per square meter of plastering of specified thickness. All
work shall be measured in Sq.m. Dimensions shall be measured and quantity worked
out correct up to two places of decimal. If the average thickness of plaster provided by
the Contractor is more than what is specified on any account no extra payment will be
made.
9.18.0 COURSED RUBBLE MASONRYSECOND SORT :
Coursed rubble masonry 2nd sort in cement mortar of specified proportion including
scaffolding etc. complete.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 113 -
9.18.1 GENERAL :
Specification under Section 9 of masonry shall apply in all pertinent particulars C.R.
masonry 2nd sort shall also comply with the following in addition.
MATERIALS :
Materials shall conform to para 9.3 and 9.5 under section 9 of masonry.
9.18.2 DRESSING AND SIZE :
a) Face stones : Khandki :
(i) The khandki stones received from quarry shall be dressed so as to have the
vertical and horizontal sides perfectly straight parallel and at right angles to
adjacent sides. The four sides of the stone on the face shall lie in one plane.
Bushing on the face of the stones shall not project more than 4 cm. The beds
and tops shall be square to the face and rough tooled to at lease 8 cm. from
the face. The side vertical joint faces shall be square to the face and rough
tooled to at least 4 cm. from the face. The face shall have depression below
the plane of the sides.
All the Khandki stones shall be more in breadth than in height and shall run
back into the masonry for not less than 1.5 times the height, 30 percent of the
Khandki shall have tailing of twice their height, 30 percent of these stones
shall not be less than 0.02 cum.
The height of the Khandki shall not be less than 20 cm. or as specified for the
particular item (ii). These Khandkies shall be provided for the interior face also
when it is to remain exposed or so specially provided.
b) HEARTING AND BACKING STONES :
When the interior face is to be plastered or otherwise permanently remaining
covered, backing stones shall be as specified for U.C.R. masonry. Hearting
and backing stones shall be as possible. 30 percent of these shall not be less
than 0.010 cum for walls 50 cm. 30 percent of that shall not less than 0.015
cum.
c) QUOINS :
The quoins shall be of selected stone and shall normally be of the same height
as that of the course in which they are to be used. If the plans show a height
of two courses they shall be provided accordingly. The faces of quoins shall
be rough tooled or hammer dressed as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. A
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 114 -
chisel draft of about 40 mm. shall be provided on each side of the exposed
corners.
d) THROUGH STONES :
The height of through stones shall be the full height of the course and width
shall not be less than the height. The face, beds and joints shall be dressed
similar to Khandkies.
They shall be about 0.05 sq.m. in face area and 0.03 sq.m. in average cross
sectional area and shall have a tailing of the full width of the masonry when
the width is 60 cm. or less. If the masonry be over 60 cm. in width, a line of
header overlapping each other by at least 15 cm. shall be laid right though the
wall from the face to the back. The length of the interior headers shall not be
less than 44 cm. and their average cross sectional area shall not be less than
0.03 sq.m. Face header shall be distinctly marked on its face.
e) VERTICAL HEADERS :
For massive work with a width of a meter and more, vertical headers 44 cm.
long or depth of two courses whichever is more shall be provided. The
average sectional area of each should not less than 0.03 sq.m.
9.18.3 CONSTRUCTION :
The stones shall be laid in horizontal courses of not less than 14 cm. The stones in
each course shall be equal height, two stones may be used for height in one course
upto 50% of the face area. All courses shall be of the same height unless otherwise
specified or directed by the Engineer-in-charge. But no course shall be thicker than
any course below it unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed. The heights of
different course shall be predetermined and shall match with the corresponding
courses in other parts of the structures.
Khandki stones shall be provided for faces remaining exposed. Backing shall be of
U.C.R. masonry when unexposed or plastered.
The through stones shall be placed 1.5 meters apart in every course before starting
the construction of the course and finally embedded in the course.
Vertical headers shall be provided in the case of massive masonry where the
thickness of the masonry is one or more at the rate of one for every sq. meter of area
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 115 -
in plan. For every course a new set of headers shall be introduced at this rate, in a
staggered pattern.
The quoins shall be laid header and stretcherwise as seen on each face of the wall
and shall correspond to the arrangement of quoins in the same course.
The face of masonry to be plastered or remaining permanently unexposed shall
conform to U.C.R. masonry unless otherwise directed.
The thickness of joints shall not be exceed 12 mm. where pointing is to be done. The
joints shall be raked to a depth of not less than 10 mm. when the mortar is green.
The quantity of mortar for one cubic metre of thin and massive masonry shall range
from 0.28 cum to 0.33 cum and from 0.46 to 0.48 cum for water retaining masonry.
9.18.4 RATE OF RAISING MASONRY :
The rate of raising masonry in cement mortar shall be limited to 60 cm. and in lime
mortar shall be limited to 45 cm. per day. But no fresh course shall be laid over
masonry previously laid within 24 hours of its laying for cement mortar.
9.18.5 STRIKING JOINTS :
The joints of the non-exposed face when pointing is not to be done shall be neatly
struck when the mortar is green. Joints which cannot be so struck at the time of laying
shall be prepared first by raking joints to a depth of not less than 10 mm. when the
mortar is fresh. These joints shall be properly cleaned of loose particles, wetted
thoroughly and filled with good fresh cement mortar 1:3 and finished off by trowelling
smooth.
9.18.6 ITEM TO INCLUDE :
1) Coursed rubble masonry 2nd sort laid in cement mortar of specified proportion
built in any position to any height or depth and to lines, levels, curves and
batters shown on the plans or as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge including
striking joints raking out points and curing for the specified period. Chisel
drafting , chamfering and dressing the stones to lines, shapes and curves
shown on the working drawings, cutting grooves etc. for mixing frames,
fixtures etc. headers and rough tooled quoins are also included.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 116 -
2) Erecting and removing all scaffolding, ladders and use of plant required for
execution of the item satisfactorily compensation for any injury, damage etc.
3) Inspection facilities.
4) Dewatering unless separately provided for in the tender.
5) Cost of all labour, materials use of tools and equipment's and incidental items
required for satisfactory completion of the item.
6) Clearing site round the masonry.
9.18.7 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :
The contract rate shall be for a unit of one cum of masonry completed in all respects,
in place and accepted. The quantity of coursed rubble masonry to be paid under this
item shall number of cum of finished work and limiting dimensions shall not exceed
those shown on the plans or as ordered in writing by the Engineer-in-charge.
Dimensions shall be measured and individual quantities calculated correct to 2 places
of decimals of a meter and cubic meter respectively.
Battered, tampered or curved portions shall be measured net.
Payment at the rate of 2% shall be withheld in running payment. Engineer-in-charge
shall inspect the work in relation to finishing, level and line of mortar/concrete laid and
release such withheld payment suitably if he is satisfied with the work of finishing of
the item.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 117 -
SECTION – 10
CEMENT CONCRETE ( 1:3:6 ) PROPORTION
FOR STEPS AND TEMPLATES
10.1.0 Material
10.2.0 Preparation of Foundation for laying Concrete
10.3.0 Mode of Measurement and Payment
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 118 -
SECTION – 10
CEMENT CONCRETE ( 1:3:6 ) PROPORTION FOR STEPS AND TEMPLATES
10.1.0 MATERIALS : The materials required for this item will be cement, sand, coarse aggregate and water.
The specifications for these materials given in section 4 of the specifications shall be
applicable for this item too.
The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall not be more than 40 mm.
Tests shall when directed by the Engineer-in-charge be made in accordance with the
standard practice. The testing will be at the expense of the Contractor.
10.2.0 PREPARATION OF FOUNDATION FOR LAYING CONCRETE : 10.2.1 The foundation shall have been prepared and passed in writing by the Engineer-in-
charge, before concreting is started. Just before starting concreting, the bed shall be
cleaned of all loose materials and slightly mositened if dry, to prevent absorption of
water from the concrete. In the case of rock it shall be washed clean and excess
water if any be removed.
10.2.2 If the area on which the concrete is to be placed is under water, shall be pumped dry
and kept so throughout the period of laying concrete and 12 hours after completing
concreting without causing damage to concrete.
10.2.3 No payment shall be made for the work done beyond the specified section shown in
the drawing attached.
10.2.4 When C.C.(1:3:6) is used for back fill 1/2:1 side slopes, the back fill and the side lining
concrete may preferably be monolithic.
10.3.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT : The rate for this item shall be for a unit of cubic meter of completed and accepted
work of specified proportion, strength and dimensions. This rate shall be in full
compensation for furnishing, hauling and placing all materials for preparation, all
materials for conditioning the base as directed and as specified, and for furnishing all
labour, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the item and including
necessary excavation.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 119 -
SECTION-11
DISMANTLING STONE MASONRY
Dismantling the stone masonry in lime or cement including stacking the spoils as directed with
all leads & lifts etc. complete.
As per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 120 -
SECTION-12
TAR PAPER BEARING PAD
12.0.0 TAR PAPER BEARING PAD Providing and laying Tar paper expansion / bearing pad including fixing.
The Item consist supply of Tar Paper bearing pad at work site. Tar Paper bearing
pad should be of good quality and should be approved by Engineer in Charge and
placed as per instructions of Engineer in Charge.
12.1.0 MODE OF PAYMENT The measurements of the item shall be up to two decimal places of meter and
payment shall be made on square meter basis.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 121 -
SECTION - 13
BACK FILLING
13.1.0 General
13.2.0 Preparing surfaces for back filling
13.3.0 Back-filling with impervious materials
13.4.0 Compaction
13.5.0 Mode of measurement and payment
13.6.0 Back-filling with pervious material
13.7.0 Mode of measurement and payment
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 122 -
SECTION – 13
BACK FILLING
13.1.0 GENERAL:
Back-filling generally means excavation re-fill up to the ground level by embankment
material which is required to be placed in excavation after the structure is built up
above the normal ground level. All the back-fill shall be carefully graded to the lines
and grades as shown on the drawings or as directed. The item includes the quarrying,
transporting servicing and such other processing operations to produce the materials
of desired quality, laying watering and compacting as directed. The materials obtained
from the excavation work in this contract will be allowed to be used for back-filling, if of
approved quality, free of cost.
13.2.0 PREPARING SURFACE FOR BACK-FILLING :
All loose material and surface debris shall be removed. The bed and sides shall be
drenched with water sufficiently so as to prevent absorption of water from back-fill
material. Before placing the back-fill material, the surface shall be tamped or
otherwise consolidated sufficiently.
13.3.0 BACK-FILLING WITH IMPERVIOUS MATERIAL :
The impervious material may be obtained from excavation stuff free of cost or
borrowed from outside from contractor's own sources if required without any limitation
of lead or lift. The quality of the impervious material should be got approved from the
Engineer-in-charge in advance. Water shall be added to the embankment and mixed
by suitable means to assure uniform distribution of moisture and the desired standard
of compaction.
13.4.0 COMPACTION :
The proctor test of soil compaction with approved modification shall given the
construction. Laboratory methods will be used to determine the optimum moisture
content, dry and wet density and permeability and the construction will be controlled
by field tests and made to determine whether adequate degree of compaction is being
attained.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 123 -
13.5.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :
The measurement of widths for payment will be taken as between the accepted
payment lines of the excavation under the respective excavation items and the face of
the masonry or concrete structures. The back-filling may not have to be done right up
to the original ground level. The work will be paid for only up to the depth of back filling
as required and directed by the Engineer-in-charge. If the Contractor chooses to
provide filling above the level desired for his own convenience like raising platform
and erecting temporary structures the work may be allowed to be done if not
undesirable from other considerations during or after construction. But the work so
done above the desired levels shall not be measured and paid for even though it
might have been done to the required specifications as for the rest of the portions. The
unit is cubic meter.
Deduction in quantities of back fill shall be made for shrinkage at the rate of 10
percent of intermediate measurements, 7 percent after one monsoon and 5 percent
for final measurements of back fill if the same are taken after two monsoons.
13.6.0 BACK-FILLING WITH PERVIOUS MATERIAL :
The pervious material may be obtained from the excavated stuff free of cost or
borrowed from contractor's own sources if required without any limitations of lead or
lift. The quality of the pervious material should be got approved from the Engineer-in-
charge in advance. Care shall be taken to see that materials in the different layers are
compacted properly and the finished surface shall have a neat appearance.
13.7.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT:
The mode of measurement and payment for back filling with pervious materials will be
same as for back-filling with impervious materials vide para 13.5.0 above.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 124 -
SECTION-14
STEEL REINFORCEMENT
14.1.0 Scope of work.
14.2.0 Reinforcement bars.
14.3.0 Binding.
14.4.0 Distance between bars.
14.5.0 Splicing.
14.6.0 Cover.
14.7.0 Inspection before concreting.
14.8.0 Anchor bars.
14.9.0 Mode of measurement.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 125 -
SECTION-14
STEEL REINFORCEMENT
14.1.0 SCOPE OF WORK:
This item shall include supplying bending and erecting in position steel
reinforcement conforming to relevant Indian Standard Specifications.
14.2.0 REINFORCEMENT BARS :
14.2.1 Steel reinforcement bars and fabrics shall be placed in the concrete as shown in the
Drawing or as directed. Before steel reinforcement is placed in position the surface of
the reinforcement shall be cleaned of rust, scale, dirt and grease and other
objectionable foreign substances (heavy flaky rust and Mill scale that cannot be
removed by firm rubbing with burlap, or equivalent treatment is considered
objectionable). The fact that light or early stage rust has no detrimental effect on bond
and hence could be discharged shall not be used as excuse of careless handling and
storage of steel. In storing bars of the same size, length shapes and grade shall be
assembled in racks and marked distinctly. Before the reinforcement bars are fixed in
position it shall be verified that they are of specific size and bent in accordance with
the plans and specifications. They shall be accurately placed and secured in position
by means of built in concrete block, metallic chairs, hangers, spacers and other
suitable devices, at sufficiently close Intervals, so that they will not sag between
supports, not be displacing of the concrete or by any operation of the work.
14.2.2 Special care shall be exercised to prevent any disturbance of the reinforcement in
concrete that has already been placed. The reinforcement after being placed in
position shall be maintained in a clean condition until it is completely embedded in
concrete to prevent further damage to the concrete or unsightly rust stains on exposed
concrete surface.
14.2.3 Reinforcement shall not be straightened or bend in a manner that will injure or weaken
the materials. Bars with kinks or bends not shown on the plans shall not be used. Bars
shall be bent to the shape and dimensions shown on the drawing or as directed, using
a bar bender, operated by hand or power, to attain the proper bending radius. The
radius of bend shall not less than 4 times the nominal size of the bar. Heating of
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 126 -
reinforcement bars to facilitate bending will not normally be permitted when, however,
such heating is permitted in the case of large diameter bars, the temperature of the
steel shall not exceed the corresponding to a cherry red colour.
14.3.0 BINDING :
Wire for tying reinforcement shall be of soft and annealed steel. The wire may be of
1.22 mm. to 1.63 mm and shall have to confirm to IS 280-1962. Metal support and
spacers shall be fabricated from non-corrodable metal. Dissimilar metals shall not be
placed in concrete in intimate proximity with each other or be joined by a connector
especially in the continued presence of moisture unless it is known that galvanic
action will not result.
14.4.0 DISTANCE BETWEEN REINFORCEMENT BARS :
14.4.1 The distance between two parallel reinforcement bars shall be except as provided
below in 14.4.2 not less than the greatest of the following distances.
a) The diameter of either bar, if their diameters be equal,
b) The diameter of the larger bar, if their diameters be unequal.
c) 6 mm. more than the nominal maximum size of the coarse aggregate comprised in
such concrete.
Note: A greater distance should be provided when convenient.
14.4.2 The vertical distance between two horizontal main steel reinforcements or the
corresponding distance at right angles to two inclined main steel reinforcements shall
be not less than 12 mm. except at a splice or lap and except where one of such
reinforcement is transverse to the other.
14.4.3 The pitch of the main bars in a reinforced concrete solid slab shall be not more than
three times the effective depth of such slab, or 60 cm whichever is less.
14.5.0 SPLICING :
Bar splices as indicated in the drawing or as specified by the Engineer-in-charge shall
only be allowed. The lapped ends shall be placed to ensure full bond on each bar.
Splicing shall not be done in the region of maximum bending moment, and splicing of
adjacent bars shall be avoided as far as possible.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 127 -
Welding of bars for splicing may be allowed in place of lapping at the discretion of the
Engineer-in-charge at approved locations. When welding is resorted, instead of
lapping, the bar to be spliced shall be lap welded or butt welded by electric arc
welding. Ends of bars to be spliced shall be cleaned of all dirt, scales, rust paint and
foreign matter before welding. All welding shall confirm to the relevant Indian Standard
Specification. Any weld will be considered un-satisfactory if it fails to sustain a tensile
stress of at least 90% of the tensile stress of the bar in which the weld has been
made. The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements, for carrying out the tests
as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and with the accepted unit rate for
reinforcement.
14.6.0 COVER :
14.6.1 Sufficient concrete cover shall be provided to protect reinforcement from corrosion or
as indicated in the drawings. All protruding bars from concrete or masonry to which
other bars are to be spliced and which will be exposed to action of weather for an
indefinite period shall be protected from rusting by a thin coat of neat cement grout.
14.6.2 The thickness of concrete cover (exclusive of plaster or other decorative finish) shall
be as follow.
a) At each end of reinforcing bar a cover not less than 25 mm. nor less than twice the
diameter of such rod or bar.
b) For a longitudinal reinforcing bar in a column cover not less than 40 mm. nor less than
the diameter of such rod or bar in the case of column of minimum dimensions of 18
mm. or under those bars which do not exceed 12 mm. diameter, 25 mm. cover may
be used.
c) For a longitudinal reinforcing bar in a beam a cover not less than 25 mm nor less than
the diameter of such rod or bar
d) For tensile, compress/e shear or other reinforcement in a slab a cover, not less than
12 mm. nor less than the diameter of such reinforcement.
e) For all external work for work against earth faces and. also for internal work where
there exists particularly corrosive conditions, the cover, of the concrete shall be
increased by 12 mm. beyond the figures given above (a to d).
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 128 -
14.6.3 Where because of splicing, the thickness of concrete in between reduces to less than
the maximum size of the aggregate a concrete with reduced maximum size of
aggregate shall be used so as to allow development of bond in the splice. The extra
cost of such special concrete shall be deemed to have been included in the unit rate
for the main concrete and shall i.e. paid at the same rate.
14.7.0 INSPECTION BEFORE CONCRETING :
No concreting shall be started unless the reinforcement as laid is finally checked and
certified by the Engineer-in-charge or his authorised representative. Before starting
the concreting the Contractor shall make certain that the measurements of the
reinforcement placed in have been recorded and that the Engineer-in-charge certifies
the correctness of enforcement used. Failure to do so may mean no payment or
payment at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge for the reinforcement concrete.
14.8.0 ANCHOR BARS :
The cost of anchor bars proper shall be paid under the item of reinforcement.
14.9.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS :
Accurate records shall be kept at all times of numbers, size, length and weight of bars
placed in position for different parts of the work. The reinforcement shall be paid as
the weight of actual quantity of steel reinforcement placed in the structure arrived at
the time of measuring the actual length of the bars used and placed as shown in the
bar bending schedules including hooks, bends and laps. The length of the bar shall be
measured to the next nearest 10 cm. a fraction less than 5 cm. being neglected and
fraction of 5 cm. more taken as 10 cm. Weight shall be computed from the standard
table of weights.
14.9.1 The unit rate accepted for the reinforcement shall include the cost of supplying, cutting,
bending, cleaning, straightening, fixing and maintaining in position the reinforcement.
Supplying and attaching binding wire, supports separators, hangers etc, shall be
deemed to be included in the unit rate for reinforcement and shall not be measured
nor paid where welding is permitted, for splicing, shall not be paid for separately.
Chairs if any provided as per instruction of Engineer-in-charge will be paid separately.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 129 -
14.9.2 TABLE OF WEIGHT FOR REINFORCEMENT :
Sr. No.
Diameter of bar in mm.
Weight In kg. per meter
M.S. round bars Ribbed Tor Steel bars
1 6 0.222 0.222
2 7 0.300 ---
3 8 0.395 0.395
4 9 0.500 ---
5 10 0.617 0.617
6 11 0.750 ---
7 12 0.888 0.888
8 14 1.210 1.208
9 16 1.580 1.578
10 18 2.000 2.000
11 20 2.470 2.466
12 22 2.980 2.980
13 25 3.850 3.854
14 28 4.830 4.830
15 32 6.310 6.313
16 36 7.990 7.990
17 40 9.850 9.864
18 45 12.500 ---
19 50 15.400 15.410
14.10 CORROSION RESISTANT STEEL (FE-500) :-
The contractor shall use Corrosion Resistant Steel (Fe-500) as per relevant I.S.
code & steel should be got approved from Engineer in charge before use.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 130 -
SECTION-15
NEOPRENE PAD BEARINGS
15.1 Material
15.2 Material-Physical Properties
15.3 Tolerance
15.4 Restraining steel plates.
15.5 Test
15.6 Method of placing
15.7 Measurement and payment.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 131 -
SECTION – 15
PROVIDING AND FIXING IN POSITION RESTRAINED
NEOPRENE PAD BEARING AS PER DESIGN AND DRAWING INCLUDING
ALIGNING ETC. COMPLETE AS DIRECTED.
15.0.0 MATERIAL AND PROPERTIES :
15.1.0 The Neoprene bearing pads, shall be made of the compound known as "Neoprene"
with the properties specified below. The pads shall be cast in moulds under pressure
and heat in single integral layer except that multilayer pads separated by steel plates
to restrain deformation in thick pads shall be permitted when found necessary.
15.2.0 The material of the pads shall have the following physical properties according to the
hardness in the given case.
Sr. No. Durometer Hardness Properties 50 60 70
1. Hardness (ASTM, 676) 50 + 5 60 + 5 70 + 5
2. Tensile strength minimum (ASTM, 412 175 Kg/cm2 175 kg/cm2 175 kg/cm2
3. Elongation at break minimum percent 450 400 300
4.
Accelerated test to determine long term
ageing characteristic over aged to hours at
212°F (100°C) (ASTM-D-573)
i) Hardness points change maximum 0 to 10 0 to 10 0 to 10
ii) Tensile strength percent change
maximum
+ 15
+ 15
+ 15
iii) elongation at break percent change
maximum
25
25
25
5.
Resistance to Ozone I.P.P.M. in air by
volume 20% strong 100°F + 2°F
[A.S.T.M.D-114] After 100 hours
No cracks
No cracks
No cracks
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 132 -
Sr. No. Durometer Hardness Properties 50 60 70
6.
Compression set 22 hours/1 58°F or
[A.S.T.M.D-395 method B] Percent maximum
25
25
25
7. Tear least ASTMD-624 Die-C kg./linear.CM 40 40 40
8.
Adhesion between two metallic faces Bond between shims shall not fail till
breaking point
9.
Low temperature stiffness [ASTMD-797] at
40°F. Young modules maximum kg. per sq. cm.
700
700
700
15.3.0 TOLERANCE :
15.3.1 The variation in thickness of the pad measured at any two points shall not exceed
0.70 mm. except when the plan dimension of the bearing in the direction of the span
exceeds 45 cm. in which case it may be upon 1.50 mm.
15.3.2 No negative tolerance on any of the dimensions of the bearing pad shall be permitted.
Positive tolerance on thickness shall exceed 0.7 mm. for single layer pads 0.8 N mm
for multiple layer bearings with N Layers.
15.3.3 Positive tolerance on any of the plan dimensions shall not exceed 2 mm.
15.3.4 No bearing with any visible defect like warp, twist, etc. shall be accepted.
15.4.0 RESTRAINING STEEL PLATES :
15.4.1 The steel plates used in bearing shall be of mild steel confirming to I. S. specifications
of No. 225 (Latest Edition).
15.4.2 The thickness of outer plates shall not be less than 3 mm. and that of internal plates
shall not be less than 1.5 mm. for multilayered bearings. For single layered neoprene
pads the thickness of outer plates shall not be less than 1 mm.
15.4.3 The edges of all steel plates shall be lightly rounded or chamfered.
15.4.4 Where required the bond between the neoprene pads and the restraining steel plates
or between steel plates and steel plates of multilayered bearing pads shall be
achieved by the use of an epoxy resin, in a test conducted to check the bond the
failure shall never occur in bond.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 133 -
15.4.5 The exposed edges of steel plates in restrained or multilayered bearing pads shall
invariably be covered with an anticorrosive paint of good quality.
15.5.0 TEST ON SAMPLE OF BEARING :
15.5.1 The cost of testing including submission of test results in regular forms shall be borne
by the Contractor.
15.5.2 Following tests shall be carried out in numbers and in the manner specified. The tests
shall be carried out under the supervision of the Engineer-in-charge.
15.5.3 COMPRESSION TEST :
NUMBER OF SPECIMEN TO BE TESTED :
2% of the number ordered subject to minimum of one number.
PROCEDURE :
The test shall be on the full scale specimen chosen at random from the supply made.
The specimen shall be subject to a vertical load equal to 1/2 times the designed
maximum vertical load, Reading for compressive strain shall be taken for increments
of every 10 tones. Residing strain after 24 hours from complete unloading shall not
exceed 2%.
15.5.4 SHEAR AND BOND TEST INCLUDING ELONGATION AT BREAK :
Number of Specimen to be tested 2% of the number ordered subject to minimum of
one number.
PROCEDURE:
The required number of specimen shall be chosen at random by the Design Circle
from the supply made. The above test shall be carried out on small pieces of suitable
size cut out from the specimen chosen.
The observations shall be made for following.
The shear stress and modulus of rigidity corresponding to shear strain of 0.5, 0.7, 1,
1.2, 1.5 and further increments of 0.5 till break.
15.5.4.1 The elongation at break shall in no case be less than that corresponding to 3 times the
thickness of neoprene (excluding thickness of shim) and the value of modulus of
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 134 -
rigidity shall be between the 8 Kg/cm2 with a maximum tolerance of 10%. In no case
bond between the neoprene and the metallic shims shall fail.
15.5.4.2 The bond between the two metallic shims shall be also tested in the similar manner.
15.5.5 RESISTANCE TO OZONE TEST :
No. of pieces 1 number per day's manufactures.
PROCEDURE:
This test shall be carried out as specified in ASTM D - 1143. After 100 hours
immersion in ozone 1 PPM, in air by volume 20% strong at 100° + 2°F, the material
shall show no cracks. Should the material from a batch fail to satisfy the test
requirements all bearings from that batch are liable to be rejected.
15.5.6 In addition to the above tests the Contractor/supplier shall give certificates regarding
the properties mentioned in para 5.2 above. In case of any doubt the Engineer-in-
charge reserves the right to order and or all of the tests mentioned at serial No. 1,2,4
and 8 which shall be carried out at the Contractor's cost. The acceptance of the
material will depend upon the test result and the decision of the Superintending
Engineer be final and binding on the Contractor.
15.6.0 METHOD OF PLACING NEOPRENE BEARINGS IN POSITION :
1) FOR SOLID SLAB SUPERSTRUCTURE :
I) Preparing seating:
During concreting of the pier/abutment cap a continuous strip of width slightly
more than width of bearing and depth of 10 to 15mm. shall be kept in
concrete. This can be done by removing concrete carefully when green.
II) Leveling and placing the bearings in position :
i) A few days before placing of superstructure concrete the strip with water
cement ratio not exceeding that of parent concrete of pier cap. Very fine sand
with size below 3 mm shall be used for preparing this mortar. The top surface
shall be perfectly leveled.
ii) Center line position of the bearings shall be marked accurately on pier
abutment caps in both the directions. The plan dimensions of the bearings
shall then be marked.
iii) The bearings shall be placed on the green mortar by light tamping if
necessary. The mortar shall be cured for at least 7 days.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 135 -
III) Erection of centering and casting the slab cast-in-situ deck :
The area around the bearing shall be filled with well rammed, selected fine
damp sand. The thickness being equal to that of the bearing. The sand shall
be covered with thin polythene layer. The side gap between soffit and pier cap
may be sealed off by timber packing pieces.
The rest of the centering shall be erected as- usual. The reinforcement for the
solid slab be fixed in position as usual. During concreting great care shall be
taken to avoid puncturing of the polyphone membrane and displacement of
bearings.
IV) Draining out sand :
After 14 days from casting of the solid slab the side timber packing shall be
removed and the sand shall be drained out by water jets.
2) FOR-T-BEAM AND SLAB SUPERSTRUCTURE :
i) Preparing seating same as for I (I) above.
ii) Leveling and placing the bearings, (i) and (ft)1 same as for II (i) and (ii) above.
iii) In cases where M. S. plate is to be placed below the bearing, the plate shall
be placed in position on the green mortar by light tamping. The position of
bearings shall then be marked on these plates. The bearings shall then be
placed in position. Epoxy grout shall be applied to the top and bottom surfaces
of the bearings wherever specified.
The mortar shall be cured for minimum 7 days.
3) Erection of centering and casting the superstructure.
i) For cast in situ decks.
The procedure will be same as for solid slab vide III above.
The sand packing will be required only under the main girders and not all over
the pier cap.
15.7.0 MEASUREMENTS AND PAYMENT :
15.7.1 The thickness of a bearing pad shall be measured as the thickness of the neoprene
layer only i.e. without the thickness of metal shims.
15.7.2 The length and breadth of the pads shall be measured exclusive of the side cover if
any.
The contract rate shall be for one cubic centimeter of Neoprene pad including
procuring, supplying and fixing in position.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 136 -
SECTION-16
PITCHING
Rd.73 Providing dry rubble stone pitching 23 cm. (about 9") thick Rd.73.1 General :
The item provides for dry rubble stone pitching 23 cm. (about 9") thick for the bank work.
Rd.73. 2 Materials : The rubble stones for pitching shall be sound, hard and durable and fairly regular in shape. The depth of the stones shall be about equal to the specified thickness of pitching and stone shall generally be not less than 9.9 liters (about 1/3 Cft.) or other size ordered by the Engineer having regard to the nature of the stones being quarried. The smaller size stones required for packing and wedging shall be brought to the site only to the required extent and they shall not be used in two or more thicknesses as a substitute for the stones of full thickness.
Rd.73. 3 Preparation of the base : The slopes of the bank shall be made up with murum and trimmed to the required slope and properly compacted under this item. Profiles shall be put up with pegs and strings at required intervals for the pitching to ensure that it is done true to line, curves, levels, thickness and slopes.
Rd.73.4 Construction : A masonry toe wall or a line of pin headers when necessary, shall be provided at the toe to support the pitching and shall be paid for separately vide specification No.Rd..72. The lowest course of pitching shall be started from the toe wall or the line of pin headers at the toe of the slope and the pitching laid course by course up the slope.
The stones for the pitching shall be used after merely knocking out weak corners and edges with a mason's hammer. The stones shall be laid closely in position on the prepared bed and firmly set with the even face on top. The pitching shall be laid to lines, levels, curves and slopes as indicated in the plans or as ordered by the Engineer. Each stone shall cover the full depth of pitching and shall be perpendicular to the sloping bed. The stones shall be laid breaking joints as far as possible. Additional murum bedding if required for getting proper slope shall be carried up simultaneously with each course of pitching, watered, if necessary and rammed.
The interstices in the joints between adjacent stones shall be filled in with spalls of the proper size and wedged in with hammers to ensure tight packing. Such filling shall be carried out immediately after placing larger stones and before the next upper layer is taken in hand.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 137 -
Rd.73.5 Item to include : 1) Preparing the base and putting up profiles. 2) Laying dry rubble pitching of the specified thickness to lines, curves, slopes and
levels including preparing base, making up, trimming and compacting the bed and hand packing.
3) All labour, materials and use of tools and plant necessary for the satisfactory completion of the item.
4) Repairing disturbed pitching, if any, within three months of completion. Rd.73.6 Mode of Measurement and Payment :
The contract rate shall be for one Cubic metre of finished pitching. The dimensions shall be measured correct upto a cm. and the Qty worked out correct upto the second place of decimal of a Cum. meter.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 138 -
SECTION - 17
BULB TYPE P.V.C. WATER STOPS
17.0.0 PROVIDING AND FIXING 225 MM. WIDE CENTRE BULB TYPE P.V.C. WATER STOPS, COMPLETE AS DIRECTED.
17.1.0 SCOPE OF WORK : The strip should be of P.V.C. of specified gauge and as shown on the drawing or
otherwise it shall be of shape, size, and quality as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
These strips shall be jointed carefully at all joints to form a continuous water tight
diaphram. The strip shall be property secured into concrete and adequately supported
during concreting and due care shall be exercised in the removal of forms to ensure
that the bond between the strip and concrete in not disturbed.
17.2.0 SPECIFICATIONS : P.V.C. water stops shall confirm to IS 1838/61 and shall satisfy following
specifications. They shall be self extinguishing anticorrosive chemical resistant and
shall have no effect of alkalies out of atmospheric action and shall have good bondage
with cement concrete. The water stops shall be of approved manufacture and shall
have.
I. Specific gravity 12.50
II. Tensile strength 140 Kg/SqCm
III. Elongation at break 350
IV. Shore hardness ‘A’ – 75
17.3.0 JOINTING The process of heat fusion or welding shall be used to provide butt joints between
length of water stops. Wooden temples with suitable grooves at 45 and 90 angles
shall be used for cutting the water stops.
17.3.1 P.V.C. water stops shall be cut to required angle by sharp knife.
17.3.2 The metal strip shall be heated with a blowlamp to a temperature of 200°c and both!
ends of P.V.C. water stops shall be kept sticking to the hot metal strip and edges shall
be allowed to melt strip shall then be removed, both ends shall be pressed together
and allowed to cool.
17.4.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT : The unit of payment shall be per meter length arrived at by measuring the length
along the joint.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 139 -
SECTION – 18
R.C.C. / G.I. PIPE RAILING
18.0 R.C.C. Railing
18.1 Scope of work
18.2 Materials
18.3 Construction
18.4 Mode of measurement and payment
18.5 G.I. Pipe railing
18.5.1 General
18.5.2 Construction
18.5.3 Item to include
18.5.4 Mode of measurement and payment
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 140 -
SECTION – 18
R.C.C./G.I. PIPE RAILING
18.0.0 R.C.C. RAILING :
18.1.1 SCOPE OF WORK :
The item includes the following -
i) Providing R.C.C. cast-in-situ/ precast concrete panels and cast-in-situ/precast
rails as shown in the drawing including formwork and 5mm. thick plaster of
cement mortar 1:3 mix of cast-in- situ member.
ii) Reinforcement for precast and cast-in-situ members.
iii) All labour, materials, use of equipment, tools, and plant, scaffolding etc.
necessary for the completion of the item satisfactorily. No separate payment
shall be made for concrete and reinforcement of R.C.C. members, the rate per
meter being inclusive of all the necessary materials mentioned above.
18.2.0 MATERIALS :
Mild steel bar reinforcement and wire shall comply with specifications given in section
4. The diameter of the bars shall be as shown in the working drawing.
18.2.1 Cement concrete for R.C.C. shall comply with specifications stipulated in Section 4.
The concrete shall be of the nominal mix by volume of one part of cement, two parts
of sand and four of coarse aggregate-Maximum size of coarse aggregate for R.C.C.
panels shall be 6 mm. and for railing and posts 20 mm. Water content shall be
regulated to give the required consistency and within the range specified in Section 4
or as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge. Mixing of concrete shall be done
mechanically or by hand mixers.
18.3.0 CONSTRUCTION :
The R.C.C. railing shall be constructed to the size as per the detailed drawings after
the centering of decking is removed.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 141 -
18.3.1 The R.C.C. railing of the type mentioned in the item shall be built in between cast-in-
situ R.C.C. posts of correct shape, dimensions and spacing specified on the drawings.
18.3.2 The concrete shall be cast to the shapes, sizes and spacing shown on drawings, the
forms shall be such as to give exact shape to the concrete members shown in the
drawings or as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge. Cast-in-situ posts, panels and rails
shall be plastered neatly with cement mortar of 1:3 mix to 5 mm. thickness and
finished smooth. Plastering shall be done immediately after stripping the forms after
roughening the concrete suitably. The plaster and concrete shall be well cured for 14
days.
18.3.3 Precast panels shall be cast to the required design with specified reinforcement and
tamped and cured for 21 days. They shall originally present smooth surface and shall
be filled into the grooves left in to the kerb properly supported and a grouted.
Thereafter the R.C.C. post and rail will be cast Precast top rails may also be used
alongwith precast panels in which case only posts will be cast-in-situ.
The cast-in-situ members shall be plastered with 1:3 cement mortar 5 mm. thick to
smooth finish immediately after stripping the forms after roughening and cured for 14
days with cover of gunny bags.
18.4.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :
The contract rate shall be for one meter length of the parapet railing completed to the
shape and dimension shown on the drawings. The parapet shall be measured
between the inside of the end pillars over the abutments.
18.5.0 G.I. PIPE RAILING :
Providing railing of mild steel angle/l/tee posts and galvanised iron pipes as per
detailed drawings including scaffolding and painting.
18.5.1 General :
The item refers to the provision of mild steel angle, I, or tee section posts and
galvanised iron pipe railing shown on the working drawings.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 142 -
Materials :
1) Mild steel angles, I or tees as per the item, shall be, of sizes shown on the
plans and shall comply with I.S.S.
2) Anchor bolts, nuts and check nuts to be as per I.S. No. 1148- 1957 and of
shape and size shown in the drawings or ordered by the Engineer-in-charge.
3) Galvanised iron pipes of the diameter as shown in the drawings with coupling
shall be of the standard type. The diameter shall be the inside bore diameter.
18.5.2 Construction :
The railing shall be constructed as per the detailed drawings. There shall be three
rows of pipes on each side.
The angle iron, I or tee Section shall be fixed to the projecting anchor bolts which shall
be placed in accurate positions at the time of concreting of the stab and/or the kerb
and fastened securely by means of nuts and check nuts. Three rows of galvanised
iron pipes with coupling shall then be fixed on each side to lines, levels and curves as
directed by the Engineer-in- charge, and passing through the holes cut in the angles, I
or tees it should be possible to move the pipes easily. All ragged edges of posts shall
be smoothened by filing. The pipes and posts shall then be painted with one coat of
red lead and two coats of approved shade good enamel paint.
18.5.3 Item to Include :
1) Providing and fixing angles, I or tees as mentioned in the item,
bolts, nuts galvanised iron pipes with coupling including painting as shown in
the drawings.
2) All labour materials, accessories use of equipment, tools, plant, scaffolding
etc. necessary for the completion of the item satisfactorily.
18.5.4 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :
The contract rate shall be for one meter length of the railing completed. The railing
shall be measured between the inside of the end pillars over the abutments. Where
there are only the end posts the railing shall be measured from outside to outside of
end posts, the length shall be measured correct to two places of decimals of a meter.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 143 -
SECTION – 19
PROVIDING AND LAYING R.C.C. PIPES
19.1 General
19.2 Materials
19.3 Handling and laying
19.4 Jointing
19.5 Curing of Joints
19.6 Bell mouth entry
19.7 Mode of measurement and payment
19.8 Additional specifications for R.C.C. pipes
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 144 -
SECTION – 19
PROVIDING,LAYING AND JOINTING R.C.C. PIPES
19.1.0 GENERAL :
The item provides for procurement, laying and fixing of the concrete pipes of the
specified class and diameter in position including necessary conveyance and
jointing
19.2.0 MATERIALS :
Concrete pipes shall be of the class and diameter mentioned in the item and shall
comply with I.S. 458-2003 and brought by the contractor near the site of work.
The collars shall be of the appropriate size for fixing of the concrete pipes specified on
drawings and shall comply with the I.S. 458-2003
The cement mortar shall comply with specifications stipulated in section - 9.
19.3.0 HANDLING AND LAYING OF PIPES :
All care shall be exercised in loading, transporting and unloading of concrete pipes.
Handling shall be such as to avoid impact. Gradual unloading by inclined planes by
chain pulley block shall be done.
19.3.1 All pipes will be inspected by the Engineer- in-charge before being laid Broken,
cracked or defective pipes or collars shall not be used.
19.3.2 Pipes shall be lowered into the trenches carefully. Mechanical appliances may be
used.
19.3.3 Pipes shall be laid true to line and grade as specified. The sections of the pipes shall
be jointed together in such a manner that there shall be as little unevenness as
possible along the inside of the pipe.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 145 -
19.3.4 Laying of pipe shall always proceed upgrade of a slope.
19.3.5 Walking or working on the completed pipes shall not be permitted until the trenches
have been backfilled to a height of at least 30 cm over the pipe except as may be
necessary in tamping of backfilling.
19.3.6 The back fill materials shall be selected and deposited with reference to future safety
of pipe. Only suitable soils, clean and free from boulders, large roots, excessive
amounts of sob or other vegetation and free from lumps shall bemused and care shall
be taken when backfilling not to injure or disturb the pipe or the joints. The payment
for backfilling shall be made in the respective item of earthwork.
19.3.7 The tamping around the pipe shall be done by hand or other hand operated
mechanical means. The water content of the soil shall be as near the optimum
moisture content as possible.
19.3.8 Refiling of the trench shall be carried on simultaneously on both sides of the pipe in
such a manner that unequal pressure does not occur.
19.3.9 Compacted back fill shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding 15 cm. after
compaction. Heavy stones shall neither be dropped on the top of pipe nor shall be
allowed to roll down the side of the embankment against the pipe.
19.4.0 JOINTING OF PIPES :
Spun yarn and hemp dipped in hot bitumen shall be inserted inside the groove gap
between two adjacent pipes and the next pipe pressed home with jack. The R.C.C.
collar of appropriate dia. which is inserted earlier on the pipe shall then be placed at
the junction and cement mortar of 1:1 prop(Cement and sand) shall then be caulked
inside the clearance between the pipe and collar using angle iron ring for support
against the collar. The sand to be used for jointing shall be entirely free of clay and
other foreign materials. The neat cement and sand to be used for jointing shall be
mixed with just little quantity of water to make the mixture moist so that when the
mixture is gripped tightly in hand, it shall just retain its shape and not fall down nor
leave any trace of moist cement on hand. The angle iron ring shall be removed after
the caulking is completed and neat filled joints of cement mortar 1:1 shall be made on
both sides of the collar giving a neat finish.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 146 -
19.5.0 CURING OF JOINTS :
Every joints shall be kept wet for ten days. The joints shall be covered with gunny
bags so as to have proper curing and kept continuously wet.
19.6.0 BELL MOUTH ENTRY :
The shape of the bell mouth shall be as shown in the drawing. The bell mouth shall be
constructed in cement concrete 1:2:4 prop, and pipe shall end at distance of 1/2 dia of
the vertical face of upstream at entry. This shall be done with semi mould steel
template. Finished shape and texture shall be good. Upper half cast like arch and
usual precautions in casting shall be observed.
19.7.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :
The rate shall be for procurement, laying and jointing one meter of concrete pipe,
joined and fixed in position. The measurement shall be for the length of pipes provided
and fixed with collars/ Rubber ring up to bell mouth, limiting the length to that specified
in the plan, or as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge. The length shall be measured
correct to a centimeter.
Joints to be used are rubber ring joints unless specifically mentioned otherwise in
wording of item, the rate of lowering, laying and jointing shall include cost of jointing
material such as rubber ring etc. and labour etc.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 147 -
19.8.0 ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR R.C.C. PIPES
PROVIDING R.C.C. PIPES.
R.C.C. PIPES
1. Manufacturing of pipes.
a. All R.C.C. pipes and jointing material shall strictly confirm to I.S. 458- 2003.
b. Cement used for manufacturing shall confirm to I.S. 269 – 1976 (OPC) or
latest.
c. Aggregates used shall conform to I.S. 383 – 1970 or latest.
d. The mix shall confirm to requirement of I.S. 456 – 1978 a test edition and
quality control shall be exercised in accordance with I.S.
e. Steel to be used.
The steel used for reinforcement shall be mild steel grade 1 or medium tensile
steel bars confirming to I.S. 432 Part I 1982 or hard draw steel wire confirming
to I.S. 432 Part II.
f. The pipes shall with stand all the test stipulated in I.S. 458 – 2003.
g. The pipe shall be water cured for a period of not less that two weeks.
h. The marking on each pipe shall confirm to clause No.11 of I.S. 458 – 2003.
i. The program of inspection and testing shall be fixed by mutual discussion. The
pipes should be tested by approved inspection agency such as S.G.S. RITES.
2. Rubber Ring.
a. Rubber gasket shall comply with I.S. 5382 – 1969 or latest. The manufacture
of pipes shall tests each gasket by stretching it to 33 1/3 % in excess of its
original length.
b. Every ring shall be visually checked particularly at joint.
c. Gasket shall be clearly labeled in bundle to indicate type of joints, diameter
and its tests certificate.
d. The contractor shall procure adequate no of rings required for the work
irrespective of no pipes.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 148 -
SPECIFICATION FOR LOWERING LAYING AND JOINTING R.C.C. PIPES.
General. The specifications shall apply both for pressure and non pressure ‘Type pipes’
used for water supply and sewerage purposes. Provisions of I.S. 783 shall apply.
Handling and Laying of Pipes. Every care should be taken in loading transporting and unloading of concrete
pipes, by inclined planks or by chain pulley block is desirable.
Broken or defective pipes of connection shall not be used. The contractor shall
examine through the pipe etc. After the pipes stocking, he is responsible for its
safety and damages. After laying, if any pipe for fitting is found faulty, the
contractor shall have to replace the same at his own cost. Pipes shall be laid true
to line and grade, as specified. The lowering shall done by a tripod and chain
pulley block.
Laying of pipes shall always proceed upgrade of a slope. If the pipes have spigot
and socket joints, the socket ends shall face up stream. Adequate and proper
expansion joints shall be provide if so specified by a separate item in the order
items.
In places where the natural foundation is in inadequate the pies shall be laid over
in a concrete cradle supported on proper foundations or on any other suitable
designed structure as per details given by the engineer-in-charge. Concrete cradle
bedding is used, the depth of concrete cradle bedding used, the depth of concrete
below the bottom, the pipes subject to a minimum of 10 cm. And maximum of 30
cm. To a distance of ¼ of the out side diameter for pipe 30 cm. and over in dia.
the pipe shall be laid in this concrete bedding before the concrete has set. The
exact details of cradle shall be as directed by the engineer in charge.
When the pipe is laid in a trench in rock, shale or other hard material the space
below the pipes shall be excavated and released with an equalize bed of metal
sand or compacted murum. In no case shall the pipe be laid directly on such hard
material.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 149 -
The bedding viz. of murum, sand or metal shall be done if ordered by the
Engineer to the required grade and alignment to the checked by sight trials and
boning rods as directed by the Department Bedding will be separately paid for
unless specifically included in other items.
Jointing. Joints may be of the following types depending on the type of pipes supplied.
Collar joints with cement mortar and rubber ring joints.
In all pipe lines, in case of coller joints the recess at he end of the pipe shall be
filled with jute bedding or hemp of ambadi dipped in hot bitumen or other suitable
approved compound. The bitumen ring shall be thoroughly compressed by jacking
or other method. The no. of pipes to be jacked at a time shall be decided by the
Engineer in charge to ensure sufficient compression no, effect at joint shall be
seen.
Loose coller be set up over the joint so as to have even caulkiu space all around
and into this caulking space shall be rammed (1:1) mixer of cement and sand just
sufficiently moistened to held together in the form of clod when compressed din
the hand. The caulking shall be done using angle iron ring for support against the
coller.
Sand used shall be well graded with maximum particles size limited 3/16 inch or 5
mm. in case of wall types of C.M. type of C.M. joints.
Curing of joints. Every joints shall be kept wet for above ten days for maturing. The section of the
pipe lines laid and jointed shall be covered immediately to protect it from weather
effects. A minimum layer of 10 cm. is considered adequate. The joints may be left
exposed for observation.
The jointing of pipes shall be at sofit and not invert to invert in case of sewer lines.
The end of pipes inserted into the walls of the manhole, if necessary, but cut as to
make flush with the inside face of the walls. The rate for laying sewers shall
include the cost of this cutting.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 150 -
Providing R.C.C. pipes with Rubber Rings. Indian Standard specification 458- 2003 (Latest edition) shall prevail while
providing R.C.C. pipes and rubber rings of required dimensions and type as
mentioned in the item of providing of pipes.
All the material required such as steel, cement for manufacturing of pipes shall be
procured by the contractor.
The mode of measurement will be running meter basis for pipes including cost of
rubber ring including of all taxes transportation to department store.
The material received in good condition and along with test certificate from testing
agency will only be considered for payment.
The pipes shall be got tested from either SGS / RITES India Ltd. Or any other
agency approved by the MKVDC. The testing charges shall be paid by the
contractor only.
Lowering, laying and jointing RCC pipes with Rubber rings, etc. Complete. The pipes shall be lowered in trenches by means of tripod steel chain and pulley
block and laid in position. The sewer shall be laid to the alignment and gradient as
per instruction given by the Engineer in charge facing upstream of sewer flow. The
socket ends shall face upstream.
The sewer shall run in perfectly straight line between manhole to manhole. The
alignment and gradient of each pipe shall be by checked means of boning rods
and sight rails and the regularly invert shall be checked by means of straight edge.
The pipes before being laid shall thoroughly cleaned specifically from inside
cracked, damaged pipes shall be rejected.
Sewer shall be laid from lower end to upper end sewer shall be always be jointer
at sofit to sofit and not invert to invert.
The barrel of pipe shall rest on the ground or specifically proposed bed while
below sprocket or coolers hollows should be opened out to allow hands to pass
around it sockets for marking proper joints.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 151 -
The S & S pipes are to be jointed with rubber rings. The laying and jointing work
includes the cost of rubber ring shall be done by screw jaws. The care should be
taken that the rubber rings is not twisted while jointing, the item includes hydraulic
testing. There should not be any leakages through rubber ring joints.
Payment will be made as mentioned in Schedule “B” under reverent item.
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SP - 152 -
SECTION – 20
RUBBLE SOLING
20.1 General
20.2 Quarries.
20.3 Rubble.
20.4 Special points.
20.5 Diversion.
20.6 Construction (sub-grade)
20.7 Laying soling
20.8 Item to include.
20.9 Mode of measurement.
SP- 153
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION – 20
RUBBLE SOLING
Supplying 15 cm. / 23 cm. trap stone rubble to soling at the road side including
conveying and stacking, laying, hand packing with rubble chips etc. complete.
20.1 GENERAL :
The item provides for the supply of stone / rubble of the specified type and size at the
road / canal side including obtaining the rubble from approved sources conveying to
the site of work, including all lifts and leads and stacking in regular heaps as specified
here-in-after uniformly along the road side. Labour for laying soling including preparing
the sub-grade scraping, dressing, compaction etc. and hand packing the rubble to
required line, curve, grades and section.
20.2 QUARRIES :
Where suitable and approved, Corporation quarries exist, the Contractor shall be
allowed to obtain the rubble of the requisite quality to the extent required for the work
from these quarries without any royalty. He shall, however, be liable to pay
compensation for any damage caused to the quarries or Corporation land or property
either deliberately or through negligence or otherwise, or from waste of materials in
obtaining the requisite quantity of rubble. In absence of Corporation quarries, the
contractor shall have to procure rubble from his own sources.
20.2.1 BLASTING :
If required, blasting shall be done with utmost care according to specifications
mentioned in Section 2 and the contractor shall be fully responsible for all accidents
and compensation resulting therefrom.
When no suitable Corporation quarries exist or when the full quantity required for the
work cannot be obtained from the Corporation quarries, the Contractor shall make his
own arrangements to obtain the rubble. The contractor shall get the sources and the
quality of the rubble approved by the Engineer-in-charge. The Contractor shall be
fully responsible for any and all compensations to be paid as royalty, rents or
damages to properties and injuries to persons etc. caused in obtaining the rubble. No
SP- 154
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
claim on account of any obstruction caused in collection of materials or difficulties or
action arising out of quarrying in private and non-Corporation land shall be entertained
and Corporation will remain indemnified with regard to such action and payment.
Quarrying shall be done only from sound portions of approved quarries disintegrated
and weathered portions being rejected. No rubble shall be obtained from within the
road / canal land unless so permitted in writing by the Engineer-in-charge.
20.3.0 RUBBLE :
1) Quality : The rubble of the specified type of stones shall be hard, tough, sound,
durable, dense, clean, of close texture and free from unsound material cracks, decay
and weathering. Their water absorption shall be as low possible but not more than 5
percent. They shall generally be broken rubble.
20.3.1 SIZE :
The shape of the stones shall be as regular as can be obtained by quarrying without
attempt at shaping or dressing. They shall be sufficiently flat bedded. The stone shall
be broken with the smallest dimensions equal to the specified, thickness of soling. The
length and breadth should not generally exceed twice its thickness.
20.3.2 CONVEYANCE TO SITE :
Materials shall be brought to site sufficiently in advance of construction. The
Contractor shall be responsible to see that vehicles used for transporting materials do
not drop any of the contents on the road and thus cause nuisance of traffic. The
Contractor shall also be responsible for any damage or accident arising out of any
such materials falling on the road or elsewhere and shall attend to all complaints in
this regard. The Engineer-in-charge may order the removal of such materials at the
expense of the Contractor in case of neglect. Vehicles conveying or depositing
materials shall not obstruct traffic. All leads and lifts are included in the rate for the
item.
20.3.3 STACKING :
The rubble shall be stacked uniformly along the road / canal side in regular stack of 6
m. x 3 m. x 1 m. unless other sizes are ordered by the Engineer-in-charge. Stacking
SP- 155
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
shall be done only after the quality, shape and size of the rubble are approved. The
stacks shall be made without appreciable hollows without making special efforts to
handpack the material. The stacks shall be free of earth, rubbish, vegetation, inferior
or too much oversize or under size material. Only requisite number of stacks shall be
laid in each of the 200 m. section. One stack in each unit section may be of different
length if necessary, to make up the total quantity in that particular section. Low and
wide stacks with outer retaining walls and the centre filled in loosely shall not be
permitted. The material shall be stacked entirely clear of the carriage way and as far
as possible beyond the side widths and the side drains, on even ground or in the
absence of such even ground on platforms prepared in advance for the purpose by
the Contractor at his cost. If no such land is available the width of the stack may be
reduced and the stacks may be laid on the side widths with the approval of the
Engineer-in-charge. Such stacks shall be protected from being disturbed. Necessary
precautions such as barricading , signs and signals shall invariably be taken, the
Contractor being responsible for any accident, injury and compensation due to his
negligence in this respect. On hill roads, materials shall be stacked only on stacking
berms. In the absence of such berms within a reasonable distance, stacks shall be
made only at places where there is narrow width and sited on the side of the road as
directed without interfering with free drainage.
The Engineer-in-charge may, if required get the stacks coming in the way of, or
obstructing the traffic removed at the cost of the Contractor and the Contractor shall
not be entitled to claim for any loss or damage to the materials on that account. The
stacking operations shall be started at the point farthest from the quarry and carried
towards the nearest point. The stacks shall not be laid at such places where they are
likely to be damaged on account of the traffic, washing out by rains or floods or
drainage, sides of the banks or the slopes of cutting. Any loss on account of these or
such other reasons shall be made good by the contractor without extra claims.
As far as possible the rubble shall be stacked evenly on one side of the road / canal
only and in such quantities per unit length as will be required for that particular length
or as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge.
20.4 SPECIAL POINTS :
The contractor shall be responsible for obtaining consents of owners of quarries and
lands, payment of royalties, fees, rents, taxes, octroi etc. compensation due to injuries
SP- 156
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
to persons or damages to properly in any way connected with the execution of this
item and for loss of materials due to improper stacking etc. and shall make good the
losses without extra claims.
The Contractor shall also be responsible for the blasting operations required for
obtaining the rubble as explained in specifications on section 2 of excavation.
20.5 DIVERSION :
When the traffic can be allowed on the roadside berms without much inconvenience to
traffic or impediment to the work, this shall be provided by the Contractor at his own
cost. He shall provide the necessary barricading warning boards and signals and
watchman by day and red lights at night and comply with relevant provision of
specifications. Otherwise a separate diversion shall be provided according to
specifications.
20.6 CONSTRUCTION :
Preparation of sub-grade : The sub-grade shall be marked by stakes and strings for
the required width for laying of the soling in line. Curve, section and grade with
reference to the centerline. The edge line stakes shall be ranged for a sufficiently long
length to obtain straight length and uniform curves. The Contractor shall clear off the
area and do the necessary trimming of filling for laying of the soling in line the curves,
grades and section. All fillings shall be watered and compacted to get maximum
consolidation. The camber, superelevation etc. of the sub-grade shall conform in
shape to those, of the finished road surfaces and if in any section the road surface is
loose, undulating or uneven the Contractor shall at his own cost make it up with
suitable materials, water and compact it and obtain the correct section. Camber-
boards shall be used to get the required section.
20.7 LAYING SOLING :
The rubble collected by the road side shall be laid with the largest face downwards
and in contact with each other. The stones shall break joints as far as possible. The
full thickness of the soling shall generally be made with one stone only. The junction of
the old road and the new construction shall be diagonal in plan and the soling shall be
in level with the corresponding course of the old road.
Unless otherwise provided in the plans or directed by the Engineer-in-charge, the
width of the soling shall be 30 cm. more than that of the metal above.
SP- 157
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
20.7.1 HAND-PACKING :
As the laying of rubble advances the soling shall be hand packed by wedging and
Packing with 80 mm. metal collected for the purpose in the joints of the soling and
driving them by hammers in place so as to fill the voids as completely as possible.
This operation of hand packing shall follow the rubble laying closely.
The soling shall be laid and hand packed true to grade and section and these shall be
often checked, by bolting rods, template boards and fishlike etc. The grade section
etc. of the soling shall correspond to those of the surfacing coming on it.
The soling thus laid shall be finished by knocking out projecting stones and filling
depressions by chips to come upto the grade and camber.
20.8 ITEM TO INCLUDE :
1) Obtaining rubble of approved quality shape and size by blasting if required
and payment of royalties, fees, rents etc. where necessary.
2) Conveying to roadside including all leads and lifts.
3) Stacking
4) All sorts of compensations involved in the execution of the item.
5) Opening up new quarries or reopening old ones including removal of
overburden.
6) Setting out including Labour and materials like stakes, string, fishline, bolting
rods and camber boards.
7) Diversion, barricading, singling and controlling traffic if necessary unless
separately provided in the tender.
8) Conveying the rubble from stacks on the road side and laying the soiling to the
required line, curve, grade and section including clearing sectioning, dressing
grade and section, compacting the sub-grade, breaking rubble and hand
packing with 80 mm. metal.
9) All labour, materials and use of equipment's, tools required for carrying out the
work satisfactorily.
20.9 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :
The contract rate shall be for one cubic meter of rubble supplied at site and laid in
position.
SP- 158
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION – 21
PROVIDING AND LAYING OVER SIZE ( 75 TO 100 MM.)
AND ( 40 TO 50 MM.) METAL BEDDING.
21.1.0 General ( 75 to 100 mm ) oversize metal.
21.1.2 Quarries.
21.1.3 Quality
21.1.4 Size
21.1.5 Stacking
21.2.1 Spreading
21.2.2 Hand packing
21.2.3 Compaction
21.2.4 Dry rolling of over size metal.
21.2.5 Wet rolling
21.3.0 Mode of measurement and payment.
21.4.0 ( 40 to 50 mm ) metal bedding.
21.4.1 General
21.4.2 Quarries.
21.4.3 Size
21.4.4 Compaction
21.4.5 Mode of measurement and payment.
SP- 159
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION – 21
PROVIDING AND LAYING OVER SIZE ( 75 TO 100 MM.)
AND (40 TO 50 MM) METAL BEDDING.
21.1.0 GENERAL :
The item provides for the supply of specified type over size metal of 75 to 100
mm. size at the site including obtaining the metal form contractor's own
approved sources conveying to site with all leads and lifts stacking in regular
heaps, spreading watering and rolling with sand.
21.1.2 QUARRIES :
The contractor shall have to procure metal from his own sources. He shall be
liable to pay compensation for any damage caused to the quarries or property
either deliberately or through negligence or otherwise, or from waste of
materials in obtaining the requisite quality of metal.
Blasting if required shall be done with utmost care and the contractor shall be
fully responsible for all accidents and compensation resulting therefrom. The
Contractor shall get the sources and the quality of the metal approved from
the Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall be fully responsible for any and
all compensation to be paid as royalty, rents or damages to properties and
injuries to persons etc. caused in obtaining the metal. No claim on account of
any obstruction caused in collection of materials or difficulties or action arising
out of quarrying in private land shall be entertained and Corporation will
remain indemnified with regard to such action and payment.
21.1.3 QUALITY :
The stones required for oversize metal shall be hard, tough, sound, durable,
dense, clean of close-textured material and free from unsound material, crack,
decay and weathering. Their water absorption shall be as low as possible but
not more than 5 percent. They shall generally be broken rubble.
SP- 160
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
21.1.4 SIZE :
The rubble shall be either manually broken or mechanically crushed to pieces
so as to pass through a square mesh of 100 mm. internal dimension and
retained on a square mesh of 75 mm. The pieces shall be as for as possible
be cubical and have sharp edges. A sample confirming to the quality, shape
and size shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge before large scale
braking.
21.1.5 STACKING :
The metal brought from quarries shall be stacked in heaps near the site where
it is to be spread.
21.2.1 SPREADING METAL :
The metal shall be screened if it contains grass, rubbish or other deleterious
foreign materials. The metal shall be spread evenly over the surface. In order
to ensure the correct thickness, the road area shall be suitably marked so as
to receive the contents of one heap for the specified thickness in the area
marked. The unevenness and undulations after the spreading shall be rectified
either by thinning the metal or adding it as required. The metal so spread shall
be checked by camber boards and line for the camber and grade at intervals
of every ten meters or so. The edge line stacks shall be ranged for a sufficient
length to obtain lengths and uniform curves.
The sides of the metal shall be held by bunds of murum to prevent metal from
spreading, if side widths are not provided at the time. These bunds shall be of
such depth as to support the metal.
21.2.2 HAND PACKING :
As the laying of oversize metal advances, it shall be hand packed by wedging
and packing with quarry spalls collected for the purpose in the joints of
oversize metal and driving them by hammers in places so as to fill the voids as
completely as possible. The operation of hand packing shall follow the
oversize metal laying closely.
21.2.3 COMPACTION OF OVER SIZE METAL :
GENERAL:
The compaction shall be done with a 10 to 12 tonne power roller. The rolling
shall begin with the outside rear wheel of the roller covering equal parts of
shoulder and metal and the roller shall be run forward and backward until the
SP- 161
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
shoulder binds the metal firmly. The rolling shall then progress from edges for
the center in strips parallel to the center line of the road. Rolling shall be done
by lapping uniformly each preceding near wheel track by one half width of the
track and shall continue until all the surface has been rolled by the rear wheel
three or four times and to refusal. Side bunds shall be raised to hold the
material before starting rolling.
21.2.4 DRY ROLLING OF OVERSIZE METAL : The layer of metal shall be rolled dry first with 10 to 12 tonne power roller to
refusal i.e. till the metal is completely interlocked and ceases to move under
the roller and no more compaction can be achieved.
In case of uneven spots, high spots shall be lowered by removing necessary
metal pieces and depressions shall be filled by additional metal and full
compensation of these portions re-done to conform to the correct section.
21.2.5 WET ROLLING : The rolled surface shall then be watered freely and rolled again. Sand shall
then be spread to a uniform thickness of 6 mm. or such other thickness as
directed by Engineer-in-charge, and further rolling done to pack the interstices
with sand. Watering shall be done again and soft murum blindage spread as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge and the surface finally rolled lightly.
21.3.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT : The rate shall be for supplying laying and compaction for one cubic meter of
oversize metal. It shall also include providing and spreading requisite quantity
of sand to fill interstices.
21.4.0 PROVIDING AND LAYING METAL BEDDING 40 MM SIZE OF APPROVED
QUALITY INCLUDING WATERING, CONSOLIDATION ETC. COMPLETE WITH ALL LEADS AND LIFTS AS DIRECTED.
21.4.0 GENERAL : The item provides for the supply of metal of 40 mm. size including obtaining
the metal from approved sources conveying to the site with all leads and lift
stacking in regular heaps, spreading, watering and rolling with murum
blindage.
21.4.2 QUARRIES : Rubble for breaking metal shall be obtained from quarries as specified in para
21.1.2 and 21.1.3.
SP- 162
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
21.4.3 SIZE : According to specifications of para 21.1.4 except that the rubble shall be
broken by hand or crushed mechanically to pieces to pass through a square
mesh of 50 mm. internal dimension.
21.4.0 COMPACTION : As per specification of para number 21.1.3 except that the rolling shall be
done on the metal instead of oversize metal.
After half of rolling efforts completed, selected granular murum to the extent of
3 cm. average thickness over the area of metal shall be spread over all the
area of the metal and further rolling done. Watering will be done over the
metal to give proper compaction of surface and as directed by the Engineer-in-
charge.
21.4.5 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT : The rate shall be for supplying, laying and compacting of one cubic meter of
metal including providing and laying murum and watering.
SP- 163
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION – 22
QUARRY SPAULS
22.1.0 GENERAL : Providing and constructing base of specified thickness for foundation of structures
consisting of quarry spauls and sand including laying, packing with all leads and lifts
etc. complete as directed.
The quarry spauls shall be perfectly sound, free from weathered pieces and with good
quality known to be satisfactory in use and shall be used as per the directives of
Engineer-in-charge. The thickness of quarry spauls shall not be less than 0.15 m. and
shall be laid uniformly and the interstices filled with sand of approved quality as per
section and detailed drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
22.2.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT : The unit of measurement for item of quarry spauls will be cubic meter. The
dimensions shall be measured correct upto two places of decimals in cubic meter.
Thickness of layers for payment shall be restricted as per specified thickness and as
shown in the drawing or layers as laid whichever is less.
SP- 164
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION- 23
DISMANTLING STONE MASONRY Dismantling the stone masonry in lime or cement including stacking the spoils as directed with
all leads & lifts etc. complete.
As per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
SP- 165
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION – 24
TOR STEEL
B.10 TOR STEEL BAR REINFORCEMENT FOR R.C.C. WORK B.10.1 GENERAL:
The item provides for the supply of HYSD steel bars, cutting, bending, binding with galvanised iron wire and erection in position for reinforcement in the R.C.C.
B.10.2 MATERIALS :
1) HYSDsteel bars shall conform to the specification No. A. 10. 2) The binding wire shall conform to the specification No. A. 15.
B.10.4. FABRICATION :
Reinforcing steel shall be thoroughly cleaned of all coatings of any character that would destroy or reduce the bond.
Bending Reinforcement shall conform accurately to the dimensions and shapes shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Bars shall not be bent or straightened in a manner that will injure the material. Bars with kinks, bends or cracks shall not be used. Bars shall be bent cold to the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer in writing. Bar bender may be used to attain proper radii of bends and bends and shapes. Bars which may be bent during transport or handling shall be properly straightened before being placed in the work without heating them. Bending bar by heating to cherry red heat not exceeding 815°C (about 1,500°F) may be allowed for bars larger than 25 mm. (about 1 inch) diameter except for bars which depend for their strength on cold working. Hot bars shall not be cooled by quenching.
B.10.4.1 Details of lengths, sizes, laps and bending diagrams shall be got approved by
the engineers. This is to become additional precautions against errors. B.10.5 SPLICING AND LAPPING :
All reinforcement shall be furnished in full lengths indicated on the plans as far as possible. Splicing bars bars except as shown on the plans will not be permitted without the written approval of the Engineer. When full lengths are not available bars shall be spliced. Splices of tensile reinforcement at points of maximum stress and of adjacent bars at the same place shall be avoided. Splices shall be staggered as far as possible and located and suitable points. A welded or mechanical connection if adopted, shall develop.
The full strength of the bars, unless otherwise shown on the plans, bars shall be lapped as specified in I.S. 456-1964 with due regard to the grade of
SP- 166
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
concrete. In lap-splices, bars shall be placed in contact and just wired together to keep in place.
B.10.6 COUPLING :
Whenever plans and specifications call for the use of coupling-boxes or bottle nuts to join bars, they shall have sufficient cross section to transmit the full strength of the bars. The ends of the bars which are joined by coupling shall be upset for a sufficient length so that effective cross section after cutting the screw threads shall not be less than the normal cross section of the bars. Screw threads shall be standard Whit worth threads. Coupled joints will be paid for separately Number of tensile tests shall be as indicated in specification No. B.10.7
B.10.7 WELDING :
Whenever plans and specifications call for welding of joints in reinforcement bars in lieu of lapping them, the bars shall be butt-welded so as to transmit their full strength. Welding shall generally conform to specification No. B-18 and I.S. 456-1964 except as modified below and when otherwise directed by the Engineer. Welded joints shall be so staggered that in any one section equal to the lap length of the bars, not more than 33 per cent of the bars and welded. Electric are welding or oxyacetylene process of welding, using a process which will exclude air from the molten metal and conforming to any special provisions for the welding as laid down by the Engineer in writing will be accepted. Suitable means shall be provided for holding the bars securely in position during the process of welding. The ends of the bars shall be cleaned of all loose scale, rust, grease, paint and other foreign matter and clean original metal exposed before welding. Only competent and experienced welders shall be employed on the work. Preliminary tests of the welds shall be carried out at the contractor's cost to see that the actual field welding method in satisfactory and gives the required strength. Two welds in 100 welds or a minimum of 2 welds shall be made on the site on test pieces under conditions exactly similar to the field welding of actual reinforcement bars and tested for their tensile strength. The strength of the welded joint shall net be less than that of the original bar. If the tests are not satisfactory, change of welding procedure and further tests may be ordered by the Engineer. Bars welded along with the welded samples, found unsatisfactory on test shall be cut and rewelded. Additional welds if required on this account shall not be paid for. All the tests shall be at the cost of the contractor.
When welded joints are required they will be paid for separately.
No part of the reinforcement embedded in concrete shall be used for conducting electric current.
SP- 167
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
B.10.8 SUBSTITUTION : Substitution of sizes of bars different from those specified will be permitted at the request of the contractor only if authorised by the Engineer. The steel substituted shall have an area not less than the designed area provided further that the safe bond stress is not exceeded. If such substituted steel has larger area than that originally specified, such excess weight due to larger area will not be paid for.
B.10.9 PLACING AND FASTENING :
All reinforcement shall be accurately placed in position with spacing and cover shown on the plan and firmly held so during the placing and setting of concrete. Bars shall be tied at all intersections. Binding wire of 1.63 mm. or 1.22 mm. diameter ( about 16 or 18 gauge) shall be used. Alternatively the Engineer may permit spoil welding instead of typing by wire. Spacing of bars shall be maintained by means of stays, blocks ties, spacers, hangers or other approved supports at sufficiently close intervals so that bars will not sag between supports nor be displaced during placing, vibrating or compacting concrete or by any other operation. Metal supports which extend to the surface of the concrete except where shown in the plans and wooden blocks for maintaining spacing or cover shall not be permitted. Layers of bars shall be separated by precast cement mortar blocks, spacer bars or other approved devices. Special care shall be taken to prevent any disturbance of the reinforcement in concrete that has already been placed. Reinforcement after being placed in position shall be maintained in a clean condition till it is completely embedded in the concrete. All bars protruding from concrete to which other bars are to be spliced and which are likely to be exposed for the fill finite period shall be protected from rusting by a thin coat of cement wash.
B.10.10 INSPECTIONS : Full details of the numbers, sizes, lengths, weights, laps, welds, spacing of the bars placed in position in different parts of the work shall be recorded, certified and signed by the Engineer to show that all reinforcement has been placed correctly as per the sanctioned drawing or as ordered by the Engineer in writing before placing concrete. No concrete shall be deposited until the Engineer has inspected and certified the correctness of reinforcement, recorded the steel measurements and given permission to place the concrete in writing. After the approval of reinforcement by the Engineer it will be the contractor's responsibility to see that the reinforcement spacing and arrangements are not tampered with in any way before or during concreting.
B.10.11 TESTS When the contractor supplies his own steel, he shall produce the test certificate. If there is any doubt about the quality, tensile and cold bend tests shall be carried out according to I.S. 432-1966 in an approved laboratory and the cost of the tests shall be borne by the contractor if the results are unsatisfactory and by the Department if the results are satisfactory.
SP- 168
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
B.10.12 ITEM TO INCLUDE : 1) Cost of labour, material, use of tools, plant and tackle and other incidental
items to complete the work included under the item satisfactorily. 2) Supplying, conveying, cleaning, cutting, bending, binding with 1.63 mm.
or 1.22 mm. diameter (16 or 18 guage) wire or spot-welding and placing reinforcement in position and maintaining it clean and in position till the concrete is laid.
3) Cost of sampling and testing.
B.10.13 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT : The contact rate shall be on weight basis for 1 quintal of mild steel reinforcement. The weight of steel reinforcement incorporated in the concrete will be measured in quintals based on the total commuted weights for the sizes and lengths of bars, as shown on the plan or as ordered by the Engineer. The lengths of the bars shall be measured correct to two places of decimals in metres and the weight payable would be worked out on the following basis correct to 0.10 of a kg.
Diameter of bars in
millimeters
Weight in Kg. per meter
Weight in 1bs. /rft.
Diameter of
corresponding
bars in inches
Weight in 1bs. /rft.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 6 0.22 0.148 ¼” 0.167
10 0.6 0.417 8/8” 0.376 12 0.9 0.598 ½ ” 0.68 16 1.6 1.062 5/8 ” 1.043 20 2.5 1.61 ¾ ” 1.502 22 3.0 2.004 7/8 ” 2.044 25 3.8 2.589 1” 2.670 28 4.8 3.048 1 1/8” 3.380 32 6.3 4.243 1 ¼ “ 4.172 36 8.0 5.373 13/8 “ 5.049 40 9.9 6.630 1½ ” 6.008
The steel will be issued to the contractor on actual weighment. However,
while paying for the item of reinforcement, the weight of steel used on the
work will be calculated on the basis of running length and standard weight per
unit length. Claims on account of difference in actual weights and weights
calculated on the basis of length will not be entertained.
The wire for tying and devices for supporting bars and maintaining various clearances will not be measured or paid.
No payment will be made for clips, binding wires, tack welding done in lieu of tying, separators, wire chairs and other materials used for fastening and supporting reinforcement in place. If the bars are substituted at the
SP- 169
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
contractor's request and as a result more steel is used than specified, only the quantity specified shall be paid. Authorised lap lengths shall be paid for, If the lengths of bars contemplated in the designs are not available and the Engineer certifies the fact, steel involved in more number of laps will be paid for. When laps are made for splices other than those shown on the plans for the convenience of the contractor or lengths of laps more than indicated above, the extra steel will not be paid for. Any extra lengths of bars over the design if used (as shown on the plan) shall not be paid for.
When splicing of main tensile bars is required to be done by welding or by coupling boxes such joints will be paid for separately in terms of numbers for the diameter of the bars jointed.
When steel is supplied by Government, the pieces of bars will not be taken back by the Department. Such wastages then shall be the property of the contractor and the contractor will be permitted to dispose off the same with the permission of the Iron and Steel Controller on in accordance with the prevailing orders of the Government. Surplus steel (full length bars only) out of the steel issued to the contractor will be taken back at the rate at which it was issued to the contractor, the conveyance to the place of original issue for such steel being at the contractor's cost.
When steel is supplied free by Government, the rate will include all the items except supply of steel bars in available lengths at the place of delivery specified. If wastage of steel is more than the minimum possible, the cost of steel wasted in excess shall be recovered from the contractor at the Divisional issue rate plus a penal rate as decided by the Engineer.
SP- 170
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION – 25
PROVIDING AND FIXING GUARD STONES / BOUNDARY STONES/ K. M. STONE
25.1.0 GENERAL :
The item provides for supply of guard stones / boundary stones of the specified type
and fixing them in position as shown on drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-
charge, in a block of cement concrete 1:4:8 and white washing the portion above
ground level.
25.2.0 MATERIALS :
The guard stones / boundary stones shall be of the specified type of stone and size,
shape as mentioned in the item. The stones shall be of quality as mentioned in para
9.3.1 under Section 9. The portion of the stones exposed above the ground shall be
rough tooled as directed.
25.3.0 FIXING :
The stone shall be embedded in ground excavation necessary for fixing of the guard
stone is including in the item rate and shall be done by the Contractor at his cost. The
exposed part of the stone shall be given two coats of white wash.
25.4.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS :
The Contractor shall be paid for one guard stone / boundary stone inclusive of fixing in
cement concrete and two coats white washing.
SP- 171
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION – 26
PVC PIPE FOR WEEP HOLES
26.1.0 SCOPE :
The item includes providing and fixing in position 100 mm diameter PVC pipes to form
weep holes in masonry or concrete, washing and cleaning of holes, capping and
protecting holes upto completion to prevent clogging. The PVC pipe weep holes are to
be provided for masonry walls or for other purpose as directed. The pipe shall be laid
as shown in drawings or as directed. If required the pipes shall be cut to the required
shape.
26.2.0 MEASUREMENTS AND PAYMENTS :
Measurements for payments shall be taken on running meter along the center line of
the pipe.
SP- 172
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION – 27
REVETMENT ON TOP OF LINING WITH 25 MM.
CEMENT PLASTERING 1:3 PROPORTION.
27.1.1 SCOPE :
The item shall consist of furnishing of all tools, equipment, materials and labour
required for quarrying, transporting and laying the revetment including, bedding,
dressing of embankment to designed slopes and other operations necessary and
ancillary thereto.
27.1.2 MATERIALS :
RUBBLE FOR REVETMENT :
i) Stones for revetment shall be sound, hard, dense and durable and should not break
down or disintegrate on long exposure to water and air. The rubble shall be got
approved from the Engineer-in-charge.
ii) SIZE :
The rock fragments shall be reasonably well grades, containing at least 60 percent of
stone weighing 35 kg. or more. Minimum size shall be weighing 10 Kg.
27.1.3 QUARRIES :
The contractor's own rubble quarries and rock stacks from compulsory excavation
shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge. Approval to quarry and stacks
shall not mean that all rubble available from that quarry or stack is also approved by
the Engineer-in-charge and only approved quality of rubble will have to be used.
27.1.4 LAYING :
27.1.4.1The slope to receive the pitching shall first be prepared and pitching be laid upon the
dressed surface.
27.1.4.2Stones will be of 25 to 30 cm. in longer dimension and placed perpendicular to the
slope so as to interlock with each other and the chips used for filling the interstices.
The interstices will be filled with chips, spauls properly hammered in so that entire
mass firm.
SP- 173
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
27.1.4.3The stones for the pitching shall be of good quality perfectly sound and as regular in
shape as possible. The stones shall be as far as practicable be of selected size and
shape to secure fairly large, flat surface, which will lay up with an even surface and
minimum of voids. The stones shall be placed on length normal to the slopes
beginning at the bottom of the slope.
The stones shall be laid compactly and so matched and interlocked that they shall be
keyed together with a minimum of joint space. Rock fragments and spauls shall be
tightly driven in the interstices to wedge the stones in place and close direct opening
to the under-laying slope. Such filling shall be carried out simultaneously with the
placing in position of large stones. The wedging shall be done with the largest size
chip practicable, each chip being well driven with a hammer so that no chip is possible
of being picked or removed by hand during construction. The smaller size stones
required for filling interstices and wedging shall only be supplied to the actual
requirement for such work and shall not be used in two or more layers as a substitute
for the stones on full thickness stones. High irregular point shall be knocked off and
the finished pitching shall present a neat and reasonably smooth and uniform surface
free from loose stones.
27.1.5 MODE OF MEASUREMENT :
The measurements of the stone pitching shall be on square meter basis and shall be
paid accordingly which includes plastering of 25 mm. thick in C.M. 1:3 proportion.
The rate is inclusive of all leads and lifts, scaffolding etc. complete.
27.2.0 CEMENT PLASTERING C.M. IN 1:3 PROPORTION 25 MM THICK TO RUBBLE PITCHING :
1) CEMENT :
Ordinary Portland cement of good quality conforming to para 14 of Special
conditions of contract is to be used.
2) WATER :
Water shall conform to specifications as detailed in para 4.6.0 for materials for
cement concrete work.
SP- 174
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
3) FINE AGGREGATE :
Fine aggregate shall conform to specifications for sand in cement concrete
works with grading suitable for the purpose of the above item.
4) PROPORTIONS :
Cement and sand be mixed in 1:3 proportion, sand being measured in
measuring boxes. The proportion, will be by volume on the basis of 50 Kg. per
bag of cement being equal to 0.034 Cum. The mortar may be hand mixed or
machine mixed.
5) PREPARATION :
In hand mixed mortar, cement and sand in the specified proportions should be
thoroughly mixed dry on clean platform by turning over at least three times.
Then fresh and clean water shall be added gradually to form a stiff mass of
uniform colour. The mortar so prepared shall be used within 30 minutes of
adding water.
6) CONSTRUCTION DETAILS :
The area shall be washed and the joints thoroughly wetted before plastering is
commenced. The joints shall be filled with mortar of the specified mix and
required consistency and well pressed and rubbed smooth. In all plaster work,
mortar shall be firmly applied with somewhat more than the required thickness
and well pressed into the joints and on the surface, rubbed and leveled with a
flat wooden rule to give required thickness. Long straight edges shall be freely
used to ensure a perfect plane and even surface. All edges must be finished
to their true angles or rounded as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
7) WATERING :
The plastered face shall be kept continually wet for 21 days after initial set.
The payment of the job plastering is included in the item of revetment.
SP- 175
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION - 28
G.I. PIPES 28.1.0 GENERAL :
The item provides for procuring and fixing of G.I. Pipes of specified diameter in
position including necessary conveyance, jointing accessories and placing in perfect
level in water cistern.
28.2.0 MATERIALS :
G.I. pipes and accessories should be 'C' class type of specified diameter and should
be perfectly galvanised.
28.3.0 PLACING OF PIPES :
The pipes shall be placed exactly horizontal and in level as directed by the Engineer-
in-charge. The inner end should be protrude at least 2.5 cm. inside from the side face
of the wall and 7.5 cm. outer of outside face of the wall of the cistern.
28.4.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS AND PAYMENT :
Payment shall be made on running meter basis.
SP- 176
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION – 29
M.S. GATES
29.1.0 GENERAL :
The item provides for procuring and fixing of M.S. Gates of specified type and size in
position including necessary conveyance and jointing and concreting in plumb.
29.2.0 MATERIALS :
1. C.C. M - 20 ( 20 M.S.A.)
2. Plumb
3. Anchorage if required
4. M.S. Gate of required size and as per drawing.
29.3.0 CONCRETING AND FIXING GATE IN PLUMB :
The sill beam be fixed in C.C. M-20 ( 20 M.S.A.) with anchorage arrangement and
embedded in this bottom channel duly checking the sill level. The gate frame be
erected in plumb and water tight and side concreting be done as per specifications
and as per directions of Engineer-in-charge.
29.4.0 HANDLING OF GATES :
All care shall be exercised in handling and fixing of the gates. Any damages or
breakage during transport, handling and fixing will have to be done by the Contractor
and repair to gate will be done as directed by Engineer-in-charge.
29.5.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS :
The contract rate shall be for the weight of actual qty. of gate placed in the position.
The unit rate for this item shall be per Kg.
SP- 177
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION – 30
30.0 Supplying hard murum kankar at the roadside including conveying
and stacking complete.
30.1 General. – The item provides for the supply of hard murum or kankar as
mentioned in the item, at the roadside including obtaining it from approved
sources, conveying to roadside with all leads and lifts, stacking in regular
heaps as specified hereinafter uniformly along the roadside.
30.2 Quarries.- Specifications applicable to rubble in Rd 19.2 will be applicable
to hard murum quarries etc. except that the quarries shall be of hard
murum or kankar as specified instead of stone.
30.3 Hard Murum / Kankar.
30.4 Quality : Hard Murum,- The hard murum shall be of disintegrated trap,
granite, quartsite or gneiss rock freshly quarried. It shall be sufficiently hard
and free from soft murum, earth, organic matter or other deleterious or soft
material. Before starting collection a sample should be got approved by the
Engineer who will keep it in his office for reference.
The size of the hard murum shall generally be as follows:-
Size (square mesh) percentage passing through,
80 mm. (about 3”) 95 per cent.
25mm (about 1”) 2 per cent.
Kankar – Kankar shall be as though as can be procured in the locality. A
brown almost aplacent fracture will generally indicate a good kankar. It
shall not contain any clay in the avities between the modules. 100 per
cent, shall pass through a square mesh of 65 mm. (about 2 ½”) Before
starting collection sample of kankar shall be got approved by the enginer
who will keep it in his office for reference.
30.5 Conveyance. – Specifications applicable to metal in specification No. Rd
20.3.3 will also be applicable to hard murum or kankar.
30.6 Stacking – Specifications applicable to metal in specification No. Rd 20.3.4
will apply to stacking of hard murum or kankar also.
SP- 178
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
30.7 Special points – The contractors shall be responsible for obtaining consents of
owners of quarries and lands, payment of royalties, fees, rents, taxes, octroi
etc. compensation due to injuries to persons or damages to property in any
way connected with the execution of the item and for the loss of material due
to improper stacking etc. and shall make good the losses without extra claims.
30.8 Item to include.- Obtaining hard murum or kankar as mentioned in the item of
approved quality and size including payment of necessary royalties. fees,
rents, and other relevant items according to specification No. Rd. 19.5 ( 2 to 5)
30.9 Mode of measurement and payment. – The stipulations applicable to rubble in
specification No. Rd 19.6 will be applicable to hard murum or kankar also.
SP- 179
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION – 31
WATER SPOUTS
31.1 DESCRIPTION :
These shall be 10 cm. dia. G.I. Pipes and provided in kerbs or parapet walls as the
case may be to drain off the rain water. These pipes shall be coated with approved
paint on the portion not in contact with concrete or masonry. The pipe shall be fixed
and placed as per the plan and as directed.
31.2 MEASUREMENT :
The unit of measurement shall be one meter length.
SP- 180
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION – 32
G.I. SHEET CONSTRUCTION JOINT
32.0 Providing and fixing G. I. Sheets 24 gauge and 22.5 cms. wide for construction joint in
R. C. C. trough wall including cutting, 15 cm. overlap, riveting the joint and fixing in
position etc. complete.
32.1 SPECIFICATION :
The work covered by this item shall consist of furnishing all equipment , material and
labour for providing, riveting, transporting, placing of G.I. sheet joints, and performing
all the functions necessary and ancillary thereto including finishing to required shape
and size as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
32.2 MEASUREMENTS :
The rate shall be per metre of joints. The completed rate shall include all materials, G.
I. Sheet, M. S. rods, bituminous filler, cement , rivets etc. and all labour etc. complete.
SP- 181
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION – 33
MARBLE TABLET
33.1 GENERAL :
The item provides for the supply of marble slab of 600 mm x 900 mm. size engraving
the emblem, figures and letters as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge and fixing the
same in position on the structure as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge.
33.2 MATERIALS :
i) The marble slab shall be 25 mm thick and shall be of good quality milky white
shade, free from veins and unsightly spots, etc. It shall have a uniform shade
all over the surface. The surface shall be even, smooth and in one plane with
edges true and square. The size of the slab be as indicated on drawings or as
ordered by the Engineer-in-charge.
ii) Cement mortar (1:2) shall comply with the standard specifications for the
same.
iii) Black lead filling.
33.3 ENGRAVING :
The border, emblem, figure and letters shall be engraved as directed by the Engineer-
in-charge. The engraving shall be in cut grooves and shall be filled with black lead
tucked in the grooves and flush with the face of the tablet.
33.4 FIXING :
The made tablet shall be fixed secured in position as indicated on the drawings or as
ordered by the Engineer-in-charge, in cement mortar (1:2) with mortar moulding all
round as directed. Moulding shall be rubbed smooth. Recess may be left in concrete
or the masonry or may be cut subsequently for the purpose. No deduction shall be
made for the recess left or cut in the masonry or concrete.
SP- 182
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
33.5 ITEM TO INCLUDE :
i) Supply of marble tablet, engraving and fixing including lead filling and finishing
with moulded border of cement mortar.
ii) Cutting recess in masonry or concrete if necessary.
iii) All labour, materials, use of tools, plant and equipment for completion of the
item satisfactorily.
33.6 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :
The contract rate shall be for one meter of the marble tablet overall including moulded
marble border it provided. Overlaps of border and tablet shall be measured. Cement
mortar border if provided, shall be considered as incidental to fixing and shall not be
measured. The length and width shall be measured correct upto two places of
decimals of a meter and area calculated correct to three places of square meter.
SP- 183
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION – 34
ANTISEISMIC ATTACHMENT
34.1 MATERIAL :
The material required for item should be of approved quality approved from the
competent authority.
34.2 DESCRIPTION :
This item includes keeping pockets in pier cap in proper position including centering,
cleaning, removal of centering, protecting etc. complete. Also fixing the seismic
attachment in position for grouting of holes and making pedestal for the same on pier
cap. Grouting the pockets with attachment size 400 x 200 mm. ( Actual size 300 x 50
x 50 mm ) and making pedestal in size 300 x 300 x 200 mm. with centering etc.
complete including clearing the pockets and carrying the material on top of the pier
cap. All materials developments and labours cost etc. complete.
34.3 PAYMENT :
Payment will be made after the item is completed including testing of attachment is
done. The test for working of the item should be done by the Contractor at his own
cost and no extra expenditure to the Government.
SP- 184
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION – 35
TESTING OF AQUEDUCT BOX
35.1 Testing of aqueduct box with two joints on either side for water tightness and other
defects.
35.2 The item shall include testing of entire length of aqueduct box and transition for
leakproofness and structural behavior.
35.3 The aqueduct box shall be tested in sections of two spans at a time including
appropriate joints between the junction of two boxes or at the junction of end box and
transition zone at either sides, as per directions of the Engineer-in-charge. The box
joints shall tested for a water column of design supply level plus 45 cms. to ensure
water tightness against leakage and other defects. The necessary arrangement for
procuring the water for the test and filling in the box to required depth by sealing the
ends and all other arrangement shall be made by the Contractor as per directions of
Engineer-in-charge. If any leakage, defects, deficiencies are noticed, the same shall
be made good by the Contractor at his cost to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-
charge. All arrangements for conducting the test shall be made to the satisfaction of
the Engineer-in-charge at contractor's own cost.
35.4 PAYMENTS :
Payments shall be made for unit of one span with two joints on either side after
satisfactory testing.
SP- 185
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION - 36
DEWATERING
36.0 Scope
36.1 General
36.2 Pumping
36.3 Method.
36.4 Contractor responsible for diversion.
36.5 Adequacy of diversion.
36.6 Contractor to dewater whenever required.
36.7 Desilting
36.8 Repairs and removal of diversion channels, bunds etc.
36.9 Disposal of water
36.10 Item to include
36.11 Mode of measurements and payment
SP- 186
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION – 36 DEWATERING
36.0 SCOPE :
The item shall include all dewatering and diversion work required in a manner
hereinafter specified.
36.1.0 GENERAL :
The foundation trenches shall be kept dry by resort to pumping alone or pumping in
combination with diversion channels, cofferdams, bunds, diversion weirs, drainage
channels, well points or any other satisfactory method to suit local conditions at the
choice of the contractor. The contractor shall supply details of his proposals for
approval of the Engineer, but such an approval will in no way release the Contractor
from his responsibility for the adequacy of dewatering arrangements and for the
quality and safety of the work, for all of which the contractor shall be solely
responsible.
Other approved methods may be used by the Contractor a his discretion and cost to
prevent or reduce seepage and to protect the area to be excavated if the soil porous.
36.3 PUMPING :
Adequate pumping arrangement shall be made for dewatering foundation trenches
and other areas of construction where dewatering is essential and keeping them dry
while masonry or concrete or other construction is in progress and till the concrete or
mortar of masonry has sufficiently set and construction can be proceeded without
pumping. Pumps of adequate capacity and in required number shall be provided to
ensure the above. Pumping from the foundation trenches or from the interior of the
cofferdam or other areas of construction shall be done in such a manner as to
preclude the possibility of the movement of water through any fresh concrete or
masonry and washing away parts of concrete or mortar. No pumping shall be allowed
during placing of concrete or for a period of at least 24 hours thereafter unless it is
done from a suitable sump separated from concrete or masonry by effective means.
Pumping shall be done in such a way as not to cause damage to the work or adjoining
property by below subsidence etc.
The Contractor should make his own arrangements for necessary labour, materials,
and equipment for cofferdams, pumps, engines other machinery and devices required
for successful execution of the item of dewatering.
SP- 187
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
36.2 METHOD :
The method to be adopted shall be entirely left to the choice of the contractor provided
adequate dewatering is carried out and the schedule programme is adhered to. The
contractor shall plan, construct and maintain satisfactorily necessary diversion
channels and temporary diversion and protective works so as safety pass the stream
flow and also satisfactorily deal with any sudden rise of flow without damaging the
foundation excavation or works. Where practicable, all substructures shall be
constructed in open excavation and where necessary the excavation shall be shored
and braced or protected by cofferdams. The cofferdam should be carried to adequate
depths and heights, safely designed and constructed with suitable dimensions and
protection and shall be made as water tight as practicable for facilities of construction
of the work to be done inside them. The interior dimensions of the cofferdams shall be
such as to give sufficient clearance for the construction and inspection and to permit
installation of pumping machinery etc. inside the enclosed area. The cofferdams shall
be of sufficient heights to prevent ingress of water into the foundation pits and to
protect green concrete or masonry against damage from tides or sudden rising of the
stream and to prevent damage of the foundation by erosion.
Unless otherwise permitted, no excavation shall be made outside the enclosed area
and the natural stream bed adjacent to the foundation shall not be disturbed without
permission from the Engineer.
Cement grouting or other approved methods may be used at the discretion of the
contractor to prevent or reduce seepage and to protect the area to be excavated if the
soil is porous.
36.4 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR DIVERSION ETC.
The contractor shall plan construct and maintain satisfactorily necessary diversion
channels and other temporary diversion and protective works and furnish maintain
and operate all necessary pumping and for dewatering the various parts of the work
and maintaining the canal section as free from water as required for approved
construction operations.
36.5 ADEQUANCY OF DIVERSION :-
All bunds diversion of flow and other arrangements proposed to be made shall be by
prior discussion and approval by the Executive Engineer. On approval they shall be
SP- 188
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
constructed and maintained at the Contractors cost. Approval of the plans of diversion
works will not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for adequacy of diversion and
dewatering arrangements.
36.6 CONTRACTOR TO DEWATER WHEVER REQUIRED.
The area under all works as necessary shall be maintained free of water after any part
of the work is completed, for inspection safety and or for any other reasons
determined as necessary. The Contractor shall pump all water from the site of the
work and shall keep the canal / foundation section free of water, while excavating,
concreting and continue to keep the works free of water for periods as may be
required for proper setting of concrete or otherwise required for the completion of
works.
The Contractor shall not be entitled to any claims or damages on account of or by
reason of any amount of water leaking through under or around the bunds diversion
channels and other diversion or protective works or overtopping.
36.7 DESILTING :-
If any foundation pits are filled due to floods or flow or blows or slips during the
progress of the work or during rainy season or due to any other cause, all pumping
required to dewater the pits and to do dewatering shall be done without making extra
claims.
36.5 REPAIRS AND REMOVAL OF DIVERSION CHANNEL, BUDS ETC. :
The cofferdams and other works constructed, for facility or diversion and / or
dewatering shall not cause any damage to property and work and shall be removed
after they have served their purpose in a manner and to the extent direct by the
Engineer. If any excavation is made outside the enclosed area for facility of
construction the contractor shall refill the same with proper ramming after the
foundation work is complete so as to bring the river bed to its original condition if and
as directed by the Engineer. Similarly any material deposited within the stream area
from the filling of the cofferdam or from any excavation shall be removed and the
stream area made free from obstruction caused thereby as directed by the Engineer.
After having served their purpose the temporary buds shall be removed to the extent
directed by the Executive Engineer from time to time.
SP- 189
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
The diversion channel, bunds etc. are likely to be damaged due to floods or due to
any other reason. If the same are so damaged, they shall be redone as directed
without extra cost of the Department.
Such removal or repaid work shall be done in such a manner as not to damage any
permanent works. This shall be done at Contractors cost.
36.9 DISPOSAL OF WATER :-
The water from channel / foundation shall be disposed off in the manner detailed
below or in any other manner in conformed with the rules in force and approved by the
Engineer.
In undeveloped area such as countryside where sewerage system has not been
introduced the water may be lead to the nearest natural drain or pond through
property laid and dug channels or through pipes.
Disposal of water shall in no case cause inconvenience or nuisance to the inhabitants
of the area or cause damage to the property and structures nearby. Government
regulations shall be complied with the rights or private land owners shall be respected
regarding disposal of water.
Contractor shall be responsible for the all the incidental like obtaining permission of
local bodies and persons concerned to lead the water to the open channels. Making
use of land and properties owned by private person or public bodies etc. and for the
damage caused in the operation of this items.
36.10 ITEM TO INCLUDE :
1. Diversion of surface flow, , cribs, shoring, strutting, bunds, dams, service path
during construction and removing the same after completion to bring the river bed
to its original condition.
2. All labour, materials, use of equipments, and other arrangements necessary for
dewatering during excavation and construction of other item requiring dewatering.
3. Dewatering foundation trenches, excavation and other areas to be built upon to
enable the masonry, concrete or other construction work to be done in the dry and
till the Engineer considers that the mortar or concrete has sufficiently set.
SP- 190
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
4. Dewatering till all the items requiring dewatering are fully completed. This also
include time required for passing foundation and taking measurements of all the
items requiring dewatering.
5. Removing liquid stuff sort which might find access into the trenches by blowing
slip or any other cause whatsoever from the sides or bottom of the foundation or
excavated or from elsewhere during or after dewatering.
6. Leading water to the nearest natural or artificial drains with all incidental
requirements concerned any compensations etc.
7. Compensation for the injury to the workman and the public or damage to the
nearby properties during and on account of dewatering and disposal of water.
36.11 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :
The payment for dewatering by the suitable acceptable method of dewatering will be
approved by the Engineer-in-charge & shall be on job work basis.
1) 70 % of job work cost will be paid when masonry or concrete works come up
above the natural water level, which ever is higher.
2) The balance amount will be paid when all the work is completed.
SP- 191
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION – 37
DESIGN AND DRAWING
37.0 SCOPE OF PROPOSED IRRIGATION SCHEME
As stated in Annex -A of Section I of Volume I
37.1.0 DESIGN AND DRAWING 37.1.1 The contract consultants shall carry out layout studies including cost economics by
examining all possible alternatives to prepare. Detailed layout, designs and drawings
of all components of the works stated in Schedule B. Item No. 18.
The Contractor / Consultant shall use guide lines in the relevant I.S. codes / C.D.O.
codes prepared by I.S.I. / C.D.O. on various components of the irrigation project
including Lift Irrigation Scheme. (Available for reference in Division Office)
37.1.2 All the studies, layout drawings component wise design and drawings and
Modification if required to be prepared for taking up execution of the works as stated in
Schedule B of volume-1 shall be prepared by the contractor/ Consultant and shall be
got verified/ vetted from the Design Division authorised by Engineer- in-charge. After
verification / vetting by the Design Division the Contractor / Consultant will have to
submit the vetted design notes and drawings to the Engineer-in-charge for approval.
Such drawings/designs will be approved or otherwise by the Engineer-in-charge within
15 days. For the purpose of approval the Contractor / Consultant shall submit 5 copies
to the Engineer-in-charge. When the services of Design Division are taken by the
Contractor / Consultant the Design Division will not charge the fees to the Contractor/
Consultant for vetting / checking of design note and drawings prepared by the
Contractor / consultant as below.
All drawings and design notes require verification/vetting by Design Division if the
Contractor / Consultant considers it essential for the design and drawings he may
approach Design Division. The computer software developed by the Contractor /
Consultant shall be made available free of cost to Design Division for the purpose of
vetting / checking. The Contractor / Consultant may carry out the model studies if
required by him to ascertain and satisfy himself the design conformity on a model. The
cost of such model studies if carried out by the Contractor / Consultant shall be borne
by the Contractor / I Consultant only.
SP- 192
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
37.1.3 The time required for the verification and vetting of the Contractor / Consultants study
/ design / drawing shall be deemed to have been included in the time specified for this
work. Delay from .D.O., Nasik or any other account will not be entertained.
37.1.4 No designs drawings presented by the Contractor / Consultant will be accepted unless
they have been verified and vetted by C.D.O. Nasik or other competent authority. If
the vetting of the design is required to be done by any other authority than design
Division, charges it any for such vetting shall be borne by the Corporation.
37.1.5 The Contractor / Consultant will have to submit detailed drawing of each component
with appropriate scales, measurements, RLs, full dimensions, locations, components
such as godown, dumping area, internal roads, etc.
37.1.6 The Contractor / Consultant will have to supply one + five Copies of approved
drawings one copy duly signed by the Contractor / Consultant and other five copies
duly attested.
37.1.7 The Contractor/ Consultant is expected to organise his work as par the best of his
knowledge so that final draft of various types of designs and layouts will be submitted
to the Engineer-in-charge within stipulated time period.
37.1.8 The Contractor / Consultant shall submit to the Engineer-in-Charge original tracings/
floppies on completion of work which will be absolute property of the Corporation. He
should submit 3 sets of drawings as record drawing showing exact dimensions and
levels etc. of constructions alongwith his final bill. Such drawings shall be signed by
both Contractor and Engineer-in-charge or his representative. These drawings will be
maintained as permanent record of the work.
37.1.9 All the studies layouts, drawings, design notes, which have been submitted to the
Engineer-in-charge shall become the absolute property the MKVDC under the copy
right Act and the Contractor / Consultant shall not use the same in whole or part
thereof elsewhere for any purpose without explicit written permission from the
MKVDC.
37.1.10 In case of difference of opinion between contractor / Consultant and C.D.O., Nasik in
technical matters the final decision will be given by the Engineer-in-Charge.
SP- 193
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
37.1.11 The contractor should as far as possible not change the type of structure. However, if
the contractor proposes different type of structure than provided he should prove the
economy of such structure to the Engineer-in-charge before getting in vetted.
37.1.12 The structure should be so designed that the head loss provided for this
structure should never be exceeded.
INDICATIVE LIST OF DIFFERENT LAYOUTS AND DESIGNS REQUIRED FOR PROJECT EXECUTION
HP Drain, Syphon, Slab Culvert, VRB, SWF, Inlet, CR cum HR, HR, Super passage,
Box culverts.
I. General layout
II. Details of cross section of structures, Piers, Abutments
III. Details of R.C.C. slab, RCC caps.
IV. General layout of head regulator and CR.
V. RCC details of head regulator and CR.
VI. Gate for head regulator
VII. Design of Tunnel with design of section other designs with details about
permanent & temporary support, Guniting etc.
The above list is indicative. It is not complete or exhaustive. The Contractor shall have
to supply drawings as per the construction requirement and standard practice of
C.D.O.
Mode of Payment:
1. 50% of the amount will be paid within 30 days (with next R.A. Bill) after submission of
the vetted designs, designs material & required drawings.
2. Balance amount will be paid alongwith final Bills, after submission of the record
drawings after completion of work.
SP- 194
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION – 38
EXPANSION JOINT
38.1 FABRICATION
38.2 DISPATCH TO SITE
38.3 FIXING ON PIPE LINE
38.4 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT.
SP- 195
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION – 38
EXPANSION JOINT
38.1 FABRICATION : All the materials except that provided in Schedule “A” shall be procured by the contractor at his own cost. All parts shall be manufactured true to shape and sizes as shown in the drawings. All contact surfaces shall be properly machined and finished smooth to ensure smooth working. The steel bolts and nuts used in the manufacture shall comply with B.S.S. 190 of 1924 or equivalent I.S.S. The joints shall be assembled without undue hammering or forcing in to avoid damage to any part thereof. The packing material to be supplied by the contractors to be used in the expansion joints shall be of neoprene rubber or any other suitable material as shown on drawing and as directed by Engineer-in-charge. It shall be capable of withstanding at least twice the test pressure and shall have high compressibility and properties to withstand deterioration by abrasion or water action. The measurement shall be on No basis.
38.2 DISPATCH TO SITE :
For dispatch to the site, the expansion joints shall be assembled with steel ring without other packing using four bolts and nuts only, in a locked position. The machined surfaces shall be greased before assembly. The remaining bolts, nuts and washers and the packing material including rubber ring shall be supplied by the contractor at the site of laying along with expansion joints. The expansion joints shall be true in all respects of manufacture. If any manufacturing defect is noticed after its erection at site, the contractor shall carry out all necessary repairs either at site or at their works as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. All expenses in this connection including its removal, transporting to and fro the site of work and re-fixing shall be borne by the contractor. The responsibility as regards the defects noticed shall be determined by the Engineer-in-charge, and his decision shall be final and binding on the contractor.
38.3 FIXISNG ON PIPE LINE :
i) Laying of pipes shall be stopped when distance between two faces of pipe line laid from the successive fixity block towards the expansion joints is little more than the length of expansion joints plus one pipe. The expansion joint shall be aligned and welded at the pre-determined position to one face of pipe line. The taper portion of expansion joint shall be on the down stream of pipe line.
SP- 196
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
After welding of expansion joint the pipe line shall be aligned and welded to the expansion joint. There shall be gap between this pipe and the face of pipe line that has come from the other fixity point. This gap shall be measured when temp. is 26.60 degrees Centigrade (80 degrees Fahrenheit) or at a temperature as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
ii) If this gap is more than 30 cm. the distance piece shall be provided and if this gap is less than 30 cms. a strap shall be provided. Gap shall be exactly measured at 26.6 degrees Centigrade (80 degrees Centigrade (80 degrees Fahrenheit) or at a temperature as directed by the Engineer-in-charge, and distance piece of length equal to the gap when at lower temperature a gap become wider and it shall be assembled and welded with one pipe face when again at 26.6 degrees Centigrade (80 degrees Fahrenheit) or the temperature as directed by the Engineer-in-charge, the gap close down the free faces shall be tack welded and at the same time the locks of expansion joints shall be opened.
iii) When gap is less than 30 cm. strap shall be provided of width of 3 times the gap measured at temperature 26.6 degrees Centigrade (80 degrees Fahrenheit) or at a temperature as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The strap shall be slipped over pipe and tack welded with one pipe care being taken to see that the overlap is exactly equal to the gap. Again at 26.6 degrees Centigrade or at a temperature directed by the Engineer-in-charge when overlap upon other pipe also is equal to the gap length, tack welding shall be done and simultaneously the lock of expansion joint broken.
iv) After tack welding and breaking of lock of expansion joint is done, most important function to be performed shall be watching of behavior of expansion joint. Mercury cup shall be fixed to the pipe line near the expansion joint in advance to not the temperature of pipe shell. Similarly marking shall be made on the pipe to note the expansion contraction corresponding to the shell temperature, which shall be noted every hour for at least 48 hours. During first two hours watch shall also be kept on fixity point for any damages, due to non or improper functioning of expansion joint. If it is observed that the expansion joint has got struck up and does not take up expansion / contraction with change in shell temperature, the tack weld of last joint shall be broken and the expansion joint shall be repaired. After it is repaired the same procedure shall be followed again. If it is found working, the complete jointing shall be done as directed by Engineer-in-charge.
SP- 197
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
38.4 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT : Expansion joints shall be paid for on the basis of number. The rate shall include.
1) Transporting to site. 2) Hoisting or lowering in position as the case may be in true line and
level. 3) Assembling and jointing. 4) Inserting or replacing packing. 5) Greasing, oiling etc. if required at the time of testing the pipe line
section under pressure and commissioning.
The welding of expansion joints to the pipe line shall however to be paid for separately. A length corresponding to the standard length of each expansion joints shall be deducted from the completed length of the pipe line for the purpose of payment as the portion under expansion joint will have been paid for separately on the basis of numbers.
SP- 198
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION-39
STRUCTURAL STEEL WORK
39.1 General
39.2 Materials-structural steel sections
39.3 Storage
39.4 Straightening
39.5 Tests
39.6 Measurement.
39.7 Fabrication and erection
39.8 Damaged members
39.9 Riveting, welding and bolting
39.10 WELDING 1. General
2. Welding contract
3. Safety requirements and health provisions
4. Painting
5. Inspection and testing.
6. Item to include
7. Mode of measurement and payment.
SP- 199
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION-39
STRUCTURAL STEEL WORK
39.0 GENERAL: This specification covers the requirement of providing fabrication and erection of
structural steel work including painting.
39.1 SCOPE: 1. The item shall include supply fabrication and erection in position at site of all
structural steel sections of the required dimensions and labour, materials and use
of equipment required for all operations of fabrication, hoisting, erection and
satisfactory completion of the item.
2. Item shall also include labour, materials and use of equipment required for
painting the structural steel work.
39.2 MATERIALS-STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTIONS : All structural steel shall conform, to I.S. 226-1962 and I.S. 800-1962. The steel
shall be free from defects mentioned in I.S.226-1962 and shall have a smooth
uniform finish. It shall be straightened if necessary in the mill before shipment.
Material shall be free from loose mill scale rust-pits or other defects affecting its
strength and durability. Rivet bars shall conform to I.S. 1148-1964.
39.3 STORAGE: Structural steel shall be stored above surface of the ground upon platforms, skids or
other suitable supports to avoid distortion of sections in long length and shall be
protected as far as practicable from surface deterioration by direct contact with
harmful elements or exposure to conditions producing rust and corrosion. It should be
so stored and handled that the material will not be subject to excessive stress and
damage.
39.4 STRAIGHTENING : All deformed structural material will be properly straightened by methods which are not
injurious prior to being laid off, punched or otherwise worked in the shop. Sharp kinks
and bends shall be cause for rejection.
39.5 TESTS: When the steel is supplied by the contractor, test certificate of the manufacturers shall
be produced. If further tests be necessary, they will be done according to I.S. 226-
1969 and I.S. 1521-1960, the cost of such tests will be born by the contractor.
SP- 200
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
39.6 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT The sections shall be supplied in specified exact length, smoothly cut to the required
lines. The length of sections shall be measured correct to a centimeter and weight
calculated on the basis of standard weights prescribed by I.S.I, for each relevant
section correct up to 0.10 of a kg. Tolerances mentioned in I. S. 226-1969 shall be
applicable unless other tolerances are prescribed in the specifications of any particular
item.
The contract rate shall be for a unit of one tone.
Rivets : Shall conform to I.S. 1148-1964 and I.S. 800-1962.
Bolts : These shall comply with I.S. 1148-1964 and I.S. 800-1962.
39.7 FABRICATION AND ERECTION : Cutting, holding, assembly, riveting, bolting, machining, painting, marking and erection
shall be carried out in accordance with approved plans and as directed by the
Engineer from time to time and shall comply with I.S. 800-1962.
39.8 DAMAGED MEMBERS : Any material found damaged or defective shall be stacked separately and shall be
marked in a distinctive color. Such material is to be dealt with expeditiously under the
orders of the Engineer.
39.9 RIVETING, WELING AND BOLTING : 1) Riveting or welding shall not be started until such time as the Engineer has
personally satisfied himself that the alignment is correct, the vertical plumb, the
camber correct with the camber jacks screwed tight, all joints and cover plates
fixed tight with service bolts and field rivet holes coinciding, while assembling,
holes in different components shall be made concentric with the use of drifts
before service bolts are fixed.
39.10 WELDING : 1. GENERAL: The specifications given here under shall apply to welding as applied to new and
existing mild steel structures and mild steel reinforcement for R.C.C. work in the
following cases.
SP- 201
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
a) Fillet welding for placing the reinforcement in correct position or for providing
cross bars in lieu of hooks.
b) Butt welding of reinforcing bars. Welding shall be made by the metal arc
process unless oxyacetylene gas welding is specially permitted by the
Engineer in writing. The specifications for the former have been given in B.18
(a) and for the latter in B.18(b) of the book of standard specifications.
2. WELDING CONTRACT : 1. The welding work shall not be given to a contractor who does not produce
satisfactory evidence of his ability to handle the work in a competent manner. The
contractor shall also prove the ability of the operators employed by him to produce
welding connection of the required strength.
2. The contractor shall employ a competent welding supervisor or charge-hand to
ensure that the standard of workmanship is satisfactory.
3. The Engineer shall have free access to the work being carried out by the
contractor at all reasonable times and facility shall be provided so that during the
course of welding he may be able to inspect any layer of weld metal. He shall be
liberty to reject any work not conforming to the relevant specification, defective
welds shall be cut out and rewelding.
3. SAFETY REQUIREMENTS AND HEALTH PROVISIONS: The contractor shall make all safety and health provisions for his welders as are
laid in I. S. 818-1968 i.e. Code of practice of safety and health requirements in
electric and gas welding and cutting operations.
1. All permanent machine-fitted or other bolts must be perfectly tight and should
be burred or otherwise checked to prevent nuts from becoming loose. No
unfilled rivet or bolt holes are to be left in any part of the structure.
2. Fitting and riveting ( or welding) of connection of steel section, in cases where
pieces are short or of full length shall be done in such a manner that the metal
is not unduly strained or cracks caused
3. Care shall be taken to see that cracks are not filled with paints, putty, cinders,
dirt oil or fillings for the purpose of deception.
4. Particular care must be taken to ensure free expansion and contraction
wherever provided for in drawings or as the Engineer directs.
SP- 202
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
5. Chipping of rivets, angle flanges, and edges of plates must be done without
breaking out the metal, chipped edges shall be finished off with a file and all
concave corners shall be rounded off.
4 PAINTING : Painting shall generally comply with I.S. 800-1962 and I.S. 1477 (Part I )-1959 subject
to such addition or alterations as may be prescribed in the special provisions for any
particular item. It shall also comply with relevant put to specification No.B.21 One
priming coat of red lead shall be applied immediately after fabrication. Two coats of oil
paint of approved shade shall be applied after complete erection.
Structural steel work to be encased in concrete shall not be painted.
5. INSPECTION AND TESTINGS : These shall be carried out in conformity with I.S. 800-1962.
SP- 203
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION -40
BR.51.(b)- Providing railing of mild steel angle /I/ tee posts and galvanized iron
pipes as per the detailed drawings including scaffolding and painting . BR.51.(b).1. General .- The item refer other provision of mild steel angle, I or tee section
posts and galvanised iron pipe railings as shown on the working drawings. BR.51.(b).2. Materials.- (1) Mild steel angles, I or tees as per the item, shall be of sizes
shown on the plans and shall comply either specification No.A.11. (2) Anchor bolts, nuts and check nuts to be as per I. S. No.. 1148-1973 and of the
shape and size shown in the drawing or ordered by the Engineer. (3) Galvanised iron pipes of the diameter as shown in the drawings with couplings
shall be of the standard type. The diameter shall be the inside bore diameter. BR.51.(b).3. Construction.- The railing shall be constructed as per the detailed drawings
There shall be three rows of pipes on each side.
The angle iron, I or tee sections shall be fixed to the projecting anchor bolts which shall be placed in accurate positions at the time of concreting of the slab and/ or the kerb and fastened securely by means of nuts and check nuts. Three rows of galvanised iron pipes with couplings shall then be fixed on each side to lines, levels and curves as directed by the Engineer and passing through the holes cut in the angles, I or tees. It should not be possible to remove the pipes easily. All ragged edges of posts shall be smoothened by filling . The pipes and posts shall then be painted with one coat of red lead and two coats of approved shade good oil paint. Oil painting shall be done according to specification No.B. 13.
BR.51. (b).4. Item to include.- (1) Providing or fixing angles, I or tees, as mentioned in the
item, bolts, nuts galvanised iron pipes with coupling including painting as shown in the drawings.
(2) All labor, materials, accessories , use of equipment , tools, plant, scaffolding,
etc. necessary for the completion of the item satisfactory. BR.51.(b).5. Mode of measurement and payment.- The c contract rate shall be for one
meter length of the railing completed. The railing shall be measured between the inside of the end pilasters over the abutments. Where there are only the end posts the railing shall be measured from out-side to out-side of end posts. The length shall be measured correct to two places of decimals a meter.
SP- 204
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION-41
ANCHOR
41.3.1 DRILLING ANCHOR HOLES AND FIXING ANCHOR BARS : SCOPE:
The item includes drilling holes about 38 mm in diameter in rock, masonry or concrete,
washing and cleaning holes and tapering the anchor bars and hooking on top and
fixing in cement grout or, cement mortar.
41.3.2 DRILLING,: Holes about 38 mm. diameter shall be drilled in rock, concrete or masonry to required
depth at places shown on drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge . the
depths shown are approximate and are liable to be increased or decreased at the time
of execution. The angle for drilling hole may vary from vertical to horizontal through
any degree. The contractor shall have no claim on account of any delay due to non
finalisation of the depth of holes or due to any variation in depth. The holes shall be
drilled by wagon drill or jack hammer or drilling machines. The operation of drilling to
required depths and dimensions, cleaning of holes and plugging till anchor bars are
inserted in the holes.
41.3.3 ANCHOR BARS IN ROCK : The type and dimensions of the anchor bars, locations diameters and depths of
anchor bar holes shall be as directed by the Engineer-in-charge .
Anchor bars shall be thoroughly cleaned before being placed. The holes shall be
washed out and cleaned thoroughly and shall then be completely filled with grout.
When grout is used the anchor bars shall be forced into place for full depth before the
grout takes its initial set and shall be vibrated until the entire embedded surface of the
bar is in intimate contact with the grout.
The cement grout shall be of proportion 1:3 (Cement. Sand) and of desired
consistency. The bars should as far as possible be fixed normal to the rock surface,
but at any rate not less than 60 with rock face. Special care shall-be taken to ensure
against any movement of bars after the grout has taken its initial set.
A special wedging arrangement to the bottom end or the anchor bar may be
necessary in the form of splitting the bar for length upto 100 mm putting 6 mn thick
steel wedge place of 75 mm length and 20 mm breadth tapered on one edge.
SP- 205
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
The split bar with wedge slightly projecting out at the end when inserted fully n then
hold will be tightly jammed against the periphery of the hole. This arrangement will
give additional strength to the anchor bar in addition to usual anchor bars will be
deemed to have been covered under the item of reinforcement. The material should
required for the execution of the item shall be procured by the contractor.
41.3.4 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT : Measurements for drilling of holes shall be of the length of holes in running meter. The
cost of laying anchor bars in cement slurry or in cement mortar shall be deemed to
have been covered in the unit the rate provided for item per Schedule 'B' Item No.35
SP- 206
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION NO.42
PROVISION FOR INSURANCE
42.0 PROVISION FOR INSURANCE The provision for Insurance policy of labours employed on this work.
42.1 CONDITIONS FOR REIMBURSMENT OF INSURANCE 1) The reimbursement amount of insurance policy should be as per Clause 56 of
“Volume-I” of this tender.
2) The Insurance policy should be, for the work of this tender only.
3) The workers listed in the insurance policy must be working on this tendered work
only.
4) The attested copy of insurance policy must be submitted with the bill for
reimbursement.
5) The insurance policy must be for the tender period. (This include the original
tender period & extension granted if any )
42.3 MODE OF PAYMENT. The payment will be made through R.A. Bills only after submission of attested copy of
insurance policy. The Policy should be as per Conditions of contract Clause 65 of
“Volume-I” of this tender.
SP- 207
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION NO. – 43
SOFT MURUM
43.0 Supplying soft murum at the roadside including conveying and stacking complete.
43.1 General – The item provides for the supply of soft murum at the roadside
including obtaining the soft murum from approved sources, conveying to
roadside with all leads and lifts, stacking in regular heaps as specified
herein after uniformly along the roadside.
43.2 Quarries. – Specification applicable to rubble in RD 19.2 will be applicable
to soft murum quarries also except that the quarries shall be of soft murum
instead of stone.
43.3 Soft murum – The soft murum shall be obtained from approved sources
and will be got approved before starting the supply.
43.3 Quality. - Soft murum shall be of granular type free from earth, organic
matter, black cotton soil and any other inferior material.
43.4 Conveyance to site- Specifications applicable to metal in specification No.
RD 20.3.3 will be applicable to soft murum also.
43.5 Stacking – Specifications applicable to metal in specification No. Rd 23.3.4
will also be applicable to soft murum.
43.6 Special points, According to RD 23.4
43.7 Item to include – Collection of soft murum on roadside and relevant items
mentioned in specification No. Rd 19.5
43.8 Mode of measurement and payment. The specifications applicable to
rubble in Rd. 19.6 shall be applicable to soft murum also.
SP- 208
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION NO.- 44
PROVIDING AND LAYING MECHANISED CEMENT CONCRETE LINING
44.1 General
44.2 Description of items.
44.3 Applicable publications.
44.4 Clearing site.
44.5 Trimming the canal section & preparation of sub-grade for concrete
lining.
44.6 Materials for lining.
44.7 Cast-in-situ concrete lining.
44.8 Cattle ramp, ghat & steps.
SP- 209
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION NO. 44
PROVIDING AND LAYING MECHANISED CEMENT CONCRETE LINING
44.1 SCOPE OF WORK : A) The section covers specification for Item Nos. 10,13
B) Concrete lining shall be done only by mechanically operated paver (Manual lining
shall not be allowed) by laying plain cement concrete of M-15 grade with
maximum size of aggregate as 20 mm. and minimum cement level of 362 kg per
cum of concrete. The thickness of lining shall be 8 cm. on side slopes with keys
10 cm. in bed. The canal sections shall be as shown on relevant drawings if
during construction it is found necessary to alter the canal sections and side
slopes without altering the thickness of lining the contractor shall be informed in
writing of such changes. The rates quoted being on square meter basis for the
specified thickness the Contractor shall have to execute the work at the same
rates as quote without any extra claim for change in the execute the work at the
same rates as quote without any extra claim for change in the section of canal.
C) Lining shall be provided for the length specified on the drawing on either side of
structure with a thickness of 15 Cm. on slopes and curvature and 15 cm. in bed
with reinforcement as specified on the relevant drawings. This lining may be done
manually but in that case compaction shall be done using screed vibrator only.
D) During the preparation of sub grade for canal lining the pride earth work shall be
excavated and trimmed by trimmer only. This excavation for trimming for
preparing the base for lining shall be carried out immediately prior to laying of the
lining but in no case the time interval should exceed 3 days in normal weather & 2
days in adverse weather conditions.
E) The scope of work also includes the following.
1) Desilting / Dewatering whenever and wherever in the canal section for preparing
the base for lining and laying concrete lining.
2) Providing and fixing in position PVC strips / bitumen joint in canal joints in lining
works.
3) Providing concrete steps, ladders at required intervals or as directed.
4) Providing strip drains and necessary under drainage arrangements with filter
around it as per drawings.
SP- 210
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
5) Providing earth ramps at regular intervals or as directed.
44.2 DESCRIPTIONS OF ITEMS :- Trimming, Dressing & Preparation of sub grade :-
Trimming of canal section for preparing sub grade for laying cement concrete
lining in all sorts of soils and murum and backfilling the over excavated rock
sections .If any, with chip masonry, including watering and compacting bed and
side slopes using slope compactors including backfilling and dewatering wherever
required.
Concrete Lining :-
Providing plain cement concrete lining of M-15 grade with paver machine in bed
side slopes and curvature including batching, mixing, transporting, placing,
vibrating, PVC strips at joints, filling 12 mm. thick bitumen at joints, compacting,
smooth finishing, curing, including wherever required.
a) 8 cm. thick lining in side slopes & curvature (with membrane curing)
b) 10 cm. thick lining in bed (with water curing)
Concrete Steps :- Providing and constructing steps 1.0 m. wide on canal slopes in cement concrete
M-15 grade as per drawing, including excavation conveying with all leads and lifts,
mixing, transporting, vibrating, finishing and curing the concrete including form
work etc. complete.
Reinforced Concrete Lining near Structures :-
Providing reinforced cement concrete lining of M-15 grade with paver machine in
bed side slopes and curvature, including batching, mixing, smooth finishing,
placing inserting PVC strips at joints, smooth finishing curing including dewatering
wherever required (Reinforcement payable separately).
a) 15 Cm. thick lining in bed ( with water curing)
b) 15 Cm. thick lining on side slopes & curvature (with membrane curing)
SP- 211
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
PVC JOINTS
Providing and fixing in position PVC strips in panel joints in lining work by using
suitable method, smooth finishing etc. complete.
44.3 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS :- All items of concrete work its constituents, methods and procedures of
manufacture shall conform to Indian Standard Specifications and other
publications listed below unless otherwise specified or its latest publications.
44.3.1 Indian Standards : 1. IS- 2690-1976 Specifications for 43 grade ordinary Portland cement
(Fourth revision)
2. IS- 3830-1970 Specifications for coarse and fine aggregates from naturals
sources for concrete (Second revision)
3. IS- 4560-1978 Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete
(Second revision) (Amendment No.1)
4. IS- 4570-1957 Code of practice for general construction of plain and
Reinforced concrete for dams and other massive structures.
5. IS- 4600-1985 Specification for test sieves
Structures.
6. IS- 5160-1959 Method of test for strength of concrete (first revision)
(Amendment No.1)
7. IS- 6500-1966 Specification for standard sand for testing of cement
(first revision) (Amendment No.1,2 & 3 )
8. IS- 1199-1959 Method of sampling and analysis of concrete
9. IS- 1489-1976 Specification for Portland Pozzolana cement
(Second revision) (Amendment No.1 to 7 )
10. IS- 1791-1985 Specification for batch type cement mixers
(Second revision)
SP- 212
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
11. IS- 2386-1977 Method of test for aggregates of concrete.
PART I to VII
12. IS- 2430-1986 Method for sampling of aggregates for concrete
(First revision)
13. IS- 2505-1980 General requirements for concrete vibrators immersion
Type (Second revision)
14. IS- 2506-1985 General requirements for screed board concrete vibrators.
15. IS- 2580-1982 Jute sacking bags for packing cement (Second Revision)
(With amendment No. 1 to 3 )
16. IS- 2722-1964 Specification for portable swing weigh batchers for
Concrete ( Single and double bucket type)
17. IS- 3085-1965 Method of test for permeability of cement, mortar and
Concrete.
18. IS- 3535-1986 Method of sampling of hydraulic cement
(First revision)
19. IS- 3873-1978 Code of practice for laying in situ cement concrete lining of
Canals ( First revision)
20. IS- 4031-1988 Method for physical test for hydraulic cement
(Part 1 to 13) (First revision)
21. IS- 4032-1985 Method for chemical analysis of hydraulic cement
(First revision)
22. IS- 4558-1983 Code of practice for under drainage of lined canals
(First revision)
23. IS- 4634-1968 Method for testing performance of batch – type
Concrete mixers.
SP- 213
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
24. IS- 4656-1968 Specification for form vibrators for concrete.
25. IS- 4845-1968 Definitions and terminology relating to hydraulic cement
(Reaffirmed 1987)
26. IS- 4925-1968 Specification for concrete batching and mixing plant.
27. IS- 4925-1968 Specifications for ready mixed concrete (First revision)
28. IS- 5226-1968 Code of practice for sealing joints in concrete lining of
Canals.
29. IS- 5512-1983 Specifications for flow table for use in test of hydraulic
cement and Pozzolana materials (First revision)
30. IS- 5513-1976 Specification for Vicat apparatus (First revision)
(Amendment No.1)
31. IS- 5515-1983 Compacting factor apparatus (First revision)
32. IS- 5529-1985 Code of practice for in situ permeability test.
PART- I & II
33. IS- 5640-1970 Method of test for determining aggregate impact value
Of soft coarse aggregates.
34. IS- 5816-1970 Method of test for splitting tensile strength of concrete
cylinders.
35. IS- 5889-1970 Specification for vibratory plate compactor.
36. IS- 5892-1970 Specifications for concrete transit mixer and agitators.
37. IS- 6461 Glossary of terms relating to cement concrete.
Part I to XII
SP- 214
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
38. IS- 6923-1973 Method of test for performance of screed board
Concrete vibrators.
39. IS- 6925-1973 Method of test for determination of water soluble
Chloride in concrete admixtures.
40. IS- 7245-1974 Specifications for concrete pavers.
41. IS- 7320-74 Specifications for concrete slump test apparatus
(Amendment No.1)
42. IS- 7861-1975 Code of practice for extreme weather concreting
(PART I & II)
43. IS- 8041-1978 Specification for Rapid Hardening Portland cement
(First revision) (Amendments No.1 to 4 )
44. IS- 8043-1978 Specification for Hydrophobic Portland cement
(First revision) (Amendments No.1 to 3 )
45. IS- 8142-1976 Method for test for determining setting time of concrete
By penetration resistance.
46. IS- 9013-1978 Method of making, curing and determining compressive
Strength of accelerated cured concrete test specimens.
47. IS- 9103-1979 Specification for admixtures for concrete.
48. IS- 9284-1979 Method of test for abrasion resistance of concrete.
49. IS- 12200-1978 Code of practice for provision of water 0 stops at
Transverse construction joints in masonry and concrete
Dams.
44.3.2 Other Technical Publications :- 1) U.S.B.R. Manual.
2) Relevant A.S.T.M. Standards.
SP- 215
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
3) Relevant A.C.I. Codes and Manual.
4) C.B.I.P. (Manual of Canal Lining)
Note: – Generally the Bureau of Indian Standard code will be followed for all items of
works. Whenever this code does not exist the reference will be taken to other
technical publications as directed by Engineer-in-charge.
44.4 CLEARING SITE:- The area proposed for lining the canal as a whole shall have to be cleared of all
objectionable material. Any waste material obtained from such site clearance shall
be disposed off in a manner directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The cost of this
operations shall be deemed to have been covered under the rates quoted for
canal lining..
44.5 TRIMMING THE CANAL SECTION AND PREPARATION OF SUB GRADE FOR CONCRETE LINING.:-
44.5.1 General :- The provision of this paragraph applies to the preparation of sub grade up on
which concrete lining is to be placed.
a) Sub grade preparation of soft soil :-
Before starting the work of trimming the canal section up to the underside of
concrete lining and preparing sub grade for concrete lining pride mentioned in
3.6.4 for embankment shall be removed with suitable mechanical means.
1) The work of trimming the canal section up to and underside of concrete lining and
preparing sub grade shall be carried out by trimming adequate capacity to mach
with the paving machine used for lining immediately prior to laying of the lining but
in no case time interval should exceed 3 days in normal weather conditions. 2
days in adverse weather conditions.
All along the canal alignment the rain cuts on the banks shall be filled up with
approved excavated material and shall be compacted adequately to required line
and level. The material required for filling the over excavation, rain cuts shall be
hauled from spoil bank and placed in position, if not available from excavation in
soil. The bed shall be trimmed by mechanical means like road trimmed to the
required section by mechanical trimmers only and side slopes shall be trimmed to
SP- 216
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
the required section by mechanical trimmers only. Manual trimming shall be
permitted in special cases only after getting prior approval of Engineer-in-charge
for which reduction of 50% shall be applied in the rate quoted for trimming. The
canal bed and slopes shall be dressed watered to a depth of 15 cm. of up to an
impervious layers which ever is less and compacted by suitable rollers and slope
compactors. This item also includes dewatering and / or desilting the canal section
as and when required.
2) If any material has been excavated beyond the formation line required to receive
the concrete lining, the excess excavation shall be refilled in horizontal layers with
selected material moistened. If required, and compacted using rollers and slope
compactors where placing and compacting bedding material is on a sloping
foundation, the layers may be placed parallel to the surface of the foundation. If at
any point the foundation material is disturbed or loosened during the excavation
process or otherwise it shall be moistened, if required and thoroughly compacted
by tamping rolling or other approved methods to form firm foundations for placing
the concrete lining.
3) Immediately prior to placing the first lift of bedding material the surface of the
excavation and embankment to receive the material shall be adequately wetted to
a depth of 15 cm. or to impermeable material whichever is less as approved by
Engineer-in-charge.
4) After the canal section has been shaped to a reasonably true and even surface as
described above bedding material shall be placed on adequately wet surface in
layers of 15 cm. maximum thickness to bring the bedding material to a height
where it can be trimmed to form a true and even surface up on which the concrete
for lining is to be placed. Each layer of bedding material shall be moistened and
thoroughly compacted.
b) Sub grade preparation in hard strata with constructions of chip masonry (Refer
Specifications of Chip Masonry, Section-B)
At the end panels of exiting lining against which lining is to be placed under these
specifications, all loose material shall be removed and all voids beneath the
exiting lining shall be refilled and thoroughly compacted.
SP- 217
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
At the end of panels of exiting lining just before monsoon the contractor shall take
all measure to adequately protect the underneath of lining In slope and bed so as
to prevent the monsoon water entering below the lining and damage it.
At the end of panel or at the construction joint, PVC strip shall be provided and
same shall not be paid separately.
Suitable useful material trimmed from the canal shall be used to complete canal
embankments or to construct road embankments or backfill around structures or
to deposit bedding material. Where material suitable for bedding as determined by
the Engineer-in-charge, is encountered during trimming operations and can not be
placed in one continuous operation, such material shall be stockpiled along the
right of way where designated by the Engineer-in-charge.
44.5.2 TOLERANCES :- Excavated profile provides the final base lining and tolerances i.e. departure from
established alignment shall be as indicated here below.
20 mm. on straight section.
50 mm. on tangents.
100 mm. on curves.
Departure from established grade.
20 mm.
The above tolerance shall be negotiated gradually in a length of 50 m.
44.5.3. Measurement and Payment.:-
Measurement for payment for the trimming and preparation of sub grade shall be
made square meter of the surface of the canal prism mechanically trimmed over
which concrete lining is to be placed. Payment shall be at the unit rate mentioned
in schedule
B) The rate includes cost of labour, equipment backfilling both for bed and side
slopes and all incidental works to complete the work as per specifications and also
SP- 218
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
dewatering and or desilting of the canal sections whenever and wherever
required. In case trimming is done by the contractor manually which shall normally
be not allowed except in emergency payment for such manually done trimming
shall be paid of the rates 50%
44.6 MATERIAL FOR LINING. 47.6.1 CEMENT :-
a) Only Ordinary Portland Cement ( OPC) 43 grade, shall be used.
b) Sampling and testing shall be done as per IS : 3535 of 1989 by and at the
expense of the contractor. No cement shall be used until notice has been given
that the test result are satisfactory. Cement older than 90 days, shall not be used
unless the test results satisfy the minimum strength requirements. Cement shall,
for his physical and chemical requirement conform to I.S. : 269 – 1976 where
Ordinary Portland Cement is used or it’s latest revision.
c) The contractor shall create a suitable and adequate infrastructure for procuring,
handling, storing and conveying bulk cement to batching plant at site with advance
planning of work to be done in next 15 days, as approved by the Engineer-in-
charge. The contractor shall submit periodical stock return forms and daily cement
consumption statement in the proforma prescribed by Engineer-in-charge to
monitor cement use in the concrete work. Proforma is enclosed with this
specification Annex-SP-1, Annex SP-2, Annex Sp-3 etc.
44.6.2 FINE AGRREGATE :- I) General :-
All the aggregate shall conform to IS : 383 – 1970, or its latest version and as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Sand to be used shall be natural as obtained
from the river bed and the maximum size shall be limited to 4.75 mm.
Fine aggregates will be tested as per provision of Section No. 4.4.0 of this volume
ii) Quality :-
a) Sand shall consist of hard, inert, dense, durable and uncoated siliceous gritty
materials. It shall be free from injurious amount of dust, lumps soft and flaky
particles, shale, alkali, organic matter, loam and other deleterious substances, the
maximum percentage of each of the deleterious substances in sand as delivered
to the mixer shall not exceed the following values.
SP- 219
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Limits of deleterious material :-
i) Coal and lignite. 1.0 Percent by weight
ii) Clay lumps 1.0 Percent by weight.
iii) Material finer than 75 micron I.S. sieve. 3.0 Percent by weight.
iv) Shale 1.0 Percent by weight.
v) Total of percentage of all deleterious material
(except Mica)
5.0 Percent by weight.
b) Sand shall be free from injurious amount of organic impurities and sand
that are producing a colour (obtained by dissolving 9 grams of chemically
pure (c.p.) ferric chloride and 1 gram c.p. cobalt chloride in 100 ml. of
water which 1/3 ml. of hydrochloric acid has been added) darker than the
standard in the test (organic test) for organic impurities shall be rejected.
iii) Granding.
A) Sand shall be well graded so as to impart good workability and good
finishing. Sieve analysis of natural sand shall conform to the following
limits of gradation.
IS Sieve CUMULATIVE PERCENTAGE OF
WEIGHT PASSING THROUGH SIEVE
100 MM. 100
4.75 MM. 92 – 100
2.36 MM. 75 – 92
1.18 MM. 55 – 82
600 micron 30 – 64
300 micron 10 – 40
150 micron 3 - 10
B) Deviations from the prescribed limits of cumulative percentage retained on
sieve 10 mm. 4.75 mm. 2.36 mm. 1.18 mm., 600 micron, 300 micron and
150 micron IS sieve shall be permitted provided total of such deviations to
not exceed d5 percent for cumulative percentage retained on 600 micron
IS Sieve.
SP- 220
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
iv) Fineness Modulus :-
a) Sand shall have a fineness modulus between 2.4 to 3.0 subject to the
gradation specified in the preceding paragraph.
b) The modulus shall be computed by adding cumulative percentage of sand
retained on the standard screens 4.75 mm., 2.36 mm. , 1.18 mm., 600
micron, 300 micron, 150 micron IS sieves and dividing the sum by 100
Gradation of sand shall be so controlled that the fineness modulus of at
least 9 out of 10 test samples of finished sand shall not very by more than
0.10 from the average of 10 samples. Sand having any deviation from
specified range gradation and fineness modulus shall not be permitted to
be used in work with out written permission of the Engineer-in-charge.
c) Allowance of Bulkage . Section 4.4.4(c) is applicable for Allowance of
Bulkage.
v) Testing :-
The following testing frequencies shall be maintained for the same source of
coarse aggregates.
vi) Storage
All sand shall be stored on the site of work in such an manner as to prevent
intrusion of foreign matter.
47.6.2 Coarse Aggregate
i) General
a) Coarese aggregate for concrete shall consist of clean, hard dense and drale
crushed metal free from vegetable matter. predominantly flaky aggregates shall
not be used. all coarse aggregates shall be washed and / or screened by the
Sr.No. Name of Test Minimum Number of Test Specified.
1 Gradation for fineness Modulus Daily one test. If the variation of daily
F.M. values is more than 0.1 then
frequencies may be increased.
2 Silt Content Daily one test.
3 Moisture Content Daily one test.
4 Sp. Gravity and water absorption soundness,
alkali aggregate reactivity, pictographic
examination.
Twice in a concreting working
season.
SP- 221
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Contractor, if required. The percentage of deleterious substance in coarse
aggregate shall not exceed the following values.
Material Passing 75 Micron :-
Is sieve screen 3 percentage by weight
Shale Nil percentage by weight
Coal and Lignite 1 percentage by weight
Soft fragments 3 percentage by weight
Clay lumps 1 percentage by weight
b) Coarse aggregates will be tested for their gradation, specific gravity, water
absorption impact and abrasion values, soundness, petrographic analysis,
deleterious constituents, flakiness and elongation indicates and alkali aggregate
reactivity.
c) The sub of the percentage o all the deleterious substances shall however, not
exceed 5 percentage by weight. The coarse aggregate shall satisfy abrasion
soundness, crushing and alkali aggregate reactivity tests and water absorption
result as laid down in IS: 383 – 1970 and other relevant Indian Standard
Specifications.
d) SOURCE :-
The contractor shall procure approved quality of aggregates and rubble from any
sources for which no extra claim shall be entertained. The contractor shall have to
make his own arrangement for good and approved quality of aggregate.
ii) Grading :-
a) Coarse aggregate shall be well graded and shall have a maximum size of 20 mm.
b) The gradation shall give a dense concrete of the specified strength and
consistency that will readily into position without segregation and without the use
of an excessive water content.
c) The grading of coarse aggregate shall be in the nominal sizes as mentioned in
Table II IS : 383 – 1970 reproduce below in respect of 40 MSA and 20 MSA.
SP- 222
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
TABLE – II OF IS : 383 – 1970 IS Sieve Percentage passing for aggregate of nominal size
40 mm. 20 mm. 10 mm.
80 mm. -- -- --
63 mm. 100 -- --
40 mm. 85 – 100 100 --
20 mm. 0.20 85 – 100 --
16 mm. -- -- --
12.50 mm. -- -- 100
10 mm. 0.5 0.20 85 – 100
4.75 -- 0.5 0.20
2.36 -- -- 0.5
( In concrete for canal lining the percentage of 4.75 to 10 mm. fraction shall be
reduced to about 5 to 10 percent of the total coarse aggregate ). However, the
exact gradation required to coarse concrete of specified strength and desired
workability shall be decided by the Engineer-in-charge.
d) The material passing through the screen shall be grade ranging from 40 mm. to
4.75 mm. Each grade of material shall be stacked 40 mm. to 10 mm. and 10 mm
to 4.75 mm.
e) Coarse aggregates shall consist of inert clean hard strong durable and structurally
sound particles of crushed stone and shall be free from thin elongated soft pieces
organic or other deleterious matter capable of developing good bond with cement
paste and weather resisting and unaffected by water. It shall have no adherent
coating of clay, silt mud or any other adherent – coating. Coarse aggregates shall
conform to IS : 383 – 1970 and IS 515 – 1959.
f) Coarse aggregates shall be washed and screened at the source approved by the
Engineer-in-charge. If necessary contractor shall remove all vegetation and other
perishable substances and objectionable amounts of other foreign and deleterious
matter. The cost of washing and screening at the source shall be borne by the
contractor. In case the coarse aggregate brought at the source the contractor shall
make necessary arrangements for washing and screening at the B.& M. plant and
its cost shall be borne by the Engineer-in-charge.
g) Following shall be maximum size of coarse aggregate for the different items of
work.
SP- 223
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Sr.No. Item of work Maximum nominal size of
coarse aggregate(MSA)
1 Foundation concrete and gravity retaining walls (Mass
concrete)
40 mm.
2 RCC rafts, piers, Abutments Barrels, cutoff walls, breast
walls, Transition walls and Staunching ring etc.
40 mm.
3 RCC work in main and cross girders, Deck slab, Wearing
coat, kerb Parapet walls, Approach slab, Pier caps and
other thin walled members and in zones of congestion
caused by closely space reinforcement bars.
20 mm.
4 C.C. Lining M-15 20 mm.
5 For any other items of construction not covered under
item 1 to 3
As specified in the
drawing or in case it is
not specified in drawing
as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge.
h) For heavily reinforced concrete members, as in the case of ribs of main beams,
maximum size of aggregate shall usually be restricted to 5 mm. less than the
minimum cover to the reinforcement, whichever is smaller. However, If required
under special circumstances, the Engineer-in-charge may permit an aggregate of
maximum size of 25% more than this critical spacing / cove provided that proper
vibration ensured.
iii) TESTING :-
The following testing frequencies shall be maintained for the same source of
coarse aggregate.
Sr.No. Name of Test Minimum Number of Test
Special.
1 Gradation. Daily one test for each nominal
size of aggregate.
2 Water Content. Daily one test for each nominal
size of aggregate.
3 Silt Content Daily one test for each nominal
size of aggregate.
4 Sp. Gravity and water absorption value
Density Soundness, alkali aggregate
reactivity, Petrography examination.
Twice in a concreting working
season.
SP- 224
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
iv) Storage (Stock piles)
a) Aggregate shall be stacked in such way as to prevent the admixture of
foreign materials such as soil, vegetable matter etc. Heaps of fine and
coarse aggregates shall be kept separate. When different sizes of fine or
coarse aggregate are procure separately, they shall be stored in separate
stock piles, sufficiently away from each other to prevent the materials at
the edge of the piles from getting inter mixed.
b) The aggregates shall be stockpiled adjacent to the mixer site so as to
require minimum rehanding and labour. When conveyed to the mixer.
c) The aggregates shall be placed on a dry hard patch of ground if available
otherwise a platform of planks or plain galvanized iron sheets or
alternatively on a floor of dry bricks or a thin layers of lean concrete.
d) The aggregates shall be kept free of dirt, rubbish, papers, vegetable matter
and biding etc. on the stock piles by the collection of people.
e) To minimize moisture variations the stock piles shall be spread over as
large in area as possible but kept low and fairly uniform in height preferably
1.25 to 1.50 meter and the lowest layer of about 30 Cm. height shall be
allowed to act as drainage layers and not used till the end.
44.6.4 WATAR i) General
a) Water used for mixing of concrete and mortar shall be free from injurious
amounts of deleterious materials. Potable water is generally considered
satisfactory for mixing and curing.
b) Where water is found to contain any sugar or an excess of acid, alkali of
salt, the Engineer-in-charge will refuse to permit its use. As a guide the
following table represents the maximum permissiable.
Percentage by weight.
Organic 0.02
Inorganic. 0.30
Sulphate 0.05
Alkali Chiorides. 0.10
PH. Value. 6 to 8
SP- 225
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
44.6.5 Admixtures. General.
i) Air entraining agent (AEA) as an admixture shall be added to the concrete batch
in solution. It shall be batched by means of mechanical batcher capable of correct
measurement and in such a manner as will ensure uniform distribution of the
agent through the batch during the specified mixing period. The amount of AEA
used shall be such as to affect air entrapment from 4 to 6 percent by volume in
that portion of the 40 mm. square mesh sieve after its placement and vibration in
the forms. The actual percentage of air shall b e as changed. Whenever
necessary to meet the varying conditions encountered during construction. The
resulting modification if any to the content or portion of cement as a consequence
there of shall be accounted for in the rate for payment according to general
technical specification for concrete. The contractor will be allowed to use any
other admixture only after prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge. Cost of such
admixture shall be borne by the contractor and shall be deemed to have been
included in the unit rates quoted by the contractor for relevant items.
ii) Tests :-
If the contractor uses his approved admixtures. The contractor shall provide
satisfactory facilities for easy and quick collection of adequate test samples. All
tests for the evaluation and approval of an admixture shall be made by and at the
expenses of the Contractor. The suitability of an air entraining admixture shall be
determined as per the requirement of IS 9103 – 1979.
44.7 CAST IN – SITU CONCRETE LINING :- 44.7.1 General :-
The work shall confirm to IS : 3873 – 1978. All concrete for lining shall be
governed by IS : 456/2000. The concrete shall be controlled grade with suitable,
admixtures of approved air entraining agents, using well graded aggregates with
maximum size of aggregates of 20 mm. Ordinary Portland Cement shall be used
at the rate of 362 kg/cum. concrete. The para 4.,8.0 & 4.9.0 on page SP-52, SP-
53 & SP-54 will apply for mix variation and design mix.
44.7.2 MECHANISED PAVER FOR LING WORKS. The mechanised paver shall be used for lining work. The mechanised paver shall
consist of following.
SP- 226
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
1. Pave itself inclusive of the proper design of different compartment of frames in
a sufficient length for bed and slope lining work separately.
2. The slope paver shall lbe attached with trimmer along with jumbo.
3. Automatic jack movement facilities for thickness.
4. Belt conveyer system for placing of concrete in bed and slope for each Paver.
5. Auger for cutting of concrete.
6. Diesel generator having sufficient capacity for running the paver and belt
conveyor.
7. The inserting facilities of longitudinal and transverse strips as per the drawing.
8. Rail and channels.
9. Roller with tube vibrator for each paver.
The above all parts of the mechanised paver shall be erected and maintained
properly. The unserviceable parts of the paver shall be replaced due to wear
and tear of paver as and when required. The pinch rail and channels level
shall be checked by the Engineer-in-charge or his representative before
starting actual work.
44.7.3 Batching. a) The batching and mixing plant shall be fully automatic and will automatically
do weighing operation of materials and stop automatically when designated
weight of each material is reached and interlock in a manner as specified in IS
4925 – 1968. The wet mixing of the concrete shall be allowed outside the
batching and mixing plant i.e. mixing will not be allowed in transit mixture. The
semi automatic or manually operated batching and mixing plant shall not be
allowed.
b) The prescribed amount of the various materials of concrete including water,
cement, admixtures, the grouping of fine aggregates and each individual size
of coarse aggregate shall be measured and controlled with in the specified
limits of accuracy. The amount of water, cement shall be determined by
weighing in the case of fine aggregates, the surface moisture shall be
determine in accordance with the method prescribed in Appendix – D of IS :
456/2000 & its subsequent amendments of publications, in the case of coarse
aggregates, percentage of free water shall be determine by weighing a
representative sample then surface drying each particle individually a clean
place of cloth and re-weighing.
c) The proportion of various materials shall be changed as directed in order to
maintain the desired quality of the concrete. The batching equipment shall be
SP- 227
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
maintained and operated so that the combined inaccuracies in feeding and
measuring the materials shall not exceed 1.5 percent for water and cement
and 2 percent for each size of aggregate.
d) The operating performance of each scale or other measuring device shall be
checked by standard test weight to be supplied by the contractor and test
weight shall be got calibrated by the contractor and the test shall cover the
ranges of measurements involved in the batching operations. Test of
equipment in operation shall be made at least once every fort night and
adjustments, repairs or replacement be made as necessary to meet the
specified requirement for accuracy of measurement.
e) Aggregates shall not be batched for concrete or mortar when free water is
dripping from the aggregate.
f) Before the concreting operation is started the contractor shall provide
communication facility from wireless, walki – talki or telephone between the
batching and mixing plant and site / sites of various concrete placement and
got approved from the Engineer-in-charge.
44.7.4 Mixing. Concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer and shall be as possible as plastic
on the slopes.
Mixing shall be continued until there is uniform distribution of the materials and the
concrete is uniform cool and consistent. The time of mixing shall be as shown in
table 1 of IS : 457-1957 Reproduced below.
Capacity of Mixer Minimum time of Mixing.
Natural Aggregates Manufactured
Aggregates.
3 m3 or larger 2 Minutes 2 ½ Minutes
3 m3 to 2 m3 1 ½ Minutes 2 Minutes
1 m3 or smaller 1 ½ Minutes 1 ½ Minutes
44.7.5 Consistency. The quantity of water to be used in the concrete shall be determine from time to
time during course of concreting work in order to secure concrete of proper
consistency and also adjust any variation in the moisture content of grading of the
aggregates as they enter the mixer, addition of water to compensate the stiffening
SP- 228
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
of the concrete resulting from over mixing or objectionable drying before placing
shall not be permitted. Uniformity in concrete consistency from batch to batch
shall be ensured by taking slump test. Concrete shall be laid from the bottom to
the top of the slope for which the consistency shall be such that the concrete will
just stay in place on the slope. A slump of 60 to 70 mm shall generally be allowed.
For heavier longitudinally operating slip form machines, a slump of 50 mm shall be
permitted. To have a close control of consistency and workability of the concrete,
the slump of concrete shall not vary more than 20mm from the specified above as
it would otherwise interfere with the progress and quality of the work.
44.7.6 Transporting. Concrete shall be handled from the place of mixing to the place of final deposition
as rapidly as practicable by use of transit mixers which will prevent initial setting.
Segregation or loss of any of the ingredients. It shall be transported and
compacted in its final position with in 30 minutes of its discharge from the mixer.
If segregation occurs during transport, the concrete shall be remixed before being
placed, after observing the time requirements as above.
44.7.7 Placing and Compaction. a) Concrete shall be placed only in the presence of a duly authorised
representative of the MKVDC. Concrete shall be placed and compacted before
initial setting time and shall not be subsequently disturbed .
b) Placing of concrete shall not be started until subgrade is ready and
preparation of surface upon which concrete is to be laid, have been completely
inspected and approved by Engineer-in-charges. All absorptive surfaces
against which concrete is to be laid shall be moistened adequately so that
moisture shall not be withdrawn from freshly placed concrete. The surfaces,
however shall be free from any water and slush.
c) Concrete shall be deposited in all cases as neatly as practicable directly in its
final position and shall not be caused to flow in a manner to permit
segregation. Excessive segregation of the coarse aggregate caused by
allowing the concrete to fall freely from too great a height or at too great as
angle from the vertical shall not be permitted and where such segregation
would otherwise occur the contractor shall provide suitable means/ belt
conveyor to convey the concrete without allowing such segregation.
SP- 229
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
44.7.7 Hand placing. Manual placing of concrete shall not be permitted except as mentioned as in para
7.1 (c) and Section 5 & 6 of this volume.
44.7.8 Mechanical placing. a) The lining is required to be laid by using mechanised paving equipment.
Each set of paving machine shall constitue the following.
i) Paving
ii) Machine.
iii) Trimmer
iv) Belt conveyor for placement of concrete
v) work bridge.
b) For efficient placing and finishing of the concrete lining on slopes and in bed,
concrete lining machines, such as flip form paver or concrete paver finisher of
approved quality and design shall be used. Rated Capacity of each lining
equipment shall not be less than 20 cubic meter / hour. Each lining machine and
associated support equipment utilized under this contract shall place canal lining
at an average sustained rate, of advancement of not less than 10 meters per
hound. This minimum rate shall be obtained for paving operations on the side
spies and on the bottom of the canal while also meeting the requirements for
lapsed time following trimming, consolidation of concrete. thickness tolerances
finishes, joints and other requirements specified herein. The equipment and
operation for foundation trimming sub grade preparation concrete production,
concrete delivery, joint production, curing compound placement and other
associated activities supporting the placement of the canal lining shall be matched
with the lining equipment. deployment shall be such as to ensure the completion
of canal lining within the schedule period specified, in the contract.
The RCC lining is normally done separately after the completion of the structure
for which the contractor may be required to shift the paver frequently and in such
circumstances if the contractor requests for RCC lining to be done by other means
near structure. the contractor may be allowed by the Engineer-in charge to do
RCC lining using longitudinally operating self aligning slip form machine with built
in vibrators attached to the side forms so as to effectively compact and finish the
slope and bed concrete.
c) Concrete when deposited shall unless otherwise specified have a placement
temperature of not less than 4.5 0C and not more than 320 C unless otherwise
specified. The specifications of para 7.1.0 shall also apply.
SP- 230
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
d) Concrete shall be deposited and spread on the bed and sides of the canal as
indicated on the drawing for panel joints in between them . Concrete may be laid
to facilitate placing, vibrating, finishing and curing operations. The side lining
concrete on the sides of canals shall be screened up the slope. while the concrete
is being vibrated ahead of the vibrating roller. Concrete required for keys as
shown on the drawing shall be laid integrally along with concrete. Longitudinal and
transverse PVC strips shall be mechanically inserted at the location as shown in
the drawing. The PVC strip shall be continuous along the longitudinal and
transverse joints. It shall be seen that both the strips vertically be embedded in
concrete.
e) Alternatively the contractor can select to use longitudinally operating self aligning,
slip form machine with built in vibrators attached to the side forms so as to
effectively compact and finish the slope and bed concrete.
f) The joints be formed by lining equipment in green concrete
48.7.9 Finishing.
a) All exposed concrete surfaces shall be cleaned of impurities, lumps of mortar or
grout and unsightly stains. The finished surface shall be even, smooth and free
from pockets and equivalent to that obtainable by effective use of a long handle
steel trowel. Surface irregularities, when tested with a straight edge of 1.5 meter
length shall not exceed 6 mm in canal bed for bottom slab and 12 mm in that laid
on side slopes.
b) The surface of concrete finished shall be smooth and free from projections
honeycombing and other objectionable defects.
c) Repairs to concrete surface and additions where required shall be made by
cutting regular opening into the concrete and placing fresh concrete to the
required lines Chipped openings shall be sharp and shall not be less than 80 mm
in depth.
44.7.10 Curing.
44.7.10.1 General.
The concrete lining on slopes with key includig curvature portions at junction of
slope and bed lining shall be cured with liquid membrane forming curing
compound in accordance with specifications given in para 7.7.11.2. The concrete
lining in canal bed shall be cured with water in accordance with the specifications
given in para 7.7.11.3
SP- 231
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
If water curing of lining in canal bed is not carried out to the satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-charge as per specifications. The contractor shall be directed to
switch over to liquid membrane forming curing compound for curing for which no
extra payment shall be made to the Contractor.
All equipment. material etc. needed for curing and protection of concrete shall be
at hand and ready for installing before actual concreting begins.
Detailed plans, methods and procedures whereby the various phases of curing
and protection shall be firmly established, shall be settled and got approved in
writing from the Engineer-in-charge sufficiently in advance of the actual
concreting. The equipment and method proposed to be utilized shall provide for
adequate control and avoid interruption or damage to the work of other agencies.
44.7.11 Membrane Curing.
a) These specifications cover curing of concrete using membrane forming compound
to retard the loss of water during the early hardening period and to reduce the
temperature rise in concrete exposed to radiation from the sun. This compound
shall be suitable for use as curing media for fresh concrete and after initial moist
curing.
b) Concrete of canal lining on slopes including key at the top and curved portion at
the bottom of the slope of the canal shall be cured with liquid membrane forming
white pigmented curing compound which shall form water retaining surface to
achieve the desired effect of water curing at 28 days. The curing compound shall
be white pigmented of approved quality conforming to ASTM C -309-81 Type -2
c) White pigmented compound (Type 2) shall consist of finely divided white pigments
and vehicle / solids, reedy mixed for immediate use without alteration. The
compound shall present a uniform white appearance when applied uniformly to a
fresh concrete surface at a specified rate of application. It shall be of such
consistency that it can be readily applied by spraying to provide uniform coating at
temperatures above 40C Two coats shall be applied from the application of the
first coal. second coat shall be applied after an interval of approximately on hour.
They shall adhere to freshly placed concrete that has stiffened or sufficient to
resist marking during the application and to damp hardenced concrete and shall
form a continuous film when applied at the specified rate of appilication. When dry
the convering shall be continuous flexible and without visible breaks or pin holes
and shall remains unbroken film for at least 28 days after application. It shall not
react deleteriously with the concrete.
SP- 232
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
d) The compound shall meet with the requirement of water retention test as per
ASTM designation C 156 80, The loss of water in this test shall be restricted to not
more than 0.55 kg/ m2 of exposed surface in 72 hours.
e) The white pigmented compound (Type 2) when tested as specified in accordance
with method E-97 of ASTM shall exhibit a daylight reflectance of not less than
60% of that of magnesuim oxide.
f) It shall fulfill the requirement of drying time when tested in accordance with ASTM
C 309-81. The compound applied shall be dry to touch in not more than 4 hours.
After 12 hours it shall neither be facky nor tack off (peel off) concrete when walked
upon nor it impart a slippery surface.
g) Testing.
i) The liquid membrane forming curing compound shall be brought in the
Manufactures original clear containers. Each container shall be legibly
marked with the name of the manufacturer. the trade name of the
compound. the type of compound and class of vehicle/ solids, the nominal
percentage of non volatile material and batch or lot number date/week /
month/year. The lot numbers will be assigned to the quantity compound.
mixed, sampled and tested as single product. The manufacturer test
results from manufacturer’s lab shall be furnished to the Engineer-in-
Charge for approval.
ii) Curing compound to be used on site shall be got tested at least 14 days in
advance so that the result of water retention tests, reflectance test, drying
etc. are available before it can be permitted for use. All of the filled
containers, represented by the approved sample shall the be sealed to
prevent leakage, substitution or dilution. The Engineer-in-charge or his
authorized representative should mark each contrainer represented by the
samples with a suitable identification mark for later identification and
correclation and shall be kept in store with double lock arrangements. of
which one key shall be kept with the contractor and the other with
Engineer-in Charge Random samples shall be collected from every batch
of the compound Frequency of random sampling shall be one sample for
every 2000 liters of each batch. or as directed by the Engineer-in Charge.
The contractor shall provide samples and labour for collecting samples as
above at free of cost. Testing shall be carried out by the contractor at his
own cost.
SP- 233
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
44.7.11.1 Method of application. The compound shall be sprayed using mechanical spreayer with agitator only of
approved design to ensure uniform and continuous memmberane on the concrete
surface. The converge shall be at the rate specified by the manufacturer or at the
rate of 4 to 5 Sqm. per liter. Field trials shall be conducted to decide effective
coverage rate which depends upon surface finish if the effective converge rate
works out to less than specified by the manufacturer or the rate specified above.
non compensation whatsoever shall be paid to the Contractor for less coverage
Before applying the curing compound the concrete surface shall be cleaned by
brooms or other means not to disturb. damage or any foot impression on
concrete. with a view to ensure thorough and complete coverage. in each coat
approximately one half of the compound for a given area should be applied by
moving the spray gun back and forth in one direction and the remaining half at
right angles to this direction. The curing compound shall be applied as soon as the
bleeding water or shine disappears. leaving dull appearance. Equipment for
spraying curing compound shall be of pressure tank type ( 5 to 7 kg/ sq. cm) with
provision f continuous agitation. Spraying on concrete lining shall be done in such
a way that the agreen concrete is not disturbed or damaged or any foot
impressions left Necessary schemes or spraying by mechanised means shall be
got approved from the Engineer- in charge. However, in emergency for very small
areas (patches ) it can be applied with brush as per the direction of the Engineer-
in charge. Such compounds shall be used on the work only after production of test
results and approval of the schematic plan of spraying curing compounds.
Adequate care shall be taken to prevent any movements on cured surface up to
28 days. after application of curing compound.
Under unavoldable circumstances, created by non availability or short supply of
specified curing compounds, the contractor may be allowed to resort to water
curing of concrete lining on slopes after obtaining prior approval of the Enginer in
charge in writing such water curing shall be restricted to only a short reach and for
a very short period and will in no case be construed as a general relaxation It shall
be carried out without any extra cost to MKVDC and in accordance with the
following specifications.
The concrete lining slopes including curvature portion at junction of slope and bed
lining shall be moist cured with hessian cloth strong canvas coat of hemp or jute
tied and spread over the slpe, soon after that the concrete is initially hardnened
SP- 234
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
and shall be kept moist with light water spray. The hessian cloth shall be kept
continuously wet for at least 21 days by supplying water through perforated pipe
laid along the top edge of the canal lining or by any other method approved in
writing by Engineer-in-Charge Adequate care shall be taken to ensure that the
perforations in the pipe do not get choked.
44.7.11.2 Water curing. Unformed top surface of invert of the canal shall be kept continuously moist by
covering it completely with wet burlap coarse conveass of jute as soon as the
concrete has hardened sufficiently say 4 to 6 hours after concrete placement. The
burlap shall be kept continuously wet by spraying water for at least 12 hours.
Thereafter curing by ponding shall be resorted to Concrete cured with water shall
be kept wet by ponding for at least 14 days. Water lost by evaporation shall be
replenished periodically to keep the surfaces continuously (not periodically)
submerged under water.
When the curing of concrete in the canal bed in not found satisfactory, the
Engineer-in charge may ask the Contractor to resort to memberane curing without
any extra cost to MKVDC.
44.7.12 Testing of concrete And Acceptance of work. For testing, please refer Para No. 4.10.0
Compressive strength testing facility shall be made available on site by the
contractor at his own cost.
Variations of the quality and gradation of aggregates or other materials. The
Engineer in charge shall after testing , make necessary charges in the proportion
of mix Contractor shall have to effect these changes, and shall not be entitled to
any compensation on account of such charges.
44.7.13 JOINTS : In canal lining contraction / expansion joints shall be provided to accommodate
contraction/ expansion of the concrete or to provide continuity between the breaks
in construction work. All joints shall be provided as directed by Engineer-in charge
Normally. in plain cement concrete lining joints shall be provided at 30m. center to
center, aong the length and one longitudinal joint at the center of bed of canal.
SP- 235
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
44.7.14 DEWATERING & DESILTING. Dewatering due to water entering into canal for any reason shall be resorted to
and contonued during preparation of subgrades. providing under drainage
arrangements and placing of concrete for lining in bed & slope till such period the
concrete attains necessary strength. No separate payment shall be made for
dewatering and desiting for presence of water due to any reason in the canal
operations. as the same is deemed to have been included in rate of related items
in schedule B
44.7.15 NSERTION OF PVC FOR CARACK REDUCING JOINTS. 44.7.15.1 The transverse and longitudinal PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) strips shall be provided
at 5 m. center to center along the length with the shapes conforming to
dimensions shown on the drawing and off white in colour and mat finish. The
finished PVC strips shall be extruded from virgin. pigmented. plasticized PVC. The
PVC strips shall be dense, homogeneous, free from holes and other
imperfections. The cross section of the PVC strips shall be uniform along its
length and thickness shall be symmetrical transversely. Tolerance for dimensions
in overall length and width shall be 5% and in thickness 10% The finished PVC
strips shall meet the following requirement’s.
No. Characteristic Unit Values.
1 Tensile strength Kg/cm2 116 minimum
2 Ultimate elongation % 300 minimum
3 Tear Resistance Kg/cm2 49 minimum
4 Stiffness in flexure Kg/cm2 24.6 minimum
5 Accelerated extraction
a) Tensile Strength
b) Ultimate elongation
Kg/cm2 105 minimum
250 minimum
6 Effect of alkali at 7 days.
a) Weight increase
b) Weight decrease
c) Hardness change.
%
%
Point
0.10 Maximum
0.10 maximum
= 5 Minimum
7 Effect of alkali at 28 days.
a) Weight increase
b) Weight decrease
c) Hardness change.
%
%
%
0.4 Maximum
0.3 maximum
= 1 Minimum
SP- 236
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
Weight of PVC strip shall be a minimum of 460 g/m for the longitudinal strip and a
minimum of 420 g/m for the transverses strip.
a) Contractor shall arrange for getting the PVC strips tested in recognised testing
laboratories as approved by the Engineer-in Charge. The contractor shall furnish
test samples of PC strips in 30 cm length. two samples from each category of
5000 m. lot and for additional length of every 5000m. one additional sample to be
tested for same lot. free of cost and also shall bear testing for same lot free of cost
and also shall bear testing cost. Each sample shall be marked with the number of
the reel from which sample is obtained and with certification that the samples are
from the rolls to be furnished.
b) It is mandatory for the manufacturer of the PVC strips from whom the contractors
procure PVC strips, to have a full fledged testing laboratory in the factory to
enable pre-dispatch testing of the products, as in the event of laboratory test
reports being received after a few weeks, showing substandard values, it would
not be possible to remove the material embedded in concrete. Test reports from
Government laboratories shall also be binding on the manufacturer based on
samples drawn by the Engineer-in-charge and sent for testing to Government
laboratories, from consignments received at site.
The Contractor will get the sample of PVC strip approved by the Engineer-in-
Charge. He will furnish the name of manufacturer, the details of the in-house
testing arrangements with the manufacturer and will also furnish a test report from
the in house testing facilities along with the sample.
44.15.7.2 a) The PVC strips shall be inserted in the concrete lining when concrete is plastic.
The longitudinal PVC strips shall be inserted, before the transverse PVC is
inserted. The PVC strips at edges shall be placed in position fixed with
longitudinal channels by clips or such other arrangement prior to laying of
concrete. The PVC strips shall be inserted in position in concrete lining as shown
on the drawing. The insertion of the longitudinal and/or transverse PVC strips at
the predetermined locations of joints requires special attention to ensure proper
location ( depth is especially, important), plumb installation and positions in the
concrete will be permitted at intersection only to the extent necessary to place the
PVC of the transverse crack including joint to the specified depth. However,
tolerances and concrete consolidation requirements of the preceding paragraph
shall apply at intersections.
b) The manner of making the intersections shall produce reasonably close fit
between transverse and longitudinal crack including joints and provide a nearly
SP- 237
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
continuous weakened plane normal to the lining surface in both direction through
the intersections.
44.7.16 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :- The rate of concrete lining shall be for a unit of 1 sqm. The work of canal lining
completed & accepted of specified proportion, strength and thickness on the basis
of surface area lined shall be measured in sq.m. basis including PVC joints. The
rate includes all materials cost, batching, mixing, transporting & placing by pavers,
vibrating the surface including admixtures, air entraining agents, all joints,
necessary dewatering, desilting and water curing to bed and curing with curing
compound for side lining etc. complete.
44.17 CATTLE RAMP, GHAT & STEPS :- 44.17.1 General :-
Contractor shall construct cattle ramps, ghat and concrete steps along the canal
near structure or at suitable location in concrete M-15 grade as directed by
Engineer-in-charge.
44.17.2 MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :- Measurement shall be for the quantity of concrete in cubic meter and payment
shall be made for unit rate of cum as given in Schedule B for respective item.
SP- 238
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION NO.- 45
INFORMATION SIGN BOARDS
Specification as per " Structural Steel Work “
Specification I.R.C. 67-1977 As Per approved plans and drawings and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge Mode of Payment :- The payment shall be made on unit No basis
SP- 239
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION NO.- 46
REQUIREMENT FOR TESTING (QUALITY CONTROL) AGREEMENT CLAUSE : On award of contract the Contractors will have to provide adequate
quality control staff and well equipped laboratory for taking necessary field test as per
instructions of Engineer in charge. If fails to fulfill the requirement, the required manpower for
testing and field laboratory with required equipments will be deployed by the Engineer in
charge and the charges will be recovered from the contractor.
Formats for inclusion in Pre Bid Document for selection of bidders.
ADEQUACY OF PERSONEL CAPACITY AND EQUIPMENTS FOR QUALITY CONTROL
AND QUALITY ASSURENCE OF WORKS.
MAN POWER –
Sr. No Particulars Min. Nos. required Makrs
Available
(100 %)
(Deployment
Commitment
(50%)
1 Quality control engineer
(Graduate with 1 year OR
D.C.E with 3 years experience
in testing for Q.A)
1 (Depends on work
scope)
40 20
2 Laboratory Assistant (ITI
certified course and 1 Years
experience)
2-4 Nos./Lab.
(Depending on
quantum of work)
10 5
3 Laboratory Attendants As per requirement ---- ----
SP- 240
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION – 47
Quality Assurance and Testing
47.0 Quality Assurance and Testing 47.1 Specification
It is the responsibility of the contractor to assure the desired quality of work. Whenever
the testing of construction materials are required as per the detailed specifications or
otherwise required by the Engineer-in-Charge, the same shall be carried out at the
laboratory, selected by the Engineer-in-Charge at Contractor's cost. The other field
tests of mortar, concrete, colgrout etc. shall be carried out as per specification in field
laboratory set up by the contractor in presence of quality control representative.
Contractor shall assure the quality of work.
In Additional to field test carried out by contractor in his laboratory, surprise test will be
carried out by Q.C.C. wing as directed by Engineer-in-charge and as per Q.C.C.
direction for which charges will be borned by contractor.
The materials, mixes and any other arrangements, including labourers, shall be
supplied by the contractor to the Corporation at contractor's cost. The samples for
testing shall be taken in the presence of Engineer-in-Charge or his representative
present on site.
The contractor or his authorized representative shall have a free access in these
laboratories, to get himself satisfied about procedures of testing etc. Even if the
contractor or his representative fails to remain present while collecting samples or
testing the results will be considered as authentic and binding on the contractor.
47.2 Mode of Payment Payment of quantity control charges is on No. of test carried out of each test on
mention in schedule ‘B’.
47.2.2 Contractor has to carry out quality control test as per specifications and as directed by
Engineer in charge & quality control and vigilance organization of Govt.
SP- 241
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SPECIFICATION-48
Royalty charges for the material (excluding available material)
The contractor shall arrange for the materials from approved quarry. It is necessary the
contractor to obtain permission from Revenue authority before removing material.
As per the provisions in clause 36 on quarry fees, Royalties and ground rents for stocking material, if arty, should be paid by contractor, Royalties paid by the contractor to the Revenue authorities will be entitled to the contractor after authorities will be entitled to the contractor after submitting receipts of the same.
a) Contractor shall submit proof of the payment of the Royalty charges to the concerned revenue authority acceptable to the engineer-in-charge.
b) The total amount that can be released shall be limited to the actual payment made as mentioned in condition (a).
c) The contractor shall intimate to Dept. towards payment of royalty.
d) The contractor shall indemnity corporation / Govt. towards the payment of the royalty charges .
The payment of the Royalty charges based on the executed quantity only will be made to the contractor after producing payment receipt from revenue authority. No price escalation will be paid on this item
SP- 242
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION – 49
REPLACEABLE NEOPRENE EXPANSION JOINT 49.0 DESCRIPTION
Neoprene pad as per item section 15
49.1 SCOPE OF THE WORK The work covered under this item shall consist of furnishing all equipment,
material and labour for providing welding transporting placing of neoprene pads
applying plastic compound and performing all the functions necessary and
ancillary thereto including finishing to the required shape and size as directed by
Engineer in charge.
The joints shall be located in the structure as directed. The Contractor shall cut
pad in one piece and place them in the constructions joint as shown in drawing,
The pad shall be of specified thickness. Adequate provision shall be made to
support and protect the metal strips which are damaged final acceptance of the
work.
49.2 The details of the joint are shown in the drawing.
49.3 At the place of joint a notch of size 150 mm x 35 mm on each side with a gap of
25 mm. in-between shall be kept in the concreted portion of boxes. The 70 mm.
long notch is already provided with stainless steel bolt of 6 mm. dia. 300 mm. c/c a
clamping M.S. plate 6 mm thick, a gasket 6 mm. thick which are kept in position as
shown on the drawing. The annular space between stainless steel bolts and
adjacent portion i.e. concrete shall be filled with rubber solution at the time
installations.
49.4 In the finalised notch, the top portion of stainless steel bolts shall be protruding to
the required length.
49.5 At the time of fixing the neoprene pad in position, the necessary loop shall be
provided. The loop of neoprene pad shall remain clearing the gap in between. For
this purpose templates shall be used so that the loop does not get embedded in
the concrete. The loop shall be on the canal side.
SP- 243
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
49.6 The top clamping plate shall be positioned over the neoprene pad and the nuts
shall be sufficiently tightened so that there is no gap between neoprene pad and
clamping plate and leakage of water is avoided.
49.7 Joint sealing compound shall be provided shall be provided at the ends as shown
son drawing. Nuts should be provided with plastic cap.
49.8 Top space of notch shall be provided with C.M. 1:2 However, proper care shall be
taken to see that the gap in between remains clear of the mortar.
49.9 The bituminous filler on water side shall be provided as shown on drawing.
49.10 The M.S. plate below and above neoprene pad shall be fabricated in suitable
length.
49.11 In order to prevent rusting, the M.S. plate shall be coated with anticorrosive
treatment before installation and epoxy coating.
49.12 The Engineer – in – charge shall be competent to order more instructions or
revise or modify some of them to ensure water tightness of the joint.
49.13 MEASUREMENT The unit of measurement shall be per meter length of joint.
49.14 PAYMENT The interim payment shall be made at 80 % of the rate quoted for the item till the
testing of aqueduct is completed and joints are found to be water tight to the
extent required as desired by the Engineer – in-charge.
SP- 244
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION – 50
NON - REPLACEABLE NEOPRENE EXPANSION JOINT 50.0 FIXING NEOPRENE PAD JOINT
50.1 SCOPE OF THE WORK
The work covered under this item shall consist of furnishing all equipment,
material and labour for providing welding transporting placing of neoprene pads
applying plastic compound and performing all the functions necessary and
ancillary thereto including finishing to the required shape and size as directed
by Engineer in charge. The neoprene pad should be as per item section 15.
The joints shall be located in the structure as directed. The Contractor shall cut
, shape the pad and place them in the constructions joint as shown in drawing,
The pad shall be of specified thickness. Adequate provision shall be made to
support and protect the metal strips which are damaged final acceptance of the
work. The contractor shall replace or repair any neoprene pad which are
damaged before final acceptance of the work.
50.2 NEOPRENE PADS Pad should as per section – 15 (SP-129)
Tolerance The variation in thickness of pad measured on any tow points shall not exceed
o.70 mm and of required width and length. Pad should be laid in one piece of
required length. joint should be avoided during erection of pad
Measurements and payment 1) Measurements on running meter basis for completed. Payment shall be on
the basic of running meter length of pad. The rate includes the cost of pad,
cutting, erection, necessary protection during erection.
SP- 245
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION -51
PROVIDING AND CASTING POROUS PLUG
Ref. Circular of Irrigation Department M.W.S.I.P./Monitoring section/CDA
1001(349/2001)Part-2/CADA works dated 20/01/2004.
Material :- Materials for this item should be as per section-4 of Cement Concrete.
Item to Include :-
1. Preparation of Porous Plug.
2. Filling of sand and course aggregate as filter.
Method of Construction :- Porous concrete plugs of sandless concrete 1.0:4 should be aid in bed and side lining of
canal. Diameter of concrete plugs should be 100 mm. in dia. and 300 mm. in length. It
should be constructed at 1/3 and 2/3 F.S.D. height of the Canal on both sides. The
distance in between two plugs will be 3.00 m. and in staggered position. Porous plug
should be construct in canal bed also. Metal and sand filter of size d350 x 350 x 350 mm.
should be laid below plug. All work should be carried out as per drawing and as per
directions of Engineer-in-charge.
Measurement and Payment. :- Measurements should be carried out as per porpus plugs constructed and paid in
number.
SP- 246
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION-52
PROVIDING AND LAYING P.V.C. STRIP CRACK JOINTS
Construction joints shall be provided and treated as per drawing attached in Volume-III or
as directed by Engineer-in-charge.
Transverse contraction joints shall be spaced at a maximum spacing of 3.0 M. center with
the first longitudinal joint about 18 times thickness of lining below the top edge (viz. about
1.35 m. for 7.5 cm. thick lining ) The shape, spacing and dimensions of contraction joints
shall be as shown in the drawing. Broadly, the joints shall extend to the atleast 1/3of lining
thickness. (Viz. 2.5 cm. for 7.5 cm. thick lining ) with a top width 14 mm. maximum and
tapering to 11 mm. to join a 450 groove at bottom. The contractor muse ensure that the
grooves are of specified dimensions acceptable to the Engineer-in-charge. Longitudinal
contraction joints are to be provided only where the wetted perimeter excess 6 m.
Measurement and payment :- Measurements should be carried out as per running meter basis and dpaid as per Rmt.
SP- 247
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION-53
METAL
Providing 0.9 meter thick metal ,at of rubble oversize metal for specified thickness as per
detailed drawing including supplying all material hand packing rubble spreading metal
and hard murum including watering and compaction with power roller etc. complete.
Specification :- 1. A directed by Engineer-in-charge.
2. Mode of measurement and payment
The rate shall be for a unit of per one cubic meter.
SP- 248
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION -54
ROAD EMBANKEMENT
54.0 Providing earthwork in embankment with approved material obtained from
Departmental land or other sources including all lifts and leads, laying in layers of
20 cm. to 30 cm. ( about 8: to 12: ) thickness, breaking clods, dressing to the
required lines, curves, grades arid sections and compacting with power roller.
54.1 General:- The work includes preliminaries of clearing site, setting out/preparing the bed
where necessary and constructing embankment for the road with materials
obtained from departmental land or other sources, laying them in layers arid
compacting with a power roller to the required lines, curves, grades, cross section
and dimensions shown on the plan or as directed by the Engineer with due
allowance for shrinkage.
54.2 Materials :- All types of soils (except the black or shady or greatly shrinkable or expansive
soils as ordered by the Engineer), sand and shingle mixed with soils, soft murum,
small boulders and broken rubble may be used. Stumps, pieces of wood or other
perishable materials shall not be used in the bank. Sods with humus or grass may
be used as surface covering for the bank slopes to a thickness of not more than
30 cm. (about 12”) if so permitted by the Engineer.
The contractor shall obtain these materials from borrows in Government land if set
apart, for the purpose or from other suitable sources by making his own
arrangement.
The stipulations Rd. 12.4 except the portion in first para. Referring to densities
shall apply.
54.3 Watering : No watering need be done. Scarifying and watering the base are not necessary.
54.4 Compaction :- The materials shall be laid in layers of 20 cm. to 30 cm. the layers shall be
compacted with a power roller of 10 to 12 tonnes. The roller shall pass at least
SP- 249
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
twice over the same area, once in the forward move and the second time in the
backward move.
As far as possible, the trucks, carts, animals, labour, etc. shall be made to go over
the bar while doing their work to get initial compaction.
Care shall be taken to get good compaction behind abutments, returns, wing walls
etc. Bank – work in areas not accessible to rollers such as those adjoining
bridges, culverts and other works shall be carried out independently of the main
embankment and shall have the layers placed in 10 cm. to 15 cm. (about 4” to 6”)
height and each layers shall be thoroughly compacted with manual tamper.
Embankment shall be brought up simultaneously in equal layers on each side of
the structure and compacted carefully to avoid unequal pressures, etc.
54.5 Tests :- There shall be no density tests but care shall be taken to see that rolling each
layer is done as specified above.
54.6 Item to Include : 1) Clearing site.
2) Setting out alignment including necessary labour and materials and maintaining it
as long as required.
3) Preparing the ground for laying the embankment.
4) Providing and maintaining diversions if necessary, unless provided as a separate
item in the tender.
5) Obtaining the embankment materials including all lifts and leads, laying the bank
in layers, compacting and Royalties, fees etc. if any.
6) Protecting and maintaining the bank.
7) Finishing the embankment.
8) All labour, materials, use of equipment tools and plant for completing the work
satisfactorily.
54.7 Mode of measurement and payments.:- The contract rate shall per one cum.. The volumes of bank calculated shall be
reduced by 10 per cent for the purposes of payment when the measurements are
taken during the same working season and by 5 per cent if one or more
monsoons have lapsed.
SP- 250
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION - 55
SUPPLY 60 MM. METAL
55.0 Supplying 60 mm. (about 2 W) trap/granite/quartzite/gneiss stone oversize metal
at the roadside including conveying and stacking complete.
55.1 General :- The item provides for the supply of specified type of stone oversize metal of 60
mm. (about 2 ½”) size at the roadside including obtaining the metal from approved
sources, conveying to roadside with all leads and lifts, stacking in regular heaps
as specified hereinafter, uniformly along the roadside.
55.2 Quarries :- Rubble for breaking oversize metal shall be obtained from quarries as per
specification No. Rd. 19.2
55.3 Oversize meal – 6t mm. size metal is also usually called oversize metal.
55.4 Quality :- Quality should satisfy specification No. Rd.19.3.1 The abrasion value of stones
shall not be more than 50%.
55.5 Size :- The rubble shall be either manually broken or mechanically crushed to pieces so
as to, pass through a square mesh of 80 mm. (about 3”) internal dimension and
retained on a square mesh of 50 mm. (about 2”). However, the following tolerance
should be permitted for water bound macadam. Not more that 20 per cent of any
sample shall exceed 90 mm. (about 3 ½ ) in its greatest dimension. The pieces
shall, as far as possible, be cubical and have sharp edges. A sample conforming
to the quality, shape and size shall be got approved by the Engineer before large
scale breaking. The Engineer will keep the sample in his office for reference.
Chura and dust, may be allowed up to 15% of the volume of thestack. The
material which will pass through I.S. sieve No. 8 will be treated as Chuara and
dust.
55.6 Conveyance : According to specification o. Rd. 19.3.3.
SP- 251
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
55.7 Stacking : According to specification No. Rd. 19.3.4 The heaps may be 6 m. X 3 m. X 0.5 m.
(about 20” X 10” X 1.5”) or as ordered by the Engineer.
55.8 Special points :- According to specification No. Rd. 19.4
55.9 Item to include :- Providing, and breaking the rubble to metal of the specified size 60 mm. about (2
½”) conveying to roadside and stacking including all other releveant items
mentioned in specification No.Rd. 19.5.
55.10 Mode of measurement and payment : The contract rate shall be for one cubic meter of rubble supplied at site in stacks
of approved size.
When the nibble is stacked in heaps of one uniform size, smallest heap may be
chosen in the particular Km. or-unit section and measured for its length, breadth
and depth. The cubic contents of this heap shall be multiplied by the number of
such heaps in the km. or unit section to arrive at (he quantity in the particular k. or
unit section. The Engineer may measure any other heaps also for verifications.
When the sizes of stacks are not uniform, each stack shall be measured
individually.
The dimensions shall be measured covered to two places of decimals of a meter
and quantity worked out correct to two places of decimals of a cubic meter. If
there is reason to believe that the stacks are very loose and are having unduly
large hollows and / or materials not satisfying the specifications, the Stacks may
be got opened and restocked properly after removing the inferior material by the
Sub Divisional Officer at the cost of the contractor. The measurements of such a
stack shall then be taken and if they are less than those of a normal heap, the
quality of the restocked heap shall be multiplied by the No. of stacks to arrive at
the quantity in the particular unit of length.
No deduction shall be made for voids.
Rubble shall not be used until the full quantity is collected in a Km. and measured.
All stacks measured shall be marked with lime wash bands to distinguish them to
avoid double measurement.
SP- 252
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
If the material is found to be inferior quality or of size not satisfying the
requirements the same may be rejected entirely or accepted by Engineer at his
discretion at a reduced rate if found to serve the purpose.
Al labour, materials, etc. required for measuring, restocking, checking, lime
washing etc. shall be at the cost of the contractor.
SP- 253
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION - 56
SUPPLY 40 MM. METAL
56.0 Supplying 40 mm. ( about 1 ½”) trap/granite/quartzite/gneiss stone metal at the
roadside including conveying and stacking complete.
56.1 General :- The item provides for the supply of metal of 40 mm. (about 1 ½”) size and of the
specified type of stones at the roadside including obtaining the metal from
approved sources, conveying to the roadside with all leads and lifts, stacking in
regular heap as specified hereinafter uniformly along the roadside.
56.2 Quarries :- Rubble for breaking metal shall be obtained from quarries as specified in
specification No. Rd. 19.2.
56.3 Metal :- 56.3.1 Quality :-
Metal shall be broken from approved nibble and shall satisfy specification No. Rd.
21.3.1
56.3.2 Size :- The rubble shall be broken by hand or crushed mechanically to pieces. Size of the
metal shall be as under.
Standard Size Percentage passing through
Square mesh of Internal
dimension of
Percentage retained in Square
mesh of internal dimension of
40 mm.(about 1 ½”) 60 mm. (about 2 ½”) – 100% 60 mm. (about 2 ½”) 0%
40 mm. (about 1 ½”) –35 to 70 % 40 mm. (about 1 ½”) 30 to 65%
12 mm. (about 1 ½”) – 0 to 5 % 12 mm. (about 1 ½”) 95 to 100%
However the following tolerance shall be permitted for water bound macadam :
Not more than 20 per cent of any sample shall exceed 65 mm. (about 2 ½”) in its
greatest dimension. Chura and dust may be allowed up to 15% of the volume of
the stack. The material which will pass through I.S. Sieve No. 8 will be treated as
chura and dust.
SP- 254
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
The pieces shall be roughly cubical in shape and more or less of uniform size with
sharp edges for inter locking with one another and resisting displacement.
Rounded, flaky, thin, elongated material shall not be accepted. Before large scale
breaking, a sample conforming to the required quality, shape and size shall be got
approved by the Engineer, who will keep it in his office for reference.
56.3.3 Conveyance :- According to specification No. Rd. 19.3.3
56.3.4 Stacking :- According to specification No.Rd.21.3.4 Where metal for two layers has to be
stacked, the metal for each layer shall be stacked on the opposite side of the road
or as directed by the Engineer.
56.4 Specifications : According to specification No. Rd. 19.4
56.5 Item to include :- Providing and breaking or crushing the rubble to metal of the specified size of 40
mm. ( about 1 W ) conveying to roadside and stacking including all other relevant
items mentioned in specification No.Rd. 19.5.
56..6 Mode of measurement and payment : According to specification No. Section 49 Para 49.6.
SP- 255
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION - 57
SUPPLY HARD MURUM
57.0. Supplying hard murum / kankar at the roadside including conveying and stacking complete.
57.1 General :-
The item provides for the supply of hard murum or kankar as mentioned in the
item, at the roade side including obtaining it from approved sources, conveying to
roadside with all leads and lifts, stacking in regular heaps as specified hereinafter
uniformly along the roadside.
57.2 Quarries :- Specifications applicable to rubble in Rd. 19.2 will be applicable to hard murum
quarries etc. except that the quarries shall be of hard murum or kankar as
specified etc. except that the quarries shall be of hard murum or kankar as
specified instead of stone.
57.3 Hard Murum / Kankar :- 57.3.1 Quality :-
Hard murum :- The hard murum shall be of disintegrated trap, granite, quartzite or
gneiss rock freshly quarried. It shall be sufficiently hard and dfree from soft
murum, earth, organic matter or other deleterious or same material. Before
starting collection a sample should be got approved by the Engineer who will keep
it in his office for reference.
The size of the hard murum shall generally be as follows:-
Size (square mesh) percentage passing through.
80 mm. (about 3” ) 95 per cent.
25 mm. ( about 1”) 2 per cent.
Kankar- Kankar shall be as though as can be procured in the locality, brown
almost aplacent fracture will generally indicate a good kankar, shall not contain
any clay in the aviates between the modules. 100 per cent, shall pass through a
square mesh of 65 mm. (about 2 ½”) Before starting collection sample of kankar
shall be got approved by the Engineer who will keep it in his office for reference.
SP- 256
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
57.3.2 Conveyance : Specifications applicable to metal in specification no. Rd 20.3.3 will also be
applicable
57.3.3 Specifications applicable to metal in specification No. Rd- 20.3.3 will apply to
stacking of hard murum or kankar also.
57.4 Special points.:- The contractor shall be responsible for obtaining consents of owners of quarries
and lands, payment of royalties, fees, rents, taxes, octroi etc. compensation due
to injuries to persons or damages to property in any way connected with the
execution of the item and for the loss of material due to improper stacking etc. and
shall make good the losses without extra claims.
57.5 Item include :- Obtaining hard murum or kankar as mentioned in the item of approved quality and
size including payment of necessary royalties, fees, rents, and other relevant
items according to specification No.Rd.19.5 (2 o 5 )
57.6 Mode of measurement and payment :- As per section 49, Para 49.6.
SP- 257
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION - 58
SUPPLY SOFT MURUM 58.0 Supplying soft murum at the roadside including conveying and stacking complete.
58.1 General.
The item provides for the supply of soft murum at the roadside including obtaining
the soft murum from approved sources, conveying to roadside with all leads and
lifts, stacking in regular heaps as specified hereinafter uniformly along the
roadside.
58.2 Quarries :- Specification applicable to rubble in Rd. 19.2 will be applicable to soft murum
quarries also except that the quarries shall be of soft murum instead of stone.
58.3 Soft Murum:- The soft murum shall be obtained from approved sources and shall be got
approved before starting the supply.
58.3.1 Quality :- Soft murum shall be granular type free from earth, organic matter, black cotton
soil and any other interior material.
58.3.2 Conveyance to site :-
Specifications applicable to metal in specification No.20.3.3 will be applicable to
soft murum also.
58.3.3 Stacking :- Specifications applicable to metal in specification No. Rd. 20.3.4 will also be
applicable to soft murum.
58.4 Special points:- According to Rd. 23.4
58.5 Item to include :- Collection of soft murum on roadside and relevant items mentioned in
specification No.Rd. 19.5.
58.6 Mode of measurement and payment :- The specifications applicable to rubble in section 59 ( Para 49.6) shall be
applicable to soft murum also.
SP- 258
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION - 59
SPREADING 60/40 MM. METAL
59.0 Spreading oversize (60 mm ) Metal including sectioning complete.
59.1 General :- The item provides for the labour for conveying the oversize metal from the
roadside stacks and spreading it for the road crust.
59.2 Diversions :-
According to specification No. Rd. 27.2.
59.3 Spreading metal :- The metal shall be screened if it contains grass, rubbish or other deleterious
foreign material. The metal shall be spread evenly over the rolled rubble soling
surface, by giving a twisting motion to the basket at the time of spreading. Rolling
over soling is included under the rolling of oversize metal true to line, grade and
section to provide the requisite thickness of crust. In order to ensure the correct
thickness, the road area shall be suitably marked so as to receive the contents of
one heap for the specified thickness in the area marked. The unevenness and
undulations after the spreading shall be rectified either by thinning the metal or
adding it as required. The metal so spread shall be checked by camber boards
and line for the camber and grade at intervals of every 10 meters (about 30’) or
so. The edge line stakes shall be ranged for a sufficiently long length to obtain
straight lengths and uniform curves.
The side of the metal shall be held by bunds of murum to prevent metal from
spreading if side widths are not provided at the time. These bunds shall be of such
depth as to support the metal.
The junction of the existing road and the new construction shall be diagonal in
plan. Between the straight lengths and curves and at the meeting points of convex
and concave portions of reverse curves the change in the camber shall be made
very gradually as directed by the Engineer.
59.4 Item to include :- 1) Providing bunds of murum, etc. at the edges of metal to one cubic metr of
metal.
SP- 259
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
2) Conveying the metal from the roadside and spreading evenly to the required
depth, width and section.
3) Diversion if necessary unless separately provided in the tender.
4) All labour material and use of tools required for the satisfactory completion of
the item.
59.5 Mode of measurement and payment :- The contract rate shall be for spreading one cubic meter of metal.
The quantity spread shall be arrived at deducting the quantity in balance on site
from the total collection existing on the roadside before spreading is started. The
quantity on site shall checked before spreading is started and after completion of
spreading.
SP- 260
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION - 60
SPREADING HARD MURUM / SOFT MURUM
60.0 Spreading gravel over the rubble soling.:-
60.1 General :- The item provides for the labour for conveying gravel from the roadside stacks
and spreading it for filling the interstices and voids in the rubble soling.
60.2 Spreading :-
The gravel shall be conveyed from the – stacks on the roadside and spread
evenly over the rubble soling. The quantity of gravel to be spread per sq.m. of the
rubble soling shall be as directed by the Engineer. If so ordered, initially less
quantity of gravel may be spread and the remaining spread afterwards. If the
gravel does not enter the interstices of the soling fully it may be swept by brooms
to fill them if so directed by the Engineer.
60.3 Item to include :- 1) Conveying the gravel stacked along the roadside and spreading evenly over
the rolled surface and brooming it to fill the voids and interstices.
2) All labour and use of tools to complete the item satisfactorily.
60.4 Mode of measurement and payment :- According to specifications No. 53 (Para 53.5 )
SP- 261
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION - 61
COMPACTION OF OVERSIZE METAL
61.0 Compacting the metal layer – M. wide with power roller including necessary
labour, materials artificial watering complete.
61.1 General :- The item provides for light rolling on the picked up road surface after sectioning
and for fully compacting the metal after it is spread with a power roller of 10 to 12
tonnes including necessary labour and watering, etc. complete. The metal shall be
rolled in layers of not more than 8 cm. (abour 3”).
61.2 Road diversions :- According to specification No. Rd. 27.2.
61.3 Compaction :- According to Rd. 32.4 except that the rolling shall be done on the size metal
instead of oversize metal. The picked up road surface shall be rolled lightly after
sectioning and before the spreading of the metal.
61.4 Item to include :- 1) Light rolling over the picked up road surface after sectioning including road
diversions when required.
2) Dry rolling of the metal to get full compaction.
3) Wet rolling including artificial watering.
4) Making good unevenness.
5) Light rolling over blindage.
6) Diversion of traffic to prevent rutting.
7) All labour material, use of tools, plant and roller for completing the work
satisfactorily.
61.5 Mode of measurement and payment . According to specification No. Rd. 32.6
The contract rate shall be for compacting one km. length of the road of the
specified width including increased widths at curves, road crossings etc.
The length of the road compacted shall be measured along the centre line of the
road correct upto one place of decimal of a metre.
SP- 262
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION - 62
COMPACTION OF HARD MURUM
62.0 Compacting the hard murum/kankar layer M wide with power roller including
artificial watering complete.
62.1 General :- The item provides for rolling over the sectioned sub-grade and compaction of hard
murum of kankar with a Power roller of adequate weight including necessary
labour, watering etc. complete
62.2 Road diversion :- According to specification No. Rd. 27.2
62.3 Compaction :- Compaction shall be done on the general lines indicated in specification No.Rd.
32.4 so far as is, relevant to this item. The sub grade shall be sectioned under the
item of spreading before spreading hard murum or kankar. It shall also be rolled
under this item before spreading the hard murum or kankar.
62.3.1 Watering :- Only just sufficient water as is necessary shall be sprinkled uniformly over the
hard murum or kankar layer so as to obtain maximum compaction with the type of
rolling adopted without total crushing of the material. Excessive watering shall be
avoided as will rended the material plastic which will give way under the roller.
62.3.2 Rolling :- The course shall be compacted with a power roller to give maximum compaction.
The surface shall be checked by line and camber board for the line, grade and
section or super elevation from time to time during and after rolling and any
unevenness corrected blindage is spread over the rolled surface, the blindage
shall be lightly rolled over.
SP- 263
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
62.4 Item to include :- 1) Rolling over the dressed section of the sub grade.
2) Compacting the hard murum or kankar course with a power roller including
necessary watering.
3) Making good unevennesses under rolling.
4) Rolling over blindage when necessary.
5) All labour materials and use of tools and roller for completing the work
satisfactorily.
62.5 Mode of measurement and payment :- The contract rate shall be for compacting one km. length of road specified width of
sub-grade, hard murum or kankar and blindage including watering and rolling
parts of side widths, increased widths at curves, road crossing, etc. The length of
the road compacted shall be measured along its centre line correct upto one place
of decimal a metre.
SP- 264
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION NO. - 63
PROVISION FOR INSURANCE
63.0 PROVISION FOR INSURANCE The provision for Insurance policy of labours employed on work.
63.1 CONDITIONS FOR REIMBURSMENT OF INSURANCE 1) The reimbursement amount of insurance policy should be as per Clause 56 of
(As decided by the Directorate of Insurance) of “Volume-I” of this tender.
2) The Insurance policy should be, for the work of this tender only.
3) The workers listed in the insurance policy must be working on this tendered work
only.
4) The attested copy of insurance policy must be submitted with the bill for
reimbursement.
5) The insurance policy must be for the tender period. (This include the original
tender period & extension granted if any )
631.2 MODE OF PAYMENT. The payment will be made through R.A. Bills only after submission of attested copy of
insurance policy. The Policy should be as per Conditions of contract Clause 56 of
“Volume-I” of this tender. The Policy other than Clause 56 will not be accepted for
payment.
SP- 265
Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer
SECTION-64
LABOUR WELFARE FUND
64.0.0 Scope of Item The item deals with the payment of labour Welfare cess and per the relevant
provision of prevailing law of central Govt. and guide lines laid by the Govt. of
Maharashtra towards labour engaged in the construction of various of work
64.1.0 A sum at the rate of 1% or at the prevailing rate as decided by the Govt. will be
deducted from the bills of the contractor till the completion of the contract work